3.
The Book of the Threes
1.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja
219-221.
In the Book of Threes, "Unwisely seeking purity" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher walking for almsfood, with a gladdened mind, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration, raised his joined palms.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the house of a brahmin endowed with wealth in a city named Ukkaṭṭha near the Himalayas, having received the name Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja, having come of age, having attained accomplishment in the sciences and crafts, through his disposition towards renunciation, having gone forth into the going forth of a wandering ascetic, practising austere asceticism for immortality, going about here and there, having seen the Perfectly Enlightened One wandering on a journey through the country, with a gladdened mind, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having abandoned that wrong asceticism, having gone forth in the Dispensation, doing the work of insight, before long became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I paid homage to the foremost Buddha.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of homage.
Endowed with the seven treasures, a wheel-turning monarch of great power.
But having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, dwelling in the bliss of liberation, out of compassion for his relatives, having gone to his native land, having established many relatives in the refuges and in the precepts, having turned back from there, dwelling in a forest not far from a market town named Kuṇḍiya in the Kuru country, having gone to the Ugga park on some business, having met with brahmin acquaintances who had come from the northern region, when asked by them "Friend Bhāradvāja, having seen what did you abandon the doctrine of the brahmins and take up this doctrine?" showing them that outside of this Buddha's teaching there is no purity -
219.
Not knowing the path of purity, I practised austere asceticism for immortality." He spoke the first verse.
Therein, "ayoni" means unwisely, by wrong means. "Purity" means purification from the round of rebirths, escape from existence. "Seeking" means searching. "I tended the fire in the forest" means with the intention "this is the path of purity," having made a fire room in a fire-offering hall in a forest haunt, making oblations, I tended the fire god, I venerated it according to the method stated in the Vedas. "Not knowing the path of purity, I practised austere asceticism for immortality" means not knowing the path of purity, the path to Nibbāna, thinking "this is the path of purity," I practised, I conducted, I proceeded along the pursuit of self-mortification such as the five-fold burning asceticism and so on, just like fire-worship.
Thus the elder, as if going from hermitage to hermitage, having practised fire-worship and so on according to the method stated in the Vedas, having shown the absence of purity outside by the fact of not having attained purity, now showing "in this very Dispensation purity has been attained by me" -
220.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
Therein, "that" means that for the sake of which, seeking purity, not knowing the path to it, I tended the fire, I practised austere asceticism for immortality - that happiness of Nibbāna was obtained by me through happiness, through the pleasant practice of serenity and insight meditation, without resorting to the pursuit of self-mortification. "See the excellence of the Teaching as Teaching" means see, know, the excellence of the Teacher's Teaching of the Dispensation, the intrinsic nature of the Teaching that is undistorted and leading to liberation. He speaks by way of addressing the Teaching, or he addresses himself. But showing the fact of its having been obtained -
He said; that is just the meaning already stated. Thus, because purity has been attained, showing "henceforth I am a brahmin in the ultimate sense" -
221.
I am a possessor of the threefold true knowledge and one who has bathed, I am a learned one, one who has attained the highest knowledge." He spoke the third verse.
Its meaning is - Before this, merely by birth, because of the state of being a brahmin, by the convention of brahmins, I was called a kinsman of Brahma. But because of having warded off evil, now indeed, through the achievement of arahantship, I am in the ultimate sense a brahmin as well. Before this, through the study of the three knowledges termed the Vedas, which produce the accumulation of existence, having been called a possessor of the threefold knowledge by mere designation, now, by the power of the true knowledge that produces the destruction of existence, because of having attained the three true knowledges, I am in the ultimate sense a possessor of the threefold true knowledge as well. Likewise, before this, through the accomplishment of the bathing rite bound to the gratification of existence, having been called one who has bathed by mere designation, now, because the stain of mental defilements has been thoroughly washed away by the water of the eightfold path, I am in the ultimate sense one who has bathed as well. Before this, through the meditative absorption of incantations from which the gratification of existence is unliberated, having been called a learned one merely by conventional expression, now, through the meditative absorption of the Teaching from which the gratification of existence is well liberated, I am in the ultimate sense a learned one as well. Before this, merely by having gone through the Vedas whose evil qualities have not been renounced, having been called one who has attained the highest knowledge, now, because of having gone to the far shore, having attained, having known, by path knowledge termed veda, the great flood of saṃsāra, the veda, and the four truths, I have become in the ultimate sense one who has attained the highest knowledge. Having heard that, the brahmins declared lofty confidence in the Dispensation.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja is finished.
2.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Paccaya
222-224.
"Five days since I went forth" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Paccaya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit in this and that existence, ninety-one cosmic cycles from now, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher going on the bank of a river named Vinatā, with a gladdened mind, having plucked large fig fruits of delightful appearance, offered them.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this fortunate cosmic cycle, when the Blessed One Kassapa had arisen in the world, when the excellent wheel of the Teaching had been set in motion and he was giving assistance to those accessible to instruction, having gone forth in his Dispensation, having established insight, devoting himself to meditation, one day, having reflected on the suffering of the round of rebirths,
with a sense of urgency very much arisen, seated in the monastery, having determined in his mind "Without attaining arahantship I shall not go out from here," striving, because of the immaturity of knowledge, was not able to arouse zeal for insight. He, having died, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family of the warrior caste in the city of Rohita, having received the name "Paccaya," having come of age, after his father's passing, established in the kingdom, one day began to perform a great royal offering. There the great multitude gathered together. At that assembly, for the purpose of arousing confidence in him, the Teacher, while the great multitude was looking on, having sat down on a jewelled lion-throne in a jewelled gabled mansion created by Vessavaṇa in the sky, expounded the Teaching. There was full realisation of the teaching for a great crowd of people. Having heard that Teaching, King Paccaya too, having abandoned the kingdom, urged by his former cause, went forth. He, just as he had made the acknowledgment in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having made such an acknowledgment, having entered the monastery, developing insight, because his knowledge had reached maturity, at that very moment attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
I saw the stainless Buddha, fully focused, well concentrated.
Having taken a fig fruit, I gave it to the foremost Buddha.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving fruit.
In the Dispensation of the Blessed One Kassapa, I went forth.
I shall not go out from the monastery, having thus made up my mind.
But now, through the maturity of knowledge, I am quenched;
But having attained arahantship, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of praising his own practice -
222.
Having entered my dwelling, there arose an aspiration of mind.
223.
Nor shall I lay down my side, while the dart of craving is not rooted out.
224.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
She spoke these three verses.
Therein, "five days since I went forth" means five days I, having gone forth five days, the fifth day from the day of going forth is completed - this is the meaning. "A trainee who has not attained his goal" means a trainee because of training in the training in higher morality and so on. "Mānaso" means that which completely cuts off conceit without remainder, the highest path; "mānasaṃ" means that which has come from that mānaso produced by it, arahantship; that, or he who has not attained by this - thus "one who has not attained his goal." "Having entered my dwelling, there arose an aspiration of mind" means thus for me, a trainee, having entered the dwelling-place where I lived, the inner chamber, being mindful, such an aspiration of mind arose in the manner now being stated; thus the mind was directed by me - this is the meaning.
By "I shall not eat" and so on, he shows the aspiration of mind. Therein, "I shall not eat" means I shall not consume, I shall not eat whatever food - while the dart of craving lodged in my heart is not rooted out, not removed - thus it should be connected in all terms. "I shall not drink" means whatever is fit to be drunk, I shall not drink. "I shall not leave the dwelling" means from this inner room where I am now seated, I shall not go out. "Nor shall I lay down my side" means of the two sides of my body, I shall not lay down even one side for the purpose of dispelling bodily fatigue; I shall not lie down even on one side - this is the meaning.
"For me dwelling thus" means for me, having thus directed the mind, having made a determination of firm energy, dwelling by way of the pursuit of insight. "See the exertion of energy" means see, know, the effort that has become enthusiasm, which has received the name "energy" because it is to be exerted in due method, and "endeavour" because of stepping upon successive stages. "By the power of which the three true knowledges have been attained by me, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled" - this is just the meaning already stated.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Paccaya is finished.
3.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Bākula
225-227.
"He who formerly should be done" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Bākula.
What is the origin?
It is said that this one too, in the past, at the summit of more than one hundred thousand cosmic cycles plus one incalculable period, even before the arising of the Blessed One Anomadassī, having been reborn in a brahmin family, having come of age, having learnt the three Vedas, not seeing any substance therein, thinking "I shall seek the welfare pertaining to the future life," having gone forth in the going forth of sages, dwelling at the foot of a mountain, having become an obtainer of the five direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments, dwelling thus, having heard of the arising of a Buddha, having gone to the Teacher's presence, having heard the Teaching, having become established in the refuges, when a stomach illness arose in the Teacher, having brought medicines from the forest, having relieved that, having diverted the merit therein for the purpose of health, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the Brahma world, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans for one incalculable period, in the time of the Buddha Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those with few illnesses, himself desiring that position of rank, having made an aspiration, having accumulated wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering only in fortunate destinations, even before the arising of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a brahmin family in the city of Bandhumatī, in the former method just so, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having become an obtainer of meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, dwelling at the foot of a mountain, having heard of the arising of a Buddha, having gone to the Teacher's presence, having heard the Teaching, having become established in the refuges, when a grass-flower disease arose among the monks, having relieved that, having remained there as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the Brahma world, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans for ninety-one cosmic cycles, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having been reborn in a family home in Bārāṇasī, living the household life, having seen a certain old great monastery that was perishing, having had all the public rest-houses built there including the Observance hall and so on, having supplied all medicine for the community of monks there, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans for one interval between Buddhas, even before the arising of our Blessed One, he was reborn in a millionaire's house in Kosambī.
He, while being bathed in the great river Yamunā for the sake of health, was swallowed by a fish from the nurse's hand; when the fish had come into the fisherman's hand, when it had been sold to the wife of the Bārāṇasī millionaire and taken, even while being split open, by the power of merit he was healthy indeed, and being taken by her as a son and being nourished; having heard that news, when the pursuit was made by his birth parents, his mother and father, saying "This is our son, give us our son," because the king, having made the judgment by the status of heir to both families, saying "Let him be common to both," established him thus, he received the name Bākula; having come of age, experiencing great success, having become eighty years old, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, he was a worldling for only seven days; at the eighth dawn, together with the analytical knowledges, he attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
A hermitage was well made by me, built by my own pupils.
And many wood-apple trees were there, jīvajīvaka trees in bloom.
Sweet lovi-lovi and gourds, and white lotuses in bloom.
Many mahānāma trees were there, and arjuna trees and piyaṅgu plants.
Such was my hermitage, with my pupil I dwelt there.
Seeking seclusion, came to my hermitage.
In a moment, a wind illness arose in the Protector of the World.
Having approached the Perfectly Enlightened One, the one with vision, of great fame.
Without doubt, illness arose in the Buddha.
Wishing to prepare medicine, I addressed the pupils then.
Gathered together in one place, out of respect for me as their teacher.
Having made a drinking water preparation, I gave it to the foremost Buddha.
Quickly the wind subsided, for the Fortunate One, the great sage.
Having sat down on his own seat, he spoke these verses.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
When music is played there, this one will always rejoice.
A thousand times he will be a king, a universal monarch.
Ruler of the four quarters, victorious, lord of the Indian subcontinent.
Having shaken even the Tāvatiṃsa gods, he will exercise lordship.
Having avoided possession, he will cross over disease in the world.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, he will attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions.
Bākula by name, he will be a disciple of the Teacher.
Having sat down in the community of monks, will establish him in the foremost position.
Looking around for seclusion, came to my hermitage.
I satisfied with all medicines, devoted, with my own hands.
I am indeed not able to exhaust it, for that was well done by me.
By that remainder of action, I have attained the unshakeable state.
Having sat down in the community of monks, established me in the foremost position.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of medicine.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, one day, when the Teacher was establishing his own disciples in successive positions, he was established in the foremost position among those with few illnesses. He, at the time of final Nibbāna, in the midst of the Community, declaring the final liberating knowledge by way of exhortation to the monks -
225.
He falls from a state of happiness, and afterwards he repents.
226.
One not doing but speaking - the wise fully understand him.
227.
Sorrowless, stainless, secure, where suffering ceases." He spoke a triad of verses.
Therein, "he who wishes to do afterwards what should be done before" means whatever person, formerly, earlier, at the very time when one is not yet overcome by ageing, disease and so on, not having done through negligence the deeds to be done that bring about one's own welfare and happiness, afterwards, having passed beyond the time when they should be done, wishes to do them. "So" is merely a particle. But at that time, because of being overcome by ageing, disease and so on, he is unable to do them; and being unable, "he falls from a state of happiness, and afterwards he repents" means that person, falling away from a state of happiness, from heaven and from Nibbāna, because of not having produced the means for that, afterwards feels remorse by way of "good was not done by me" and so on, and incurs regret. The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. But showing "Having done what should be done, I thus speak to you," he spoke the second verse beginning with "what one would do."
Therein, "fully understand" means they know by delimiting "this one is of such extent"; they do not think much of him - this is the meaning. For by way of right practice, only one who acts as he speaks shines, not otherwise. Now, in order to show in its own form the meaning stated in common terms by way of what should be done, he spoke the third verse beginning with "very happy indeed." Its meaning is - Nibbāna, taught by the Blessed One, the Perfectly Enlightened One, because of having perfectly and by himself awakened to all phenomena; sorrowless because of the complete absence of causes of sorrow; stainless because of being free from the defilement of lust and so on; secure because of being untroubled by the four mental bonds - is well happy indeed. Why? Because in that Nibbāna, where the entire suffering of the round of rebirths ceases, is absolutely appeased.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Bākula is finished.
4.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Dhaniya
228-230.
"If one wishes to live happily" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Dhaniya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, made an offering with a garland of reeds.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a potter's family in Rājagaha, having received the name Dhaniya, having come of age, lives by the potter's craft.
And at that time the Teacher, having sat down in the potter Dhaniya's hall, taught the Discourse on the Analysis of the Six Elements to the son of good family Pukkusāti.
He, having heard that, had performed his obligations.
Dhaniya, having heard of his state of having attained final Nibbāna, having gained faith thinking "The Buddha's Dispensation is indeed leading to liberation, where even by the acquaintance of a single night one is able to be freed from the suffering of the round of rebirths," having gone forth, dwelling engaged in the adornment of huts, having been blamed by the Blessed One on account of the building of huts, dwelling in lodgings belonging to the monastic community, having developed insight, attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Going through the forest top, I saw the leader of the world.
There I saw the Enlightened by himself, a crosser of the mental floods, without mental corruptions.
To the one worthy of offerings, the great hero, who has compassion for all the world.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, those monks who, having exalted themselves by the undertaking of ascetic practices, while accepting meals for the Community and so on, despise other monks - by way of giving exhortation to them, declaring the final liberating knowledge -
228.
One should not despise what belongs to the monastic community, robe, drink and food.
229.
Like a snake in a rat's hole, one should resort to lodgings.
230.
One should be content with whatever there is, and should develop one thing." - He spoke three verses.
Therein, "if one wishes to live happily, expectant in the ascetic life" means: if one who is expectant in the ascetic life, in the state of an ascetic, having become one with keen respect for the training, should wish to live happily, having abandoned wrong ways of earning, if one desires to live with the happiness of asceticism - this is the meaning. "One should not despise what belongs to the monastic community, robe, drink and food" means one should not despise the robe and food brought from the monastic community. The material gain arising for the monastic community is of pure origin - thus for one who consumes that, through the origination of purity of livelihood, the happiness of asceticism has come into one's possession - this is the intention. "Like a snake a rat's hole" means one should resort to, should frequent, a lodging like a snake frequents a hole dug by a rat. Just as a snake, without making a dwelling place for itself, having dwelt in a dwelling place made by a rat or by another, departs wherever it wishes, just so a monk, without incurring defilement from the making of a lodging himself, having dwelt wherever anywhere, should depart - this is the meaning.
Now, showing that the happiness of asceticism comes only through contentment with whatever is obtained regarding both the mentioned and unmentioned requisites, and not otherwise, he said "one should be content with whatsoever," meaning one should arrive at contentment with whatever requisite obtained, whether inferior or superior - this is the meaning. "One thing" means the state of diligence, for indeed for one who devotes oneself to that, all blameless mundane happiness and supramundane happiness has come into one's possession. Therefore the Blessed One said - "For the diligent one, meditating, attains abundant happiness."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Dhaniya is finished.
5.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mātaṅgaputta
231-233.
"Too cold" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Mātaṅgaputta.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, near the Himalayas, beneath a great natural lake, in a great serpent realm, having become a king of serpents of great might, was reborn; one day, having gone out from the serpent realm, while going about, having seen the Teacher going through space, with a gladdened mind, he made an offering with the gem from his own head.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn as the son of a householder named Mātaṅga in the Kosala country, became known as Mātaṅgaputta.
He, having attained discretion, having become lazy by nature, not doing any work, blamed by relatives and others, desiring a comfortable life thinking "These ascetics, disciples of the Sakyan, live comfortably," having become acquainted with the monks, having approached the Teacher, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, having seen other monks possessing supernormal power, having aspired to the power of supernormal ability, having taken a meditation subject in the Teacher's presence, devoting himself to meditation, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
The Perfectly Enlightened One, desiring seclusion, goes through the sky-path.
There my dwelling was, connected with meritorious action.
Like a blazing blue water-lily, like a burning fire.
Having gladdened my own mind, I venerated the Teacher.
By this gem-offering, may the result be good.
The Teacher, standing in the sky, spoke this verse.
By this gem-offering, may you experience great fame.'
The Supreme Buddha went to where his mind was directed.
And many hundreds of times, I was a universal monarch.
A gem arises for me, making light for me.
Adorned with variegated garments and ornaments, wearing jewelled earrings.
They surround me constantly, this is the fruit of gem-offering.
My goods are well-made, ornaments if you wish.
Having understood my thought, arise at will.
A field of merit for human beings, a medicine for all living beings.
From the nether world I am freed, I have attained the unshakeable state.
By day and by night, there is always light for me.
The light of knowledge was seen by me, I have attained the unshakeable state.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of gem-offering.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, censuring idleness by way of a person as standpoint, and praising his own arousal of energy -
231.
Thus for those who abandon their work, moments pass by the young man.
232.
Doing a man's duties, he does not abandon happiness.
233.
I shall push aside with my chest, developing seclusion." He spoke three verses.
Therein, "too cold" means exceedingly cold due to snowfall, hailstorms, and so on; the connection is made by bringing in "thus it was." "Too hot" means exceedingly hot due to the burning heat of the sun and so on; by both of these he states the basis for idleness by way of climate. "Too late in the evening" means too late in the evening due to the decline of the day; and here by the mention of evening, morning is also included; by both of these he states the basis for idleness by way of time. "Thus" means in this manner. By this he includes the basis for idleness stated beginning with "Here, monks, a monk has work to be done." "Those who abandon their work" means those who have given up their exertion and work. "Moments" means the opportunities for abiding by the holy life, beginning with the arising of a Buddha. "Pass by" means they pass beyond. "The young man" means beings. "Regards as no more than grass" means does not regard as above grass, regards as like grass; having overcome cold and heat, he does what should be done by himself. "Doing" means while doing. "A man's duties" means those things to be done by a heroic man, pertaining to one's own welfare and the welfare of others. "From happiness" means from happiness; the intention is from the happiness of Nibbāna. The meaning of the third verse has been stated above.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mātaṅgaputta is finished.
6.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Khujjasobhita
234-236.
"Those who are brilliant speakers, very learned" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Khujjasobhita.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Blessed One going together with a large Community of monks, with a gladdened mind, praised him with ten verses.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a brahmin family in the city of Pāṭaliputta. His name was "Sobhita."
But because of being slightly humpbacked in nature, he became known as Khujjasobhita.
He, having come of age, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, having gone forth in the presence of the Elder Ānanda, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Proceeding along the road, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
Shining with the light of knowledge, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
Lifting up many beings, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
Roaring the lion's roar, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
They ask subtle questions, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
By that they experience merit, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
When requested, he does not waver, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
Intoxicated elephants trumpet, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
The high places become level, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
He informs all beings, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of praising.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, at the time of the First Great Rehearsal, being commanded by the monastic community assembled at the Sattapaṇṇi Cave at Rājagaha saying "Address the Venerable Ānanda," having dived into the earth, having arisen before the Elder, having reported the message of the monastic community, he himself went first through the sky and reached the entrance of the Sattapaṇṇi Cave. And at that time a certain deity, sent by the host of gods for the purpose of warding off Māra and those belonging to Māra's retinue, was standing at the entrance of the Sattapaṇṇi Cave. To her, the Elder Khujjasobhita, telling of his arrival -
234.
One of them, this venerable one, stands at the door, Khujjasobhita." He spoke the first verse.
Therein, "brilliant speakers" means variegated Teaching speakers; the meaning is those who are habitually disposed to expounding the Teaching in conformity with the dispositions of others by various methods such as summarising, elaborating, making profound, making clear, removing uncertainty, and establishing in the Teaching, and so on. "Very learned" means very learned through the fulfilment of great learning in the Scriptures and penetration. "Ascetics" because of having calmed evil in every respect. "Dwelling in Pāṭaliputta, one of them" means dwelling in Pāṭaliputta because of residing in the city of Pāṭaliputta; one of them; this venerable one is long-lived, the Venerable. "Stands at the door" means stands at the door of the Sattapaṇṇi Cave; the meaning is to enter with the permission of the monastic community. Having heard that, that deity, announcing the arrival of the Elder to the monastic community -
235.
"Those who are brilliant speakers, etc. stands at the door, stirred by the wind." She spoke the second verse.
Therein, "stirred by the wind" means stirred by the wind produced by the mind of supernormal power; the meaning is he came by the power of supernormal power.
Thus, having been given permission by the monastic community through the announcement of that deity, the Elder, going to the presence of the monastic community -
236.
By practising the holy life, thus this one thrives in happiness."
By this third verse he declared the final liberating knowledge.
Therein, "by fighting well" means by fighting well against the mental defilements in the preliminary stage by way of abandoning through substitution of opposites and suppression. "By sacrificing well" means by the gift of suitable Teaching given now and then by good friends. "And by victory in battle" means and by the victory in battle obtained through the crushing of all mental defilements and volitional activities in every respect by way of abandoning through eradication. "By practising the holy life" means by the holy life of the highest path that was practised. "Thus this one thrives in happiness" means thus, in the way above explained, this Khujjasobhita thrives in, experiences, the happiness of Nibbāna and the happiness of fruition attainment - this is the meaning.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Khujjasobhita is finished.
7.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Vāraṇa
237-239.
"Whoever among humans" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Vāraṇa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, performing meritorious deeds in this and that existence, ninety-two cosmic cycles ago from now, even before the arising of the Blessed One Tissa, having been reborn in a brahmin family, having become one who had gone beyond the brahminical sciences and crafts, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, dwelt teaching the sacred texts to fifty-four thousand pupils.
And at that time, by the descent of the Blessed One Tissa, who was the Bodhisatta, having passed away from the Tusita realm, into his mother's womb in his final existence, there was a great earthquake.
Having seen that, the great multitude, frightened and agitated, having approached that sage, asked the cause of the earthquake.
He, having explained that "The Great Bodhisatta has descended into his mother's womb; therefore this earthquake; therefore do not be afraid," thus having spoken of it as being an advanced sign of the arising of a Buddha, consoled them, and announced the rapture having the Buddha as its object.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in the Kosala country, having received the name "Vāraṇa," having come of age, having heard the Teaching in the presence of a certain forest-dwelling elder monk, having gained confidence, having gone forth, practises the ascetic duty.
He, one day, while going to attend upon the Buddha, on the way, having seen a snake and a mongoose that had fought with each other and died, having become agitated in mind thinking "These beings have reached the destruction of life through mutual hostility," went to the Blessed One's presence. The Blessed One, having known the disposition of his mind, giving exhortation conforming with that -
237.
From this world and from the next, from both a man falls to ruin.
238.
Such a person indeed generates much merit.
239.
And in sitting alone in a secret place, and in the appeasement of the mind." He spoke three verses.
Therein, "whoever among humans" means among humans here, whoever - whether a warrior or a brahmin or a merchant or a worker or a householder or one gone forth. And here, the mention of humans should be seen as an illustration of superior beings. "Harms other living beings" means kills other beings and afflicts them. "From this world" means from this world here. "From the next" means from the world beyond. "From both falls to ruin" means falls from both; the meaning is one declines from the welfare and happiness included in both worlds. "Man" means a being.
Having thus shown the evil quality characterised by the oppression of others, now showing the wholesome quality characterised by the cessation of oppression of others, he spoke the second verse beginning with "but whoever with friendliness." Therein, "with a mind of friendliness" means with a mind associated with friendliness, whether one that has attained absorption or any other whatsoever. "Has compassion for all living beings" means one shows friendliness towards all living beings as if they were one's own legitimate sons. "Such a person indeed generates much merit" means that such a person who abides in friendliness generates, obtains, attains much, great, not trifling wholesome merit.
Now, urging him towards the mental states of serenity and insight meditation together with their constituents, he spoke the third verse beginning with "in well-spoken speech" and so on. Therein, "one should train in well-spoken speech" means one should train in the well-spoken Scriptures of such divisions as talk on fewness of wishes and so on, by way of hearing, retention, interrogation and so on. "And in the attendance upon ascetics" means one should train in approaching from time to time the ascetics who have calmed evil, the good friends, the lay followers, and in attending upon them and in conducting oneself near them in practice. "And in sitting alone in a secret place, and in the appeasement of the mind" means one who is alone, without a companion, developing bodily seclusion, should train in sitting, in the seated posture, in a secret place by way of the pursuit of the meditation subject. Thus, devoting oneself to the meditation subject and bringing meditation to its summit, one should train in the appeasement of the mind from mental defilements by way of eradication. By which trainings in higher morality and so on the mental defilements are absolutely allayed and abandoned, for one training in those trainings of the path and fruition, the mind is absolutely called allayed. At the conclusion of the verse, having developed insight, he attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Fifty-four thousand pupils attended upon me.
Proud of their own knowledge and learning, they dwell in the Himalayas.
Was born in his mother's womb, fully aware and mindful.
The blind obtained vision, when the Leader was arising.
Having heard the resounding sound, the great multitude became frightened.
The earth trembled, what will be the result?
Be confident, all of you, this arising is auspicious.'
Likewise signs appear, the radiance vast and great.
Having convinced the populace, I spoke about the five precepts.
They became glad-minded, stirred with excitement, satisfied and joyful.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the explanation.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Vāraṇa is finished.
8.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Vassika
240-242.
"Even one with faith, wise" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Vassika.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, performing meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Atthadassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, gave fruits of the wave-leafed fig tree.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in the Kosala country, having received the name "Vassika," having come of age, having seen the Twin Miracle of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, practising the ascetic duty, became sick.
Then his relatives, having attended on him with a method of medicine prescribed by a physician, made him well.
He, having emerged from that illness, being stirred with a sense of urgency, having aroused zeal in meditation, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I gave a fruit of the wave-leafed fig tree.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving fruit.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, having gone through the sky to the presence of his relatives, standing in the sky, having expounded the Teaching, he established them in the refuges and in the precepts. Among them, some who had died, because of being established in the refuges and in the precepts, were reborn in heaven. Then the Teacher asked him, who had come to attend upon the Buddha, "How is the health of your relatives, Vassika?" He, relating to the Teacher the assistance done by himself for his relatives -
240.
Righteous, accomplished in morality, is for the benefit of kinsmen.
241.
With love for relatives and kinsmen, having done service to the monks.
242.
My brothers and mother rejoice, those who desire sensual pleasures."
He spoke three verses.
Therein, this is the meaning of the first verse - Whoever is faithful by way of faith in the fruit of action and faith in the Triple Gem, and for that very reason wise through the application of knowledge of the ownership of action and so on, righteous because of being established in the Teacher's teaching of exhortation and in the nine supramundane states, accomplished in morality by way of the morality of good conduct, path-morality, and fruition-morality, he, even one alone, among those who are faithless due to the absence of the aforesaid faith, here in this world, of relatives in the sense of being known as "these are ours," and likewise of kinsmen who have obtained the name "kinsmen" in the sense of binding through the bond of affection, is for the benefit and welfare of them.
Thus, in order to show by applying to oneself the meaning stated in common terms, the remaining verses were spoken beginning with "having restrained" and so on. Therein, "having restrained with compassion, my relatives were urged by me" means having rebuked them, saying "Even now you are in unfortunate states, not having done wholesome deeds, you will experience affliction again in the future," my relatives were exhorted by me. "With love for relatives and kinsmen" means through the affection that arose as "this is our kinsman," being unable to go beyond my exhortation because of that affection, having done service to the monks, having become those with confident minds, having made honour and respect to the monks through the giving of requisites such as robes and through attendance, they passed away and died, having departed from this world. "Puna te" is merely a particle. "The celestial abode of happiness" means happiness included in the world of the gods, or they attained the celestial abode, which is desirable happiness. He said "But who are they?" "My brothers and mother rejoice, those who desire sensual pleasures." The meaning is that they delight, having become endowed with sensual pleasures consisting of objects of desire as they wished.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Vassika is finished.
9.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Yasoja
243-245.
"Resembling a black bamboo joint" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Yasoja.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family of park keepers, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Blessed One Vipassī going through space, with a gladdened mind, gave a breadfruit.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of a fisherman who was the headman of five hundred families in a fishermen's village at the gate of the city of Sāvatthī; they gave him the name Yasoja. He, having come of age, together with his own companions who were fishermen's sons, cast a net in the river Aciravatī for the purpose of catching fish. Therein one great fish of golden colour entered inside the net. They showed it to King Pasenadi. The king, thinking "The Blessed One knows the reason for the colour of this golden-coloured fish," having had the fish taken, showed it to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, having said "This one, having gone forth when the Dispensation of Kassapa, the Perfectly Enlightened One, was declining, practising wrongly, having caused the Dispensation to decline, was reborn in hell, having been tormented in hell for one interval between Buddhas, having passed away from there, was reborn as a fish in the Aciravatī," and having had that very one tell of the state of his sisters being reborn in hell and the state of his brother elder monk having attained final Nibbāna, on this occasion taught the Kapila Discourse.
Having heard the Teacher's teaching, Yasoja, being stirred with a sense of urgency, together with his own companions, having gone forth in the presence of the Blessed One, dwelling in a suitable place, one day together with his following went to Jeta's Grove to pay homage to the Blessed One. Upon his arrival, there was loud noise and great noise in the monastery due to the preparation of lodgings and so on. Having heard that, "the Blessed One dismissed Yasoja together with his following" - all this should be understood according to the method that has come in the Udāna. But the Venerable Yasoja, having been dismissed, like a good thoroughbred horse struck by a whip, with an agitated mind, together with his following, dwelling on the bank of the river Vaggumudā, striving and endeavouring, having developed insight, during the rainy season itself became a possessor of the six higher knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
I saw the stainless Buddha, going through the sky-path.
Standing in space, being peaceful, the one of great fame accepted.
Having given fruit to the Buddha, with a clear mind.
A jewel arises indeed, for one reborn here and there.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving fruit.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But the Teacher, having summoned the Venerable Yasoja together with his following, who was now a possessor of the six higher knowledges, extended a friendly welcome with the imperturbable attainment. He lived having undertaken all the ascetic practices. On account of that his body was lean, rough, and discoloured; the Blessed One, praising him for his supreme fewness of wishes -
243.
Moderate in food and drink, a man of undepressed mind." He spoke the first verse.
Therein, "resembling a black bamboo joint" means having limbs resembling the joints of a tooth-stick creeper, due to the body parts being poorly formed and emaciated through the disappearance of the accumulation of flesh; therefore he said "emaciated, with veins spread over him." "Emaciated" means thin in body through the fulfilment of the practice of moral perfection. "With veins spread over him" means with body covered by veins, with body spread over by prominent tendons and sinews due to having little flesh and blood. "Moderate" means knowing the measure in seeking, accepting, consuming, and distributing. "With undepressed mind" means with mind not sluggish, with conduct not lazy, because of not being overcome by idleness and so on. "Man" means a person; the intention is that he is endowed with the characteristics of manliness, a man fit to bear the burden, because of bearing the burden of manliness.
Thus the elder, having been praised by the Teacher, in a manner befitting his praised state, expounding the Teaching to the monks by way of extolling his own endurance, patience, arousal of energy, and delight in seclusion -
244.
Like an elephant at the head of battle, mindful, one should endure there.
245.
As a village, so are three; beyond that is uproar."
He spoke these two verses.
Therein, "like an elephant at the head of battle" means just as a thoroughbred noble elephant, having endured the blows of swords, spears, lances, and so on on the battlefield, destroys the enemy army, so a monk in the forest in a great wood, in the wilderness, should endure the dangers of gadflies and so on, mindful and fully aware, and having endured, should destroy the force of Māra by the power of meditative development.
"As Brahmā" means just as Brahmā dwells alone, free from mental irritation, always happy through the happiness of meditative absorption, so "one alone" means a monk too, alone, without a companion, cultivating the happiness of seclusion, dwells in happiness. For it has been said: "The happiness of asceticism for one alone is sublime." By this he gives the exhortation that a monk who dwells alone is "equal to Brahmā." "As a god, so are two" means just as among the gods there might be mental irritation now and then, so in the living together of two monks there might also be friction; thus a monk living with a companion is said to be "equal to a god." "As a village, so are three" means in this very passage the intention is that the living together of three monks is similar to village life and is not a life of seclusion. "Beyond that is uproar" means the communal life of many beyond those three is uproar, similar to a gathering of a great multitude with loud noise and great noise; therefore the intention is that one should be a dweller alone.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Yasoja is finished.
10.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sāṭimattiya
246-248.
"You had faith before" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Sāṭimattiya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Siddhattha, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, gave a palm-leaf fan.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in the country of Magadha, having received the name Sāṭimattiya, having come of age, because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, having gone forth in the presence of forest-dwelling monks, doing the work of insight, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Covered with jasmine flowers, I hold this very precious gift.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the fan.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, he exhorts and instructs monks, and having expounded the Teaching to many beings, he established them in the refuges and in the precepts. And he made a certain faithless and undevoted family faithful and devoted. Because of that, the people in that family were devoted to the elder. There a certain girl, lovely and beautiful, carefully served the elder who had entered for almsfood with food. Then one day Māra, having thought "Thus this one's disgrace will increase, he will be without support," having gone in the form of the elder, seized that girl by the hand. The girl knew "This is not a human touch," and had her hand released. Having seen that, the household generated distrust towards the elder. On the following day, the elder, not reflecting upon that reason, went to that house. There the people showed disrespect. The elder, reflecting upon that reason, having seen the deed of Māra, having determined "Let a dog's carcass be fastened around his neck," having made Māra, who had approached for the purpose of being freed, confess the deed done on the previous day, having threatened him, dismissed him. Having seen that, the householder, having asked forgiveness saying "Forgive us, venerable sir, for the transgression," said "From this day forth, venerable sir, I myself shall attend upon you." The elder, teaching him the Teaching -
246.
What is yours is yours alone, there is no misconduct of mine.
247.
They become attached and become detached, therein what does the sage lose?
248.
I shall walk for almsfood, I have strength in my legs."
He spoke three verses.
Therein, "you had faith before, that is not found in you today" means: lay follower, before this you had faith in me by way of "the noble one is a practiser of righteousness, a practiser of evenness" and so on; that faith of yours is not found in you now at present. Therefore "what is yours is yours alone" means the giving of the four requisites - let that be yours alone, I have no need of that; for the intention is that a gift should be given with a rightly devoted mind. Or alternatively, "what is yours is yours alone" means whatever disrespect towards me has occurred from you today, that is yours alone; its fruit is to be experienced by you alone, not by me. This is the meaning. "There is no misconduct of mine" means but there is no such thing as misconduct of mine, because the mental defilements that are the causes of misconduct have been utterly eradicated by the path itself.
"For faith is impermanent, unsteady" means because the faith of a worldling is impermanent, not absolute, and for that very reason unsteady, like a gourd placed on a horse's back, and like a small post buried in a heap of chaff, unsettled. "Thus indeed it has been seen by me" means and that faith, being thus, has been seen by me in you, known from direct experience. "They become attached and become detached" means because of its very unsettled nature, these beings sometimes somewhere, by way of association with a friend, become attached and even develop affection, and sometimes become detached and have dispassionate minds. "Therein what does the sage lose" means in that attachment and detachment of worldlings, what does the sage, the one gone forth, lose? What is his deterioration? This is the meaning.
Showing "Do not think thus: 'If you do not accept my requisites, how will you sustain yourselves?'" he spoke the verse beginning with "is cooked." Its meaning is: the food of the sage, the one gone forth, is cooked from family to family, from house to house, day after day, little by little, and not only in your house. "I shall walk for almsfood, I have strength in my legs" means I have strength in my legs; I am not one with broken legs, nor lame, nor afflicted with a foot disease; therefore I shall walk for almsfood, for mixed alms; he shows that having walked for almsfood according to the method stated by the Teacher beginning with "just as a bee with a flower," I shall sustain myself.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sāṭimattiya is finished.
11.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Upāli
249-251.
"Having gone forth through faith" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Upāli.
What is the origin?
This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, one day, while hearing the Teacher's Teaching, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among experts in monastic discipline, having performed the preparatory action, he aspired to that position of rank.
He, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, took conception in a barber's house; they gave him the name Upāli.
He, having come of age, having become the barber of the six warriors beginning with Anuruddha, when the Truth-finder was dwelling in the Anupiya mango grove, having gone forth together with the six warriors who were going forth for the purpose of ordination, he went forth.
The procedure of his going forth has come in the canonical text itself.
He, having gone forth and been fully ordained, having taken a meditation subject in the Teacher's presence, said "Venerable sir, allow me dwelling in the forest." "Monk, for you dwelling in the forest, only one charge will grow; but for one dwelling near us, both the charge of scriptural study and the charge of insight will be fulfilled." The elder, having accepted the Teacher's word, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a store of eighty crores, abundant in wealth and grain.
In the marks of a great man and in history, having reached perfection in his own teaching.
Prowling creatures and hermits too, they roam upon the earth then.
Many people venerate me, I venerate nothing.
The word 'Buddha' does not exist, so long as the Conqueror does not arise.
Having dispelled all darkness, the one with vision arose in the world.
The Buddha then approached the city named after the swan.
At that time the assembly was all around for a yojana then.
As far as the Buddha's assembly extended, he covered it with flowers then.
There was the full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis.
When the eighth day arrived, the Conqueror praised Sunanda.
Having become the most excellent of all, he will transmigrate through existences.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Puṇṇa, son of Mantāṇī by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
Gladdening all the people, showing his own power.
Having done service to the Buddha, he purified his own destination.
I too shall make an offering, according as I see Gotama.
What action should I perform, in the unsurpassed field of merit.
Is placed foremost in the monastic discipline, that state I aspire to."
With that wealth, I would build a monastery for the Buddha.
Having bought it for a hundred thousand, I had a monastery built for the Community.
Having made walking paths well-made, I had a monastery built for the Community.
Having built a bathing house, I gave to the community of monks.
And monastery attendants and medicine, all this I gave.
Let no one vex them, those of such peaceful minds.
Having built that Vepulla, I offered it to the Enlightened by himself.
I will hand it over to you, O hero, consent, O One with Vision.
Having understood my thought, the Leader consented.
Having prepared the food, I announced the time.
With a thousand who eliminated the mental corruptions, approached my monastery.
When he had finished eating, having understood the proper time, I spoke these words.
The park named Sobhana, accept it, you sage.
Being reborn in existence, I obtain what I wished for.
Having sat down in the community of monks, the Perfectly Enlightened One spoke these words.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
They will constantly surround me, this is the fruit of a monastery for the Community.
They will constantly surround me, this is the fruit of a monastery for the Community.
Adorned with variegated garments and ornaments, wearing jewelled earrings.
They will constantly surround me, this is the fruit of a monastery for the Community.
A thousand times as lord of the gods, he will exercise divine kingship.
Having become one of complete enjoyment, he will exercise divine kingship.
Kingship over the earth, extensive, incalculable by counting.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Upāli by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
Upholding the Conqueror's Dispensation, he will dwell without mental corruptions.
Having sat down in the community of monks, will establish him in the foremost position.
That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.
Finding no comfort on the stake, wishes only for release.
Being impaled on the stake of action, afflicted by the feeling of thirst.
I seek release, just as one punished by the king.
He would seek medicine, for the destruction of poison and preservation of life.
Having drunk that, he would be happy, through release from poison.
Oppressed by ignorance, I seek the medicine of the Good Teaching.
That is the highest of all medicines, the removal of all darts.
I touched Nibbāna, the ageless, deathless, state of coolness.
Would seek an exorcist, for release from the spirit.
He would remove the spirit for him, and destroy it along with its root.
I seek the light of knowledge, for release from darkness.
He dispelled my darkness, like an exorcist dispels a spirit-possessed one.
I uprooted all existence, like an exorcist from the root.
All around for a hundred yojanas, it stirs up the great lake.
Having taken it, the bird departs wherever it wishes.
Seeking the unconditioned, I washed off hate.
Having taken it, I dwell with this, just as a Garuḷa with a serpent.
After a thousand years, one fruit arises from it.
Thus dear to the gods is that Āsāvatī, the best of creepers.
Morning and evening I pay homage, as the gods to the Āsāvatī creeper.
Though I had come from afar, this moment did not fail me.
Without clinging, free, at peace, I wander."
Just so I, O great hero, am in bloom through the Buddha's rays.
When the clouds are thundering, they always conceive an embryo.
They are released from the burden, when the cloud rains down.
By the sound of the Dhamma-cloud, I grasped the womb of the Dhamma.
I am not released from the burden, as long as the Dhamma-cloud does not thunder.
Thunder with the Dhamma-cloud, I am released from the burden.
And all the four fruits, thus I cognised the phenomena.
That purpose has been attained by me, the unsurpassed state of peace.
There is no one equal to me, I uphold the Dispensation.
Here I have no doubt, whether in letter or in phrase.
In reinstatement and ordaining, having gone to perfection in all respects.
Having disentangled from both sides, I would re-enter according to function.
There is nothing unknown by me, I am the foremost in the Teacher's Dispensation.
I dispel all uncertainty, I cut off all doubt.
In the origin and the conclusion, I am skilled everywhere.
Having won the battle, would build a city there.
And various watchtowers, many he should have built in the city.
He should have an assembly hall built there, for the judgment of benefit and harm.
For the protection of the army, he appoints a general.
'May my goods not perish,' he appoints him as a goods-keeper.
To him he gives a legal case, to proceed as a friend.
A teacher, a bearer of Vedic charms, he appoints to the chaplaincy.
They always protect the king, like a ruddy goose protects one in distress.
Of the world including the gods, you are called the king of righteousness.
Having dispelled the darkness of ignorance, he established the city of the Dhamma.
Faith is your pillar, O hero, and restraint is the gatekeeper.
And the bases for spiritual power are the four-way junction, the street of the Dhamma is well built.
The ninefold word of the Buddha, this is your hall of the Teaching.
And imperturbability and cessation, this is your Dhamma-hut.
By the name Sāriputta, your generalissimo of the Teaching.
Kolita by name, your chaplain, O sage.
Foremost in the virtue of inculcating the ascetic practices, a judge for you, O sage.
Ānanda by name, the safeguarding of the Teaching is yours, O sage.
He gave me judgment, taught by the wise in the monastic discipline.
There is no doubt in me about that, I speak that very meaning.
In the monastic discipline there is none like me, whence will there be one greater?
There is none equal to Upāli, in the monastic discipline and in the chapters."
All that is grounded upon the monastic discipline, for those who see the monastic discipline as the root.
Having sat down in the community of monks, established me in the foremost position.
That purpose has been attained by me, having gone to perfection in the monastic discipline.
Having abandoned that birth, I became a son of the great sage.
Of infinite power, of immeasurable fame, a protector of the earth, of great riches.
Stiffened by the vanity of birth, and by the vanity of fame and wealth.
Mātaṅgas erupted in three ways, surround me always.
Having mounted the elephant named Sirika, I departed from the city then.
The Perfectly Enlightened One named Devala came before me.
Thereupon, having become angry with me, that elephant does not raise his foot.
Having harassed the Enlightened by himself, I went to the pleasure grove.
I am burnt by fever, like a fish that has swallowed the hook.
Having approached my father's presence, I spoke these words.
Like an intoxicated tusked elephant, whom I, the Self-Become One, provoked.
Before we all perish, we shall ask forgiveness of that sage.
Within seven days, my country will be destroyed.
Having offended the sages, they went to ruin together with their kingdoms.
They destroy the world with its gods, with its oceans, with its mountains.
For the purpose of confessing my transgression, I approached the Self-Become One.
Having fallen at the Buddha's feet, they spoke these words.
Dispel the fever, do not destroy our country.
With an iron hammer, may they always split my head.
A worm does not remain in medicine, irritation does not arise in a Buddha.
And space is infinite, so the Buddhas are unshakeable.
For the patient and forgiving ones, that wrong course is not found.
In front of the great multitude, rose up into the sky then.
Having transcended that birth, I entered the city of fearlessness.
You dispelled the fever, and I asked forgiveness of the Self-Become One.
You extinguished the three fires, and I attained coolness.
I shall tell you the meaning, as the state has been seen by me.
By that action I today, have been born in a low realm.
Strive for your own welfare, the moment has been provided to you.
For some a deadly poison, and for some a medicine.
Medicine for those who have attained fruition, a field of merit for those seeking.
A venomous snake whose poison kills by sight, thus it burns that man.
Having opposed the Dispensation, one burns for ten million cosmic cycles.
He helps the world with its gods to cross over, therefore they should not be opposed by you.
The Buddhas are like the earth, therefore they should not be opposed by you.
Towards Rāhula and Dhanapāla, the sage is equal to all.
The Buddha is equal towards all, towards the murderer and his own son.
Having made salutation with joined palms on the head, the banner of the sages should be venerated.
By this emblem they are purified, therefore they are to be venerated.
Paying homage to the discipline, I will dwell always.
I make my home in the monastic discipline, the monastic discipline is my resort.
Upāli pays homage at the feet of the Teacher, O Great Hero.
Paying homage to the Enlightened by himself and to the good nature of the Teaching."
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
For there the Teacher himself taught him the entire Canon of monastic discipline. He afterwards judged these three cases: the Bhārukacchaka case, the Ajjuka case, and the Kumārakassapa case. The Teacher, having given applause at each judgment, making those three judgments the occasion, established the Elder in the foremost position of those who are experts in monastic discipline. He afterwards, on a certain Observance day, at the time of the recitation of the Pātimokkha, exhorting the monks -
249.
One should associate with good friends, those of pure livelihood, not lazy.
250.
A monk dwelling in the Community, being wise, should train in the monastic discipline.
251.
Skilled in what is allowable and not allowable, one should live without being led." He spoke three verses.
Therein, "through faith" means on account of faith, not for the purpose of livelihood - this is the meaning. Or "through faith" means having believed in the fruits of action and the virtues of the Triple Gem. "Having gone forth" means having gone out from the household life. "Newly ordained" means having become new, one who has gone forth; one who has gone forth in the first stage of life itself. "A novice" means one who is new and young in the training in the Dispensation. "One should associate with good friends, those of pure livelihood, not lazy" means one should associate with, should approach, good friends possessing the characteristics stated beginning with "dear, respected, esteemed"; those of pure livelihood through the avoidance of wrong livelihood; those not lazy through putting forth strenuous energy; one should attend upon them by way of receiving their exhortation and instruction. "Dwelling in the Community" means dwelling in the Community, in the assembly of monks, by way of fulfilling all kinds of duties. "Being wise, should train in the monastic discipline" means having become well skilled in the knowledge of understanding, one should train in the scriptural learning of the monastic discipline. For the monastic discipline is the life span of the Dispensation; when it stands, the Dispensation stands. Some also read "buddho"; the meaning is the same. "In what is allowable and not allowable" means skilled in what is allowable and what is not allowable, subtle and clever by way of the rule and by way of conformity with the rule. "Without being led" means not being led by craving and so on, not expecting honour from any quarter whatsoever, one should dwell.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Upāli is finished.
12.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Uttarapāla
252-254.
"Indeed, though I was wise" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Uttarapāla.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit in this and that existence, had a bridge built on the path of departure of the Blessed One Vipassī.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in Sāvatthī, having received the name "Uttarapāla," having come of age, having seen the Twin Miracle, having gained faith, having gone forth, practises the ascetic duty.
One day, through unwise attention, as he was recollecting a previously experienced object, sensual lust arose in him.
He, at that very moment, as if seizing a thief caught in the act, having restrained his own mind, being stirred with a sense of urgency, having suppressed the mental defilements by attention to the opposite, doing the work of insight, having aroused zeal in meditation, attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I had a bridge built.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the gift of a bridge.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, roaring a lion's roar -
252.
The five types of sensual pleasure in the world, through confusion, made me fall.
253.
I was able to free myself from the snare of the King of Death.
254.
The cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth."
He spoke three verses.
Therein, "indeed, though I was wise" means me who was accomplished in wisdom by the power of wisdom born of learning and reflection. "Fully capable of considering what is beneficial" means capable of considering the benefit and welfare of oneself and others; or one who has fully learnt, a considerer of the meaning; or one capable of destroying the mental defilements, a seer of the meaning - all this the elder says because of being one in his final existence. "The five types of sensual pleasure" means the five portions of sensual pleasure beginning with forms. "In the world" is showing the place of their occurrence. "Through confusion" means the sign of confusion, the cause of unwise attention. Or "through confusion" means confusing, causing confusion. "Made me fall" means they made the wise one fall from his steadfast state; or the meaning is they made me fall in the world, me who wished to rise above the world.
"Having sprung forward" means having entered into. "Into Māra's domain" means into the domain of mental defilements, the place where the Māra of mental defilements operates; the intention is that one has come under his control. Or having entered into and standing in the place of sovereignty of the Māra who is a son of a god. "Equipped with a firm dart" means firm, steady; or equipped with a firm dart, pierced having struck the heart with the dart of lust. "I was able to free myself from the snare of the King of Death" means by the pincers of the highest path, while pulling out completely the dart of lust and so on, I was able to be released from the snares of the King of Death, reckoned as the bondage of lust; from that I freed myself.
And precisely because of that, "all sensual pleasures have been abandoned by me, all existences have been destroyed" means all defilement sensual pleasures, divided into many distinctions by the distinction of basis, object, and so on, have been abandoned by me by way of eradication through the noble path. For when defilement sensual pleasures have been abandoned, object sensual pleasures too are indeed abandoned. Likewise, all existences such as sensual existence, kammic becoming, and so on have been destroyed and demolished by the sword of path knowledge. For when kammic becomings have been destroyed, the becomings of rebirth are indeed destroyed. Thus, precisely because of the destruction of kammic becomings, the cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth. Its meaning has been stated above. And this itself was the elder's declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Uttarapāla is finished.
13.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Abhibhūta
255-257.
"Listen, all you relatives" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Abhibhūta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vessabhū, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, through dependence on such a good friend, became devoted to the Dispensation.
He, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, while the great assembly was making an endeavour to collect his relics, himself before all others extinguished the funeral pyre with scented water.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a royal family in the city of Veṭhapura, having received the name "Abhibhūta," after his father's passing, exercised kingship.
And at that time, the Blessed One, wandering on a journey through the country, gradually arrived at that city.
Then that king, having heard "The Blessed One, it is said, has arrived at my city," having gone to the Teacher's presence, having heard the Teaching, on the second day carried on a great gift.
The Blessed One, having finished eating, while giving thanksgiving suited to the disposition of that king, expounded the Teaching in detail.
He, having heard the Teaching, having gained confidence, having abandoned the kingdom, having gone forth, realised arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Having taken scented water, I extinguished the pyre.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the scented water.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But when he, having attained arahantship, was dwelling in the bliss of liberation, his relatives, ministers, councillors, citizens and country-folk - all having assembled together, lamented "Venerable sir, why have you gone forth making us destitute?" The Elder, having seen those people lamenting with relatives at the head, speaking the Teaching to them by way of explaining the reason for his own going forth -
255.
I will expound to you the Teaching, painful is birth again and again.
256.
Shake off the army of Death, as an elephant a hut made of reeds.
257.
Having abandoned the round of rebirths, will make an end of suffering." - He spoke three verses.
Therein, "listen" means attend; the meaning is "now, with ears inclined, reflect upon what is being said by me by following the ear-door." "Relatives" is a term of address to all of them with relatives at the head; therefore he said "all, as many as are assembled here"; the meaning is as many as, however many, are at this assembly here, or have assembled on account of my going forth.
Now, with reference to which the word of command to hear "listen" was made, having promised that "I will expound to you the Teaching," he began to teach beginning with "painful is birth again and again." Therein, "painful is birth again and again" means this birth is painful because of being the foundation of manifold suffering of the kind beginning with that rooted in conception in the womb and of the kind beginning with ageing. That, occurring again and again, is exceedingly painful.
But showing that effort should be made for the purpose of overcoming that birth, he said beginning with "begin." Therein, "begin" means make the energy termed the element of instigation. "Go forth" means, because of having gone out from the side of idleness, make the further energy termed the element of persistence. "Engage in the Buddha's teaching" means since for those established in these qualities - restraint by morality, guarding the doors of the sense faculties, moderation in eating, and mindfulness and full awareness - the elements of instigation and persistence succeed by way of the pursuit of wakefulness, therefore, being thus, be properly engaged in the Blessed One's Dispensation, which is termed serenity and insight meditation, or which is termed the training in higher morality and so on. "Shake off the army of Death, as an elephant a hut made of reeds" means thus practising, that which is termed the army of the King of Death, the lord of the three elements, who leads beings under his control - that which is weak and feeble - just as an elephant possessed of strength and power destroys in a moment a house made of reeds, even so shake off, destroy, demolish the host of mental defilements - this is the meaning.
But showing that for one making effort in the Buddha's teaching, the transcendence of the suffering of birth is definite, he spoke the third verse beginning with "whoever in this." That is easily understood.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Abhibhūta is concluded.
14.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Gotama
258-260.
"Wandering" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Gotama.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, performing meritorious deeds in this and that existence, when the Blessed One Sikhī had attained final Nibbāna, while gods and humans were venerating his funeral pyre, venerated the funeral pyre with eight champaka flowers.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the Sakyan royal family, having received the name marked by his clan alone as "Gotama," having come of age, having gained faith at the Teacher's gathering of relatives, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Eight champaka flowers, I placed upon the funeral pyre.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the funeral pyre.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, dwelling in the bliss of liberation, one day, when asked by relatives "Why, venerable sir, having abandoned us, did you go forth?" making known both the suffering experienced by himself in the round of rebirths and the happiness of Nibbāna now attained -
258.
In suffering too in the animal realm, in many ways indeed I dwelt for a long time.
259.
In the fine-material sphere elements, in the immaterial sphere elements, among those neither percipient nor non-percipient, and among the non-percipient I stood established.
260.
Having known that self-existence, mindful, I attained only peace."
With three verses he expounded the Teaching to them.
Therein, "wandering" means wandering in the beginningless round of rebirths, wandering again and again in the five destinations by way of passing away and rebirth through action and mental defilements - this is the meaning. "Hi" is merely a particle. "I went to hell" means I approached by way of conception the eightfold great hell beginning with Sañjīva, and the sixteenfold minor hell beginning with Kukkuḷa. "Again and again" should be brought here as well. "The realm of ghosts" means the sphere of ghosts, the individual existence as a ghost distinguished by hunger, thirst, and so on - this is the meaning. "I went" means I approached by way of conception, I was reborn. "Again and again" means repeatedly. "In suffering too" means even though it was difficult to bear with the sufferings of being struck by sharp whips, goads, and so on mutually. For this is said by way of change of gender as "in suffering too." "In the animal realm" means in the animal realm distinguished by deer, birds, and so on. "In many ways indeed" means in many kinds and many times - as camels, oxen, donkeys, and so on, and as crows, cranes, hawks, and so on - for a long time, a long stretch of time, I dwelt, constantly experiencing suffering by way of a terrified mind and so on. Here "long" is said for the purpose of showing that a being reborn in the animal realm, due to great delusion, revolves again and again right there for a further long time.
"And human existence was attained" means human existence was attained, accomplished, and obtained by me through the combination of such wholesome action. The Simile of the Blind Turtle Sutta should be cited here. "I went to the heavenly assembly again and again" means I went, by way of being reborn from time to time, to the group of sensual-sphere gods reckoned as the heavenly destination, again and again. "In the fine-material sphere elements" means in fine-material existences ending with the highest existence of a worldling; "in the immaterial sphere elements" means in immaterial existences. "Among those neither percipient nor non-percipient, and among the non-percipient I stood established" means in the fine-material and immaterial sphere elements, not only among percipient beings, but also having been reborn and established among neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient beings and among non-percipient beings - "by me" should be brought in and connected. By the inclusion of "neither percipient," the neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient existence is here taken. Even if these two existences are included by the inclusion of the fine-material and immaterial sphere elements alone, yet those outsiders who hold the perception of permanence and the perception of deliverance through existence therein - it should be seen that they are taken separately for the purpose of showing the wrong nature of that perception of theirs.
Thus, having shown with two verses his own experience of the suffering of the round of rebirths in the beginningless cycle of existence due to the unbroken continuity of the root of becoming, now showing the experience of the happiness of the end of the round of rebirths through the cutting off of that, he spoke the third verse beginning with "comings into being." Therein, "comings into being" means existences. For sensual existence and so on indeed come into being through the combination of causes and conditions - thus here they are called "comings into being." "Well understood" means well understood by path wisdom together with insight wisdom. "Coreless" and so on is the showing of the manner in which they were understood. Therein, "coreless" means devoid of the substance of permanence and other such substances. "Conditioned" means made by conditions having come together and combined. "Shaken" means because of being conditioned, shaken by arising, ageing, and so on in their various modes, unsettled. "Set in motion" means always, at all times, set in motion by dissolution; the meaning is short-lived, tending towards dissolution, perishable. "Having known that, of great self-origination" means having known that aforesaid conditioned nature as self-originated, arisen within oneself, dependent on oneself, not dependent on others by way of a creator and so on, by way of the full realisation of full understanding, I, having become mindful through the mindfulness of path wisdom, attained, reached that which is its opposite, peace itself, Nibbāna itself, arrived at through the development of the noble path. Thus the elder, by way of teaching the Dhamma to his relatives, declared the final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Gotama is completed.
15.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Hārita
261-263.
"He who formerly should be done" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Hārita.
What is the origin?
This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, when the offering at his funeral pyre was being made, made an offering with fragrance.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in Sāvatthī, having received the name "Hārita," having come of age, in dependence on the conceit of birth, addressed others with the term 'outcast'.
He, having gone to the presence of the monks, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, even though he had gone forth, because of long familiarity, did not give up the behaviour of calling others outcasts.
Then one day, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, with a sense of urgency arisen, having established insight, investigating the course of his own consciousness, having seen that it was seized by conceit and restlessness, having abandoned that, having aroused zeal in insight, he attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I offered a handful of fragrance.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the funeral pyre.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a Worthy One, experiencing the bliss of liberation, he declared the final liberating knowledge by way of giving exhortation to the monks with three verses beginning with "He who formerly should be done." Their meaning has been stated above.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Hārita is completed.
16.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Vimala
264-266.
"Evil friends" is the verse of the Venerable Elder Vimala.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, after the days of sacred festivities had passed, while the lay followers were going to the cremation place having taken the Teacher's body, having reflected upon the Teacher's virtues, with a gladdened mind, made an offering with jasmine flowers.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in Bārāṇasī, having received the name Vimala, having come of age, in dependence on the Elder Somamitta, having gone forth in the Dispensation, encouraged by him, having established insight, before long attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I offered a paṭṭi flower.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the worship of the body.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, giving exhortation to his own friend, a monk -
264.
And one should stand firm in his exhortation, aspiring for unshakeable happiness.
265.
Thus, having associated with the lazy, even one living well sinks;
266.
With those constantly putting forth strenuous energy, with the wise ones, one should live together."
He spoke three verses.
Therein, "evil friends" means bad friends, bad persons, those of inferior energy. "Having avoided" means having avoided them from afar by way of not associating with them. "One should associate with the highest person" means one should attend upon a good person, a wise person, a good friend, by way of receiving exhortation and instruction. "And one should stand firm in his exhortation" means one should stand firm in this good friend's exhortation and admonition by way of practising in accordance with the advice. "Aspiring" means wishing for. "Unshakeable happiness" means the happiness of Nibbāna and the happiness of fruition. For that too is called "unshakeable" because of its unshakeable nature. The remainder has the meaning already stated.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Vimala is completed.
The commentary on the Book of Threes is concluded.
4.
The Book of the Fours
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nāgasamāla
267-270.
"Adorned" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Nāgasamāla.
What is the origin?
This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, in the summer season, having seen the Teacher going on ground scorched by the heat of the sun, with a gladdened mind, gave an umbrella.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the Sakyan royal family, having received the name Nāgasamāla, having come of age, having gained faith at the gathering of relatives, having gone forth, was for some time an attendant of the Blessed One.
He, one day, having entered the city for almsfood, having seen a certain dancing girl, adorned and prepared, dancing on the highway while musical instruments were being played, thinking "This material body turned this way and that by the diffusion of the air element through the activity of consciousness - alas, impermanent are activities!" - having established contemplation of destruction and passing away, having aroused zeal in insight, attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
The Blessed One Padumuttara walked up and down in the open air.
There, having seen the Enlightened by himself, joy arose in me.
Great winds blow, causing discomfort to the body.
Accept this umbrella, I shall attain peace."
Having understood my thought, the Conqueror then accepted.
Five hundred times I was a universal monarch.
I experience my own action, well done by myself in the past.
Even today a white parasol is held for me at all times.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving an umbrella.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship -
267.
In the middle of the highway, a woman, a dancing girl dances to music.
268.
Adorned, well-dressed, like a snare of Death laid out.
269.
Danger became manifest, disenchantment was established.
270.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
With four verses he declared final liberating knowledge by way of praising his own practice.
Therein, "adorned" means one whose body is decorated with ornaments such as hand-ornaments and so on. "Well-dressed" means beautifully dressed, clothed in beautiful garments. "Garlanded" means wearing garlands, bedecked with flower garlands. "Full of sandalwood" means one whose body is anointed with sandalwood unguent. "In the middle of the highway, a woman, a dancing girl dances to music" means in the aforesaid place, one woman, a dancing girl, an actress, dances in the middle of the city street while the five-part musical ensemble is being played; she performs the dance as it was arranged.
"For almsfood" means for alms. "Having entered" means I having entered the city. "Going I looked at her" means going along the city street, looking along the street for the purpose of avoiding dangers, I looked at that dancing girl. Like what? "Like a snare of Death laid out" means just as form and so on, which has become a snare of Death, of the King of Death, laid out, having wandered about in the world and remained, is assuredly bringing harm to beings, so too she is said to be similar to a snare of Death because she assuredly brings harm to blind worldlings who remain without reflection.
"Then" means therefore, because of being similar to a snare of Death. "Me" means for me (mayhaṃ). "Wise attention arose" means thus wise attention arose: "This is a collection of bones, bound together by sinews, smeared with flesh, covered by skin, repulsive with impurity, bad smell, and loathsomeness, subject to impermanence, rubbing, massaging, breaking up, and destruction - it will display such changes." "Danger became manifest" means thus, by way of ascertaining the intrinsic nature of the body, and while attending to the rise and fall and the momentary dissolution of consciousness and mental factors dependent on it, and when these presented themselves as fearful like demons and goblins and so on, therein the danger of many kinds, the fault, became manifest to me. And as the opposite of that, the benefit in Nibbāna. "Disenchantment was established" means the knowledge of disenchantment, the disenchanting accomplished through the power of the contemplation of danger, was established in my heart; not even for a moment was there a mind for grasping those material and immaterial phenomena; on the contrary, by way of the desire for release and so on, it became merely indifferent towards them - this is the meaning.
"Thereupon" means after the insight knowledge. "My mind was liberated" means while the supramundane meditation was occurring, by the succession of paths, my mind was liberated from all mental defilements. By this he shows the arising of fruition. For at the moment of the path, mental defilements become liberated, at the moment of fruition they are liberated. The remainder is according to the method already stated.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nāgasamāla is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Bhagu
271-274.
"I, by torpor" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Bhagu.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, venerated his relics with flowers.
He, by that meritorious action, having been reborn among the Nimmānaratī gods, wandering again and again among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in the Sakyan royal family, having received the name "Bhagu," having come of age, having gone forth together with Anuruddha and Kimila, having gone forth, dwelling in the village of Bālakaloṇaka, one day, in order to dispel the overcoming of sloth and torpor, having come out from the dwelling, ascending the walking path, having fallen, having made that very thing his goad, having dispelled sloth and torpor, having developed insight, he attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Having made flower wreaths, I placed them upon his body.
Having gone to the world of gods, being peaceful, I remember my meritorious action.
If I wander in the round of rebirths among human beings, I become a king of great fame.
Owing to that very flower offering to the All-Seeing One.
Even today a shower of flowers rains down upon me always.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the worship of the body.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, spending his time in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, when the Teacher had approached to give thanks for his solitary dwelling - being asked "Are you, monk, dwelling diligently?" making known his own dwelling in diligence -
271.
Ascending the walking path, right there I fell to the ground.
272.
I walked up and down on the walking path, internally well concentrated.
273.
Danger became manifest, disenchantment was established.
274.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
He spoke these four verses.
Therein, "overcome by torpor" means overpowered by torpor, which is reckoned as bodily laziness, having the intrinsic nature of lack of energy and vexation. "From the dwelling" means from the lodging. "Went out" means I went out to walk up and down. "Right there I fell to the ground" means right there on the steps of the walking path, through being overcome by sleep, I fell down on the ground. "Having rubbed my limbs" means having wiped down one's own bodily parts that had become soiled with dust from the falling on the ground. "Having ascended the walking path again" means without falling into contraction thinking "I have now fallen," having climbed up to the walking place once again. "Internally well concentrated" means the explanation is: having become well concentrated with a fully focused mind through the suppression of the mental hindrances in the meditation subject within the resort of one's own domain, he walked up and down. The remainder is according to the method already stated. And this itself was the elder's declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Bhagu is concluded.
3.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sabhiya
275-278.
"Others" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sabhiya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Kakusandha, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher going for the day residence, with a gladdened mind, gave sandals.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, when the Blessed One Kassapa had attained final Nibbāna and a golden shrine had been established, being the seventh himself together with six sons of good family, having gone forth in the Dispensation, having taken a meditation subject, while dwelling in the forest, being unable to produce a distinction, said to the others -
"We, going for almsfood, are concerned about life, and it is not possible for one concerned about life to attain the supramundane Teaching; and death as a worldling is suffering.
Come, let us, having tied a ladder, having ascended a mountain, without longing for body and life, practise the ascetic duty."
They did so.
Then their great elder, because of being endowed with decisive support, on that very day, having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, brought almsfood from Uttarakuru. The others - "You, venerable sir, have done what was to be done; even mere conversation with you is an obstruction; we shall practise only the ascetic duty; you devote yourself to the pleasant abiding in the present life" - having said this, they rejected the almsfood. The elder, being unable to make them accept, departed.
Thereupon one of them, after the elapse of two or three days, having realised the fruition of non-returning together with the retinue of direct knowledges, having spoken in the same way, being rejected by them, departed. Among them, the elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions attained final Nibbāna; the non-returner arose in the Pure Abodes. The others, having died as worldlings, having experienced divine success in forward and reverse order in the six sensual heavens, in the time of our Blessed One, having passed away from the heavenly world, one took conception in a Malla royal family, one in a Gandhāra royal family, one in a foreign country, one took conception in the womb of a certain young woman of good family at Rājagaha. The other took conception in the womb of a certain female wandering ascetic. She, it is said, was the daughter of a certain warrior; her mother and father - "Let our daughter learn another doctrine" - handed her over to a certain wandering ascetic. Then one wandering ascetic committed sin together with her. She conceived an embryo by him. Having seen her pregnant, the wandering ascetics drove her out. She, going elsewhere, gave birth on the road in a rest-house. On account of that she gave him the name "Sabhiya." He, having grown up, having gone forth into the going forth of a wandering ascetic, having learnt various scriptures, having become a great debater, wandering about engaged in debate, not seeing anyone equal to himself, having had a hermitage built at the city gate, teaching crafts to warrior princes and others, while dwelling there, his mother, having been disgusted with the state of being a woman, having produced meditative absorption, having been reborn in the Brahma world, having prepared and given twenty questions, having taken them, he asked those various ascetics and brahmins. And they were not able to explain the meaning of those questions to him. But in the commentary on the Sabhiya Sutta it has come thus: "A Pure Abode Brahmā, having prepared those questions, gave them."
But when the Blessed One, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, having come gradually to Rājagaha, dwelt at the Bamboo Grove, then Sabhiya, having gone there, having approached the Teacher, asked those questions. The Teacher answered those questions for him - all this should be understood according to the method given in the Sabhiya Sutta. But Sabhiya, when those questions had been answered by the Blessed One, having gained faith, having gone forth, having established insight, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
As he was going for the day's abiding, I gave a stepping stone.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of treading upon.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a Worthy One, when Devadatta was striving for schism in the Community, giving exhortation to the monks who were supporters of Devadatta -
275.
Those who understand this, thereby their quarrels are appeased.
276.
But those who understand the Teaching, are free from affliction among the afflicted.
277.
A suspicious holy life - that is not of great fruit.
278.
He is far from the Good Teaching, as the sky from the earth."
He expounded the Teaching with four verses.
Therein, "others" means setting aside the wise, the others apart from them - Those engaged in contention by way of illustrating matters making for schism beginning with "what is not the Teaching is the Teaching" and "what is the Teaching is not the Teaching" are called "others." They, making contention therein, do not know "we are perishing, we are ceasing, we are being destroyed, we are constantly, continuously going near to Death." "Those who understand this" means those who are wise therein - They understand "we are going near to Death." "Thereby their quarrels are appeased" means for thus knowing, having aroused wise attention, they proceed towards the appeasement of quarrels and disputes. Then by that practice of theirs, those quarrels are appeased. Or alternatively, "others" means those who, by not accepting the Teacher's exhortation and instruction, are outsiders to the Dispensation - they are "others." So long as they do not understand "We, having taken up a wrong grasp, here in this world are perishing, striving by the suppression of the Dispensation," so long contentions are not appeased. But when, by way of the relinquishing of that grasp, those who therein among those engaged in contention understand as it really is what is not the Teaching and the Teaching and so on, from what is not the Teaching and the Teaching and so on, then from their presence, in dependence on those wise persons, the quarrels reckoned as contentions are appeased. Thus the meaning here should be understood.
"When" means at whatever time. "Not understanding" means not knowing the means for the appeasement of contention, or not knowing as they really are what is the Teaching and what is not the Teaching. "Behave as if immortal" means as if immortal, as if having surpassed ageing and death, having become agitated, arrogant, fickle, garrulous, and of loose speech, they exist, they walk, they wander about - then the contention is simply not appeased. "But those who understand the Teaching, are free from affliction among the afflicted" means those who know as it really is the Teaching of the Teacher's Dispensation, they dwell free from affliction, free from mental defilements, free from trouble, among beings afflicted by the disease of mental defilements. By their influence, the contention is absolutely appeased - this is the intention.
"Whatever lax action" means whatever wholesome action done with slackness, having made a loose grip through performing with sluggishness. "Defiled" means the taking up of a religious vow defiled by frequenting improper resorts such as prostitutes and so on, or by wrong livelihood beginning with scheming. "Suspicious" means to be remembered with suspicions; having heard something improper in the monastery - that should not be suspected by others as "surely this was done by such and such a one"; having seen the Community assembled even on account of a certain function among the Observance ceremony functions and so on, thinking "Certainly these, having known my conduct, have assembled wishing to suspend me" - thus remembered with one's own suspicions, suspected and doubted. "That is not" means that holy life of such a kind, the practising of the ascetic's duties, is not of great fruit for that person. Precisely because it is not of great fruit for him, it is also not of great fruit for those who give him requisites. Therefore one should be of austere practice. The intention is that for one of austere practice there is simply no opportunity for contention.
"Respect is not found" means for whatever person there is no respect, no honouring, towards fellow monks in the holy life who should be respected, through the state of not receiving instruction respectfully. "He is far from the Good Teaching" means such a person is far from the Good Teaching of practice and also from the Good Teaching of penetration; for teachers do not train him, and not being trained, paying no heed, he does not proceed; not proceeding, how will he penetrate the truths? Therefore he said - "He is far from the Good Teaching." Like what? "As the sky from the earth" means just as the sky, space, is far from the earth, the solid element, by intrinsic nature. Never is there a state of being mixed. Therefore he said -
Farther than that, indeed, they say, is the principle of the good and the bad, O king."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sabhiya is concluded.
4.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nandaka
279-282.
"Shame on you" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Nandaka.
What is the origin?
This one too, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been a millionaire of great wealth in the city of Haṃsavatī, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among exhorters of nuns, having aspired to that position of rank, having venerated the Blessed One with a cloth worth a hundred thousand, he made an aspiration, and he also carried on a lamp offering at the Teacher's Bodhi tree.
He, thenceforth wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Kakusandha, having become an Indian cuckoo, chirping a sweet song, circumambulated the Teacher.
Afterwards, having become a peacock, at the door of the dwelling cave of a certain Individually Enlightened One, with a gladdened mind, day after day he uttered a sweet cry three times. Thus, having performed meritorious deeds here and there, in the time of our Blessed One, having been reborn in a family home in Sāvatthī, having received the name "Nandaka," having come of age, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, having developed insight, he attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I held up three torches.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the gift of a torch.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a Worthy One, spending his time in the bliss of liberation, being commanded by the Teacher for the exhortation of nuns, on a certain Observance day, he brought five hundred nuns to arahantship by a single exhortation alone. Therefore the Blessed One established him in the foremost position among exhorters of nuns. Then one day, a certain former wife, having looked at the elder walking for almsfood in Sāvatthī under the influence of defilements, laughed. The elder, having seen that action of hers, speaking the Teaching by way of making clear the repulsiveness of the body -
279.
Nine streams in your body, which flow always.
280.
Even in heaven they find no pleasure, how much less then in human pleasures.
281.
Such ones find pleasure there, in the snare cast by Māra.
282.
Such ones find no pleasure there, with strings cut, unfettered." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "dhī" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of disgust; "ratthū" - the letter "ra" serves as a word-connector; the meaning is: fie on you, I loathe you, may contempt be upon you. "Pūre" and so on are terms of address illustrating her contemptible nature. "Pūre" means completely filled with exceedingly loathsome various corpse-like things and various kinds of impurities. "Duggandhe" means of foul odour by intrinsic nature, precisely because of being filled with corpse-like matter. "Mārapakkhe" means because a disagreeable object, by serving as the basis for unwise attention in blind worldlings, increases the Māra of mental defilements, and gives an opportunity entered upon to the Māra who is a son of a god. Therefore it is on Māra's side. For that reason it was said "on Māra's side." "Avassute" means filled with desire through the constant flowing of mental defilements and through the discharge of impurities here and there. Now "nine streams in your body, which flow always" shows the place of discharge of impurity stated by the method beginning with "from the eye, eye-filth."
But thus, knowing as it really is the body with nine openings, constantly flowing, filled with impurity - "do not imagine the old" means do not imagine the laughter, talk, and play that occurred during the former time of not knowing; do not think "even now he will behave thus." "Do not insult the Truth-finders" means just as the former disciples of the Buddha came through the achievement of decisive support, or just as they went forth and practised through right practice, and just as they arrived at, attained, and understood the true characteristic of material and immaterial phenomena and the noble truths regarding the true phenomena - "these too likewise" - thus, despising the Truth-finders, the noble disciples, in the meaning of "thus come" and so on, as though they were ordinary beings, and approaching them under the power of mental defilements - do not insult them. He states the reason for their not being to be insulted. "Even in heaven they find no pleasure, how much less then in human pleasures" means even in heaven, whose happiness cannot be brought to completion by description even by an omniscient Buddha, those enlightened as noble disciples find no pleasure; because the danger in activities has been well seen, they do not generate lust; how much less then in human types of sensual pleasure, which are like a heap of excrement - there is nothing at all to be said about their not finding pleasure there.
"Ye ca kho" means those who are foolish through the practice of folly, imprudent through the absence of wisdom nourished by the Teaching, ill-counselled through wrongly devised thinking by way of observing beauty in the unattractive, wrapped in delusion through the state of consciousness being altogether concealed by delusion and not knowing - such blind worldlings of that kind, there in that which is designated as a woman, in the snare cast by Māra, in the trap laid by Māra, they find pleasure - they remain lustful, greedy, bound, infatuated, and immersed.
"Virājitā" means for those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, lust whose intrinsic nature is difficult to remove like the dye of oil-collyrium, hate whose intrinsic nature is to corrupt when it has gained an opportunity like a foe, and ignorance whose intrinsic nature is not knowing - these have been altogether faded away, abandoned, and eradicated through the dispassion of the noble path; such ones, with the thread of craving for existence cut by the knife of the highest path, and for that very reason unfettered because of the absence of bondage anywhere - they find no pleasure there in that aforesaid snare of Māra. Thus the elder, having expounded the Teaching to that woman, departed.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nandaka is completed.
5.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Jambuka
283-286.
The verses of the Venerable Elder Jambuka beginning with "Fifty-five."
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Tissa, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, having faith in the Teacher's perfect enlightenment, having paid homage to the Bodhi tree, he venerated it with a fan.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, having gone forth in the Dispensation, having become a resident in a monastery built by a certain lay follower, he dwells being attended upon by him.
Then one day a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions, wearing coarse robes, was coming from the forest facing towards the village for the purpose of having his hair removed; having seen him, that lay follower, having become confident in his deportment, having had his hair and beard shaved off by a barber, having fed him with sumptuous food, having given him beautiful robes, saying "Dwell right here, venerable sir," made him dwell there.
Having seen that, the resident, overcome by jealousy and stinginess, said to the elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions -
"Better for you, monk, than dwelling here thus being attended upon by this evil lay follower, would be to pull out your hair with your fingers, being naked, living on a diet of excrement and urine."
And having said thus, at that very moment, having entered the toilet, as if serving up milk-rice, having kneaded and kneaded excrement with his hand, he ate as much as he liked, and drank urine.
Having remained in this manner as long as life lasted, having died, having been tormented in hell, again having lived on a diet of excrement and urine, by the remainder of the result of that very action, even though reborn among humans, for five hundred births he became a Jain and was one who fed on excrement.
Again, in this arising of a Buddha, even though being reborn in a human womb, by the power of having insulted a noble one, having been reborn in a poor family, when being given breast milk or cow's milk or ghee to drink, having rejected that, he drank only urine; when being fed cooked rice, having rejected that, he ate only excrement. Thus growing up by the consumption of excrement and urine, even when he had come of age, he consumed that very same thing. People, being unable to prevent him from that, abandoned him. He, abandoned by his relatives, having gone forth into the naked going forth, does not bathe, wearing dust and dirt, having pulled out his hair and beard, having rejected the other postures, stands on one foot, does not consent to an invitation, having determined a monthly fast, food given by those desirous of merit he takes once a month with the tip of a blade of kusa grass and licks it with the tip of his tongue during the day; but at night, thinking "Wet excrement contains living beings," not eating that, he eats only dry excrement. As he was doing thus, fifty-five years had passed, and the great multitude, thinking "He is of great austerity and supremely of few wishes," slanting towards that and sloping towards that, became devoted to him.
Then the Blessed One, having seen the decisive support for arahantship blazing within his heart like a lamp inside a pot, himself having gone there, having expounded the Teaching, having established him in the fruition of stream-entry, having given him full ordination by the "Come, monk" ordination, having aroused zeal in insight, established him in arahantship. This is the summary here. But the detail should be understood according to the method stated in the commentary on the verse "Month after month with the tip of kusa grass" in the Dhammapada. But having become established in arahantship, at the time of final Nibbāna, showing "What is to be attained by a disciple in dependence on the Perfectly Enlightened One has been attained by me, even though I practised wrongly from the very beginning" -
283.
Eating a monthly meal, I plucked out my hair and beard.
284.
And I ate dry dung, and I did not consent to recitation.
285.
Floating along in the great flood, I came for refuge to the Buddha.
286.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
He spoke these four verses.
Therein, "for fifty-five years, I bore dust and dirt" means by undertaking naked asceticism, through rejecting bathing, for fifty years plus five, I bore on my body dust, reckoned as external particles stuck to the body, and dirt, reckoned as bodily stain. "Eating a monthly meal" means eating excrement at night, for the purpose of deceiving the world, having become a so-called monthly faster, eating food given by those desirous of merit once each month by way of touching it to the tip of the tongue; "I plucked out" means by the throwing in of such ashes, I caused the hair and beard, loosened at the roots, to be plucked out with the fingers.
"I stood on one foot, I avoided sitting" means I avoided sitting, the seated posture, in every respect altogether; and while standing, having raised both hands, I stood on just one foot. "Uddesa" means invitation. Some say "udissakata" (specially prepared). "Did not consent" means I did not accept, I rejected - this is the meaning.
"Having done such, leading to many bad destinations" means having done and generated such, of such a kind, much evil action producing results and leading to bad destinations, in former births and here. "Being carried along by the great flood" means being dragged towards the ocean of misery by the great flood beginning with the flood of sensuality, especially by the flood of views; "I went to the Buddha for refuge" means through such a gap in meritorious action, having obtained human existence with difficulty, now by the power of merit I approached the Buddha as "refuge," with unwavering confidence thinking "The Blessed One is the Perfectly Enlightened One," I gained confidence in the Teacher. "See the going for refuge, see the excellence of the Teaching as Teaching" means see my going for refuge that has reached its plane, and see the excellence of the Teaching of the Dispensation, in that even though I had thus wrongly practised, I was brought to such achievement by the Teacher through a single exhortation alone. By "the three true knowledges" and so on, he shows that achievement; therefore he said -
Having held up a fan there, I fanned the lion's seat.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of fanning.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Jambuka is concluded.
6.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Senaka
287-290.
"Indeed welcome" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Senaka.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, venerated the Blessed One with a peacock-feather fan.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family, was reborn in the womb of the sister of the Elder Uruvelakassapa. His name was Senaka Tissa.
He, having come of age, having attained accomplishment in the brahminical sciences and crafts, lived the household life.
And at that time, the great multitude, year after year, in the month of Phagguṇa, on the Uttaraphagguṇa constellation, experiencing a festival, performed the ceremonial ablution at the ford at Gayā.
Therefore they call that festival "Gayā-Phaggu."
Then the Blessed One, on such a festival day, out of compassion for those accessible to instruction, dwelt near the ford at Gayā, and the great multitude too, with the intention of the ceremonial ablution at the ford, approached that place from here and there.
At that moment, Senaka too, having gone to that place for the purpose of the ceremonial ablution at the ford, having seen the Teacher expounding the Teaching, having approached, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I gave the peacock-feather fan.
The three fires were extinguished, I obtain abundant happiness.
Having given a peacock-feather fan, I obtain abundant happiness.
All mental corruptions are completely eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the peacock fan.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, with pleasure arisen, by way of an inspired utterance -
287.
Because I saw the Enlightened by himself, teaching the highest Teaching.
288.
The Victor of the world with its gods, of incomparable vision.
289.
With all mental corruptions eliminated, the Teacher, safe from every quarter.
290.
That Blessed One released, Senaka, from all mental knots."
He spoke four verses.
Therein, "indeed welcome it was for me" means it was indeed well come by me. Or, my coming was indeed beautiful. "At Gayā" means near the bathing place of Gayā. "During the Gayā-Phaggu festival" means at the Uttaraphaggunī constellation of the month of Phagguṇa, which obtained the conventional expression "Gayā-Phaggu." "That" and so on is the showing of the reason for the state of being welcome. Therein, "that" means because. "I saw" means I perceived. "The Enlightened by himself" means the Enlightened by himself because of having perfectly and by himself awakened to all phenomena. "Teaching the highest Teaching" means speaking the Teaching that is the highest, the foremost, the best of all, absolutely leading to liberation, in accordance with the disposition of those amenable to instruction.
"Of great radiance" means endowed with great radiance of body and radiance of knowledge. "Teacher of groups" means the teacher of groups such as the assembly of monks and so on, through the highest mastery and through training in good conduct. One who has attained the highest through the achievement of virtues such as morality and so on, which are the highest. The Guide, because of guiding gods, humans and so on through the supreme removal of defilements, and because of being himself devoid of a leader. Because of standing having overcome the entire world, being unvanquished by anyone; and because of having conquered even the five Māras, the Victor of the world with its gods, the supreme Victor in the world with its gods; of incomparable vision, because of the immeasurable vision and the matchless vision by the world with its gods, through the material body adorned with the thirty-two excellent marks of a great man, the eighty minor features and so on, and through the body of the Teaching adorned with virtues such as the ten powers, the four grounds of self-confidence and so on.
The great elephant, because of being similar to a great elephant through the achievement of gait, power, exertion and so on, and because of great might even among elephants, among those who have eliminated the mental corruptions. The great hero, because of crushing the army of Māra and because of great valour. "Of great effulgence" means of great splendour, of great power - this is the meaning. There are not even the four mental corruptions for him - thus "without mental corruptions." All mental corruptions together with their latent tendencies are completely eliminated for him - thus "one in whom all mental corruptions are eliminated." Granted that enlightened as noble disciples and Individually Enlightened Ones are indeed ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions, but only omniscient Buddhas exhaust the mental corruptions together with their latent tendencies - for the purpose of showing this, having said "without mental corruptions," again "one in whom all mental corruptions are eliminated" was said. Therefore it was said - "All mental corruptions together with their latent tendencies are completely eliminated for him - thus one in whom all mental corruptions are eliminated." The Teacher, because of instructing those amenable to instruction as is fitting through benefits pertaining to the present life, the future life, and the highest good; safe from every quarter, because of the absence of fear from anywhere through the self-confidence of the four grounds of self-confidence; because I saw such a Perfectly Enlightened One, therefore indeed welcome it was for me - this is the explanation.
Now, showing the virtues attained by himself through seeing the Teacher, he spoke the fourth verse. Its meaning is - like a gourd filled with rice-gruel, like a pot filled with buttermilk, like a rag soaked with fat, defiled for a long time in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning by the bases of defilement. Like a dog bound by a leash to a post, bound and fettered to the post of identity by the chain of wrong view, by the bondage of wrong view, and releasing from that, from all mental knots beginning with covetousness, me, Senaka, by the hand of the noble path - "indeed that Blessed One, my Teacher, released me" - thus he declares his devotion towards the Blessed One.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Senaka is concluded.
7.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sambhūta
291-294.
"He who hurries when he should delay" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Sambhūta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, performing meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in a world devoid of a Buddha, was reborn in the realm of kinnaras on the bank of the river Candabhāgā.
One day, having seen a certain Individually Enlightened One, with a gladdened mind, having paid homage, with joined palms, he made an offering with arjuna flowers.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home, having received the name "Sambhūta," having come of age, after the final Nibbāna of the Blessed One, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the treasurer of the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, practising the ascetic duty, having developed insight, attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
I saw the stainless Buddha, the Self-Become One, the unconquered.
Having taken an arjuna flower, I venerated the Self-Become One.
Having abandoned the kinnara body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.
Ten times as a wheel-turning monarch, I exercised great kingship.
A seed sown in a good field, in the Self-Existent One, oh, mine!
Worthy of veneration am I today, in the Sakyan son's Dispensation.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, dwelling in the bliss of liberation, when the Blessed One had attained final Nibbāna a hundred years ago, when the Vesālian Vajjiputtakas were standing having taken up the ten cases, when seven hundred who had eliminated the mental corruptions, encouraged by the Venerable Elder Yasa, the son of Kākaṇḍaka, having broken that view and upholding the Good Teaching, had made the compilation of the Teaching and Discipline, with a sense of religious urgency at the elucidation of those Vajjiputtakas' false teaching and false discipline, the elder -
291.
Through unwise arrangement, the fool undergoes suffering.
292.
And he attains ill repute, and is hostile to friends.
293.
Through wise arrangement, the wise one attains happiness.
294.
He attains fame and renown, and is not hostile to friends."
Speaking these verses, he declared the final liberating knowledge.
Therein, "he who hurries when he should delay" means in any matter that ought to be done - When remorse concerning monastic discipline has arisen as "Is it allowable or is it not allowable?" as long as one does not dispel that remorse by asking a learned expert in monastic discipline, so long it is the time for delay; at the time when that task should be delayed, he hurries, trampling over it and commits a transgression. "And delays when he should hurry" means for the householder first, when the time has arrived for what should be hurried through, such as going for refuge, undertaking morality, and so on; for one gone forth, such as performing duties and counter-duties, and the pursuit of serenity and insight meditation, without quickly devoting oneself to that task - He might delay thinking "I shall do it in the coming month or fortnight," and might spend the time not doing that task at all. "Through unwise arrangement" means thus, hurrying when one should delay and delaying when one should hurry, through unskillful arrangement, through the absence of skillful arrangement, the fool, the person of dull understanding, undergoes suffering and harm both now and in the future.
"His benefits decline" means the benefits of that such person, classified as pertaining to the present life and so on, decline day by day, going to utter elimination and exhaustion, like the moon in the dark fortnight. By such statements as "Such and such a person is faithless, undevoted, lazy, lacking in energy" and so on. "Disgrace" means he obtains, he attains the state of being blameworthy by the wise. "And is hostile to friends" means by not accepting the exhortation of good friends who give advice saying "Practise thus, do not practise thus," thinking "We are not to be admonished," he is indeed called hostile.
The meaning of the remaining pair of verses should be understood by the reverse of what has been stated. Some, however, here - By taking the meaning of the terms "hurries" and "delays," they apply them to the exertion and restraint of the meditation consciousness. That is fitting in the latter verses. For the first two verses were spoken by the elder with reference to the Vajjiputtakas who, from the time of going forth, without practising the ascetic duty that should be practised, through acting badly with remorse, having set forth the ten bases, were expelled by the monastic community. But the latter verses concern those who, like himself, rightly practising, having accomplished their own purpose, stand firm.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sambhūta is concluded.
8.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Rāhula
295-298.
"Accomplished in both" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Rāhula.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those eager to train, himself too having aspired to that position of rank, having performed lofty meritorious deeds such as cleaning and illuminating lodgings and so on, he made an aspiration.
He, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been born in the womb of Queen Yasodharā in dependence on our Bodhisatta, having received the name Rāhula, he grew up with a great retinue of warriors; the procedure of his going forth has come in the Khandhaka itself.
He, having gone forth, well instructed in the presence of the Teacher by many discourse passages, with mature knowledge, having aroused zeal in insight, attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
In a seven-storied mansion, I spread out a mirror.
Approached the perfumed chamber, the lord of bipeds, the lord of men.
The Teacher, standing in the community of monks, spoke these verses.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
Mansions will arise, whatever are dear to the mind.
A thousand times he will be a wheel-turning monarch, immediately after.
Ruler of the four quarters, victorious, will be a wheel-turning monarch.
Three hundred in length, combined with a square shape.
Furnished with excellent pinnacle chambers, adorned with the seven jewels.
Will be like the city Sudassana, of the deities.
It shines brilliantly always, for eight yojanas all around.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
He will be the son of the Blessed One Gotama.
This is impossible, that such a one would attain delight in household life.
Rāhula by name, he will become a Worthy One.
Prudent, accomplished in morality, the great sage protected me.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, I dwell without mental corruptions.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, declaring the final liberating knowledge -
295.
In that I am the son of the Buddha, and in that I have vision regarding phenomena.
296.
I am a Worthy One, worthy of offerings, a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, one who sees the Deathless.
297.
Bound by the kinsman of the heedless, like fish in the mouth of a trap.
298.
Having uprooted craving with its root, I have become cool, quenched."
He spoke four verses.
Therein, "accomplished in both" means accomplished, endowed with both accomplishments, namely the accomplishment of birth and the accomplishment of practice. "They knew me as Rāhula the Fortunate" means my fellows in the holy life perceive me as "Rāhula the Fortunate." For having heard the message of his birth, with reference to the words spoken by the Bodhisatta "A Rāhu is born, a bondage is born," the great King Suddhodana gave the name "Rāhula." Therein, taking just the exposition spoken by his father from the beginning, he said - "They knew me as Rāhula the Fortunate." And "Fortunate" is a word of praise.
Now, in order to show that twofold achievement, "that I am" and so on was stated. Therein, "that" means because. The word "ca" has the meaning of conjunction. "I am the son of the Buddha" means I am the legitimate son of the Perfectly Enlightened One. "Regarding phenomena" means regarding mundane and supramundane phenomena; the meaning is regarding the phenomena of the four truths. "One with vision" should be connected thus: and I am one with vision through the eye of path wisdom.
Again, in order to show the twofold achievement in himself by yet other methods - He spoke the verse "and in that my mental corruptions are eliminated." Therein, "worthy of offerings" means deserving of offerings. "One who has seen the Deathless" means one who has seen Nibbāna. The remainder is easily understood.
Now, in order to show in himself that twofold achievement - of true knowledge and of liberation - through the absence of which the totality of beings revolves in the round of rebirths like fish caught in a fish-trap, he spoke the pair of verses beginning with "blinded by sensual pleasures." Therein, "blinded by sensual pleasures" means blind through sensual pleasures or blind regarding sensual pleasures. Made blind through defilement-sensual pleasures classified as "desire, lust" and so on, regarding objective sensual pleasures such as forms and so on, through not seeing the danger. "Covered by a net" means covered and enveloped in every way by the net of attachment that has spread over and stands covering the entire threefold existence. "Veiled by the veil of craving" means covered by the covering reckoned as craving from that very source, obstructed, completely covered over in every respect. "Bound by the kinsman of the heedless, like fish in the mouth of a trap" means just as fish bound in the mouth of a fish-trap, in the mouth of a fish-bag for catching fish, so these beings, bound by the bondage of sensual pleasure by Māra, the kinsman of the heedless, do not escape from that; they remain as if gone within the bondage.
Having abandoned that sensual pleasure of such a kind which has become a bondage, having given it up through the preliminary practice, having cut the bondage of the Māra of mental defilements, and again having completely destroyed it without remainder by the knife of the noble path, from that very source having pulled out and uprooted craving beginning with sensual craving together with its root, namely the root reckoned as ignorance, through the absence of the disturbance and fever of all mental defilements, become cool, quenched through the Nibbāna element with residue of clinging - the meaning is: I am.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Rāhula is concluded.
9.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Candana
299-302.
"With gold" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Candana.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit in this and that existence, thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, having been reborn as a tree deity in a world devoid of a Buddha, having seen a Paccekabuddha named Sudassana dwelling in the mountain caves, with a gladdened mind, made an offering with kuṭaja flowers.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family accomplished in wealth at Sāvatthī, having received the name Candana, having come of age, living the household life, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, became a stream-enterer.
He, having obtained one son, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth, having taken a meditation subject for insight, while dwelling in the forest, having come to Sāvatthī to pay homage to the Teacher, dwells in a cemetery.
His former wife, having heard of his arrival, adorned and prepared, taking the child, goes with a great retinue to the elder's presence -
"Having enticed him by feminine wiles and so on, I shall make him leave the Order."
The elder, having seen her coming from afar, thinking "Now I shall be beyond her domain," having aroused zeal in the insight already undertaken, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
The Buddha named Sudassana dwelt in the mountain caves.
There I saw the Enlightened by himself, a crosser of the mental floods, without mental corruptions.
I placed upon the Buddha, the self-born great sage.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, standing in the sky, having expounded the Teaching to her, having established her in the refuges and in the precepts, he himself went to the very place where he had formerly dwelt. When asked by companion monks - "Your faculties are indeed very clear, friend; have the truths been penetrated by you?" -
299.
Having taken my son on her hip, my wife approached me.
300.
Adorned, well-dressed, like a snare of Death laid out.
301.
Danger became manifest, disenchantment was established.
302.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
Speaking of his own practice with these verses, he declared the final liberating knowledge.
Therein, "covered with gold" means one whose body was concealed by way of decoration with ornaments made of gold such as head ornaments and so on; the meaning is adorned with all ornaments. "Attended by a group of female slaves" means placed in front, surrounded by her own group of female slaves who were adorned and bedecked as is fitting; this is the meaning. "Having taken my son on her hip" means thinking "perhaps having seen the son too, he might find comfort attached to the household," having taken the son on her own hip.
"Coming" means the one who was coming. "The mother of my own son" means the mother of my legitimate son; the meaning is my former wife. All this the elder speaks esteeming highly his own eradication of sensual lust. "Arose wisely" means thus wise attention arose: "Even such prosperity is indeed overcome by ageing, disease, and death; alas, activities are impermanent, inconstant, without comfort." The remainder is the same as the method stated below.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Candana is concluded.
10.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Dhammika
303-306.
"The Teaching indeed" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Dhammika.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having become a deer-hunter, one day in a forest haunt, while the Teacher was expounding the Teaching to an assembly of gods, he took a sign in the teaching "This is called the Teaching."
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in the Kosala country, having received the name "Dhammika," having come of age, having gained confidence at the acceptance of the Jeta Grove, having gone forth, having become a resident in a certain village residence, dwelling there, he was full of complaining and impatient regarding the duties great and small of visiting monks.
Because of that, the monks abandoned that monastery and departed.
He was all alone.
The lay follower who was the owner of the monastery, having heard the reason, reported that incident to the Blessed One.
The Teacher, having summoned that monk, having asked him about that matter, when he said "Yes, venerable sir" -
Having said "This one is not impatient only now; in the past too he was impatient," being requested by the monks, having related the Rukkhadhamma Jātaka, giving him exhortation further above -
303.
This is the benefit when the Teaching is well practised, one who practises the Teaching does not go to an unfortunate realm.
304.
What is not the Teaching leads to hell, the Teaching causes one to reach a good destination.
305.
Established in the Teaching, the disciples of the excellent Fortunate One, the wise are led forth, going to the foremost excellent refuge.
306.
He whose wandering in the round of rebirths is ended, there is no possession for him,
Like the moon on a moonlit full-moon night." She spoke four verses.
Therein, "the Teaching" means the mundane and supramundane Teaching of good conduct. "Protects" means it protects from the suffering of the realms of misery, and being a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths, it indeed protects from the suffering of the round of rebirths as well. "One who practises the Teaching" means one who practises, who proceeds in, that Teaching. "Well practised" means well practised, accumulated carefully and with respect, having believed in the fruits of action. "Happiness" means mundane and supramundane happiness. Therein, firstly the mundane Teaching, classified as belonging to the sensual-sphere of existence and so on, brings and produces happiness each according to its own nature, either in this very life, or upon rebirth, or in some other subsequent existence. But the other, it is proper to say, practised while standing on the decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths, brings it through succession, because of the absence of that for one who is not a decisive support. "This is the benefit when the Teaching is well practised, one who practises the Teaching does not go to an unfortunate realm" means: a person who practises the Teaching, when the Teaching is well practised, does not go to an unfortunate realm on that account - thus this is the benefit when the Teaching is well practised, the yielding result. This is the meaning.
Since going to a fortunate destination is by the Teaching alone, and going to an unfortunate destination is by what is not the Teaching alone, therefore, in order to show that these - "the Teaching" and "what is not the Teaching" - have mutually unmixed results, he spoke the second verse beginning with "For the Teaching." Therein, "what is not the Teaching" means the opposite of the Teaching, misconduct. "Of similar result" means of similar resultant, of equal fruit.
"Therefore" means since this is the aforesaid distinction in result of the Teaching and what is not the Teaching, therefore. "Desire" means the desire to act. "Thus rejoicing with the Fortunate One, such a one" - the explanation is: thus, by the giving of exhortation in the way above explained, rejoicing, reaching satisfaction, with the Fortunate One who has gone to the right path, who is rightly practised, who is such a one through the attainment of the state of such-likeness towards desirable things and so on, who is named such, who is the cause - one should make desire for the teachings. Having shown the round of rebirths by this much, now showing the end of the round of rebirths, he said beginning with "established in the Teaching." Its meaning is - since the disciples of the Fortunate One, the excellent one, the excellent one among the Fortunate Ones, the Perfectly Enlightened One, established in his Teaching, the wise, exceedingly going to the highest refuge, by the very state of being established in the Teaching termed going for refuge, are led out, escape even from the suffering of the entire round of rebirths, therefore one should make desire for the teachings.
Thus, when the Teaching was expounded by the Teacher with three verses, in accordance with the teaching, just as he was seated, having developed insight, he attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
I saw the stainless Buddha, honoured by the host of gods.
I heard the sweet teaching, of Sikhi, the kinsman of the world.
Having gladdened my mind there, I crossed over existence, hard to cross.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the perception of sound.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
Thus he became established in arahantship. But having attained arahantship, making known to the Teacher the distinction attained by himself, he declared the final liberating knowledge with the last verse.
Therein, "burst open" means shaken off; the meaning is relinquished by path knowledge. "The root of the boil" means ignorance. For it festers, it flows. "'Boil', monk, this is a designation for these five aggregates of clinging" - thus, because of the connection with the root of suffering of what was stated by the Teacher, because of the oozing of the impurity of mental defilements, and because of being swollen, ripened, and burst open through arising, ageing, and dissolution, "the snare of craving has been uprooted" means the root, the cause of the fivefold aggregates of clinging designated as a boil - the net termed craving has been eradicated by the path. "He whose wandering in the round of rebirths is ended, there is no possession for him" means that I, through the state of having abandoned craving and ignorance, whose wandering in the round of rebirths is exhausted, precisely because the root of existence has been abandoned, there is not, and there is not found, any possession of lust and so on. "Like the moon on a moonlit full-moon night" means just as the moon, free from the faults of clouds, frost, and so on, at the time of fullness on the full-moon day, so I too, through the achievement of arahantship, rid of the possession of lust and so on, became one with a complete portion of the Teaching.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Dhammika is concluded.
11.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sappaka
307-310.
"When the cranes" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sappaka.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit in this and that existence, thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, having become a king of serpents of great might, was reborn; having taken a great lotus for the Individually Enlightened One named Sambhava who was seated in the open air in meditative attainment, holding it over the top of his head, he made an offering.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in Sāvatthī, having received the name "Sappaka," having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Blessed One, having gained faith, having gone forth, having taken a meditation subject, dwelling in the cave-mountain monastery on the bank of a river named Ajakaraṇī, before long attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
And a Buddha named Sambhava, dwelt in the open air then.
Having held it for one day, I came again to the dwelling.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
He, having attained arahantship, having come to Sāvatthī to pay homage to the Teacher, being attended upon by his relatives, having dwelt there for a few days, having expounded the Teaching, having established his relatives in the refuges and in the precepts, wished to go to the aforementioned place itself. His relatives requested him: "Right here, venerable sir, dwell; we shall look after you." He, having indicated the appearance of departing, standing, making known his delight in seclusion under the pretext of praising the place where he dwelt -
307.
Will fly away seeking an abode, then the river Ajakaraṇī delights me.
308.
Seek a shelter, not seeing a shelter, then the river Ajakaraṇī delights me.
309.
They adorn the river bank, behind my cave.
310.
Today is not a time for separation from the mountain rivers,
The Ajakaraṇī is secure, safe, and delightful." - She spoke four verses.
Therein, "when" means at whatever time. "Cranes" means crane birds. "With pure white wings" means with pure, clean, white wings. "Frightened by fear of the dark cloud" means dismayed and frightened by fear of rain from the thundering rainy season cloud, dark, resembling a collyrium mountain, laden with the weight of water. "Will fly away" means having flown up from the feeding ground, it will go. "An abode" means a dwelling place, one's own nest. "Seeking an abode" means wishing for settling there, for hiding itself. "Then the river Ajakaraṇī delights me" means at that rainy season time, the river named Ajakaraṇī, full of fresh water, able to carry things away, eroding the banks, delights me, pleases my mind. Thus, under the pretext of praising the distinctive features of the season and the place, he made known his delight in seclusion.
"Of well-purified white" means of well purified white colour, of unmixed colour, entirely white - this is the meaning. "Seeks" means searches for. "A shelter" means a dwelling place. "Not seeing a shelter" means not seeing a dwelling place. Previously, due to the absence of a regular dwelling place, she was one not seeing a shelter; now, in the rainy season, having conceived through the thunder of the clouds, she seeks a shelter - meaning she makes a nest as a regular dwelling place - this is the meaning.
"Whom indeed there" etc. "Behind" means behind my great cave where I dwell, at the rear part, on the river bank, on both banks of the river Ajakaraṇī, here and there, on this side and that, adorning, constantly with branches bent down by the weight of fruit, with glossy leaf-shade, the rose-apple trees in that place - what being indeed do they not delight? They delight all beings indeed.
"Well freed from the group of those intoxicated by the deathless" means the deathless is called medicine; those intoxicated by it are the deathless-intoxicated ones, that is, snakes; their group is the group of the deathless-intoxicated; well freed from that, departed. "Frogs" means female frogs; "with soft voices" means with melodious voices; "resound" means they fill that place with sound through sweet calling. "Today is not a time for separation from the mountain rivers" means today, at present, there is no time for separation from other mountain rivers either; but in particular, because it is free from fierce fish, crocodiles, and so on, the river Ajakaraṇī is secure. It is safe due to the achievement of beautiful level ground, fords, and sandy banks. It is well charming, delightful; therefore my mind delights right there - this is the intention.
But having said thus, having dismissed his relatives, he went to his own dwelling place. And by this illumination of delight in empty dwellings, this itself was the elder's declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sappaka is concluded.
12.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mudita
311-314.
The verses of the Venerable Elder Mudita beginning with "I went forth."
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, gave one bed.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a householder's family in the Kosala country, having received the name "Mudita," attained discretion.
And at that time that family was obstructed by the king on account of some business.
Mudita, frightened by fear of the king, having fled and entered the forest, approached the dwelling place of a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions.
The elder, having known his state of being frightened, consoled him saying "Do not fear."
He, having asked "In how much time, venerable sir, will this fear of mine be appeased?" when it was said "After seven or eight months have passed" -
"I am not able to endure for so long a time; I shall go forth, venerable sir, give me the going forth" - thus he requested the going forth for the purpose of protecting his life.
The elder gave him the going forth.
He, having gone forth, having gained faith in the Dispensation, even when the fear had been appeased, approving only of the ascetic duty, having taken a meditation subject, doing the work of insight -
having made the acknowledgment beginning with "Without attaining arahantship I shall not go out from this dwelling room," having aroused zeal in insight, he attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
One bed was given by me, with confidence, with my own hands.
By that gift of a small bed, I have attained the elimination of mental corruptions.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving a bed.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, experiencing the bliss of liberation, when asked by companion monks about his attainment, relating the manner of his own practice -
311.
From that I gained faith, with firm energy I strove.
312.
Let both my calves fall from the knee joints.
313.
Nor shall I lay down my side, while the dart of craving is not rooted out.
314.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
He spoke four verses.
Therein, "for the sake of livelihood" means one desirous of livelihood, one whose purpose is livelihood. "Having gone forth here, fearless, with ease, without becoming weary, I shall live" - thus the meaning is he went forth for the sake of livelihood. "Having received full ordination" means first standing in the novice ordination, having obtained full ordination through a legal act at which a motion is put and is followed by three proclamations. "From that I gained faith" means from the time of full ordination onwards, associating with good friends, learning the two matrices, the three thanksgivings, certain discourses, the serenity meditation subject, and the method of insight, having seen the great might of the Buddha and so on - "The Blessed One is the Perfectly Enlightened One, well proclaimed is the Teaching, the Community is practising well" - I gained faith in the Triple Gem. "With firm energy I strove" means having thus gained faith, doing the work of insight, before long, for the penetration of the truths, having become one of firm energy, of steady energy, I strove; I properly strove for the abandoning of unwholesome mental states and for the acquisition of wholesome mental states.
But to show how he strove, "kāmaṃ" and so on was said. Therein, "kāmaṃ" means according to one's wish, or assuredly let it break. "This body" means this putrid body of mine; if it breaks by this ardour of energy, let it break, let it be cut and shattered. "The slices of flesh may fall apart" means if by this firm effort the slices of flesh fall apart from this body, let them fall apart, let them be demolished here and there. "Let both my calves fall from the knee joints" means together with both knee joints, let both my calves, my shins, having broken from the thigh binding, fall to the ground. "Ma" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. The remainder is the same as the method stated below.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mudita is concluded.
The commentary on the Book of Fours is concluded.
5.
The Book of the Fives
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Rājadatta
315-319.
In the Book of Fives, the verses beginning with "A monk, having gone to the charnel ground" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Rājadatta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, fourteen cosmic cycles ago from now, having been reborn in a family home in a world devoid of a Buddha, having attained discretion, one day, having gone to the forest's end on some business, having seen there a certain Individually Enlightened One seated at the root of a tree, with a gladdened mind, gave a very pure ambāṭaka fruit.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a caravan leader's family at Sāvatthī.
Because he had been obtained by having pleased the Great King Vessavaṇa, his mother and father gave him the name Rājadatta.
He, having come of age, having taken goods with five hundred carts, went to Rājagaha by way of trade.
And at that time at Rājagaha a certain courtesan, lovely and beautiful, by virtue of her supreme beauty, received a thousand day after day.
Then that caravan leader's son, giving a thousand day after day to that courtesan, living together with her, before long, having spent all his wealth, having become destitute, not obtaining even so much as food and clothing, wandering here and there, was struck with religious emotion.
One day he went together with lay followers to the Bamboo Grove.
And at that time the Teacher was seated expounding the Teaching, surrounded by a great assembly. He, having sat down at the edge of the assembly, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, having taken upon himself the ascetic practices, dwells in a cemetery. At that time another caravan leader's son too, having given a thousand, was living together with that courtesan. And that courtesan, having seen a very costly jewel in his hand, having aroused greed, having had him killed by other rogue men, took that jewel. Then the men of that caravan leader's son, having heard that news, sent investigator men. They, at night, having entered that courtesan's house, without damaging the skin and so on, having killed her, threw her away at the charnel ground. The Elder Rājadatta, wandering in the cemetery to take the sign of foulness, having approached to attend to the corpse of that courtesan as repulsive, having attended wisely several times, because of its being recently dead, because the skin had not been damaged by dogs, jackals and so on, and because it was a subject of a different kind, attending unwisely, having aroused sensual lust therein, with a mind even more stirred with religious emotion, having rebuked his own mind, having stepped aside for a moment, having taken the very sign of foulness that had been present from the beginning, attending wisely, having produced meditative absorption, having made that meditative absorption the foundation, having established insight, at that very moment attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Having taken an ambāṭaka fruit, I gave to the Self-Become One.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving fruit.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, filled with joy and pleasure -
315.
Thrown aside in the cemetery, being eaten, pervaded with worms.
316.
Sensual lust appeared, like a blind man I was flowing.
317.
Mindful and fully aware, I sat down to one side.
318.
Danger became manifest, disenchantment was established.
319.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
He spoke these five verses.
Therein, "a monk, having gone to the charnel ground" means a monk because of seeing the danger in the round of rebirths, having approached the charnel ground for the purpose of the foulness meditation subject. "Monk" - and this the elder says himself with reference to himself. "A woman" means here the semen and blood are struck together in the manner of a being's continuity - thus "thī," a woman. And thus by way of natural language it is also called "itthī." But in the case of barren women and so on, that conventional expression is used because of similarity to that and because of not going beyond that intrinsic nature. "A woman" means he speaks of a woman's corpse. "Cast away" means abandoned, thrown aside precisely because of being despicable, thrown away through the state of indifference. "Being eaten, pervaded with worms" means having been filled with worms, being devoured.
"What some loathe, having seen the dead, evil thing" means whatever corpse that is dead through the departure of life, heat and consciousness, evil, low, inferior - some of pure nature loathe it, they do not even wish to look at it. "Sensual lust appeared" means due to the strength of unwise attention towards that carcass, sensual lust appeared, arose in me. "Like a blind man I was flowing" means through not seeing the impure nature of that corpse which flows, streaming with impurity through the nine doors, I was like a blind man. Therefore he said -
Then there is deep darkness, when lust overcomes a man." And
"Sensual desire, brahmin, is blinding, causing lack of vision" and so on. Some, however, here, having made the insertion of the letter "ta," explain the meaning as "one who is not in control due to the prepossession of mental defilement, or one who wields power over mental defilement." Others, stating the Pāḷi text as "andhova asati ahu," explain the meaning as "having become blind through sensual lust, he was devoid of mindfulness." But both of those are not in the canonical text.
"Within the time of cooking rice" means within the time of cooking rice; in the time it takes to cook rice from a measure of well-washed soaked rice grains, within that very time, even in a shorter time than that, dispelling lust; "from that place I departed" means from that place where lust arose in me while standing, from that place I departed, I withdrew. Having just departed, "mindful and fully aware, I" - having established the perception of being an ascetic, mindful by way of the attention of the establishment of mindfulness, and having become fully aware through the proper knowing of the intrinsic nature of phenomena, I sat down to one side, folding my legs crosswise I sat down. And for one seated, "then wise attention arose in me" and so on - all this is the same as the method stated below.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Rājadatta is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Subhūta
320-324.
"Not exertion" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Subhūta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having been reborn in a very wealthy householder's family in Bārāṇasī, having attained discretion, one day, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, having become established in the refuges and in the precepts, month after month, eight times, had the Teacher's perfumed chamber heaped with four-fold fragrance.
He, by that meritorious action, having become one with a fragrant body in whatever place he was reborn, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a householder's family in the country of Magadha, having received the name "Subhūta," having come of age, because of having the disposition of escape, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth among the sectarians, not finding substance there, having seen many ascetics and brahmins such as Upatissa, Kolita, Sela and others who had gone forth in the presence of the Teacher and were experiencing the happiness of asceticism, having gained faith in the Dispensation, having gone forth, having pleased his teachers and preceptors, having taken a meditation subject, dwelling in a secluded abode, having developed insight, he attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.
Surrounded by a fathom-wide radiance, covered with a net of rays.
An extinguisher like a cloud, a mine of virtues like the ocean.
Like space in wisdom, unattached like the wind.
With abundant wealth and grain, with an accumulation of various jewels.
Having approached, I heard the teaching, charming like the Deathless.
Endowed with the features, like a king of sal trees in full bloom.
Surrounded by a fathom's radiance, the hundred-rayed sun.
With a heart full of compassion, like the ocean in virtue.
The hero, spread wide in glory, the sage, like space.
The support of all beings, like the earth, the seventh sage.
Burning where bad doctrines go, he shines like a mass of fire.
Like Mount Gandhamādana, adorned with the fragrance of virtues.
Like a river for the forest groves, a remover of the stain of defilements.
Like a universal monarch, that king, lord of the jewel of the factors of enlightenment.
A surgeon like a doctor, one who lances the boil of wrong view.
The sun among men in the assemblies, the Conqueror expounded the Teaching.
And by meditation one is extinguished, thus you should instruct."
All the assemblies hear it, like the Deathless of great flavour.
Having gone for refuge to the Fortunate One, for as long as life I paid homage.
With the four kinds of perfume, for eight days in a month.
Then the Conqueror explained, the obtaining of a fragrant body.
By the result of that action, he was reborn here and there.
Having become endowed with the fragrance of virtue, he will attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions.
Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.
While I was dwelling in the womb, my mother was fragrant in body.
Sāvatthī seemed to blow as if perfumed with all fragrances.
And very costly incenses, blew towards at that very moment.
They perfumed with fragrance, in which house I was born.
Then the trainer of men, having trained Sela together with his following.
Then, having seen that majestic power of the Buddha, I went forth.
Having developed these four qualities, I attained the elimination of mental corruptions.
When I shall attain nibbāna, at that time there was the odour of the rains retreat.
Likewise other odours altogether, having overcome by force, I blow from there here and there.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having reflected upon the suffering of the pursuit of self-mortification attained by having gone forth among sectarians, and the happiness of meditative absorption and so on attained by having gone forth in the Dispensation, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of reviewing his own practice -
320.
If while practising he would not attain, that is my mark of misfortune.
321.
If one should give up all, one would be like a blind man, from not seeing what is even and uneven.
322.
One not doing but speaking - the wise fully understand him.
323.
So well-spoken words are fruitless for one who does not practise them.
324.
So well-spoken words are fruitful for one who practises them.
He spoke these five verses.
Therein, "in what is not exertion" means in the two extremes that should not be engaged in, that should not be associated with. But here the meaning should be understood by way of the pursuit of self-mortification. "Engaging" means engaging oneself in that, yoking, thus proceeding accordingly. "Desiring what should be done" means desiring the function that brings welfare to both; if, as the opposite of that, one were practising, engaging in what is not exertion. "Would not attain" means the method is that one would not attain the welfare and happiness as intended. Therefore, that I, deceived by the doctrine of the sectarians, engaged in what is not exertion, that is my mark of misfortune, the nature of demerit. He shows: "Deluded by former action, he engaged in what is not exertion."
"Having pulled out what has gone to misery, conquered" means because of their nature of oppression, lust and so on are called miseries; the miseries themselves are what has gone to misery; the conquest of those gone to misery is the occurrence of the round of rebirths; their conquest is the overcoming by wholesome mental states. "What has gone to misery, conquered" is said without making the elision of the nasal. That which is pulled out, not inflated, by which, having made that pulled out from what has gone to misery, conquered, having become thus, without having completely cut off the mental defilements - this is the meaning. "If one should give up one" means if, because of being without a companion and because of striving, one should give up, should abandon the one thing - diligence or right exertion itself. That person would be like a loser, like a wretch. "If one should give up all" means if one should give up all the faculties of faith, energy, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom that bring liberation to maturity, if one should discard them through non-development, one would be like a blind man, from not seeing what is even and uneven.
"Just as" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of introducing a simile. "Beautiful" means splendid. "Colourful" means endowed with beauty of colour and form. "Scentless" means devoid of fragrance, of the variety of pālibhaddaka, girikaṇṇikā, jayasumana and so on. "Thus well-spoken words" means well-spoken words are the three Canons of the Buddha's teaching, similar to a flower endowed with beauty of colour and form. Just as indeed a scentless flower does not pervade the body of one who wears it with fragrance, so too this, whoever practises it with attentive hearing and so on, for that one who does not practise attentively, who does not do what should be done therein, it does not bring the fragrance of learning and the fragrance of practice; it is fruitless. Therefore it was said: "So well-spoken words are fruitless for one who does not practise them."
"Fragrant" means of the variety of jasmine, champaka, blue water-lily flowers and so on. "Thus" means just as the fragrance of that flower pervades the body of one who wears it, so too the well-spoken words reckoned as the three Canons of the Buddha's teaching - whoever does what should be done therein by attentive hearing and so on, for that person it is fruitful; because it brings the fragrance of learning and the fragrance of practice, it is of great fruit and great benefit. Therefore one should proceed according to the exhortation, and one should be one who speaks as one acts and acts as one speaks. The remainder is according to the method already stated.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Subhūta is concluded.
3.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Girimānanda
325-329.
The verses beginning with "The sky rains" are those of the Venerable Elder Girimānanda.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Sumedha, having been reborn in a family home, having come of age, living the household life, when his own wife and son had deceased, pierced by the dart of sorrow, having entered the forest, when the Teacher had gone there and expounded the Teaching and the dart of sorrow had been pulled out, with a gladdened mind, having venerated with fragrant flowers, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration, having made a salutation with joined palms at his head, he praised.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of the chaplain of King Bimbisāra in Rājagaha. His name was Girimānanda. He, having attained discretion, having seen the majestic power of the Buddha during the Teacher's journey to Rājagaha, having gained faith, having gone forth, practising the ascetic duty, having dwelt for several days at a village residence, went to Rājagaha to pay homage to the Teacher. The great King Bimbisāra, having heard of his arrival, having approached, having invited him saying "Right here, venerable sir, dwell; I shall attend upon you with the four requisites," having departed, due to having much to do, did not remember. Thinking "The elder is dwelling in the open air," the deities prevented the rain out of fear of wetting the elder. The king, having observed the reason for the absence of rain, had a hut built for the elder. The elder, dwelling in the hut, having obtained concentration through the gain of suitable lodging, having applied evenness of energy, having aroused zeal in insight, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Mother, father, dead, brother, they are burnt on one pyre.
And derangement of mind came upon me, distressed by that sorrow.
Having eaten fallen fruit, I dwelt at the root of a tree.
Wishing to uplift me, he came to my presence.
Having lifted up my head, I looked up at the great sage.
Then I was of one-pointed mind, having seen that leader of the world.
The Blessed One sat down there, the one with vision, out of compassion.
The Buddha expounded the Teaching to me, the remover of the dart of sorrow.
As they came, so they went, what lamentation is there for that?
With their goods approach for shelter from the falling rain.
Thus your mother and father, what lamentation is there for that?
Thus your mother and father, what lamentation is there for that?
Thus your mother and father, their own bodies are left behind here.
Having generated gladness, I paid homage to the foremost Buddha.
Wafting divine fragrance, the wise one, the leader of the world.
Remembering the highest virtues, I praised the leader of the world.
You lift up all beings, by knowledge, O great sage.
You showed me the path, by your knowledge, O One with Vision.
Moving through the sky, the wise ones surround him at that very moment.
Like lotuses at sunrise, your disciples bloom.
Thus accomplished in knowledge, you are immeasurable, O One with Vision.
Venerating the directions far and wide, bowing down, I went.
I entered my mother's womb, transmigrating from existence to existence.
Ardent, prudent, a meditator, one whose domain is seclusion.
Released like the moon from a mass of clouds, I wander always.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, I dwell without mental corruptions.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
Then, while the sky was raining as if full of mirth upon the elder's attainment of arahantship, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of urging that rain above -
325.
Therein I dwell at peace, so if you wish, rain, O sky.
326.
Therein I dwell with peaceful mind, so if you wish, rain, O sky.
327.
"The sky rains etc. therein I dwell without lust etc.
328.
"The sky rains etc. therein I dwell without hate etc.
329.
"The sky rains etc. Therein I dwell without delusion,
So if you wish, rain, O sky." He spoke these five verses.
Therein, "like a beautiful song" means conforming with a beautiful song; the meaning is conforming with its own beautiful cloud-song. For just as a rain cloud not thundering but only raining does not look beautiful, so too having arisen with a hundred layers and a thousand layers, thundering, roaring, even emitting lightning but not raining, it does not look beautiful; but having become of such a nature and raining, it looks beautiful - thus it is said "the sky rains like a beautiful song." Therefore he said - "Thunder forth, O Rain-God," and "one that thunders and also rains." "Therein I dwell" means in that hut I dwell with a posture of dwelling having the inner room of the noble abiding. "With calmed mind" means one whose mind is completely calmed through the concentration of the highest fruition.
Thus the rain-cloud deity, receiving with his head the elder's exhortation made on many occasions, filling both the low ground and the high, caused a great rain to fall.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Girimānanda is concluded.
4.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sumana
330-334.
"Desiring that" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Sumana.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, ninety-five cosmic cycles ago from now, having been reborn in a family home in a world devoid of a Buddha, having attained discretion, having seen a certain Individually Enlightened One who was diseased, gave yellow myrobalan.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a householder's family in the Kosala country, having received the name "Sumana," grew up in happiness.
Now his maternal uncle, having gone forth, having become a Worthy One, dwelling in the forest, when Sumana had come of age, having given him the going forth, gave him a meditation subject suitable to his temperament.
He, practising exertion there, produced the four meditative absorptions and the five direct knowledges.
Then the elder taught him the method of insight.
And he, before long, having developed insight, became established in arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Jujube, marking-nut and marmelos, I myself shall carry.
Afflicted by illness, without a companion, the great sage.
When the medicine was eaten, the illness was calmed at that very moment.
By this giving of medicine, and by the appeasement of disease.
May he be happy everywhere, and may illness not come to you.
The wise one rose up into the sky, like a king of swans in the firmament.
From this birth onwards, illness did not arise in me.
The three true knowledges have been realised, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of medicine.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become established in arahantship, one day he went to the attendance upon the maternal uncle elder. The elder asked him about his achievement, and answering that -
330.
Longing for the Deathless, what was to be done has been done by me.
331.
With purified knowledge, without uncertainty, I declare in your presence.
332.
My own welfare has been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.
333.
All my mental corruptions are eliminated, there is now no more rebirth.
334.
Your exhortation was not futile, I am a pupil who has been trained."
With these five verses, roaring a lion's roar, he declared the final liberating knowledge.
Therein, "desiring that among the teachings, my preceptor helped me. Longing for the Deathless" means among the blameless qualities such as serenity and insight meditation and so on, desiring and wishing for whatever teaching for me, the preceptor helped me, who was longing for the Deathless, Nibbāna, by way of giving exhortation. "What was to be done has been done by me" means the sixteenfold function beginning with full understanding, which was to be done for the purpose of that achievement, has been done and accomplished by me.
From that very, attained, achieved, the fourfold path state too has been realised. "The Teaching by oneself, not based on hearsay" means by oneself alone the Nibbāna state and the fruition state have been made not based on hearsay, undoubted, self-evident; the noble path proceeds precisely by cutting off the doubt reckoned as hearsay through the occurrence of "thus indeed, thus it seems." Therefore he said "with purified knowledge, without uncertainty" and so on. Therein, "with purified knowledge" means with purified knowledge through the purification from all defilements. "In your presence" means near you.
"One's own welfare" means arahantship. "Training" means the training in higher morality and so on. "Well heard" means well heard by way of the fulfilment of both great learning in the scriptures and great learning in penetration. "In your teaching" means of one established in your exhortation and admonition.
"With noble practice" means by the undertaking of well-purified morality and other observances. "I am a pupil who has been trained" means: by virtue of having lived the holy life in your presence, I am a pupil who has been trained, one who has completed the training in higher morality and so on.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sumana is concluded.
5.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍha
335-339.
"Good indeed" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Vaḍḍha.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a householder's family in the city of Bhārukaccha, having received the name "Vaḍḍha," gradually grows up.
Then his mother, with religious emotion arisen regarding the round of rebirths, having handed over her son to relatives, having gone forth in the presence of nuns, doing the work of insight, having attained arahantship, at a later time gave the going forth to her son too, who had reached the age of discretion, in the presence of the Elder Veḷudanta.
He, having gone forth, having learnt the word of the Buddha, having become very learned, a speaker of the Teaching, bearing the burden of scriptural study, one day went to the nuns' quarters thinking "Alone, with just my inner and outer robes, I shall see my mother."
Having seen him, his mother reproved him: "Why have you come here alone, with just your inner and outer robes?"
He, being reproved by his mother, with religious emotion arisen thinking "An inappropriate thing was done by me," having gone to the monastery, seated at his daytime resting place, having seen with insight, having attained arahantship, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of making known the achievement of his mother's exhortation -
335.
Having heard whose word, admonished by my mother;
Putting forth strenuous energy, resolute, I attained the highest enlightenment.
336.
Having conquered the army of the Destroyer, I dwell without mental corruptions.
337.
All without remainder have been cut off, and they will not arise again.
338.
Surely without longing even towards me, craving is not found in you.
339.
The cycle of birth and death, there is now no more rebirth." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "Good indeed, truly my mother showed me the goad" means good indeed, my mother shows me the goad reckoned as exhortation; by that, arousing my energy, she pierced me on the head, the highest part, which is wisdom. "Whose" means of whose - of my mother. "Highest enlightenment" means arahantship. Here this is the construction - Admonished by my mother, having heard whose word that had become an instruction, I, putting forth strenuous energy, resolute, dwelling thus, attained the highest, the supreme fruition, the highest enlightenment, arahantship.
Because of being far from mental defilements, I am a Worthy One; because of being a field of merit, I am worthy of offerings, worthy of gifts. Because of having attained the triad of true knowledges beginning with the knowledge of past lives, I am a possessor of the threefold true knowledge; because of having realised Nibbāna, I am one who sees the Deathless; having conquered the army of the Destroyer Māra, the army of mental defilements, by the army of the factors pertaining to enlightenment, and precisely because of having conquered it, I dwell happily without mental corruptions.
Now, in order to make the meaning stated as "without mental corruptions" more obvious, he spoke the verse "internally and." Its meaning is - The mental corruptions based internally and based externally which existed in me, which were found before the achievement of the noble path, all those without remainder have been cut off, completely eradicated by the noble path, abandoned; now they would never arise again at any time, they will indeed never arise again.
Now, having made his mother's word a goad, because of having himself attained arahantship, praising his mother, he spoke the verse "confident." Therein, "confident indeed" means definitely free from timidity. Thus, proclaiming the state of being a true-born son of the Teacher through the achievement of arahantship by both his mother and himself, he addressed his mother as "sister." "She spoke this meaning" means she spoke this meaning which constituted an exhortation to me. But thus exhorting me, she was not merely confident, but surely without longing even towards me, towards your little son too without longing, without attachment I think; or what need is there of this supposition? "Craving is not found in you" - the craving beginning with ignorance does not exist at all in your continuity, you who urged me towards the elimination of existence - this is the intention.
Now, showing "I have practised in the very manner urged by you," he spoke the concluding verse "brought to an end"; its meaning is easily understood.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Vaḍḍha is concluded.
6.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nadīkassapa
340-344.
"Indeed for my benefit" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Nadīkassapa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher walking for almsfood, with a gladdened mind, gave one mango fruit the colour of red arsenic, the first to have appeared on a mango tree planted by himself.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having become the brother of Uruvelakassapa, was reborn in a brahmin family in the country of Magadha.
Having come of age, because of having the disposition of escape, not wishing for the household life, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, together with three hundred hermits, having had a hermitage built on the bank of the river Nerañjarā, he dwells.
Because of dwelling on the riverbank and because of his belonging to the Kassapa clan, his designation was "Nadīkassapa."
To him, together with his following, the Blessed One gave full ordination by the "Come, monk" form.
All that has come in the Khandhaka itself.
He became established in arahantship through the Blessed One's teaching of the Discourse on the Burning.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Wandering for almsfood, bearing the highest fame.
I gave it to the Teacher, the hero worthy of offerings.
I have attained the unshakeable state, having abandoned victory and defeat.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the foremost gift.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become established in arahantship, afterwards, having reviewed his own practice, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of proclaiming the uprooting of views -
340.
Having heard whose Teaching, I abandoned wrong view.
341.
Thinking 'This is purification,' a mentally blind worldling.
342.
I imagined impurity to be purity, mentally blind, a fool.
343.
I dedicate to the fire worthy of offerings, I pay homage to the Truth-finder.
344.
The cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth."
He spoke these five verses.
Therein, "for my benefit indeed" means for my benefit indeed, for my welfare indeed. "The Buddha" means the omniscient Buddha. "Went to the river Nerañjarā" means he came to the river known as Nerañjarā; and the intention is that he approached the hermitage of my brother Uruvelakassapa on the bank of that river.
Now, in order to elucidate the aforesaid meaning, "whose I" and so on was said. "Whose" means of whichever Buddha, the Blessed One. "Having heard the Teaching" means having heard the Teaching connected with the four truths, having apprehended it by following the ear-door. "I abandoned wrong view" means I gave up the distorted vision proceeding in the manner beginning with "By sacrifices and so on there is purification."
In order to show in detail the meaning already stated by "I abandoned wrong view," he said beginning with "I sacrificed." Therein, "I sacrificed in various high and low sacrifices" means I sacrificed in well-known sacrifices of various kinds such as the soma sacrifice, the vājapeyya, and so on. "I made offerings to the fire-sacrifice" means by way of performing those sacrifices, making oblations, I tended the fire. "Thinking 'this is purity'" means thinking that this sacrificial activity, this fire-tending, is purity because of being the cause of purity, imagining "Thus there will be purification in the round of rebirths for me." "A mentally blind worldling" means through the deficiency of the eye of wisdom, through the blindness of ignorance, having become a mentally blind worldling; just as forest thickets, mountain thickets, and so on are difficult to pass through, so view itself is a thicket, a thicket of views; having plunged into that, having entered into it - thus "one plunged into the thicket of views." "By adherence" means by wrong clinging termed adherence, because of grasping "only this is the truth," having transgressed the intrinsic nature of phenomena. "Deluded" means brought to a state of confusion. "I imagined impurity to be purity" means I imagined, I thought of the impure path as "the path of purity." Therein, he states the reason by "mentally blind, a fool." Because one is mentally blind through ignorance, for that very reason, not knowing what is the Teaching and what is not the Teaching, and what is proper and what is improper, therefore one imagines thus - this is the meaning.
"Wrong view has been abandoned by me" means but for one being in such a state, having heard in the Teacher's presence a talk on the Teaching containing the four truths, for one proceeding wisely, through the right view of the noble path, all wrong view has been abandoned by me by way of abandoning through eradication. "Existences" means all existences such as sensual existence and so on have been split open and demolished by the knife of the noble path. "I dedicate to the fire worthy of offerings" means having abandoned the fires such as the āhavanīya and so on, because of being the foremost worthy of offerings in the world together with its gods, and because of the burning of all evil, I dedicate to, I attend upon, the fire worthy of offerings, the Perfectly Enlightened One. This attending upon the fire worthy of offerings by me is without regard for curds, fresh butter, churned ghee, and so on; it is simply the veneration of the Teacher - thus he said "I pay homage to the Truth-finder." Or alternatively, "I dedicate to the fire worthy of offerings" means by making the offerings of donors to be of great fruit, and by the burning of evil, I dedicate to, I attend upon myself who has become the fire worthy of offerings; having done so I attend to, having done so I look after. Formerly I paid homage to the fire god, but now I pay homage to the Truth-finder.
"All delusions have been abandoned by me" means all delusions, of various kinds beginning with not knowing regarding suffering, have been abandoned by me, eradicated; for that very reason "craving for existence has been destroyed. The cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth" - in these three terms, the word "me" should be brought and connected.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nadīkassapa is concluded.
7.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Gayākassapa
345-349.
"In the morning, at midday" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Gayākassapa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, thirty-one cosmic cycles ago from now, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, because of having the disposition of escape, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, having had a hermitage built in a forest haunt, was dwelling feeding on forest roots and fruits.
Now at that time the Blessed One, alone, without a companion, was going near his hermitage.
He, having seen the Blessed One, with a gladdened mind, having approached, having paid homage, standing to one side, having looked at the time, presented charming jujube fruits to the Teacher.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family, having come of age, because of having the disposition of escape, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, together with two hundred hermits, was dwelling at Gayā.
Because of dwelling at Gayā and because of his belonging to the Kassapa clan, his designation was "Gayākassapa."
He, together with his following, having been given the "Come, monk" full ordination by the Blessed One, being exhorted by the teaching of the Discourse on the Burning, became established in arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Having filled a basket, I laughed at the jujube fruits in my hermitage.
He approached my hermitage, knowing all times.
Having held it up with both hands, I gave the jujube to the Buddha.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the gift of jujube fruit.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become established in arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of praising the washing away of evil -
345.
Descended into the water, at Gayā during the Gayā-Phaggu festival.
346.
That I now wash away here" - such was my view before.
347.
I wisely reviewed the meaning that is true and exact.
348.
Pure, heir of the Pure One, son of the Buddha, legitimate.
349.
I attained the three true knowledges, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
He spoke these five verses.
Therein, in the first verse to begin with, this is the meaning in brief - "In the morning" means at the time of sunrise, "at midday" means at the midday period, "in the evening" means at the evening period - thrice a day, on three occasions, I descended into the water, I plunged in. And descending, I did not descend just anywhere whatsoever or whenever; rather, at Gayā, at the ford of Gayā acknowledged by the great multitude as "the washing away of evil," during the Gayā-Phaggu festival, at the Uttaraphaggunī constellation of the month of Phagguṇī, named the Gayā-Phaggu, I was annually engaged in the practice of going down into the water.
Now, in order to show the intention with which he was then engaged in the practice of going down into the water, he spoke the verse "whatever by me." Its meaning is - "Whatever evil action was accumulated by me formerly in other births than this. That I now here at the ford of Gayā, during this Gayā-Phaggu festival, by this going down into the water, wash away, remove, rinse off." Formerly, before approaching the Teacher's teaching, I was of such a view, of such a kind of perverted seeing.
"The passage endowed with teaching and meaning" is a description with elision of the case ending. Having heard the speech of the Perfectly Enlightened One - having a portion endowed with the teaching and with the meaning, connected with the teaching and connected with the meaning from the beginning, from the middle, and from the end, spoken having made it well and invariably leading to liberation - the meaning that is true and exact, true because of its nature as ultimate reality, from its being factual; exact because of the absence of deviation in the method of occurrence and cessation, as is fitting; I wisely reviewed the meaning beginning with suffering by the method of its being that which is to be fully understood and so on - I reviewed thus: "Suffering is to be fully understood, the origin is to be abandoned, cessation is to be realised, the path is to be developed" - I saw with the eye of knowledge, I penetrated. This is the meaning.
"I am one who has washed away all evil" means precisely because of having thus penetrated the truths, I am one whose all evil has been washed off by the water of the noble path. For that very reason, because of the absence of the stain of lust and so on, because of being free from impurity, he is free from impurity. For that very reason, because of purity of bodily conduct, because of purity of verbal conduct, because of purity of mental conduct, he is purified, pure, and clean. He is an heir because of taking up the supramundane Teaching-inheritance of the pure Buddha, the Blessed One, who is pure through the purification from the stain of all mental defilements together with their latent tendencies. The explanation is: I am a legitimate son because of the state of noble birth generated by the effort of the breast arisen from his teaching-knowledge.
Furthermore, in order to make clear his very state of being one who has bathed in the ultimate sense, he spoke the concluding verse beginning with "having plunged." Therein, "having plunged" means having plunged into, having entered into. "The eightfold stream" means the stream of the path constituted by the combination of eight factors beginning with right view. "I washed away all evil" means I washed off the stain of evil without remainder; by the washing away through the water of the noble path, I became one who has bathed in the ultimate sense. For that very reason, "I attained the three true knowledges, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled" - this is just the meaning already stated.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Gayākassapa is concluded.
8.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Vakkali
350-354.
The verses beginning with "Afflicted by wind disease" are of the Venerable Elder Vakkali.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, having gone together with lay followers going to the Teacher's presence to the monastery, standing at the edge of the assembly, while hearing the Teaching, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those resolved in faith, himself too aspiring to that position, having given a great gift for seven days, he made an aspiration.
The Teacher, having seen that there was no obstacle for him, declared it.
He too, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of our Teacher, was reborn in a brahmin family in Sāvatthī; they gave him the name Vakkalitissa. He, having come of age, having learnt the three Vedas, having attained accomplishment in the brahminical arts, having seen the Teacher, unsatisfied by the sight of the achievement of his material body, went about together with the Teacher only. Thinking "Living in the midst of a house, I shall not always be able to see the Teacher," having gone forth in the presence of the Teacher, except for mealtime and the time for bodily functions, at the remaining times, wherever standing one was able to see the One of Ten Powers, steady in that, having abandoned other duties, he dwelt just looking at the Blessed One. The Teacher, waiting for the maturation of his knowledge, for a long time, while he went about merely seeing the physical form, without saying anything, then on another day said "What is there for you, Vakkali, in seeing this foul body? Whoever, Vakkali, sees the Teaching sees me. Whoever sees me sees the Teaching. For, Vakkali, one seeing the Teaching sees me; one seeing me sees the Teaching."
Even when the Teacher spoke thus, the elder was unable to give up the sight of the Teacher and go elsewhere. Then the Teacher, thinking "This monk, without obtaining a sense of urgency, will not understand," on the day of entering the rains retreat, dismissed the elder saying "Go away, Vakkali." He, having been dismissed by the Teacher, being unable to stand in his presence, thinking "What use is life to me, since I do not get to see the Teacher?" ascended to a precipitous place on the Vulture's Peak mountain. The Teacher, having known that circumstance of his, thinking "This monk, not obtaining encouragement from my presence, might destroy the decisive support for path and fruition," emitting a radiance to show himself -
He would attain the peaceful state, the stilling of activities, happiness."
Having spoken the verse, he stretched out his hand saying "Come, Vakkali." The elder, having produced powerful joy and pleasure thinking "The One of Ten Powers has been seen by me, and the invitation 'Come' has also been received," not knowing his own state of going, thinking "From where shall I come?" springing forward into the sky before the Teacher, while his first foot was still placed on the mountain, reflecting on the verse spoken by the Teacher, having suppressed the joy right there in the sky, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges - thus it has come in the Aṅguttara Commentary and in the Dhammapada Commentary.
But here they say thus - Having been exhorted by the Teacher with the words beginning with "What is there for you, Vakkali," while dwelling at the Vulture's Peak, he established insight; because of the very powerful nature of his faith, the insight did not descend into the process; the Blessed One, having known that, having purified the meditation subject, gave it to him. Again he was indeed unable to bring the insight to its culmination; then, through deficiency of food, a wind illness arose in him; having known that he was being afflicted by the wind illness, the Blessed One, having gone there, asking -
350.
In a miserable place with scarce alms-resort, monk, what will you do?"
He said. Having heard that, the elder -
351.
Even enduring rough conditions, I will dwell in the forest.
352.
And developing the factors of enlightenment, I will dwell in the forest.
353.
United, together, I will dwell in the forest.
354.
Not lazy, night and day, I will dwell in the forest."
He spoke four verses.
Therein, "afflicted by wind disease" means brought to a state of helplessness by an illness caused by the wind humour, overpowered by the wind disease. "You" addresses the elder. "Dwelling" means dwelling with that posture of dwelling. "In the forest grove" means in a forest that has become a grove; the meaning is a great wilderness. "With scarce alms-resort" means in a place where alms-resort has been abandoned, where requisites are difficult to obtain. "Miserable" means in a miserable place, due to the absence of medicines such as ghee and so on that are suitable for the wind disease, and due to the harshness of the terrain. "What will you do, monk" means the Blessed One asked: monk, you, how will you dwell?
Having heard that, the elder, making known his own pleasant abiding through spiritual rapture and pleasure and so on, said beginning with "with rapture and happiness." Therein, "with rapture and happiness" means with rapture having the characteristic of excitement and the characteristic of pervading, and with the happiness associated with it. Therefore he said "extensive" - the meaning is lofty. "Pervading the body" means causing the whole body to be pervaded by the sublime material phenomena arisen from the aforesaid rapture and happiness, making it continuously permeated. "Even enduring rough conditions" means overcoming and enduring the roughness of requisites, even though difficult to bear, produced by dwelling in the forest and caused by the practice of detachment. "I will dwell in the forest" means I will dwell in the forest haunt with the happiness of meditative absorption and the happiness of insight - this is the meaning. Therefore he said - "And one experiences happiness with the body."
One obtains joy and gladness, that is the Deathless for those who understand."
"Developing the establishments of mindfulness" means producing and increasing the four establishments of mindfulness beginning with observation of the body, which are included in the path. "The faculties" means the five faculties beginning with faith, which are indeed included in the path. "The powers" means likewise the five powers beginning with faith. "The factors of enlightenment" means likewise the seven factors of enlightenment beginning with the enlightenment factor of mindfulness. By the word "and" he includes the right strivings, the bases for spiritual power, and the path factors. Because of their inseparability, by the taking of those, the taking of these is accomplished. "I will dwell" means developing the aforesaid qualities conducive to enlightenment, I will dwell with the happiness of the path, with the happiness of fruition accomplished through the achievement of that, and with the happiness of Nibbāna.
"Putting forth strenuous energy" means those whose energy has been exerted by way of the fourfold right striving. "Resolute" means those whose minds are directed towards Nibbāna. "Constantly of strong effort" means those of unwavering energy at all times. "In unity" by way of non-contention and by way of giving bodily concord. Having seen fellows in the holy life "together" by similarity of view and morality. By this he shows the achievement of good friendship.
"Recollecting the Enlightened by himself" means the Perfectly Enlightened One because of having perfectly and by himself awakened to all phenomena; the foremost by being the highest of all beings; tamed by the highest mastery; concentrated through unsurpassed concentration; having become not lazy, not idle, I shall dwell recollecting night and day, at all times, by the method beginning with "Thus indeed is the Blessed One, the Worthy One." By this, through showing the appropriate manner of the meditative development of recollection of the Buddha's qualities, he speaks of the pursuit of meditation subjects everywhere; by the former, the pursuit of the primary meditation subject.
But having said thus, the elder, having aroused zeal in insight, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Of superior name, immeasurable, named Padumuttara.
Untainted by the world, just as a lotus by water.
Like the supreme fragrance of a lotus, therefore he is Padumuttara.
Of peaceful appearance, a treasure of virtues, an ocean of compassion and wisdom.
The supreme conqueror, amidst the people crowded with gods and humans.
Pleasing the entire assembly, he praised his own disciple.
There is no other such as this, as this monk Vakkali.
Having been, and having heard that word, I delighted in that state.
Having fed them for seven days, I then covered them with cloth.
Submerged, filled with joy, I spoke these words.
The monk foremost among the faithful, such may I become, O sage."
Uttered this word to the assembly, the great sage.
With limbs adorned with golden ornaments, captivating to the eyes and minds of people.
The foremost among those resolved in faith, this one will be his disciple.
Surrounded by all wealth, he will transmigrate happily.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Vakkali by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.'
Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.
Formerly I was born in Sāvatthī, in a certain family.
Helpless, lying on my back, frightened by fear of a goblin.
We give this one to you, O protector, be his refuge, O leader.
With a hand that was webbed, marked with wheels, soft and tender.
Released from all enmity, I grew in happiness.
Seven years old by birth, I went forth into homelessness.
A form strewn with all beauty, unsatisfied I dwell.
'Enough, Vakkali, what is there in this form, you delight in what fools find pleasing.
Not seeing the Good Teaching, even seeing me, he does not see.
The residence of all diseases, a heap of suffering alone.
See the impurities, you will easily go to the end.'
Having climbed up Vulture's Peak, I meditate in the mountain grotto.
'Vakkalī,' the Conqueror spoke, having heard that, I was joyful.
Then by the power of the Buddha, I went easily to the earth.
Having understood that Teaching, I attained arahantship.
The great wise man declared foremost among those resolved in faith.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, even while declaring the final liberating knowledge, the elder spoke these very verses. Then the Teacher, seated in the midst of the community of monks, established him in the foremost position among those resolved in faith.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Vakkali is concluded.
9.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Vijitasena
355-359.
"I will restrain" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Vijitasena.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Atthadassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, while dwelling in the forest, having seen the Blessed One going through the sky, with a gladdened mind, showing signs of faith, having raised joined palms, stood.
The Teacher, having known his disposition, descended from the sky.
He presented charming, sweet fruits to the Blessed One; the Blessed One accepted out of compassion.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family of elephant trainers in the Kosala country, having received the name "Vijitasena," attained discretion.
His maternal uncles, two elephant trainers named Sena and Upasena, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, fulfilling the charge of dwelling, attained arahantship.
Vijitasena too, having achieved accomplishment in the knowledge of elephant training, because of having the disposition of escape, with a mind not attached to the household life, having seen the Twin Miracle of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth in the presence of the maternal uncle elders, doing the work of insight through their exhortation and instruction, having overstepped the path of insight, exhorting his own mind that was running about externally among various objects -
355.
I will not urge you towards evil, O net of sensuality, born of the body.
356.
And you, wretched mind, again and again, having striven, will not behave delighting in evil.
357.
A strong man turns it back against its will, so I shall turn you back.
358.
So I shall tame you, established in the five powers.
359.
Restrained by the yoke of energy, you shall not go far from here, O mind."
He spoke verses.
Therein, "I will restrain" means I will exercise restraint, I will prevent. "Te" means "you." For this is the genitive case used in the accusative sense. Or "your going" is the remainder of the expression. "Hatthiṇaṃ" means "hatthiṃ" - the meaning is "an elephant." "O mind" - he addresses his own mind. As one wishing to prevent it, showing that, he said "like an elephant at a gate with a linch-pin." A gate with a linch-pin is a small gate of a city enclosed by a wall, which, when the linch-pin is inserted into the hole of the latch, cannot be opened even by those standing inside without a mechanism. By which humans, cattle, horses, buffaloes and so on are not able to go out. Even an elephant wishing to go out from the city, the elephant trainer, having enticed it from that place, prevented its going. Or alternatively, a gate with a linch-pin is a gate with a cross-bar. For there, having placed the cross-bar across, they fix the linch-pin, reckoned as a wooden pin, at the head of the cross-bar. "Towards evil" means towards evil mental states such as covetousness and so on arising with regard to visible form and so on - "I will not urge it, I will not direct it." "Net of sensuality" means that which has become a net of sensuality. For just as indeed the net of fishermen and deer-hunters is a means for doing as they wish with fish and so on, so too the mind affected by unwise attention is a means for Māra to do as he wishes. For by that he causes beings to fall into harm. "Born of the body" means arising in bodies. For in five-aggregate constituent existence, consciousness is called "born of the body" because of its mode of functioning being bound to matter.
"You, restrained, do not go" means you, wretched mind, obstructed by me with the goads of mindfulness and wisdom, will now not go according to your liking; through the influence of unwise attention you will not be able to proceed as you wish. Like what? Like an elephant not obtaining an opening of the door from the city or from the elephant enclosure, not finding an opening of the door for going out. "Wretched mind" means the ill-fated mind. "Again and again" means repeatedly. "Having striven" means by way of seeking refuge and comfort. "Delighting in evil" means devoted to evil deeds; you will not behave now as before; the meaning is I shall not allow you to conduct yourself in that way.
"Untamed" means not subdued, untrained in elephant training. "Newly captured" means recently seized. "The goad-holder" means the elephant trainer. "Powerful" means powerful in bodily strength and in the power of knowledge. "Turns back against its will" means he turns it back by restraining it even against its wish. "So I shall turn back" means just as the elephant trainer turns back the aforesaid elephant, so I shall turn back that mind, that wretched mind, by restraining it from misconduct.
"Skilled in taming excellent horses" means skilled in the taming of the best horses to be trained. For that very reason, the supreme charioteer, distinguished among charioteers of horses to be trained, tames a thoroughbred, a noble horse to be trained; in accordance with place and time, by gentle and harsh means, he tames, trains, and renders it free from agitation. "Established in the five powers" means having become established in the five powers beginning with faith, I shall tame it, I shall train it by restraining faithlessness and so on - this is the meaning.
"With mindfulness I shall bind you" means not allowing it to go outside the internal resort, with the string of mindfulness to the post of the meditation subject, O wretched mind, I shall bind you, I shall restrain you. "Being harnessed I shall tame you" means while binding it right there, having become properly engaged and devoted, I shall tame you, I shall purify you from the stain of defilement. "Restrained by the yoke of energy" means just as the aforesaid horse, yoked to the yoke by a skilful, good charioteer, restrained by the yoke, having gone between the yoke-poles, does not transgress it; so you too, O mind, restrained by the yoke of my energy, through acting attentively and through acting with perseverance, not being able to proceed otherwise, from here, from the internal resort, you will not go far outside. For one devoted to meditation, even what is near but other than the meditation subject is indeed far in terms of its characteristic. Thus the elder, while restraining his own mind with these verses, having developed insight, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Going through the forest top, like a fully blossomed king of sal trees.
May the Buddha have compassion on me, I wish to give almsfood.
Having understood my thought, descend to my hermitage.
Having taken a marking-nut, I gave it to the foremost Buddha.
Having gladdened my mind there, I then bowed down to the Conqueror.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of giving fruit.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, even while declaring the final liberating knowledge, he spoke these verses.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Vijitasena is concluded.
10.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Yasadatta
360-364.
"With a censuring mind" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Yasadatta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence.
Thus indeed, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a brahmin family, having attained accomplishment in the brahminical sciences and crafts, having abandoned sensual pleasures, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, while dwelling in the forest, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, having raised joined palms in salutation, he praised him.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a Malla royal family in the Malla country, having received the name Yasadatta, having come of age, having gone to Takkasilā, having learnt all the crafts, wandering on a journey together with the wandering ascetic Sabhiya, gradually having approached the Blessed One at Sāvatthī, while the questions asked by Sabhiya were being answered, he himself sat down listening, watching for a chance, thinking "I shall show a fault in the doctrine of the ascetic Gotama."
Then the Blessed One, having known the disposition of his mind, at the conclusion of the teaching of the Sabhiya Discourse, giving exhortation -
360.
He is far from the Good Teaching, as the earth from the sky.
361.
He falls away from the Good Teaching, like the moon in the dark fortnight.
362.
He dries up in the Good Teaching, like a fish in little water.
363.
He does not grow in the Good Teaching, like a rotten seed in a field.
364.
Having exhausted all mental corruptions, having realised the unshakable;
Having attained the supreme peace, attains final nibbāna without mental corruptions."
He spoke these five verses.
Therein, "with a censuring mind" means with a vehement mind; the meaning is with the intention of finding fault. "Imprudent" means devoid of wisdom. "He is far from the Good Teaching" means such a person is far even from the Good Teaching of practice, as the earth from the sky, how much more from the Good Teaching of penetration. For one engaged in argumentative talk in the manner beginning with "You do not understand this Teaching and discipline," how could there be the peaceful and subtle Good Teaching of practice?
"He falls away from the Good Teaching" means he declines from the ninefold supramundane Teaching and also from the Good Teaching of the preliminary portion such as faith and so on. "Dries up" means withers away, due to the absence of wholesome mental states such as joy and gladness and so on, which have the function of gladdening body and mind. "Does not grow" means does not attain increase and growth. "Rotten" means having reached a state of rottenness due to the absence of cow-dung coating and so on.
"With a satisfied mind" is an instrumental expression in the sense of indicating a state; the meaning is having been delighted and greatly pleased. "Having spent" means having completely destroyed. "The unshakable" means arahantship. "Having reached" means having attained. "The supreme peace" means Nibbāna without residue of clinging. And his attainment thereof is merely a matter of the arrival of time, not of any other kind - to show that, "attains final nibbāna without mental corruptions" was said.
Thus, having been exhorted by the Teacher, being struck with religious emotion, having gone forth, having established insight, before long he attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Shining like gold, I saw the highest of bipeds.
Having arranged the antelope skin on one shoulder, I praised the foremost Buddha.
Having shown the light of knowledge, you have crossed over, O great sage.
There is no comparison to your knowledge, as far as the world's destination extends.
I pay homage to that great hero, whose omniscience is unobstructed.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of praising knowledge.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, even while declaring the final liberating knowledge, the elder spoke these very verses.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Yasadatta is concluded.
11.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Soṇakuṭikaṇṇa
365-369.
"Full ordination was obtained by me" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Soṇa Kuṭikaṇṇa.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having become a millionaire accomplished in wealth in the city of Haṃsavatī, established in lofty achievement of sovereignty, one day, having seen the Teacher, surrounded by a hundred thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, entering the city with great grace of the Buddha and with great majestic power of the Buddha, with a gladdened mind, having paid homage, having made a salutation with joined palms, stood.
He, after the meal, having gone together with lay followers to the monastery, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Blessed One, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those with good speech, himself too having aspired to that position, having given a great gift, he made an aspiration.
The Teacher, having seen that there was no obstacle for him, declared: "In the future he will be the foremost of those with good speech in the Dispensation of a Perfectly Enlightened One named Gotama."
He, having performed meritorious deeds there for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having gone forth in the Dispensation, fulfilling all kinds of duties, having sewn a robe for a certain monk, gave it. Again, in a world devoid of a Buddha, having become a tailor in Bārāṇasī, having mended a torn edge of a robe of a certain Individually Enlightened One by joining it together, he gave it. Thus, having performed meritorious deeds here and there, in this arising of a Buddha, he was reborn as the son of a millionaire of great wealth at Kuraraghara in the Avanti country. They gave him the name Soṇa. Through wearing an ear ornament worth ten million, where "Koṭikaṇṇa" should be said, he became known as "Kuṭikaṇṇa."
He, having grown up gradually, establishing the family, while the Venerable Mahākaccāna was dwelling at Pavatta Mountain in dependence on a family house, having heard the Teaching in his presence, having become established in the refuges and in the precepts, attended upon him with the four requisites. He, afterwards, with a sense of urgency arisen towards the round of rebirths, having gone forth in the presence of the elder, with difficulty and trouble, having assembled a community of monks of a group of ten, having received full ordination, having stayed for some time in the presence of the elder, having asked permission of the elder, having gone to Sāvatthī to pay homage to the Teacher, having obtained a dwelling by the Teacher in the same perfumed chamber, being requested towards the break of dawn, having given applause by the recitation of the sixteen sections of the Eights, at the conclusion of the inspired utterance spoken "Having seen the danger in the world," having developed insight, he attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
With a hundred thousand masters, entered the city then.
The jewels shone forth, there was shouting at that very moment.
Lutes played by themselves, as the Buddha entered the city.
Having seen the miracle, I gladdened my mind there.
Even the non-sentient musical instruments play by themselves.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of perception of the Buddha.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having become established in arahantship, having requested five boons according to the procedure indicated by his own preceptor - full ordination by a group with a Vinaya expert as the fifth member in the border districts, regular bathing, leather spreads, multi-soled sandals, and separation from the robe - and having obtained them from the Teacher, having gone back again to his own dwelling place, he reported that matter to his preceptor. This is the summary here. But the detail should be understood according to the method given in the Udāna Commentary. But in the Aṅguttara Commentary it was said: "Having been fully ordained, having taken a meditation subject in the presence of his own preceptor, having developed insight, he attained arahantship."
He afterwards, dwelling in the bliss of liberation, having reviewed his own practice, filled with pleasure, by way of an inspired utterance -
365.
And that Blessed One was seen by me, and I dwelt together with him in the dwelling-place.
366.
The Teacher, skilled in dwelling, then entered the dwelling.
367.
Like a lion in a rocky cave, fear and dread abandoned.
368.
Soṇa spoke the Good Teaching, in the presence of the Buddha, the foremost.
369.
Having attained the supreme peace, he will attain final nibbāna, free from mental corruptions."
He spoke these five verses.
Therein, "full ordination was obtained by me" means the full ordination that was obtained by himself with difficulty, having assembled a community of monks of a group of ten. And whatever full ordination was permitted by the Teacher by way of granting a boon, in all the border districts, by a group with a Vinaya expert as the fifth member - he said this with reference to both of those. The word "ca" has the meaning of conjunction; by that he also includes the other boons obtained from the Teacher's presence. "And I am liberated, without mental corruptions" means I am liberated by the highest path through liberation from the entire basis of mental defilements. Therefore indeed I am without mental corruptions, free from the mental corruption of sensuality and so on - this is the explanation. "And that Blessed One was seen by me" means that Blessed One, for the purpose of seeing whom I went from the Avanti country to Sāvatthī, that Blessed One, never seen before by me, was seen. "And I dwelt together with him in the dwelling-place" means not only was the seeing of that Blessed One obtained by me, but indeed in the dwelling-place, in the Teacher's perfumed chamber, I dwelt together with the Teacher who, having observed the reason, made me stay there. Some say "in the dwelling-place" means "near the dwelling-place."
"For much of the night" means the Blessed One spent much of the night in the open air - the first watch by way of expounding the Teaching to the monks and by way of purifying their meditation subjects, and the middle watch by way of cutting through the uncertainty of the gods and the brahmā gods. "Skilled in dwelling" means skilled in the divine, brahmā, imperturbable, and noble abidings. "Entered the dwelling" means he entered the perfumed chamber for the purpose of dispelling the fatigue arisen from prolonged sitting and walking.
"Having spread out the double robe, he lay down to sleep" means having prepared the double robe folded in four, he adopted the lion's sleeping posture. Therefore he said "Gotama, like a lion in a rocky cave, fear and dread abandoned." Therein, "Gotama" means he praises the Blessed One by his clan name. "Like a lion in a rocky cave" means in the cave of a rock, a mountain. Just as a lion, the king of beasts, with fear and dread abandoned through the abundance of his radiance, lay down to sleep on his right side, overlapping foot upon foot, so too Gotama, the Blessed One, with fear and dread abandoned through the utter eradication of the mental defilements that are the causes of mental terror, horripilation, and trepidation, lay down to sleep. This is the meaning.
"Then" means afterwards; having practised the lion's posture and having risen from it, the meaning is that he was requested by the Teacher saying "Let the Teaching occur to you to speak, monk." "Of good speech" means of beautiful verbal expression; the meaning is one whose sequence of words is endowed with characteristics. "Soṇa spoke the Good Teaching" means Soṇa Kuṭikaṇṇa recited the sixteen discourses of the Aṭṭhakavagga in the presence of the Buddha, the foremost, the Perfectly Enlightened One, directly - thus the elder spoke of himself as if speaking of another.
"Having fully understood the five aggregates" means having fully understood the five aggregates of clinging with the three full understandings, and even while fully understanding them, having developed the straight way, the noble eightfold path, having attained, having reached the supreme peace, Nibbāna, he stands without mental corruptions. For that very reason he will now attain final nibbāna, he will be extinguished by means of the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Soṇakuṭikaṇṇa is concluded.
12.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Kosiya
370-374.
"Whoever indeed of teachers" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Kosiya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, gave a piece of sugar-cane.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a brahmin family in the country of Magadha, and was given the name Kosiya by clan as Tissa.
He, having attained discretion, frequently approached the Venerable General of the Dhamma, and heard the Teaching in his presence.
He, having gained faith in the Dispensation through that, having gone forth, devoting himself to the meditation subject, before long attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
I saw the stainless Buddha, who has gone beyond all phenomena.
With a confident mind, glad at heart, to Vipassī, the great sage.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the piece of sugar-cane.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, praising dwelling with teachers and the decisive support of good persons -
370.
He is called devoted and wise, and having known, he would be distinguished in teachings.
371.
He is called steadfast and wise, and having known, he would be distinguished in teachings.
372.
He is called immovable and wise, and having known, he would be distinguished in teachings.
373.
Such a one is called wise, and having known, he would be distinguished in teachings.
374.
And having known the meaning, acts accordingly;
He is called one with the meaning within, a wise one,
And having known, he would be distinguished in teachings."
He spoke these five verses.
Therein, "whoever" means anyone whatsoever among the four assemblies beginning with warriors. "Ve" means indeed. "Of teachers" means of wise persons endowed with weighty qualities beginning with morality. "One who understands the words" means one who knows their words of instruction, one who proceeds in accordance with the advice, and having proceeded, knows the fruit of that; this is the meaning. "Wise" means endowed with energy. "And dwelling therein would generate affection" means one should dwell in that word of the teachers, in the exhortation, one should proceed in accordance with the advice, and having proceeded, thinking "By this exhortation indeed I have transcended this suffering beginning with birth," therein one should generate affection, one should produce respect. For this pair is the making obvious of the very meaning stated by the pair of terms "understands the words of teachers, wise." "He" means whoever is wise and understands the words of teachers, he, through practice in accordance with the advice, is called devoted therein, and because of not transgressing that even for the sake of life, he is called wise. "And having known, he would be distinguished in teachings" means thus proceeding and by that very practice, because of knowing the four noble truths, he would be distinguished in mundane and supramundane teachings by way of the threefold true knowledge and so on, as "a possessor of the threefold true knowledge, a possessor of the six higher knowledges, one who has attained analytical knowledge" - he would be distinguished, one possessing distinction; this is the meaning.
"Whom" means whomever that person - the obvious dangers such as cold, heat, hunger and thirst, and so on, as well as the concealed dangers such as lust and so on, which have obtained the conventional expression "misfortunes" because of causing obstruction to practice - having arisen, even though great and powerful, do not shake, do not disturb in any way. Why? "One who reflects" means one who is reflecting, one who is established in the power of reflection; this is the meaning. "He" means whoever is unshakeable even by the most severe misfortunes, he is called steadfast, resolute, of firm effort. Because of being endowed with the power of wisdom that overcomes the entire side of defilement without remainder, he is called wise. And being of such a nature, "and having known, he would be distinguished in teachings" - that is just the meaning already stated.
"Standing like the ocean" means of stable intrinsic nature like the ocean. For just as the great ocean near the base of Sineru, eighty-four thousand yojanas deep, is stable and without longing and profound because of being unmoved by ordinary winds arisen from all eight directions, so too he is stable and without longing because of being unshakeable by the winds of mental defilements and the winds of the doctrines of heretical teachers. "Of profound wisdom, a seer of subtle meaning" means through penetrating the meaning of dependent origination and so on, which is profound because it cannot be fathomed by those who have not accumulated the requisites of knowledge, which is subtle and fine - he is of profound wisdom, a seer of subtle meaning. "He is called immovable and wise" - such a person is called immovable because of being incapable of being led away by mental defilements or by anyone among Māra the son of a god and so on, and he is called wise in the aforesaid meaning. The remainder is according to the method already stated.
"Very learned" means very learned by way of great learning in the scriptures; much has been heard by him - discourses, mixed prose and verse, and so on - thus he is very learned. He retains that very Teaching without it perishing, like lion's fat placed in a golden vessel - thus he is a bearer of the Teaching. "One who lives in conformity with the Teaching" means having understood the meaning and having understood the Teaching of what has been heard and what has been mastered, he practises, he proceeds in the teaching conforming to the nine supramundane teachings, reckoned as the preliminary practice, classified as the fourfold purification of morality, ascetic practices, foulness meditation subjects and so on - thus he is one who lives in conformity with the Teaching; he goes about hoping for penetration thinking "today, today itself." "Such a one is called wise" means whatever person, in dependence on whatever teacher, is very learned, a bearer of the Teaching, and one who lives in conformity with the Teaching. And he, being such, is called wise, equal to that teacher, because of the state of being similar in practice. But being of such a nature, "and having known, he would be distinguished in teachings" - that is just the meaning already stated.
"And whoever knows the meaning of what is spoken" means whatever person knows the meaning of the Scriptures spoken by the Perfectly Enlightened One. But knowing thus "here morality is spoken of, here concentration, here wisdom," having known the meaning as aforesaid in each case, he acts accordingly, as instructed by the Teacher, thus he proceeds. "He is called one with the meaning within, a wise one" means such a person is one with the meaning within; by reason of meaning, having made merely the knowing of the meaning of morality and so on as a decisive support, he is wise. The remainder is according to the method already stated.
And here it should be understood that in the first verse, by "whoever indeed, of teachers" and so on, the state of distinction through the decisive support of faith is stated; in the second verse, by "whom misfortunes" and so on, the decisive support of energy; in the third verse, by "whoever indeed stands like the ocean" and so on, the decisive support of concentration; in the fourth verse, by "very learned" and so on, the decisive support of mindfulness; in the fifth verse, by "and whoever knows the meaning" and so on, the state of distinction through the decisive support of wisdom is stated.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Kosiya is concluded.
The commentary on the Book of Fives is concluded.
6.
The Book of the Sixes
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Uruvelakassapa
375-380.
In the Book of Sixes, the verses beginning with "Having seen the miracles" are of the Venerable Elder Uruvelakassapa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having come of age, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those with a large following, himself too having aspired to that position of rank, having given a great gift, he made an aspiration.
And the Blessed One, having seen that there was no obstacle for him, declared: "In the future he will be the foremost of those with a large following in the Dispensation of the Buddha Gotama."
He, having performed meritorious deeds there for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, at the summit of ninety-two cosmic cycles from now, was reborn as a half-brother of the Blessed One Phussa. He also had two other younger brothers. All three of them, having venerated the Community headed by the Buddha with the supreme homage, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, even before the arising of our Blessed One, having become brothers in a brahmin family in Bārāṇasī, reborn in due course, all three by clan were born with the name Kassapa. They, having come of age, learnt the three Vedas. Of them, the eldest brother had five hundred young men as retinue, the middle one three hundred, and the youngest two hundred. They, examining the substance in their own texts, seeing only benefit pertaining to the present life, chose the going forth. Among them, the eldest brother, together with his retinue, having gone to Uruvelā, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, became known as Uruvelakassapa; the one who went forth at the bend of the great river Ganges became known as Nadīkassapa; the one who went forth at Gayāsīsa became known as Gayākassapa.
Thus, while they, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, were dwelling here and there, after the elapse of many days, our Bodhisatta, having gone forth in the great renunciation, having penetrated omniscient knowledge, having gradually set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, having established the elders of the group of five in arahantship, having trained the fifty-five companions headed by Yasa, having sent off sixty Worthy Ones saying "Wander, monks, on a journey," having trained the Bhadda group, having gone to the dwelling place of Uruvelakassapa, having entered the fire room for the purpose of dwelling, there, beginning with the taming of the serpent, having trained Uruvelakassapa together with his following by three and a half thousand wonders, he gave him the going forth. Having known of his state of having gone forth, the other two brothers too, together with their followings, having come, went forth in the presence of the Teacher. All of them were "come-monks," bearing bowls and robes created by supernormal power.
The Teacher, taking that thousand ascetics, having gone to Gayāsīsa, seated on a flat rock, established all in arahantship by the teaching of the Discourse on the Burning. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the one with vision arose.
The Buddha, skilled in teaching, helped many people to cross.
He established all the sectarians who had arrived in the five precepts.
Decorated with Worthy Ones, by those who had become masters, by such ones.
Resembling the radiance of gold, possessing the thirty-two excellent characteristics.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
Having approached the light of the world, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma.
Establishing him in the foremost position, having heard that, I was joyful.
Together with a thousand brahmins, I gave a gift.
Standing to one side, joyful, I spoke these words.
May there be a great assembly, for one reborn here and there.'
The Teacher with the voice of the Indian cuckoo, 'See this brahmin.
With an exultant son, joyful, having faith in my virtues.
In the future time, you will obtain that wish.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Kassapa by clan, will be a disciple of the Teacher.'
Incomparable, matchless, Phussa, the chief leader of the world.
He rains down the Deathless rain, satisfying the world including the gods.
We were three brothers, all associated with the king.
Then the lord of the earth, with angered borderlands, said to us.
Having made it secure and conquered, give again,' thus you speak."
For our attendance, we will accomplish that for you.'
Having made the borderland lay down its weapons, and having approached that place again.
Having obtained the heroic sage, we worshipped him for as long as life.
Charming lodgings and beneficial medicines.
Moral ones, compassionate, with minds devoted to meditation.
When that chief of the world was quenched, having made an offering according to my strength.
We all experienced this, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
So I, wandering in existence, was the lord of Videha.
Having mounted the path to hell, by the wish of my daughter.
Having wandered through in many ways, having abandoned the evil view.
Having abandoned the body, I went to heaven as to my own dwelling.
Born in prosperous Bārāṇasī, in a great brahman family.
Seeking the state of Nibbāna, I wandered among the matted-hair ascetics.
Having built a hermitage at Uruvelā, I dwelt there.
Thence there was a description of me, as Uruvelākassapa.
By the name of his dwelling place, at Gayā was Gayākassapa.
For me five hundred less, all pupils following me.
Miracles for me, the chief of the world, the trainer of men, trained me.
Together with all of them, I attained arahantship.
And I was able to speak, therefore I am the seventh sage.
Oh, the service done to the Buddha, became fruitful for me.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, roaring a lion's roar -
375.
I did not bow down for so long, deceived by jealousy and conceit.
376.
Then there was spiritual urgency for me, wonderful and terrifying.
377.
Having disregarded that then, I went forth in the Conqueror's Dispensation.
378.
Afterwards I abolished lust and hate, and delusion too.
379.
Possessing supernormal power, a knower of others' minds, and I attained the divine ear.
380.
That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters."
He spoke these six verses.
Therein, "having seen the miracles" means having seen the three and a half thousand wonders beginning with the taming of the serpent king. "Pāṭihīraṃ, pāṭiheraṃ, pāṭihāriya" - these are indeed one in meaning; only the phrasing is different. "Of the famous one" means of one whose reputation has spread in accordance with reality in the world with its gods, by such means as "Thus indeed is the Blessed One" and so on. "I did not bow down for so long" means until the Blessed One threatened me saying "You are indeed not a Worthy One, Kassapa, nor have you attained the path of arahantship; you do not even have the practice by which you would be a Worthy One or would have attained the path of arahantship," until then I did not make prostration. Why? "Deceived by jealousy and conceit" - deceived, deluded by jealousy characterised by intolerance of others' success, thinking "If this one becomes my disciple, my material gain and honour will decline, and his alone will increase," and by conceit characterised by self-exaltation, thinking "I am the leader of a group, honoured by many people" - this is the meaning.
"Having understood my thought" means having known my wrong thought; even though he knew the wrong thought occurring thus - that whatever wonder of supernormal power beyond human capacity the Blessed One displayed, having seen each one, even though thinking "The Great Ascetic is indeed of great supernormal power, of great might," yet "but he is not a Worthy One as I am" - even though knowing this wrong thought, waiting for the maturation of knowledge, he looked on with equanimity; afterwards, in the middle of the Nerañjarā, having pushed aside the water all around, having walked up and down on dust-free ground, standing on the boat brought by him, even then having thought "of great supernormal power" and so on, again having known the wrong thought occurring "but he is not a Worthy One as I am" - this is the meaning. "The trainer of men reproved" means then, having known the maturation of my knowledge, the Teacher, the trainer of persons to be tamed, reproved me, restrained me with the words beginning with "You are indeed not a Worthy One." "Then there was spiritual urgency for me, wonderful and terrifying" means then, on account of the aforesaid reproof, wonderful because of being unprecedented for so long a time, terrifying by way of occurring as hair-raising, spiritual urgency together with moral fear and the arising of knowledge arose in me, thinking "Though not being a Worthy One, I imagined 'I am a Worthy One.'"
"Being a matted-hair ascetic" means being a hermit. "Success" means prosperity of material gain and honour. "Small" means insignificant. "That I" means that, I. "Then" means at the time of the arising of spiritual urgency through the Blessed One's reproof. "Having repudiated" means having removed, having thrown away; the meaning is having become without attachment. "'Success' means success produced by meditation" - so they say. That is inappropriate, because at that time he was not an obtainer of meditative absorption. For thus it was said: "with the sensual element put foremost."
"Content with sacrifice" means content with the performance of sacrifice, having the perception of one whose task is completed, thinking "Having performed the sacrifice, I shall experience heavenly happiness; this much is enough." "With the sensual element put foremost" means with craving arisen referring to the fortunate sensual world, standing with the sensual world put foremost through the performance of sacrifice. If that sacrifice is connected with the killing of living beings, it is not possible to obtain a fortunate destination by that. For a desirable and pleasant result does not arise from the unwholesome. But whatever wholesome volition of giving and so on is therein, by that, when there is a combination of conditions, one might go to a fortunate destination. "Afterwards" means after the going forth as a hermit, at the time of the pursuit of the meditation subject of the four truths, having abandoned the hermit's view through the Teacher's exhortation. "Abolished" means having aroused zeal in insight, by the succession of paths, I completely uprooted lust and hate and delusion without remainder.
But since this elder, while abolishing lust and so on by the noble path, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges, therefore, showing his own state of possessing the six higher knowledges, he said beginning with "I know past lives." Therein, "I know past lives" means I know, I understand directly, as if an emblic myrobalan on the palm of the hand, by the knowledge of past lives, the past lives of myself and others - the aggregates arisen in past births and what is connected with the aggregates. "The divine eye has been purified" means the divine eye knowledge has been purified; the meaning is the knowledge capable of discerning divine and even human material form that is distant, standing beyond a wall, and exceedingly subtle - just as ordinary material form that has come into the range of the ordinary eye - has been purified and obtained by me through meditation. "Possessing supernormal power" means possessing supernormal power through supernormal powers such as the supernormal power of determination, the supernormal power of transformation, and so on; the meaning is an obtainer of the knowledge of the various kinds of supernormal power. Because of knowing the minds of others distinguished as with lust and so on, he is a knower of others' minds; it is said he is an obtainer of the knowledge of others' mental states. "And I attained the divine ear" means and I obtained the knowledge of the divine ear.
"That purpose has been attained by me, the elimination of all mental fetters" means that which is the elimination of all mental fetters, or which is to be obtained through elimination, that one's own welfare and ultimate reality has been attained by me through the attainment of the noble path. Thus by this verse, it should be understood that there was the elder's declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Uruvelakassapa is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Tekicchakāri
381-386.
The verses of the Venerable Elder Tekicchakārī beginning with "The paddy has been stored away."
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit in this and that existence, ninety-one cosmic cycles from now, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, reached accomplishment in the science of medicine.
He cured the Elder named Asoka, the attendant of the Blessed One Vipassī, who was diseased, and out of compassion prepared medicine for other beings who were overcome by illness.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of a brahmin named Subuddha. They gave him the name "Tekicchakārī" because physicians had removed the danger during the time in the womb and he had been protected. He grew up training in the subjects of study and crafts suitable to his family. Then Cāṇakka, having seen the lucidity of wisdom and the skilfulness in means in the activities of Subuddha, motivated by jealousy thinking "This one, gaining a foothold in this royal family, might overcome me," had him thrown into prison by King Candagutta. Tekicchakārī, having heard of his father's entry into prison, frightened, having fled, having gone to the presence of the Elder Sāṇavāsi, having told the elder the cause of his sense of urgency, having gone forth, having taken a meditation subject, being an open-air dweller and one who remains sitting, dwells, not regarding cold and heat, practises only the ascetic duty, and especially devotes himself to the meditation on the divine abidings. Having seen him, Māra the Evil One, desiring to cause distraction, thinking "I shall not allow this one to go beyond my domain," at the time of the ripening of the crops, having gone to the elder's presence in the appearance of a field watchman, mocking him -
381.
Yet I do not obtain almsfood, what shall I do?" He said; Having heard that, the elder -
382.
383.
384.
385.
Do not be overcome by the cold and suffer hardship, enter the dwelling with bolts fastened."
He said. Then the Elder -
386.
I shall not suffer hardship from the cold, dwelling unperturbed." He said;
Therein, "the paddy has been stored away" means the paddy has been carried to the granary and placed there, set in order there, or brought from the threshing floor to the house - this is the meaning. And here, by the taking up of "paddy," other grain is also included. But rice mostly ripens after paddy, thus he said. "The rice has gone to the threshing floor" means gone to the threshing floor, the place for processing grain; standing there in heaps, by way of treading, winnowing, and so on - this is the meaning. And here, the separate taking up of rice is for the purpose of showing its status as the principal grain; by both, he shows that grain stands complete both in the village and outside the village. "Yet I do not obtain almsfood" means thus, at a time when grain is easily obtained, at a time of plenty of food, I do not obtain even a morsel of almsfood. "Now what shall I do" means what shall I do, how shall I live - thus he made a sport of mockery.
Having heard that, the elder, thinking "This wretched one has made known to me his own situation by himself; but by me, I myself should be exhorted, nothing should be spoken by me," urging himself to the recollection of the Triple Gem, spoke three verses beginning with "Recollect the immeasurable Buddha." Therein, "recollect the immeasurable Buddha with devotion" means the Buddha, the Blessed One, is immeasurable through the complete disappearance of the sleep of ignorance together with its latent tendencies, and through the state of having blossomed forth in higher intelligence; immeasurable because of the absence of mental defilements such as lust and so on which are the makers of measure, because of being endowed with immeasurable virtues, and because of being an immeasurable field of merit. Devoted through faith characterised by confidence, with a gladdened mind, recollect by the method beginning with "Thus indeed is the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Enlightened One" - again and again set in motion mindfulness with the Buddha as object; your body will be pervaded with rapture. "Constantly elated" means while recollecting, with rapture having the characteristic of pervading, constantly, always, with body pervaded, with body overwhelmed by sublime material phenomena originated from rapture, elated through uplifting rapture, having made the body elated, you would be capable of leaping into space; through the recollection of the Buddha, you would experience lofty joy and pleasure with the Buddha as object. Because you will be unvanquished by hunger and thirst just as by cold and heat - this is the meaning.
"The Teaching" means the noble supramundane Teaching. "The Community" means the noble Community in the ultimate sense. The remainder is according to the method already stated. But here, "recollect" should be connected thus: one recollects the Teaching by the method beginning with "Well proclaimed by the Blessed One is the Teaching," and recollects the Community by the method beginning with "The Community of the Blessed One's disciples is practising well."
Thus, when he had been exhorted by the elder by way of urging to the recollection of the virtues of the Triple Gem, Māra again, wishing to separate him from the dwelling in seclusion, showing as if being a well-wisher, spoke the fifth verse "You dwell in the open air." Its meaning is - You, monk, dwell in the open air, in an open courtyard not covered by anything, you maintain the posture. These cold nights belonging to the winter, included in the time of snowfall, prevail. Therefore, having become overcome, overpowered by the cold, do not suffer hardship, do not fall into vexation, do not become weary. Enter a lodging with bolts fastened and door panels closed; thus there will be a pleasant abiding for you.
Having heard that, the elder, showing "There is no need for me to search for lodging; right here I am one who dwells in happiness," spoke the sixth verse beginning with "I shall experience." Therein, "I shall experience the four boundless states" means I shall experience, I shall experience, I shall from time to time attain the four divine abidings which have obtained the conventional expression "boundless states" because of having a limitless range as their domain. "And happy with them I shall dwell" means happy with those boundless states, having become one in whom happiness has arisen, I shall dwell, I shall maintain all four postures. Therefore for me at all times there is only happiness, not suffering. Because I shall not suffer hardship from the cold - even during the coldest eight days of the winter, at the time of snowfall, I shall not become weary from the cold - therefore, dwelling unperturbed, because the causes of the mind's perturbation, namely anger and so on, have been well abandoned, and because of the absence of agitation arisen from conditions, I shall dwell happy solely through the happiness of meditative attainment. Thus the elder, even while speaking this verse, having developed insight, realised arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Bringing happiness to the multitude, for the sick who were in pain.
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I gave medicine then.
Asoka by name, the attendant of Vipassī.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of medicine.
Endowed with the seven treasures, a wheel-turning monarch of great fruit.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
And here, it should be understood that because this elder arose during the time of King Bindusāra, these verses were recited at the Third Council.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Tekicchakāri is concluded.
3.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mahānāga
387-392.
"For one in whom respect towards fellow monks in the holy life" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Mahānāga.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Kakusandha, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Blessed One Kakusandha, having plunged into the forest, seated in the happiness of meditative absorption at the foot of a certain tree, with a gladdened mind, gave him a pomegranate fruit.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of a brahmin named Madhuvāseṭṭha in Sāketa. His name was Mahānāgatissa.
He, having attained discretion, when the Blessed One was dwelling at Sāketa in the Añjana Grove, having seen the wonder of the Venerable Elder Gavampati, having gained faith, having gone forth in the presence of the elder himself, standing firm in his instruction, attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Withdrawn from the group, he went into the forest.
The Blessed One at that time, was meditating in the mountain caves.
I gave a seed kernel to the hero worthy of offerings.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the seed kernel.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, dwelling in the bliss of liberation, the elder, having seen the group of six monks dwelling without showing respect towards their fellow monks in the holy life, by way of giving them exhortation -
387.
He falls away from the Good Teaching, like a fish in little water.
388.
He does not grow in the Good Teaching, like a rotten seed in a field.
389.
He is far from Nibbāna, in the Dispensation of the King of the Dhamma.
390.
He does not abandon the Good Teaching, like a fish in abundant water.
391.
He grows in the Good Teaching, like a good seed in a field.
392.
Nibbāna is near, in the Dispensation of the King of the Dhamma."
He spoke these six verses.
Therein, "towards fellow monks in the holy life" means those who practise the same supreme teaching of morality and so on are fellows in the holy life, those who have reached similarity in morality and view, companions in the Teaching - towards them. "Respect" means the state of venerability, honouring on account of qualities such as morality and so on. "Is not found" means is not found, does not proceed, does not stand close - this is the meaning. "From Nibbāna" means because of the quenching of defilements, the destruction of defilements - this is the meaning. "Of the King of the Dhamma" means of the Teacher. For the Teacher pleases and delights the world with its gods as is fitting by means of the mundane and supramundane Teaching - thus he is the King of the Dhamma. And here, by this "in the Dispensation of the King of the Dhamma," Nibbāna is indeed only in the Dispensation of the King of the Dhamma, not elsewhere. Therein, whoever is devoid of respect towards fellow monks in the holy life, it shows that just as he is far from Nibbāna, so too he is far from the Dispensation of the King of the Dhamma. "In much water" means in abundant water. "Nibbāna is near" means Nibbāna is indeed near, in the vicinity of that person. The remainder is according to the method already stated. And these themselves were the elder's verses of declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mahānāga is concluded.
4.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Kulla
393-398.
"Kulla, to the charnel ground" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Kulla.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a householder's family at Sāvatthī, having received the name "Kulla," having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, went forth.
And he was by nature of intense lust due to being of lustful temperament.
On account of that, mental defilements constantly remained obsessing his mind.
Then the Teacher, having known the disposition of his mind, having given him the meditation subject of foulness, said "Kulla, you should frequently undertake a journey to the cemetery."
He, having entered the cemetery, having seen those various foulnesses such as the bloated and so on, having aroused attention to foulness for that moment, as soon as he had departed from the cemetery, was overcome by sensual lust.
Again the Blessed One, having known that circumstance of his, one day, at the time when he had gone to the cemetery, having created the form of a young woman recently dead with undestroyed skin, showed it.
For him, merely upon seeing that, lust suddenly arose as if towards a subject matter different from a living being.
Then the Teacher, while he was looking on, having made it oozing impurity through the nine wound-openings, swarming with crowds of worms, exceedingly loathsome, foul-smelling, contemptible, and repulsive, showed it.
He, beholding that, having become dispassionate in mind, stood there.
Then the Blessed One, having pervaded with light, arousing mindfulness in him -
Oozing and dripping, delighted in by the foolish."
He said. Having heard that, the elder, properly reflecting upon the intrinsic nature of the body, having obtained the perception of foulness, having produced the first meditative absorption therein, having made that the foundation, having developed insight, having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice -
393.
Thrown aside in the cemetery, being eaten, pervaded with worms.
394.
"Afflicted, etc. delighted in by the foolish.
395.
I reviewed this body, hollow within and without.
396.
As below so above, as above so below.
397.
As before so after, as after so before.
398.
As for one with a fully focused mind, rightly seeing the Teaching with insight."
He spoke these verses by way of an inspired utterance.
Therein, "Kulla" - the elder speaks of himself as if making himself another.
"Afflicted" means repeatedly oppressed by sufferings in various ways. "Impure" means devoid of purity, loathsome, repulsive. "Putrid" means foul-smelling. "See" means look at it according to its intrinsic nature. "Kulla" - at the time of exhortation the Blessed One addresses the elder. But at the time of the inspired utterance the elder himself speaks of himself. "Samussaya" means the body. "Dripping" means flowing with impurity upwards through the wound openings. "Oozing" means flowing with impurity downwards through the wound openings and all around. "Delighted in by fools" means delighted in by foolish blind worldlings, through the delighting of wrong view and craving, having clung with the notion "I" and "mine."
"Mirror of the Teaching" means a mirror made of the Teaching. Just as indeed beings see virtues and faults in their own faces or bodies by means of a mirror, so that insight knowledge by which one who practises meditation sees the phenomena of defilement and cleansing in one's own individual existence as they really are - that is here called "mirror of the Teaching." Having produced that in one's own continuity for the achievement of the eye of the Teaching, which is the knowledge and vision termed path-knowledge. "I reviewed this body" means this body born of impurity, hollow because of being devoid of permanence, substance and so on, within and without by way of the classification of one's own and others' continuities - I reviewed, I saw with the eye of knowledge.
But to show how he reviewed, "just as this" and so on was said. Therein, "just as this is, so is that" means just as this foul body reckoned as my body shows various illusion-like activity due to the non-departure of life, heat, and consciousness, so too that dead body formerly existed due to the non-departure of those phenomena. Just as that dead body at present, due to the departure of those phenomena, shows no activity whatsoever, so too this body of mine, due to the departure of those phenomena, will also perish. And just as this body of mine at present has not died in the cemetery, has not lain down, has not reached the state of bloatedness and so on, so too that which is now a dead body formerly existed likewise. But just as that dead body at present lies in the cemetery and has reached the state of bloatedness and so on, so too this body of mine will also become likewise. Or alternatively, just as this body of mine is impure, foul-smelling, loathsome, repulsive, impermanent, suffering, and non-self, so too is that dead body. Or just as that dead body has the intrinsic nature of impurity and so on and the intrinsic nature of impermanence and so on, so too this body of mine. "As below so above" means just as this body below the navel, underneath, is impure, foul-smelling, loathsome, repulsive, impermanent, suffering, and non-self, so too above the navel, upwards, it has the intrinsic nature of impurity and so on. "As above so below" means just as above the navel it has the intrinsic nature of impurity and so on, so too below the navel, underneath as well.
"As by day so by night" means just as this body by day oozes forth impurity by the method beginning with "from the eye, eye-filth," so too by night. "As by night so by day" means just as by night this body oozes forth impurity, so too by day; the meaning is that there is no becoming otherwise of this by division of time. "As before so after" means just as this body before, formerly, in the time of youth, is impure, foul-smelling, loathsome, and repulsive, so too afterwards in the time of old age. And just as afterwards in the time of old age it has the intrinsic nature of impurity and so on, so too before in the time of youth. Or alternatively, just as before in the past time, in the time of consciousness, it has the intrinsic nature of impurity and so on and the intrinsic nature of impermanence and so on, so too afterwards in the future time, in the time without consciousness - thus the meaning here should be understood.
"With the five-part music" means "ātata, vitata, ātatavitata, ghana, and susira" - thus for a lordly person endowed with sensual happiness, being entertained with five-part music, that is, music possessed of five factors, such a delight, such a gratification of happiness, does not exist. "As for one with a fully focused mind, rightly seeing the Teaching with insight" means having made serenity and insight meditation in conjunction, by the single-flavoured nature of the faculties, for a practitioner of meditation who sees the rise and fall of the aggregates through insight that has entered upon the process - whatever delight in the Teaching there is, sensual delight does not amount to even a fraction of that. For this was said by the Blessed One -
One obtains joy and gladness, that is the Deathless for those who understand."
And these themselves were also the elder's verses of declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Kulla is concluded.
5.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta
399-404.
The verses beginning with "Manujassa" are those of the Venerable Elder Mālukyaputta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī as the son of the chief seat-holder of the king of Kosala.
His mother was named Mālukyā; by virtue of her, he became known as Mālukyaputta.
He, having come of age, because of having the disposition of escape, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth into the going forth of a wandering ascetic, going about, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith in the Dispensation, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
He, out of compassion for his relatives, went to his relatives' family.
His relatives, having served him with superior solid and soft food, wishing to entice him with wealth, having set up a great heap of wealth before him, requested: "This wealth is your property; having left the monastic community, looking after children and wife with this wealth, make merit."
The elder, transforming their disposition, standing in the sky -
399.
He floats from existence to existence, like a monkey in the forest desiring fruit.
400.
His sorrows increase, like bīraṇa grass rained upon.
401.
Sorrows fall from him, like a water drop from a lotus.
402.
Dig up the root of craving, as one desiring usīra digs up bīraṇa grass;
Let not Māra break you again and again, as a stream breaks a reed.
403.
For those who have missed the moment grieve, consigned to hell.
404.
By diligence, by true knowledge, one should draw out the dart from oneself." -
He expounds the Teaching with these six verses.
Therein, "manujassa" means of a being. "Pamattacārino" means for one who lives heedlessly through negligence, which has the characteristic of the release of mindfulness, neither meditative absorption, nor insight, nor paths and fruits grow. But just as a māluvā creeper grows, interweaving and enveloping a tree, for its destruction, so craving grows, arising again and again in dependence on the six doors regarding matter and so on. And as it grows, just as a māluvā creeper, having submerged the tree that has become its support, brings it down, so it causes a person subject to craving to fall into the realms of misery. "So plavatī" means that person subject to craving floats and runs again and again from existence to existence. Like what? "Like a monkey in the forest desiring fruit" - just as a monkey desiring tree-fruit, running in the forest, seizes one branch of a tree, having released that, seizes another, having released that, another - it never comes to the point where one could say "not having obtained a branch, he sat down"; just so, a person subject to craving, running from existence to existence, never comes to the point where one could say "not having obtained an object, he has reached the non-occurrence of craving."
"Whomever" means whatever person. This craving of the six doors - contemptible by its inferior nature, which has come to the designation "attachment" (visattikā) because of carrying away like poison, because of being rooted in poison, because of bearing fruit like poison, because of the enjoyment of poison, because of being spread out among matter and so on, and because of clinging - overcomes, overpowers that person. Just as bīraṇa grass, the bīraṇa plant, rained upon by the god raining again and again in the forest, grows, so the sorrows rooted in the round of rebirths increase, attain growth. This is the meaning.
"Whoever overcomes this" etc. "Difficult to pass over" means whatever person overcomes, conquers the craving that is difficult to pass over because of the difficulty of surpassing and abandoning it, as described above, from that person the sorrows rooted in the round of rebirths fall away. Just as a drop of water fallen on a lotus, a lotus petal, does not find a footing, so they do not find a footing. This is the meaning.
"This I say to you" means for that reason I say to you. "May you be blessed" means may it be well for you; do not, like a person who follows craving, reach non-existence and harm. This is the meaning. "As many as are assembled here" means however many have gathered together in this place, that many. If one asks, "What do you say?" "Dig up the root of craving" means dig up, utterly destroy with the spade of the knowledge of the path of arahantship the root, the cause, the thicket of mental defilements beginning with ignorance, of this craving of the six doors. Like what? "As one desiring usīra digs up bīraṇa grass" - just as a man desiring usīra digs up with a great spade the grass called usīra, which is another name for bīraṇa, so dig up its root. This is the meaning. "Let not Māra break you again and again, as a stream breaks a reed" means let not the Māra of mental defilements, the Māra of death, and the Māra who is a young god break you again and again, like a river stream coming with great force breaks a reed grown on the riverbank. This is the meaning.
Therefore, "practise the Buddha's teaching" means practise the word of the Buddha, the Blessed One, spoken beginning with "meditate, monks, do not be negligent"; strive through practice in accordance with the advice. "Let not the moment pass you by" means whoever does not practise the Buddha's teaching, this moment - the moment of a Buddha's arising, the moment of birth in residence in a suitable place, the moment of attaining right view, the moment of non-deficiency of the six sense bases - all this moment passes by that person. Let not that moment pass you by. "Those who have missed the moment" means those who have passed beyond that moment, or those persons whom that moment has passed beyond, they, consigned to hell, having been reborn there, grieve for a long time.
"Negligence is dust" means negligence, which has the characteristic of the release of mindfulness regarding objects such as matter and so on, is heedlessness; and it is dust because of its nature of defilement and because of being mixed with the dust of lust and so on. "Affected by negligence is dust" means whatever dust there is, namely that beginning with lust, all of it is affected by negligence; it arises solely by the power of negligence. "By diligence" means by non-negligence, by the practice of heedfulness. "By true knowledge" means by the true knowledge of the highest path. "One should draw out the dart from oneself" means one should draw out, should abolish the dart of lust and so on lodged in one's own heart.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta is concluded.
6.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sappadāsa
405-410.
"Twenty-five" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Sappadāsa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born at Kapilavatthu as the son of the royal chaplain of the Great King Suddhodana; his name was Sappadāsa.
He, having come of age, having gained faith at the Teacher's gathering of relatives, having gone forth, not obtaining concentration of mind due to being overpowered by mental defilements, having lived the holy life, being stirred with a sense of urgency, afterwards bringing the knife, having developed wise attention, having attained arahantship, declaring the final liberating knowledge -
405.
Not even for a mere finger-snap, did I attain peace of mind.
406.
Having raised my arms, weeping, I went out from the dwelling.
407.
For how could one like me, having rejected the training, meet death?
408.
The razor was brought up, to cut my own vein.
409.
Danger became manifest, disenchantment was established.
410.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "twenty-five years, since I went forth" means beginning from the time I went forth, these twenty-five years. "Not even for a mere finger-snap, did I attain peace of mind" means I, living the holy life for so long a time, did not obtain peace of mind, composure of mind, even for a mere finger-snap, even for a mere snapping of the fingers, even for a moment.
But thus, not having gained unified focus of mind, therein he states the reason by "distressed by sensual lust." Therein, "distressed" means oppressed; the meaning is overpowered. "Having raised my arms, weeping" means "This exceedingly inappropriate thing is happening here, that I, having gone forth in the Dispensation leading to liberation, am unable to lift myself up from the mire of mental defilements" - thus with face upturned, having raised his arms, weeping. "Went out from the dwelling" means having gone outside from the dwelling where he was living.
To show the intention with which he went out, "I will bring the knife" and so on was stated. Therein, in "I will bring the knife," the word "vā" has the meaning of alternative. By that he includes such modes of death as "I will fall from a tree, or having hanged myself I will die" and so on. "Training" means the training in higher morality. "Paccakkha" means rejecting, giving up. "Paccakkhā" is also a reading; the meaning is "having rejected." "Time" means death. The meaning is: how indeed could one like me die through rejection of the training? For rejection of the training is called death in the Noble One's discipline. As the Blessed One said - "For this is death, monks, whoever, having rejected the training, returns to the lower life." But in the reading "having rejected the training," how indeed could one like me, having rejected the training, die? Rather, one should die while still endowed with the training. Therefore the explanation is: "I will bring the knife, what use is life to me?"
"Then I" means when, being overcome by mental defilements, becoming disenchanted with life due to inability to practise the ascetic duty, then. "Razor" means a sharp razor, or a knife similar to a razor. "I sat down on the small bed" means out of fear of being prevented by others, having entered the inner chamber, I sat down on the small bed. "Parinīta" means brought up; the intention is placed at the throat. "Vein" - they also say "the vein at the throat, the throat-vein, the ring of the throat." "To cut" means to sever.
"Then wise attention arose in me" means thinking "I shall die," I brought the razor up to cut the vein at the throat; thereafter, as he reviewed "Is my morality indeed healthy?", having seen his morality as unbroken, without gaps, and thoroughly pure, rapture arose; for one with a rapturous mind, the body became calm; for one whose body was calm, experiencing spiritual happiness, due to the concentrated state of mind, wise attention arose by means of insight. Or alternatively, "then" means from the bringing of the razor to the throat, when a wound arose, suppressing the arisen feeling, wise attention arose by means of insight. Now, to show the arisen state of the path, fruition, and reviewing knowledge beyond that, "the danger became manifest" and so on was stated. That is just the meaning already stated below.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sappadāsa is concluded.
7.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Kātiyāna
411-416.
"Get up" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Kātiyāna.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī as the son of a certain brahmin of the Kosiya clan, and received the name Kātiyāna by way of his mother's clan. Having come of age, being a lay friend of the Elder Sāmaññakānī, having seen the elder, he went forth. Practising the ascetic duty, at night, thinking "I shall dispel the overpowering of sleep," he ascended the walking path.
He, while walking up and down, overpowered by sleep, nodding off, having fallen down, lay down right there on the bare ground. The Teacher, having seen that circumstance of his, having gone there himself, standing in the sky, gave the signal "Kātiyāna."
He, having seen the Teacher, having got up, having paid homage, stood there stirred with religious emotion.
Then the Teacher, teaching him the Teaching -
411.
Let not the King of Death, friend of the heedless, conquer you, the lazy one, as if by deceit.
412.
So make a good island for yourself, for indeed no other shelter for you exists.
413.
Diligent in the former and latter parts of the night, devote yourself, make your exertion firm.
414.
Do not engage in play and delight, nor in sleep, meditate, Kātiyāna.
415.
Having attained the unsurpassed purification, you will attain final nibbāna like a flame by water.
416.
Even so you, not grasping, O kinsman of Indra, shake off Māra;
He, without lust for feelings, should await the time, become cool right here."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "get up" means rising up from resorting to sleep, make the energy of rising. Since lying down is on the side of idleness, therefore do not sleep. "Sit down" means folding the legs crosswise, directing the body upright, having established mindfulness in front of the face, sit down. "Kātiyāna" - he addresses him by name. "Do not be given to much sleep" means do not be given to much sleep, do not be overpowered by sleep. "Be wakeful" means be awake, be one devoted to wakefulness. "Let not you, the lazy one" means let not the King of Death, friend of the heedless, conquer you who do not devote yourself to wakefulness, you who are lazy, idle - as if by deceit, like a hunter with a trap a deer or a bird - let him not conquer by ageing and disease, let him not overcome, let him not overwhelm. This is the meaning.
"Just as" (seyyathāpi) means "just as" (seyyathā api). "The force of the great ocean" (mahāsamuddavego) means the force of the waves of the great ocean. "Thus" (evan) means just as the force of the waves of the great ocean, rising up again and again, overcomes a person unable to proceed against it, so birth and ageing overpower one overcome by idleness, submerging him again and again. "So make" (so karohi) means so you, Kātiyāna, make for yourself a good island reckoned as the fruition of arahantship, not to be submerged by the four mental floods; produce it in your own continuity. "For indeed no other shelter for you exists" (na hi tāṇaṃ tava vijjateva aññan) - "hi" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of cause. Because apart from that highest fruition, no shelter for you whatsoever is found either here or in the other world, therefore make that good island reckoned as arahantship.
"The Teacher indeed has conquered this path" (satthā hi vijesi maggametan) - that which the many heterodox teachers, being unable to accomplish, by which they were defeated - that very noble path, which is the cause of that good island, gone beyond the fivefold attachment and the fear of birth and so on, having overcome the sons of gods, Māra, and the like, your Teacher conquered and accomplished. Because what belongs to the Teacher is to be attained by a disciple, not to be given away, therefore for the achievement of that, in the first and last watches of the night, being diligent, mindful, and fully aware, devote yourself to exertion, meditation, and make it firm.
"Let go of the former bondages" (purimāni pamuñca bandhanāni) means let go of, give up, the former bonds of a householder, the bonds of the types of sensual pleasure, which were bound during the time as a householder; be without expectation regarding them. "Wearing the double robe, shaven-headed with a razor, eating almsfood" (saṅghāṭikhuramuṇḍabhikkhabhojī) means one who wears the double robe, whose head is shaven with a razor, who eats almsfood; this threefold description is a statement of reason for the release from the former bondages and for the pursuit of enjoyment and sleep. Because you live wrapped in the double robe, shaven-headed, subsisting on almsfood, therefore the pursuit of sensual happiness and the pursuit of enjoyment and sleep are not fitting for you; therefore let go of the former bondages, and do not pursue enjoyment and sleep - this is the explanation. "Meditate" (jhāyā) means meditate, devote yourself to meditation on a single object.
But showing that while devoting oneself to that, one should devote oneself to meditation on the characteristics, by which meditative absorption, while meditating, mental defilements are altogether conquered, he said "meditate, conquer." "You are skilled in the paths to freedom from bondage" (yogakkhemapathesu kovidosi) means you are skilled and adept in the qualities conducive to enlightenment, which are the paths to Nibbāna, which is secure from the four mental bonds; therefore, arousing zeal in meditation, having attained, having reached the unsurpassed, without anything higher, purification, Nibbāna, and arahantship, you will attain final nibbāna. "Like a flame by water" (vārināva joti) means he will attain final nibbāna by the descent of the rain of the noble path, just as a mass of fire by the descent of a great shower of water.
"Light-maker" (pajjotakaro) means a lamp, one that makes light. "Of slight rays" (parittaraṃso) means of small flame. "Is bent" (vinamyate) means is bent down, is removed. "Like a creeper" (latāvā) means like a vine. This is what is meant - Just as a lamp of slight rays and dim radiance due to deficiency of conditions such as the wick and so on, or a small creeper, is scattered and destroyed by the wind, even so you too. Because of being of the Kosiya clan, "O kinsman of Indra" (indasagotta) means one of the same clan as Indra. Not grasping Māra, by not turning back under his control and by non-clinging, shake off, scatter, and destroy him. But thus destroying, you, with desire and lust gone regarding all feelings that are felt, right here in this very individual existence, become cool through the absence of the disturbance and fever of all mental defilements, quenched, await the time of your own final nibbāna. Thus, when the Teacher had given the teaching leading to Nibbāna without residue of clinging, the elder, at the conclusion of the teaching, having developed insight, attained arahantship. But having attained arahantship, he spoke these verses in the very manner taught by the Teacher. Those very verses became the elder's declaration of the final liberating knowledge as well.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Kātiyāna is concluded.
8.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Migajāla
417-422.
"Well expounded" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Migajāla.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of Visākhā the great female lay follower at Sāvatthī. His name was Migajāla.
He, having gone to the monastery, having gained faith through repeatedly hearing the Teaching, having gone forth, having developed insight, having attained arahantship, declaring the final liberating knowledge -
417.
Gone beyond all fetters, destroyer of the entire round of rebirths.
418.
Having cut off the slaughter-house, the root of poison, it causes one to reach peace.
419.
In the possession of consciousnesses, the striker with the thunderbolt of knowledge.
420.
Observing existence with knowledge as if it were a pit of embers.
421.
The noble eightfold path, alleviating suffering, secure.
422.
Of phenomena arisen through dependent origination, seeing according to the light of insight;
Going to great security, peaceful, auspicious at the final goal." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "well expounded" means well taught; the meaning is taught by way of elucidating as they really are the matters pertaining to the present life, pertaining to the future life, and pertaining to the ultimate goal, in accordance with the disposition of those amenable to instruction. Or alternatively, "well expounded" means rightly taught; the meaning is spoken by way of proclaiming without distortion the round of continuity and the cessation of continuity and the causes of both - thus "well proclaimed." "By the one with vision" means by the one with vision through these five eyes: the physical eye, the divine eye, the eye of wisdom, the Buddha-eye, and the all-seeing eye. "By the Buddha" means by the omniscient Buddha. "Kinsman of the sun" means of the solar clan. For in the world the warrior lineage is twofold - the solar lineage and the lunar lineage. Therein, the solar lineage should be understood as the lineage of King Okkāka. Because of having been born from that, the Sākiyans are of the solar clan; thus the Blessed One is called "Kinsman of the Sun." Or alternatively, the Blessed One is the Kinsman of the Sun as a kinsman of the sun; and this meaning has been stated below already. "Gone beyond all fetters" because of the state of having transcended all fetters beginning with the mental fetter of sensual lust; for that very reason "destroyer of the entire round of rebirths" because of the destroying, the demolishing of the rounds of defilement, action, and result; "leading to liberation" because of leading out from the wandering in the round of rebirths; "crossing over" in the sense of crossing over from the great flood of saṃsāra; "drying up the root of craving" because it dries up and makes wither ignorance and unwise attention, which are the root of all cravings beginning with sensual craving; "the root of poison" because of being the cause of the poison of suffering through the destruction of the penetration of even the three feelings; "the slaughter-house" because of being the ground for the arising of disaster for beings - having cut off and completely destroyed action or defilement, it causes one to reach peace, Nibbāna.
The root of not knowing is unwise attention and the mental corruptions, for it has been said "from the origin of mental corruptions is the origin of ignorance"; for the breaking of that, for the purpose of shattering with diamond-like knowledge. Or alternatively, because of the statement beginning with "with ignorance as condition, activities," "not knowing is the root of this" - thus "having not knowing as its root" is the wheel of existence; the connection is that it was taught for the purpose of splitting that with the diamond of path knowledge. "Destroyer of the mechanism of action" means the destruction of the mechanism of individual existence constructed by action. "In the possession of consciousnesses" means the remainder of the expression is "at hand for the seizing of consciousness by one's own respective action in sensual existence and so on." For indeed, in each and every existence, when conception is grasped, the consciousnesses dependent on those respective existences are also already grasped. "The striker with the thunderbolt of knowledge" means the falling of the thunderbolt of knowledge; having let fall the thunderbolt of knowledge, one who splits them asunder. For the supramundane state, when arising, arises as that which breaks the consciousnesses deserving to arise in the seventh existence and so on.
"The informer regarding feelings" means the one who declares as they really are the three feelings beginning with pleasure, in succession, by way of suffering, a dart, and impermanence. "The releaser from clinging" means the one who liberates the continuity of consciousness from the four kinds of clinging beginning with clinging to sensual pleasures. "Observing existence with knowledge as if it were a pit of embers" means the one who shows by direct experience through path knowledge the ninefold existence beginning with sensual existence as if it were a pit of embers more than a man's height deep, because of being ablaze with the eleven fires.
Of great flavour in the sense of producing insatiable delight because of its peaceful and sublime nature; or of great flavour because of the greatness of its task by way of full understanding and so on, and because of the great achievement by way of the fruit of asceticism; very profound because of being difficult to plunge into for those who have not accumulated the requisites, and because of being impossible to find a footing in; warding off ageing and death, preventing ageing and death by turning back the production of future existence. Now, showing in its own form the teaching endowed with the aforesaid special qualities, having said "noble, eightfold," and in order to make clear some further qualities of it, he said beginning with "alleviating suffering, secure." Its meaning is - Noble in the sense of purity; eightfold because of the combination of the eight factors beginning with right view; a path in the sense of seeking Nibbāna; alleviating suffering in the sense of the appeasement of the entire suffering of the round of rebirths; secure in the sense of security.
Just as in outside doctrines, because of not having been proclaimed by a Perfectly Enlightened One, there could be illusion regarding the result of action - thus without distorting, having known action as action and result as result among dependently arisen phenomena, in dependently arisen states, because of knowing through preliminary knowledge, by the dispelling of the graspings of eternalism and annihilationism, the seeing of the light as it really is, the seeing of the corresponding supramundane light of knowledge. "Going to great security" means because of being untroubled by anyone, towards anyone, at any time, it goes to the great security of Nibbāna and causes beings to go there; "peaceful" because of the appeasement of the disturbance and fever of all mental defilements; "auspicious at the final goal" because of leading to the unshakeable liberation of mind and to the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging - "well expounded by the one with vision" is the explanation.
Thus the elder, praising the noble teaching by various methods, made known by way of an indirect reference that he himself had attained that teaching.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Migajāla is concluded.
9.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Jenta, the Son of the Royal Chaplain
423-428.
The verses beginning with "Intoxicated with the vanity of birth" are the verses of the Venerable Elder Jenta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī as the son of the chaplain of the king of Kosala. His name was Jenta.
He, having come of age, intoxicated with the vanity of birth and with the vanity of wealth, supremacy, and appearance, scorning others, not showing esteem even to those worthy of respect, stubborn in conceit, wandered about.
One day, having seen the Teacher surrounded by a great assembly expounding the Teaching, while approaching, "If the ascetic Gotama addresses me first, I too will address him;
if not, I will not address him" - having given rise to this thought, having approached and standing there, when the Blessed One did not address him first, he too, out of conceit, not addressing him, showed the appearance of departing.
Him the Blessed One -
Whatever purpose you came for, that indeed one should cultivate."
He addressed her in verse. He, thinking "The ascetic Gotama knows my mind," with deep faith, having fallen at the Blessed One's feet with his head, having made the supreme act of reverence -
Who should be esteemed by him, who should be well honoured by him?"
He asked. To him the Blessed One -
Towards the teacher as the fourth, and towards ascetics and brahmins.
They should be esteemed by him, they should be well honoured by him.
Having abandoned conceit, not obstinate, one should pay homage to them, the unsurpassed."
Answering the question, he expounded the Teaching. He, having become a stream-enterer through that teaching, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, having attained arahantship, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of praising his own practice -
423.
With form, beauty and appearance, intoxicated with vanity I wandered.
424.
A fool destroyed by arrogance, very stiff, with banner raised.
425.
I saluted no one, stubborn in pride, disrespectful.
426.
Shining like the sun, honoured by the community of monks.
427.
With my head I saluted the highest of all beings.
428.
The conceit 'I am' is cut off, all discriminations of conceit are destroyed."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "intoxicated with the vanity of birth" - the explanation is: I, born in a noble brahmin family, intoxicated with family conceit thinking "there is no other well-born on both sides like me," stubborn in pride, I wandered. "And with wealth and supremacy" - the explanation is: intoxicated with the vanity arisen dependent on the accomplishment of wealth and the accomplishment of supremacy, with wealth and lordship as the cause, I wandered. "With form, beauty and appearance" - form means the achievement of height and girth; beauty means the achievement of complexion such as fair and dark skin; appearance means the beauty of major and minor limbs. Here too the explanation should be understood by the method stated. "Intoxicated with vanity" means intoxicated also with another vanity besides the kind stated.
"I did not imagine anyone equal to myself" - I did not imagine, I did not think of anyone equal to myself, similar, the same in birth and so on, or exceeding; I did not even think of one equal to me, let alone superior - this is the intention. "A fool destroyed by arrogance" - I was a fool; because of that foolishness, one whose wholesome conduct was ruined and destroyed by arrogance; for that very reason very stiff, with banner raised - because of obstinacy, through the non-performance of humble respect even towards those worthy of veneration, exceedingly obstinate, one whose banner of not bowing down had arisen, with the banner of conceit raised.
To make the very meaning stated more obvious, "mother" and so on was said. Therein, "others" means the eldest brother and so on, and ascetics and brahmins. "Held in esteem as venerable" means authorised as venerable, worthy of the place of a teacher. "Disrespectful" means devoid of regard.
"Having seen the guide, the highest" - thus being stubborn in pride and wandering about, the guide because of guiding those amenable to instruction through benefits pertaining to the present life, the future life, and the highest good, and because of the state of being a leader through his self-born nature. The highest because of the state of being supreme in the world with its gods through virtues such as morality and so on. The excellent best among charioteers because of taming persons to be tamed with absolute mastery, exceedingly the highest, shining like the sun with the radiance of the fathom-wide halo and so on, illuminating, honoured by the community of monks, expounding the Teaching, having seen the Teacher, the highest of all beings, threatened by the power of the Buddha, having abandoned and given up the conceit occurring as "I alone am the best, others are inferior" and the vanity of wealth and other vanities, with a clear mind, I saluted with my head - this is the explanation. But how did this one, being stubborn in pride, abandon conceit merely by seeing the Teacher? But this should not be seen thus. He did not abandon conceit merely by seeing the Teacher; but he abandoned conceit through the teaching beginning with "Conceit is not good, brahmin." With reference to that it was said "Having abandoned conceit and vanity, with a clear mind, with my head I saluted." And "with a clear mind" should be seen as an instrumental expression in the sense of indicating a state.
The conceit that occurs as "I alone am the foremost" is arrogance. The conceit of one who regards others as inferior, thinking "These, however, are low" - they call "inferiority complex." But the conceit that occurs in one who, having surpassed others, regards oneself as superior, thinking "I am superior" - this conceit of superiority is arrogance. The conceit of inferiority that occurs as "I am inferior" is inferiority complex. "Abandoned and well uprooted" means having been abandoned by the lower paths, they were well eradicated by the highest path. "The conceit 'I am'" means the conceit that occurs regarding the aggregates by way of grasping them as "I," thinking "this I am." "All" means not only arrogance, inferiority complex and the conceit "I am," but also the conceit of superiority regarding what is superior and so on, the ninefold, and by internal subdivision the manifold - all discriminations of conceit, all portions of conceit, are destroyed, eradicated by the highest path.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Jenta, the Son of the Royal Chaplain, is concluded.
10.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sumana
429-434.
"When newly gone forth" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Sumana.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Sikhī, having been reborn in a garland-maker's family, having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Blessed One Sikhī, with a gladdened mind, made an offering with jasmine flowers.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, took conception in the house of a certain lay follower.
And that lay follower was the Venerable Elder Anuruddha's attendant.
And his children born one after another before that had died.
Therefore he produced the thought "If I now obtain one son, I shall give him the going forth in the presence of the noble Elder Anuruddha."
And he, having been born after the elapse of ten months, being healthy indeed, growing up gradually, became seven years old; his father gave him the going forth in the presence of the elder.
He, having gone forth, thereupon because his knowledge was fully matured, doing the work of insight, before long, having become a possessor of the six higher knowledges, attending upon the elder, thinking "I shall bring drinking water," having taken a pot, went by supernormal power to Lake Anotatta.
Then a certain serpent king of wrong view, concealing Lake Anotatta, having encircled it seven times with his coils, having made a great hood above, does not give Sumana the opportunity to take drinking water.
Sumana, having assumed the form of a garuḷa, having overcome that serpent king, having taken the drinking water, goes through the sky towards the elder's dwelling place.
The Teacher, seated in Jeta's Grove, having seen him going thus, having addressed the General of the Dhamma, spoke of his virtues with four verses beginning with "Sāriputta, see this."
Then the Elder Sumana -
429.
Having overcome by supernormal power, the serpent king of great supernormal power.
430.
I was bringing from there when, having seen me, the Teacher said this.
431.
Having taken a water-pot, internally well concentrated.
432.
The novice of Anuruddha, confident in supernormal power.
433.
Disciplined by Anuruddha, trained by one who has done his task.
434.
That novice Sumana wishes 'May they not know me'."
He spoke six verses by way of a declaration of final liberating knowledge.
Therein, from the beginning, two verses were spoken by the Elder Sumana himself, the other four were spoken by the Teacher praising him. Having combined all of them together, the Elder Sumana afterwards spoke them by way of a declaration of final liberating knowledge. Therein, "pannaginda" means the king of serpents. "Tato" means there; when newly gone forth, seven years old by birth, having overcome the king of serpents of great supernormal power by the power of supernormal power, I was bringing drinking water from Lake Anotatta for my preceptor - at that time, is the meaning.
With reference to me, my Teacher said this; showing that, he said beginning with "Sāriputta, look at this." "Internally well-concentrated" means well concentrated through the concentration of the highest fruition, which has become internal as its domain.
"With pleasing conduct" means with the conduct of good behaviour that brings confidence to those who see; this is an instrumental expression used in the instrumental sense. "Of good deportment" means one accomplished in deportment. Or "with pleasing conduct" is an instrumental expression in the sense of indicating a state. The state of an ascetic is asceticism; the meaning is asceticism. One who moves, who proceeds for that purpose, is a novice, a novice under instruction. "And confident in supernormal power" means experienced and well skilled even in supernormal power. "By a thoroughbred" means by a thoroughbred person. Because of accomplishing one's own welfare and the welfare of others, by the good Anuruddha who has done his task, he is well an accomplisher of the welfare of both; or well trained as a thoroughbred, tamed. Disciplined by the highest true knowledge, trained by being brought to the state of one beyond training - this is the meaning.
That novice Sumana, having attained the supreme peace, Nibbāna, having achieved it through the achievement of the highest path, having realised it, having made it self-witnessed, the unshakable fruition of arahantship - because of having reached the highest degree of the quality of having few wishes, "may they not know me" means he wishes, he desires that no one at all should know him as "this one has eliminated the mental corruptions" or as "a possessor of the six higher knowledges."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sumana is concluded.
11.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Nhātakamuni
435-440.
The verses beginning with "Afflicted by wind disease" are of the Venerable Nhātakamuni.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in Rājagaha, having come of age, having attained accomplishment in the arts and sciences and so on, became known as "Nhātaka" through the connection with the characteristic of one who has bathed.
He, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, dwelling in a forest haunt at a place measuring three yojanas from Rājagaha, sustaining himself on wild rice, tending the fire.
The Teacher, having seen the decisive support for arahantship blazing within his heart like a lamp inside a pot, went to the hermitage.
He, having seen the Blessed One, full of mirth, offered food according to his own manner of preparation.
The Blessed One consumed that.
Having given thus for three days, on the fourth day he said: "Blessed One, you are supremely delicate, how do you sustain yourself with this food?"
The Teacher expounded the Teaching to him, making known the virtue of noble contentment.
The hermit, having heard that, having become a stream-enterer, having gone forth, attained arahantship.
The Blessed One, having established him in arahantship, departed.
But he, dwelling right there, was afterwards troubled by an illness caused by the wind humour.
The Teacher, having gone there, asking about his dwelling by way of friendly welcome -
435.
In a miserable place with scarce alms-resort, monk, what will you do?" He spoke a verse. Then the Elder -
436.
Even enduring rough conditions, I will dwell in the forest.
437.
Accomplished in the fineness of meditative absorption, I shall dwell without mental corruptions.
438.
Repeatedly reviewing, I shall dwell without mental corruptions.
439.
All without remainder have been cut off, and they will not arise again.
440.
The elimination of suffering has been attained, there is now no more rebirth."
With these remaining verses he declared his own abiding to the Teacher.
Therein, "accomplished in the fineness of meditative absorption" means endowed with the subtle state of meditative absorption. "The subtle of meditative absorption" means the immaterial meditative absorption; therefore it is said "one who has attained the eight meditative attainments." By that he shows his own state of being liberated in both ways. Others, however, say - "By 'fineness' the training in higher wisdom regarding the highest path and fruition is intended; thereupon, by the inclusion of meditative absorption, he makes clear his own state of being liberated in both ways." "Free from mental defilements" means liberated from all mental defilements through liberation by cessation; for that very reason "with pure consciousness"; "undisturbed" because of the state of undisturbed thought; by all three terms he speaks of the consciousness of the fruition of arahantship alone. The remainder is the same as the method stated below. And this itself was the elder's declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Nhātakamuni is concluded.
12.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Brahmadatta
441-446.
"Without wrath" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Brahmadatta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī as the son of the king of Kosala. His name was Brahmadatta.
He, having come of age, having seen the majestic power of the Buddha at the great festival at Jeta's Grove, having gained faith, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges together with the analytical knowledges.
One day, a certain brahmin reviled him as he was walking for almsfood in the city.
The elder, even having heard that, remained silent and continued walking for almsfood just the same; the brahmin reviled him yet again.
The people said of him, even though he was being reviled thus, "This elder does not say anything."
Having heard that, the elder, expounding the Teaching to those people -
441.
To one completely liberated through final knowledge, to one at peace, to such a one.
442.
Not becoming angry in return at one who is angry, one wins a battle hard to win.
443.
Knowing the other to be enraged, one who is mindful becomes calm.
444.
People think 'he is a fool' - those who are unskilled in the Teaching.
445.
If craving for flavour should arise, remember the simile of the son's flesh.
446.
Quickly restrain it with mindfulness, like a bad beast that eats corn."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "without wrath" means one devoid of wrath, one whose wrath has been utterly cut off by the path. "From where would wrath come" means from where indeed, for what reason, could wrath arise? There is no cause for its arising - this is the meaning. "To one tamed" means one tamed by the highest self-control, by the taming of the highest path. "Living righteously" means one who, having entirely abandoned bodily unrighteousness and so on, lives righteously by way of bodily righteousness and so on, one who conducts himself properly with full awareness of the sevenfold kind. "Completely liberated through final knowledge" means having perfectly understood, having known the phenomena that should be directly known and so on, one who is freed from all mental corruptions. For that very reason, one at peace through the appeasement of the disturbance and fever of all mental defilements. "Such a one" - through the attainment of the characteristic of such-likeness towards desirable things and so on, such a one who has eliminated the mental corruptions - "from where would wrath come?" - by way of an indirect reference, the elder, having stated the absence of wrath in himself and the reasons for it, now expounding the Teaching by showing the danger in wrath and the benefit in non-wrath, said beginning with "for that very one." Therein, "who becomes angry in return at one who is angry" means whatever person becomes angry in return at a person who is angry and enraged towards oneself - for that very one, by that becoming angry in return, reviling back, striking back, and so on, it is worse, in this world by way of the reproach of the wise and so on, in the world beyond by way of the suffering of hell and so on - it becomes more unfortunate, more unwholesome. But that evil comes to one who is not angry through another's anger - there is nothing at all to be said about that. Some, however, explain the meaning as "whoever becomes angry towards one who is not angry, towards one who has been angered in return." "Not becoming angry in return at one who is angry" means whoever, knowing an angry person as "this one is angry, overcome by wrath," does not become angry in return but is patient - he conquers the battle against mental defilements, which is hard to win. And it is not only his victory in the battle against mental defilements, but also the practice beneficial to both - showing this, he said "one practises for the welfare of both, etc. becomes calm." Whoever, knowing another person who is enraged and angry as "overcome by wrath," extending friendliness towards him or looking on with equanimity, being mindful and fully aware, becomes calm, is patient, and does not oppose. "Of oneself and of the other" means he practises for the welfare and benefit of both, bringing happiness in both worlds.
"Him who treats both" means that person who treats, who is patient, healing the disease of wrath of both, that is, of the two, of oneself and of the other - whatever people are unskilled in the teaching, in the noble conduct teaching, those foolish ones think "This one is a fool who does nothing to the one reviling him and striking him" - the intention is that this is their unwise imagining. Some also read "tikicchana," the meaning being "having the intrinsic nature of healing."
Having heard the Teaching being thus spoken by the elder, the reviling brahmin, being agitated and with a gladdened mind, having asked forgiveness of the elder, went forth in his very presence. The elder, giving him a meditation subject, thinking "The development of friendliness is suitable for this one," having given the meditation subject of friendliness, showing the method of reviewing and so on regarding the prepossession of wrath and so on, said beginning with "If there should arise in you." Therein, "if there should arise in you" means if, for you who are devoting yourself to the meditation subject, wrath through long familiarity in dependence on some person should arise, for its appeasement -
"Even if, monks, thieves of low behaviour were to cut off your limbs one by one with a two-handled saw, whoever would defile his mind on that account, he is not one who follows my teaching" -
Reflect on the exhortation of the simile of the saw spoken by the Teacher. "If craving for flavour should arise" means if craving, longing, for flavours of the various kinds beginning with sweet should arise in you, for its appeasement -
"A wife and husband ate the flesh of their son only for the purpose of crossing over the wilderness, not out of craving for flavour; thus even a son of good family who has gone forth uses almsfood, etc. and comfortable dwelling" -
Remember, recollect the exhortation of the simile of the son's flesh thus spoken.
"If your mind runs" means if, for you who are unwisely attending, your mind runs, moves along, hastens towards sensual pleasures, towards the five types of sensual pleasure by way of desire and lust, and towards existences, towards existences beginning with sensual existence, by way of longing for existence. "Quickly restrain it with mindfulness, like a bad beast that eats corn" means not allowing it to run thus, just as a man, having tied a corn-eating, crop-devouring bad beast, a wicked ox, to a post with a string, keeps it under his own control, so, binding with the string of mindfulness to the post of right concentration, quickly, swiftly indeed restrain it; tame it so that through the departure of mental defilements there is freedom from agitation. Some, however, say "The elder, being still a worldling, enduring the reviling, making known the noble qualities to those people, having expounded the Teaching, afterwards exhorting himself with two verses, having developed insight, having attained arahantship, declaring the final liberating knowledge, spoke these very verses."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Brahmadatta is concluded.
13.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sirimaṇḍa
447-452.
The verses beginning with "What is covered rains upon" are of the Venerable Elder Sirimaṇḍa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family at Saṃsumāragira, having received the name Sirimaṇḍa, having come of age, while the Blessed One was dwelling in the Bhesakalā Grove, having approached the Teacher, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, having obtained full ordination, practising the ascetic duty, on a certain Observance day, seated at the place for the recitation of the Pātimokkha, at the conclusion of the recitation of the origin, reflecting upon the meaning of the Pāḷi text "for having revealed it, there is comfort for him," one who has committed an offence, not revealing it, concealing it, commits offences again and again; therefore there is no comfort for him; but for one who, having revealed it, makes amends according to the Teaching, there is comfort - having attended to this meaning in mind, thinking "Oh, the Teacher's Dispensation is well purified!" having gained confidence, having suppressed the joy thus arisen, having developed insight, having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, with a gladdened mind, giving exhortation to the monks -
447.
Therefore open what is covered, thus it will not rain upon that.
448.
By the dart of craving is it overcome, by desire is it always fuming.
449.
Without shelter, it is always destroyed, like a thief who has received the rod.
450.
There is no power to confront them, there is no speed to flee.
451.
Whatever night one passes, by that much is one's life diminished.
452.
The final night approaches, this is not the time for you to be negligent."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "covered" means concealed, as it really is, not opened, not made known - misconduct. "Rains upon" means it rains exceedingly both the rain of offences and the rain of mental defilements. For the concealing of an offence, through the state of being shameless and so on, is just such; by concealing, one would commit yet again such an offence or one even more wicked than that, differently from before - thus concealing has been stated as the cause of raining. "Opened" means made known, not concealed. "Does not rain upon" - here "ati" is merely a prefix; the meaning is "does not rain." And the non-raining here should be understood by the reverse of what has been stated, because of the purification of the continuity of consciousness. "Therefore" refers back to the meaning already stated as being the reason: because of the excessive raining of the rain of offences and so on upon the covered misconduct, and because of the non-raining upon what is opened - this is the meaning. "Open what is covered" means even when the intention to conceal has arisen due to the state of being a worldling, not following that, one should open it, one should reveal it, one should make amends according to the Teaching. "Thus" means by opening, by practice according to the Teaching. "That" means that covered misconduct. "Does not rain upon" means the rain of offences and the rain of mental defilements does not rain; the meaning is it establishes the person in the pure end.
Now, showing the ground for spiritual urgency as the reason for "one should definitely and quickly purify oneself, diligence should be practised," he said beginning with "by death is the world afflicted." Therein, "by death is the world afflicted" means this entire world of beings, like a thief by an executioner of robbers, is struck by death, by dying, which casts down into the entire round of rebirths; it is not released from its hand. "Surrounded by ageing" means this world, from arising onwards, is surrounded, overwhelmed by ageing whose function is bringing towards death; the meaning is not freed from the grip of ageing. "Overcome by the dart of craving" means overcome by the dart reckoned as craving, having the characteristic of clinging, plunged into the interior of the heart, like an arrow-blade dipped in poison sunk within the body. For craving is called a "dart" because of generating affliction, because of piercing within, and because of being difficult to extract. "Fuming with desire" means tormented by desire having the characteristic of longing for objects. For a person desiring that object, whether obtaining or not obtaining the desired object, is scorched by that very desire having the characteristic of burning, and has reached a fever of passion. "Always" means at all times, and this term should be connected in all terms.
"Fenced in by ageing" means not only afflicted by death alone, but also fenced in by ageing. Hemmed in by ageing, fenced in by the wall of ageing; the meaning is one does not pass beyond it. "Without shelter, it is always destroyed" means having become without shelter, without refuge, one is always destroyed, afflicted by ageing and death. Like what? "Like a thief who has received the rod" - just as a thief, a robber, having committed an offence, condemned, without shelter, is destroyed by the king's command, so this world by ageing and death - thus it shows.
"Like approaching masses of fire" means just as when a great forest is burning, great masses of fire overwhelming it - so death, illness, and ageing, these three, as masses of fire in the sense of burning, come overwhelming this world of beings; but there is no power, no effort for this world to be competent to confront them, to overcome them; there is no speed to flee as they rush forward, as they overwhelm. Where they do not overcome, even to show one's back and flee from there, this world has no speed of legs. Thus, being unable by oneself, when the threefold powerful enemy, against whom no remedy can be made by means such as magic and so on, is constantly present - what should be done? "One should make the day not in vain, whether with little or with much" means one should make the day not in vain, not barren, by insight attention practised with little - at least for even the time it takes to milk a cow - or with much - practised for the whole day and night; because whatever night one passes, by that much is one's life diminished - this being passes whatever night, destroys it, spends it, and by that much, diminished by that, the life of that being becomes less. By this it shows that the passing of a night is indeed the passing of life, its non-returning. Therefore he said -
Having arisen, he goes on, and going does not turn back."
Not only by way of nights, but also by way of postures should the passing of life be considered - thus he said beginning with "walking." "Walking" means for one who is going. "Standing" means for one who is maintaining the standing posture. "Or seated or lying down" means for one who is seated or for one who is lying down; the meaning is for one who is sitting or for one who is reclining. Some also read "āsīdana"; therein, the accusative case should be understood as used in the genitive sense. "The final night approaches" means the night accompanied by the final consciousness approaches; and the mention of night here is merely the heading of the teaching. Among walking and so on, for one endowed with whatever posture, it is just the final time; therefore the moments of posture go on having spent his life; therefore this is not the time for you to be negligent, this is not the time for you to fall into heedlessness, because it is unknown that "at such and such a time death does not occur." For it is said -
Difficult and small, and that is bound with suffering."
Therefore, having thus exhorted oneself, the intention is that one who is diligent should pursue the three trainings.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sirimaṇḍa is concluded.
14.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sabbakāmi
453-458.
The verses of the Venerable Elder Sabbakāmi beginning with "Two-footed."
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, having seen a certain elder who, having purified a schism that had arisen in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Padumuttara, was restoring things to their original state, having established the aspiration "May I too in the future be able to purify a schism in the Dispensation of a certain Buddha and restore things to their original state," having performed meritorious deeds conforming with that, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, while the Blessed One had not yet attained final Nibbāna, having been reborn in a family of the warrior caste in Vesālī, having received the name "Sabbakāmi," having come of age, having been caused by his relatives to take a wife, being disgusted with the household life because of having the disposition of escape, having gone forth in the presence of the treasurer of the Teaching, practising the ascetic duty, having gone to Vesālī together with his preceptor, he went to the house of his relatives.
There his former wife, distressed by separation from her husband, thin, discoloured, unadorned, wearing soiled garments, having paid homage to him, weeping, stood to one side.
Having seen her, as the elder was setting up friendliness preceded by compassion, a mental defilement suddenly arose through the influence of unwise attention regarding a previously experienced object.
He, like a thoroughbred struck by whips, with a sense of urgency arisen, at that very moment having gone to a cemetery, having taken up the sign of foulness, having made the meditative absorption attained there the foundation, having developed insight, attained arahantship. Then his father-in-law, taking his adorned and prepared daughter, with a great retinue, wishing to cause him to leave the Order, went to the monastery. The elder, having known her intention, making known his state of dispassion towards sensual pleasures and his being untainted everywhere -
453.
Full of various corpses, oozing here and there.
454.
Like a monkey by bird-lime, they afflict the worldling.
455.
These five types of sensual pleasure are seen in the form of a woman.
456.
They increase the terrible cemetery, they accumulate rebirth.
457.
He, mindful, overcomes this clinging in the world.
458.
Escaped from all sensual pleasures, the elimination of mental corruptions has been attained by me." -
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "two-footed" - although the bodies of footless creatures and so on are also impure, yet it was said thus by way of the subject matter, or by way of the superior delimitation. Or because other bodies, though impure, are prepared with salt, sour flavourings and so on and brought even as food for human beings, but the human body is not so; therefore, showing its state of being more impure in its intrinsic nature, he said "two-footed." "This" was said with reference to the form of the woman who was present at that time. "Impure" means impure indeed; the meaning is that there is nothing whatsoever pure herein. "Foul-smelling, it carries about" means being foul-smelling, having been prepared with the odours of flowers and so on, it is carried about. "Full of various corpses" means filled with corpse-matter of many kinds beginning with head hair and so on. "Oozing here and there" - even for those who strive to conceal its loathsome nature with the odours of flowers and so on, rendering that effort fruitless, through the nine doors spittle, mucus and so on, and through the pores of the skin sweat and dirt - the connection is "it is carried about indeed oozing."
Showing that although this body is thus loathsome, it deceives blind worldlings with its own beauty and so on, just as a trap and so on deceive deer and so on, he said beginning with "a deer." Therein, "a deer hidden by a trap" means like a hunter who, having concealed and hidden a trap consisting of a snare, a net, and so on, catches a deer. For the word "like" (iva) which is to be stated should be brought here too and connected. "A fish by a hook" means like a fisherman who catches a fish with a hook baited with food. "A monkey by bird-lime" means they afflict blind worldlings, deceiving them like a deer-hunter who catches a monkey with monkey bird-lime placed on trees, rocks, and so on.
But who afflicts them? He said: "Forms, sounds" and so on. For the five portions of sensual pleasure beginning with forms, especially depending on objects of a different nature, delighting the minds of blind worldlings who are beset by unwise attention through the decisive support of illusion, because of being a basis of mental defilements and because of bringing harm, they are indeed said to afflict them. Therefore it was said "forms, sounds" etc. "are seen in the form of a woman."
And the mention of woman here should be understood as made on account of the subject matter. Therefore he said "those who associate with these" and so on. Its meaning is - those worldlings who, with attached minds, with minds overpowered by lust, associate with these women with the perception of them as objects of enjoyment. "They increase the terrible cemetery" means they increase, through repeated birth and death and so on, the round of rebirths termed a cemetery, which is terrible, frightful, because of being delighted in by the blind and foolish, through birth and so on and through hell and so on. Therefore he said "they accumulate rebirth."
"Whoever these" means whatever person avoids these women therein, either by suppression or by eradication of desire and lust, as one avoids a snake's head with one's own foot, he, because of having let go of the whole world and remaining steadfast, being mindful, overcomes the craving termed clinging in the world.
"Having seen the danger in sensual pleasures" means having seen, by such statements as "sensual pleasures are like a skeleton, of much suffering, of much anguish" and so on, the danger, the fault, of various kinds in object sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures. "Having seen security in renunciation" means renunciation, the going forth, and Nibbāna, because of the state of having gone forth from sensual pleasures and existences, having seen them as security, as free from danger. Escaped, unbound from all sensual pleasures, that is, from phenomena of the three planes. All phenomena of the three planes too are sensual pleasures in the sense of being desirable, and the elder is unbound from them. Therefore he said "the elimination of mental corruptions has been attained by me."
Thus the elder, having expounded the Teaching with the first five verses, declared the final liberating knowledge with the sixth verse. Having heard that, the father-in-law, thinking "This one is untainted everywhere; it is not possible to entice him in sensual pleasures," went back by the very way he had come. The elder too, when the Blessed One had attained final Nibbāna a hundred years ago, being one hundred and twenty years old from full ordination, having become the elder of the earth, having purified the tumour of the Dispensation raised by the Vesālian Vajjiputtakas, having recited together the second recital of the Teaching, having commanded the Great Brahmā Tissa "Purify the tumour that will arise in the future time of Dhammāsoka," he attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sabbakāmi is concluded.
The commentary on the Book of Sixes is concluded.
7.
The Book of the Sevens
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sundarasamudda
459-465.
In the Book of Sevens, "Adorned" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Sundarasamudda.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Rājagaha as the son of a certain millionaire of great wealth.
His name was "Samudda."
But through the perfection of beauty he became known as "Sundarasamudda."
He, being in the first stage of life, having seen the majestic power of the Buddha at the Blessed One's entry into Rājagaha, having gained faith, having gone forth because of having the disposition of escape, having obtained full ordination, having undertaken the ascetic practices, having gone from Rājagaha to Sāvatthī, having learnt the practice of insight in the presence of a good friend, dwells devoting himself to the meditation subject.
His mother in Rājagaha, on a festival day, having seen other merchants' sons with their wives, adorned and prepared, playing festival games, having remembered her son, weeps.
Having seen her, a certain courtesan asked the reason for her weeping.
She told her that reason.
Having heard that, the courtesan, having said "I shall bring him back; just see my womanly power," having been given much wealth by her saying "If so, having made you his wife, I shall make you the mistress of this family," having been sent off, having gone to Sāvatthī with a great retinue, dwelling in a certain house at the place where the elder walked for almsfood, day after day she had others give almsfood to the elder attentively.
And having become adorned and prepared, having mounted golden slippers, she showed herself.
Then one day, having seen the elder going past the house door, having taken off her golden slippers, having raised joined palms, going before him, she invited the elder in various ways with an invitation to sensual pleasures.
Having heard that, the elder, thinking "The mind of a worldling is indeed unsteady; what if I should make effort right now," standing right there, having aroused zeal in meditation, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
With reference to that it was said -
459.
With feet lacquered, having mounted sandals, the courtesan.
460.
She spoke to me with smooth and soft words, having first smiled.
461.
Enjoy human sensual pleasures, I give you wealth;
I promise you the truth, or I shall carry fire for you.
462.
Both of us shall go forth, a winning throw in both respects.'
463.
Adorned, well-dressed, like a snare of Death laid out.
464.
Danger became manifest, disenchantment was established.
465.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
Therein, "wearing garlands" means one who wears garlands, bedecked with flower garlands. "Decorated" means one whose body is decorated with flowers and with scented ointments and so on, by way of filling in what is lacking. By this "adorned," the adorning with ornaments such as those worn on the hands, those worn on the neck, and so on is intended. "With feet lacquered" means with a pair of feet dyed with lac-colouring of the colour of mature red China-rose flowers. This is a compound term; where "alattakakatapādā" should be said, it is said by making it long for the sake of metrical ease in the verse. But in the non-compound form, "of her" should be understood as the remainder of the expression. "Having mounted sandals, the courtesan" means one woman who lives by her beauty, in the aforesaid attire, having put on golden slippers; "standing" is the remainder of the expression.
"Having descended from the sandals" means having come down from the sandals, having taken off the golden slippers - this is the meaning. "With joined palms" means that courtesan, with raised joined palms, to me. Or "she herself" means without a succession of words, by herself she spoke. "Smoothly" means with what is polished. "Softly" means with what is sweet. "With words" - even though not stated, it is as if stated, because "she spoke" was said.
"You are young, gone forth" means you, going forth as a youth, having been just young, have gone forth; it shows that surely one going forth should go forth only upon reaching the seventh decade. "Remain in my instruction" means remain in my word.
But what is that? She said "enjoy human sensual pleasures" - for one wishing to enjoy sensual pleasures, beauty, success in youth, success in retinue, and success in wealth are to be desired. Therein, thinking he might say "from where would I have success in wealth?" she said "I give you wealth." Thinking he might think "how is this word to be believed?" making him believe it, she said "I promise you the truth, or I shall carry fire for you." "Enjoy human sensual pleasures, I give you wealth" - that which was promised by me, I promise that definitely as truth itself; if you do not trust me, I shall carry fire for you - having carried fire, I make an oath based on fire - this is the meaning. "A winning throw in both respects" means our going forth of both of us in old age is a winning throw in both respects. In that we enjoy wealth until the time of leaning on a stick, thus even in this world we are not deprived of wealth; we shall go forth afterwards, thus even in the world beyond we are not deprived of wealth - this is the intention. "Then" means on that account; because of the words spoken by that courtesan who was inviting with sensual pleasures, beginning with "you are young" and beginning with "when we become old." For having made that word a goad, the elder, practising the ascetic duty, fulfilled his own welfare. The remainder is the same as the method stated below.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sundarasamudda is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Lakuṇḍakabhaddiya
466-472.
"In the excellent Ambāṭaka park" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Lakuṇḍakabhaddiya.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family of great wealth in the city of Haṃsavatī, having come of age, while seated hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, at that moment having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those of sweet voice, himself too aspiring to that position, having given a great gift to the community of monks headed by the Buddha, he made the aspiration: "Oh, may I too in the future, like this monk, become the foremost among those of sweet voice in the Dispensation of a Buddha."
And the Blessed One, having seen that there was no obstacle for him, having declared it, departed.
He, having performed meritorious deeds there for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Phussa, having become a cuckoo named Cittapatta, while going from the royal garden having taken a sweet mango fruit with his beak, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, he produced the thought "I shall give it." The Teacher, having known his mind, having taken his bowl, sat down. The cuckoo placed the ripe mango in the bowl of the One of Ten Powers. The Teacher consumed it. That cuckoo, with a gladdened mind, spent a week with that very rapture and happiness. And by that meritorious action he became sweet voiced. Now, in the time of the Perfectly Enlightened One Kassapa, when a shrine was begun, "Of what measure shall we make it? Of seven yojanas in measure. That is too great. Of six yojanas in measure. That too is too great. Five yojanas, four yojanas, three yojanas, two yojanas" - when this was said, this one, having been the chief carpenter at that time, having said "Come, my dear, it is fitting to make it easy to look after in the future," encircling with a rope, standing at a distance of a league, said "Let each side be a league, the shrine will be one yojana in circumference and one yojana in height." They stood by his word. Thus he made a measure for the immeasurable Buddha. But by that action, in whatever place he was reborn, he was of shorter measure than others.
He, in the time of our Teacher, was reborn in a family of great wealth in Sāvatthī; his name was Bhaddiyatissa. But because of his excessive shortness, he became known as Lakuṇḍakabhaddiya. He, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, having become very learned, a speaker of the Teaching, expounded the Teaching to others with a sweet voice. Then on one festival day, a certain courtesan, going in a chariot together with a certain brahmin, having seen the elder, laughed showing her teeth. The elder, having taken the sign of her teeth-bones, having produced meditative absorption, having made that the foundation, having established insight, became a non-returner. He, frequently dwelling with mindfulness of the body, one day, being exhorted by the Venerable General of the Teaching, became established in arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.
Walking about for leg exercise, I came to the monastery of the Community.
He praised the excellent disciple among those of sweet voice.
Having paid homage at the Teacher's feet, I aspired for that state.
In the future time, you will obtain that wish.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Bhaddiya by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.
Difficult to approach, difficult to overcome, the Conqueror, highest in all the world.
Seeking the welfare of all beings, he freed many from bondage.
Near the perfumed chamber, in a mango tree I dwelt.
Having gladdened my mind, I chirped with a sweet sound.
Having taken a lump of mangoes, I offered it to the Enlightened by himself.
The Leader took up the bowl from the attendant's hand.
Having put it in the bowl with my wings, having made a salutation charmingly.
Singing for the purpose of honouring the Buddha, having gone to my nest, I lay down.
A hawk, having approached, killed me, with a corrupted mind.
I came to the human realm, owing to that action.
Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.
Having trained those accessible to instruction, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
For the purpose of venerating the Buddha, they make a monument to the Teacher.
We shall make for the great sage,' thus they consult.
Having been, I spoke the measure at the shrine of the immeasurable one.
For the hero among men, adorned with various jewels.
Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.
In the excellent city of Sāvatthī, prosperous, opulent, of great riches.
Having gone forth, not long after, I attained arahantship.
I was born with a dwarfish body, worthy of contempt.
I attained pre-eminence among monks of sweet voice.
Accomplished in the fruit of asceticism, I dwell without mental corruptions.
"Mental defilements have been burnt by me, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
Afterwards, declaring final liberating knowledge -
466.
Having uprooted craving with its root, there the auspicious one meditates.
467.
But I at the root of a tree, delighted in the Buddha's Dispensation.
468.
I would take for the whole world, constant mindfulness of the body."
She spoke these three verses.
Therein, "excellent" (pare) means the foremost, the superior; the meaning is distinguished. For this word "para" is one denoting superiority, as in such passages as "beyond measure" and so on. "Ambāṭaka park" means in the park so named. It is said that it was endowed with shade and water, adorned with a jungle thicket, and delightful; therefore it was spoken of as qualified by "excellent." And they say "In the Ambāṭaka grove means in the grove marked by ambāṭaka trees." "In the jungle thicket" means in the dense forest, in the mass of thickly packed trees, shrubs, and creepers - the meaning is forest. "Bhaddiya" means one so named; the elder speaks of himself as if speaking of another. "Having uprooted craving with its root" - the root of craving is ignorance. Therefore the meaning is having eradicated craving together with ignorance by the highest path. "There the auspicious one meditates" - auspicious and beautiful through supramundane morality and so on, in that very jungle thicket, because of having performed his obligations, he meditates through the meditative absorption of the highest fruition by way of pleasant abiding in the present life.
He spends his time in the happiness of fruition and in the meditative attainments of absorption - having thus shown his own delight in seclusion, by the verse "some delight" also, he shows that very meaning by way of contrast. Therein, "with small drums" means with tambourines such as the aṅgika and so on. "With lutes" means with lutes such as the nandinī and so on. "With tabors" means some who enjoy sensual pleasures delight in musical instruments; but that delight of theirs is ignoble and not connected with benefit. "But I" means I, however, alone, delighted in the Dispensation of the Buddha, the Blessed One; for that very reason, delighted and devoted at the root of a tree, I dwell - this is the meaning.
Having thus praised his own delight in seclusion, now, for the purpose of praising the meditation subject of mindfulness of the body by developing which he attained arahantship, he spoke the verse "if the Buddha were to grant me." Its meaning is - If the Buddha, the Blessed One, being requested by me thus "I ask the Blessed One for one boon, venerable sir," without rejecting it by saying "Truth-finders have gone beyond boons, monk," were to grant me the boon as requested, and that boon, fulfilling my intention, were to be obtained, it would bring my wish to its summit - thus the elder speaks by way of supposition. Showing that he would take the boon by making it thus: "Venerable sir, may the whole world at all times develop the meditation subject of mindfulness of the body" - that is, "mindfulness of the body should be constantly developed for the whole world" - he said "I would take for the whole world, constant mindfulness of the body." Now, praising investigation by way of censuring non-investigation -
469.
Overcome by the power of desire and lust, those people do not know me.
470.
The fool obstructed all around, he indeed is carried away by sound.
471.
Seeing the fruit externally, he too is carried away by sound.
472.
One who sees without obstruction, he is not carried away by sound."
He spoke these four verses.
Therein, "those who measured me by appearance" means those foolish people who, by my appearance which is displeasing and inferior, thinking "his wisdom is similar to his appearance," and by the body of the Teaching too, measured me as inferior, the meaning is they imagined by way of defining, despising me as "this one is inferior." "And those who followed by sound" means those beings who, by my charming sound, followed me by way of esteem and considered me highly - that of theirs is wrong; for indeed I should not be looked down upon merely by appearance, nor should I be highly regarded merely by sound. Therefore, "overcome by the power of desire and lust, those people do not know me" means those people of both kinds, having come under the power of desire and lust, with desire and lust not abandoned, do not know me who has entirely abandoned desire and lust.
To show that one like me is not within the domain of those whose subject matter, both internally and externally, has not been fully understood, "internally" and so on was said. "Internally" means the phenomena of aggregates, sense bases, and so on in one's own continuity. "Externally" means in the continuity of others. Or alternatively, "internally" means the aggregate of morality of one beyond training and so on within me. "Externally" means the occurrence of material phenomena externally connected with the achievement of deportment and so on of me myself, and the occurrence of eye-consciousness and so on. "Obstructed all around" means thus, through not knowing both internally and externally, one endowed with obstruction all around, one whose knowledge is covered over. "He indeed is carried away by sound" means that fool, one whose understanding depends on others, is carried away, led, and dragged along by sound, by the words of others.
"But he sees with insight externally" means whoever, by the method stated, does not know internally, but externally, by following what has been heard, or by ascertaining the achievement of deportment and so on, sees distinctively. He imagines "he may be endowed with a distinction of virtue." He too, seeing the fruit externally, grasping merely the fruit by grasping the method, is carried away by sound in the manner stated. He too does not know one like me - this is the meaning.
But whoever knows internally the virtues such as the aggregate of morality of one beyond training and so on within one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, and externally sees distinctively the connection with distinction of virtue through discernment of his practice. One who sees without obstruction, having become uncovered by anything, able to see and know the virtues of the noble ones, he is not carried away merely by sound, because of seeing as it really is.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Lakuṇḍakabhaddiya is concluded.
3.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Bhadda
473-479.
"An only son" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Bhadda.
What is the origin?
It is said that this one venerated the Blessed One Padumuttara and the community of monks numbering a hundred thousand with the four requisites beginning with robes.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a millionaire's family in Sāvatthī.
And when he was being reborn to mother and father who were childless, even though they had performed prayers to deities and so on, not obtaining a son, having approached the Teacher, having said "If, venerable sir, we shall obtain one son, we will give him to you for the purpose of servitude," having made their request and departed, a certain young god who stood with his life span exhausted, having known the Teacher's intention, being commanded by Sakka, the king of the gods, "Be reborn in such and such a family," was reborn there; they gave him the name Bhadda.
When he had reached seven years of age, his mother and father, having adorned him, having led him to the presence of the Blessed One, said "This, venerable sir, is the boy obtained by requesting you; we hand him over to you."
The Teacher commanded the Elder Ānanda -
"Give the going forth to this one."
And having commanded, he entered the perfumed chamber.
The elder, having given him the going forth, taught in brief the approach to insight.
He, because of being endowed with decisive support, doing the work of insight, before the sun had even set, having aroused zeal in meditation, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
All the populace approaches, the foremost leader of the entire world.
All give to the Teacher, in the unsurpassed field of merit.
Having invited the foremost Buddha, and also the unsurpassed Community.
And the whole community of monks, the unsurpassed field of merit.
With a cotton-mattress and a woollen coverlet embroidered with flowers, with linen and cotton;
Very precious I prepared, a seat fit for a Buddha.
Surrounded by the community of monks, came to my door.
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I bowed down to the home of the Community.
With a confident mind, glad at heart, I satisfied them with the finest food.
Having sat down in the community of monks, he spoke these verses.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
He will experience success, honoured by the nymphs.
And fifty-one times he will be a wheel-turning monarch.
And he, having gone forth afterwards, urged on by wholesome root;
Bhaddiya by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
And all the fruition has been attained, today I have abandoned the mental defilements.
Having sat down in the community of monks, established me in the foremost position.
The six higher knowledges have been realised, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
The Blessed One, having known the arising of his six higher knowledges, said "Come, Bhadda." He, at that very moment, having approached the Teacher, having paid homage, stood with joined palms near the Teacher, and that itself was his full ordination. This was, it is said, a full ordination by the Buddha. The elder, declaring final liberating knowledge by way of narrating his own life story beginning from birth -
473.
Obtained through many ascetic practices and through prayers.
474.
Both father and mother, brought me near to the Buddha.
475.
We give him to you, O protector, as an attendant of the Conqueror.
476.
'Give the going forth to this one quickly, this one will be of good breed.'
477.
While the sun had not yet set, thereupon my mind was liberated.
478.
'Come, Bhadda,' he said to me, that was my full ordination.
479.
The three true knowledges have been attained, oh, the good nature of the Dhamma!"
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "through ascetic practices" means having heard the word of ascetics and brahmins who said "By doing thus you will obtain a son," having given milk to drink, through the practices of fasting and so on. "Through prayers" means through prayers to deities and through prayer to the Teacher. And this alone is the reason here; the other the elder states for the purpose of showing the practice of the mother and father and for the purpose of showing the state of being obtained with difficulty.
"They" means the mother and father. "Upanāmayun" means they offered.
"Delicately nurtured" means nourished in happiness. "Te" means to you. "An attendant" means one who does one's bidding.
"This one will be of good breed" means this boy will be of good breed in my Dispensation. Therefore "give the going forth quickly, today itself" - this he said, he spoke.
"Having given the going forth" means having given the going forth by the Elder Ānanda. "The dwelling" means the perfumed chamber. "While the sun had not yet set" means while the sun had not yet set indeed. "Thereupon my mind was liberated" means thereupon, after the commencement of insight, not long after, in a moment, my mind was liberated from all mental corruptions; I became one who has eliminated the mental corruptions.
"Then" means after my elimination of the mental corruptions. "Having disregarded" means having resolved upon the fruition attainment attained by himself, and then having emerged from it. Therefore he said "emerged from seclusion." "That was my full ordination" means whatever word of the Teacher was uttered with reference to me, "Come, Bhadda," that itself was my full ordination. Thus "at seven years old by birth, full ordination was obtained by me" shows surpassingly the assistance done for himself by the Teacher and the quality of the Dispensation as leading to liberation. Therefore he said "oh, the good nature of the Dhamma!"
And here, even though he has made known the state of having eliminated the mental corruptions by saying "my mind was liberated," again saying "the three true knowledges have been attained" is for the purpose of showing a portion of mundane direct knowledge and of making clear the state of possessing the six higher knowledges. Therefore it is said in the Apadāna: "The six higher knowledges have been realised."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Bhadda is concluded.
4.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sopāka
480-486.
The verses beginning with "Having seen in the shade of the mansion" are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sopāka.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Siddhattha, having been reborn in a brahmin family, having attained discretion, having attained accomplishment in the brahminical sciences and crafts, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, was dwelling on a certain mountain.
The Teacher, having known him to be near death, went to his presence.
He, having seen the Blessed One, with a gladdened mind, declaring lofty joy and pleasure, having prepared a seat made of flowers, offered it.
The Teacher, having sat down there, having spoken a talk on the Teaching connected with impermanence, while he was watching, went through space.
He, having abandoned the view of permanence previously grasped, having placed the perception of impermanence in his heart, having died, having arisen in the heavenly world, wandering again and again among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Rājagaha in the realm of an outcast.
He became known by the name Sopāka, derived from his birth.
Some, however, say "He was reborn in a merchant family, and 'Sopāka' is merely a name."
That is contradicted by the Apadāna text, because of the statement "When the final existence was attained, I went to the realm of an outcast."
When he was four months old, his father died; his uncle nourished him. In due course he became seven years old. One day his uncle, having become angry thinking "He quarrels with my own son," having taken him to the cemetery, having tied his two hands together with a rope, having tightly bound him with that very rope to the body of a dead person, went away thinking "Let the jackals and others devour him." Due to the fruit of merit of the boy who was a being in his last existence, he was not able to kill him himself, and the jackals and others too did not overcome him. The boy at the time of midnight wailed thus -
For one bound in the midst of a cemetery, who is the giver of fearlessness to me?"
The Teacher, at that time surveying kinsmen accessible to instruction, having seen the decisive support for arahantship blazing within the boy's heart, having pervaded with light, having aroused mindfulness, spoke thus -
I will help you cross, as the moon from the mouth of Rāhu."
The boy, his bonds cut by the power of the Buddha, at the conclusion of the verse, having become a stream-enterer, stood before the perfumed chamber. His mother, not seeing her son, having asked the uncle, when the news of him was not told by him, going here and there searching, thinking "Buddhas, it is said, know the past, future, and present; what if I were to approach the Blessed One and learn the news of my son," went to the Teacher's presence. The Teacher, having concealed him by supernormal power, when asked by her "Venerable sir, I do not see my son, but the Blessed One knows the news of him" -
For one overcome by the Ender, there is no protection among kin."
He expounded the Teaching. Having heard that, she became a stream-enterer. The boy attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
The Blessed One named Siddhattha came to my presence.
Having spread out a mat, I gave a seat of flowers.
And having understood my destination, spoke of impermanence.
Having arisen, they cease; their appeasement is happiness.
The hero rose up into the sky, like a king of swans in the firmament.
Having developed it for one day, there I passed away.
When the final existence was attained, I went to the realm of an outcast.
Seven years old by birth, I attained arahantship.
Having pleased the great elephant, I received full ordination.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the gift of flowers.
Developing that perception, the elimination of mental corruptions has been attained by me.
Then the Blessed One withdrew his supernormal power. She too, having seen her son, full of mirth, having heard of his state of having eliminated the mental corruptions, having given him the going forth, departed. He, having approached the Teacher who was walking up and down in the shade of the perfumed chamber, having paid homage, followed walking behind. The Blessed One, wishing to permit his full ordination, asked ten questions beginning with "What is called one?" He too, grasping the Teacher's intention, comparing it with omniscient knowledge, answered those questions beginning with "All beings are sustained by nutriment." Because of that very thing, those became known as the boy's questions. The Teacher, with mind pleased by his answering of the questions, permitted full ordination. Because of that, it became known as the full ordination by answering questions. Having made known this story of himself, the elder, declaring final liberating knowledge -
480.
Having approached him there, I paid homage to the highest of men.
481.
I walked up and down following the stainless one, the highest of all beings.
482.
Fearless and unafraid, I answered the Teacher.
483.
Having looked at the Community of monks, he spoke this matter.
484.
Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;
Rising up in respect and proper treatment, it is a gain for them,' he said.
485.
Let this itself, Sopāka, be your full ordination.'
486.
I bear my final body, oh, the good nature of the Dhamma!" He spoke these verses.
Therein, "in the shade of the mansion" means in the shade of the perfumed chamber. "I paid homage" means I bowed down.
"Having joined my hands together" means having brought both hands together in the shape of a lotus bud, having raised joined palms - this is the meaning. "I walked up and down following" means I walked up and down by way of following behind the Teacher as he was walking up and down. "Stainless" means free from the impurity of lust and so on.
"Questions" means the Boy's Questions. "The wise one" means one who has known what should be known; the meaning is the Omniscient One. Because the trepidation and fear arising with the thought "The Teacher is questioning me" had been abandoned by the destruction of the bridge, he answered fearless and unafraid.
"Of whom" (yesāyaṃ) means this Sopāka of the Aṅgas and Magadhans. "Requisite" means requisite for the sick. "Proper conduct" (sāmīciṃ) means the proper act of giving way, offering seeds, and so on.
"From this day forth" (ajjadagge): the letter "da" serves as a word-connector; having made today the foremost, from today onwards. "Ajjatagge" is also a reading; the meaning is "having made today the beginning." "Approach for an audience" (dassanāyopasaṅkama) means without thinking "he is of low birth" or "he is younger in age," approach me for an audience. "This itself" (esā ceva) means that answering of questions which was done by him having compared it with my omniscient knowledge. The explanation is: "Let this itself be your full ordination," thus he said. "Full ordination was obtained by me" (laddhā me upasampadā) is also a reading. But those who read "laddhāna upasampada," for them "by seven years" (sattavassena) means "in the seventh year" - this is the meaning; or the remainder of the expression is "having been seven years old." But whatever has not been said here is easily understood.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sopāka is completed.
5.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sarabhaṅga
487-493.
"Reeds with hands" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Sarabhaṅga.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born as the son of a certain brahmin in Rājagaha; his name, which was not specially marked, came down through the family lineage.
He, having come of age, having abandoned sensual pleasures, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, having broken reed grasses by himself, having made a hermitage, dwelt there.
Thenceforth his designation was "Sarabhaṅga."
Then the Blessed One, surveying the world with the Buddha-eye, having seen his decisive support for arahantship, having gone there, expounded the Teaching.
He, having gained faith, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long, having attained arahantship, dwelt right there.
Then the hermitage made during his time as a hermit became old and dilapidated.
Having seen that, people said "Why, venerable sir, do you not repair this hut?"
The elder, making known all of that - "The hut as it was made during the time as a hermit, now it is not possible to make it so" -
487.
On account of that, 'Sarabhaṅga' was my name by convention.
488.
Training rules have been laid down for us, by Gotama of great fame." He spoke two verses.
Therein, "having broken reeds with hands" means formerly, during the time as a hermit, having cut reed grasses with my hands, having made a grass hut, I stayed, I dwelt, I sat down and I lay down. "On account of that" means by the breaking of reeds for the purpose of making a hut. "By convention" means by a convention according to the meaning, "Sarabhaṅga" - the name was, it came to be.
"It is not allowable for me today" means today, now, for me who am fully ordained, to break reeds, reed grasses, with my hands is not allowable, is not proper. Why? "Training rules have been laid down for us, by Gotama of great fame." By that he shows that whatever training rule has been laid down by our Teacher, we do not transgress it even for the sake of our life.
Having thus shown the reason for not repairing the grass hut by one method, now showing it by yet another method -
489.
That disease was seen, by one obedient to the Super God." He spoke this verse.
Therein, "entire" means all. "Complete" means full; the meaning is without remainder from every aspect. "Disease" - he speaks with reference to the fivefold aggregate of clinging which has become a disease in the sense of affliction by way of the suffering of suffering and so on. "I did not see before" means before the obtaining of the Teacher's exhortation, I did not see. "That disease was seen, by one obedient to the Super God" - because of standing having surpassed all gods - conventional gods, rebirth gods, and purification gods - by his own virtues such as morality and so on, by Sarabhaṅga who was obedient to the exhortation of the Perfectly Enlightened One who is the Super God, that disease reckoned as the five aggregates was seen from the five aggregates by path wisdom together with insight wisdom; the meaning is fully understood. By this he shows that one who is thus without concern even for the hut of individual existence, how would he repair an external grass hut?
Now, the path by which, practising it, this disease of individual existence was seen by me as it really is - that path is common to all Buddhas. By which their teaching of exhortation too is like gold broken in the middle, wherein having established myself I attained the elimination of suffering - thus declaring his own practice for the attainment of arahantship -
490.
Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa, by that same straight path Gotama went.
491.
By whom this Teaching was taught, by those such ones who have become the Teaching.
492.
Suffering, origin, path, cessation, the elimination of suffering.
493.
Upon the dissolution of this body, and the extinction of life;
There is no other rebirth, I am well liberated everywhere."
He spoke these verses -
Therein, "by the very path" means by the very noble eightfold path together with its preliminary portion. "Gone" means practised, attained Nibbāna. "Vipassī" means the Perfectly Enlightened One Vipassī. "Kakusandha" is a description without grammatical inflection. "Kakusandhakoṇāgamanā" is also a reading. "By that straight path" means by that very straight path, the noble path.
"Without grasping" means without clinging, or incapable of reconnection. "Grounded upon elimination" means grounded upon Nibbāna, having Nibbāna as support. "By whom this Teaching was taught" means by which seven Perfectly Enlightened Ones this teaching of the Dispensation was taught and proclaimed. "By those who have become the Teaching" means by those of the intrinsic nature of the Teaching through being the body of the Teaching, or by those who have come to be, who have arisen from the nine supramundane states, or by those who have attained the Teaching. "By such ones" means by those who have attained the state of such-likeness towards desirable things and so on.
By "Four noble truths" and so on, he shows the Teaching taught by them. Therein, "four" is a numerical delimitation. "Noble truths" is the seeing of defined phenomena. But as to the meaning of the word, they are noble truths because they are noble and truths in the sense of being unerring; or they are noble truths because they are the truths of the noble Blessed One, since they were taught by him; or they are noble truths because they are truths that produce the noble state. It is suffering because of being contemptible and because of being hollow - the fivefold aggregate of clinging. That suffering arises from this - thus origin; craving. It goes killing mental defilements, or it is sought by those who desire Nibbāna - thus path; the eight factors beginning with right view. In what is termed the wandering in the round of rebirths there is no obstruction here, or upon the attainment of this there is the absence of obstruction for the person, or suffering ceases herein - thus cessation; Nibbāna. Therefore he said "the elimination of suffering." This is the summary here; the detail, however, should be understood in the manner stated in the Visuddhimagga.
"In which" means upon the attainment of which cessation, Nibbāna. "Ceases" means when there is the development of the noble path, the endless, limitless suffering beginning with birth in this round of rebirths does not proceed, is cut off; that is cessation - this is the Teaching expounded by the Perfectly Enlightened Ones who have become the Teaching - this is the explanation. By "upon the dissolution" and so on, he shows in its own form his own attainment of arahantship indicated by the full understanding of suffering as "the disease was seen." But in the reading "in which suffering arises," for the entire verse, therein this is the explanation - In the round of rebirths designated by the succession of aggregates and so on, this endless suffering beginning with birth has arisen; that which is different from this attainment of suffering, by the state of becoming again and again, is rebirth. Upon the extinction of this life faculty, after the dissolution and destruction of the fivefold aggregate termed body, henceforth there is not; therefore I am well liberated, unbound from all mental defilements and from all existences in every respect.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sarabhaṅga is concluded.
The commentary on the Book of Sevens is concluded.
8.
The Book of the Eights
1.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mahākaccāyana
494-501.
In the Book of Eights, the verses beginning with "One should not undertake much work" are of the Venerable Elder Mahākaccāyana.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a very wealthy householder's family, having come of age, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen a certain monk being established in the foremost position among those who analyse in detail the meaning of what has been spoken in brief by the Teacher, himself too aspiring to that position, having made an aspiration, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Sumedha, having become a knower of charms, going through space, having seen the Teacher seated in a certain jungle thicket on the Himalaya mountain, with a gladdened mind, made an offering with kaṇikāra flowers.
He, by that meritorious action, turning again and again only in fortunate destinations, in the time of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, having been reborn in a family home in Bārāṇasī, when the Blessed One had attained final Nibbāna, at the place of making a golden shrine, having made an offering with a golden brick worth a hundred thousand, he made the aspiration: "May my body be golden-coloured in whatever place I am reborn."
Thereupon, having performed wholesome action for as long as life lasted, having transmigrated among gods and humans for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, he was reborn in the house of the chaplain of King Caṇḍapajjota in Ujjenī. On his name-giving day, his mother, thinking "My son is golden-coloured; he has come having brought his own name," gave him the name Kañcanamāṇava. He, following the course of growth, having learnt the three Vedas, by the elapse of his father, obtained the position of chaplain. He became known as Kaccāyana by virtue of his clan. King Caṇḍapajjota, having heard of the arising of a Buddha, sent him saying "Teacher, go there and bring the Teacher here." He, himself as the eighth, approached the presence of the Teacher. The Teacher teaches him the Teaching. At the conclusion of the teaching, he, together with seven persons, became established in arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
A hundred thousand cosmic cycles ago from now, the Leader arose.
Resembling a golden mountain, with radiance equal to the sun's light.
Gone beyond all paths of speech, honoured by humans and deities.
With a continuum bound by compassion, confident in the assemblies.
He lifts up living beings sunk in the mire of delusion.
Going through the sky to the human world, I saw the Conqueror.
Of the hero praising the great virtue of the disciple.
He pleases both the assembly and me, just as this Kaccāyana does.
Therefore henceforth he is the foremost, thus remember, monks.'
Having gone to the Himalaya, having brought a collection of flowers.
Then, having known my disposition, he who abandons conflict made the declaration.
With hair standing on end, with full shoulders, standing unshakeable with joined palms.
Born of the Dhamma, with a heart for learning, resembling one sprinkled with the Deathless.'
In the future time, of Gotama, the great sage.
Kaccāna by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
He will attain that state, just as he was declared by me.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
I go to no other destination, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
I am not born in a low family, this is the fruit of honouring the Buddha.
Under the fierce Pajjota, dependent on the chief priest, a brahmin.
And my mother was named Candimā, I am Kaccāna of excellent skin.
Having seen the leader, the accumulation of virtues, the door to the city of liberation.
I attained the Deathless, the peaceful, together with the remaining seven.
And established in the foremost position, with wish well fulfilled.
Then the Teacher stretched out his hand saying "Come, monks." They at that very instant had hair and beards of only two inches' length, bearing bowls and robes created by supernormal power, and were like elder monks of sixty rains retreats. Thus the elder, having accomplished his own welfare, reported to the Teacher: "Venerable sir, King Pajjota wishes to pay homage at your feet and to hear the Teaching." The Teacher said: "You yourself, monk, go there; even when you have gone, the king will have confidence." The elder, by the Teacher's command, being himself the eighth, having gone there, having gladdened the king, having established the Dispensation among the Avantis, went again to the very presence of the Teacher. He, one day, having seen many monks who had abandoned the ascetic duty, delighting in work, delighting in company, and given over to craving for flavours, dwelling in heedlessness, by way of exhortation to them -
494.
He who is zealous, greedy for flavours, neglects the benefit that brings happiness.
495.
A subtle dart, difficult to remove, honour is hard to give up by a contemptible person."
He spoke two verses.
Therein, "one should not undertake much work" means one should not commence great new construction work such as having new residences built and so on, which becomes an obstruction to the practice of the ascetic duty; but minor work of little undertaking such as the restoration of broken and dilapidated portions and so on should indeed be done for the purpose of honouring the Teacher's word. "One should avoid people" means one should avoid people by way of group socialising. Or "people" means one should avoid such a person who has become a bad friend, of such a kind that when associating with, keeping company with, and attending on whom, wholesome mental states decline and unwholesome mental states increase. "One should not exert oneself" means one should not strive by way of cultivating families for the purpose of producing requisites; because "he who is zealous, greedy for flavours, neglects the benefit that brings happiness" means whatever monk, greedy for flavours, under the control of craving for flavours, is intent on producing requisites, he is zealous for the purpose of cultivating families, happy when they are happy, unhappy when they are unhappy, when duties to be done have arisen he himself commits to exertion in them; whatever benefit that brings happiness - that which brings the happiness of serenity, insight, path, fruition, and Nibbāna, the benefit beginning with morality - that he neglects, abandons, absolutely separates himself from it. This is the meaning.
Thus, having exhorted by the first verse "One should avoid delight in work, delight in company, and greed for requisites," now censuring the desire for honour, he spoke the second verse. Its meaning is - That salutation and veneration which is being done by householders through esteem for virtues in families towards those gone forth who have approached for alms - since the noble ones such as the Buddha and others declared, directly knew, or made known that this is mire, mud, for those who are undeveloped, in the sense of causing them to sink and in the sense of making them impure; and since they declared that the desire for honour of blind worldlings whose aggregates have not been fully understood is a subtle dart, difficult to remove, because of its nature being difficult to discern, because of generating affliction, because of piercing within, and because of being impossible to extract - for that very reason, honour is hard to give up by a contemptible person, difficult to abandon, because of his not undertaking the practice of abandoning it. For by the abandoning of the desire for honour, honour is abandoned; therefore it shows that exertion should be made for its abandoning -
496.
One should not pursue that oneself, for mortals have action as their kinsman.
497.
As oneself knows him, so too the gods know him.
498.
Those who understand this, thereby their quarrels are appeased.
499.
But with the loss of wisdom, even one with wealth does not live.
500.
Yet the wise one should not reject all that is seen and heard.
501.
One with wisdom should be as if mute, one with strength as if weak;
Then when a matter has arisen, one should lie like one dead."
He spoke these six verses by way of exhortation to King Pajjota. It is said that he, having believed the brahmins, had animal-slaughter sacrifices performed, and without even investigating the case, he punished the innocent with the perception of them being thieves, and in the court of justice he made non-owners into owners and owners into non-owners. Thereupon the elder, in order to separate him from that, spoke six verses beginning with "Not on account of another."
Therein, "not on account of another, the evil action of a mortal" means one should not pursue evil action such as killing, imprisonment and so on, having compared with, with reference to, having made a reason for another mortal, another being; the meaning is one should not have it done by another. "One should not pursue that oneself" means one should not do that evil even by oneself. Why? "For mortals have action as their kinsman" - these mortals are heirs to their actions; therefore one should not do any evil deed oneself, nor should one have it done by another. This is the meaning.
"Not by another's word is one a thief" means without having committed theft oneself, by another's word, by the mere utterance of another, one is not called a thief. Likewise, "not by another's word is one a sage" - by the mere utterance of another, one does not become a sage of thoroughly purified bodily, verbal and mental conduct. Here indeed "pare" is a description made by eliding the case ending. Some, however, say "where 'pares' should be said, 'pare' is stated by eliding the saṃ-kāra." "As oneself knows him" means one's own self, that is, one's mind, knows that being as he really is, knowing "I am pure or impure." "The gods too know him likewise" means purification gods and rebirth gods likewise know, they cognise, they understand. Therefore oneself and such gods are the measure in knowing the state of purity or impurity of the pure and impure, not any beings whatsoever who are overcome by desire and hate. This is the intention.
"Others" means setting aside the wise, the others apart from them - those who, not knowing wholesome and unwholesome action, blameworthy and blameless action, the fruit of action, the foulness of the body, and the impermanence of activities, are here called "others." They do not know "we here in this world of the living are perishing, are ceasing, we are constantly, continuously going near to Death." "Those who understand this" means those who are wise therein understand "we are going near to Death." "Thereby their quarrels are appeased" means for thus knowing, they proceed towards the appeasement of quarrels and violence against others; the meaning is they themselves do not quarrel with and do not afflict others. But you, for the sake of livelihood, even making the innocent into thieves, even making owners into non-owners by punishment, you afflict through loss of wealth, due to deficiency of wisdom. Even without doing so, the wise one lives, even with the utter elimination of wealth; even one whose wealth is exhausted, being wise by nature, contented with whatsoever contentment, lives indeed by a blameless livelihood. For that indeed is called living. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Living by wisdom they call life foremost." But an imprudent person, with the loss of wisdom, failing in the benefit pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life, even one with wealth does not live; through the occurrence of reproach and so on, though living, he is not truly living; through not knowing the right means, destroying whatever wealth has been obtained, he is indeed unable even to sustain his life.
It is said that the elder spoke these four verses also to the king by means of a dream. The king, having seen a dream, while venerating the elder, having awoken, when the night became light, having approached the elder, having paid homage, related the dream according to the procedure he himself had seen. Having heard that, the elder, having spoken those verses in response, exhorted the king with two verses beginning with "one hears everything." Therein, "one hears everything with the ear" means here one who is not deaf hears with the ear all sound that should be heard, that has come into range, all that is well-spoken and ill-spoken. Likewise, one who is not blind sees with the eye all form, beautiful and ugly; this is the intrinsic nature of the faculties. Therein, however, "yet the wise one should not reject all that is seen and heard" - this is merely an illustration. For whatever is seen or heard, the wise one, the one with wisdom, does not deserve to reject, to abandon, or to accept all of that. But having examined the virtues and faults therein, one deserves to reject what should be rejected and to accept what should be accepted. Therefore, "one with eyes should be as if blind" - even though possessing eyes, with regard to what is seen that should be rejected, one should be as if blind, as if not seeing; likewise, with regard to what is heard that should be rejected, even one with ears should be as if deaf, as if not hearing. "One with wisdom should be as if mute" means one who is wise with the wisdom of examination, even though skilled in speech, should be as if mute regarding what should not be spoken. "One with strength," even though accomplished in vigour, regarding what should not be done, should be as if weak - the letter "ra" serves as a word-connector - as if unable. "Then when a matter has arisen, one should lie like one dead" means when a task that ought to be done by oneself has arisen and is at hand, one should lie like one dead; even having lain like one dead, that task should indeed be accomplished, it should not be neglected. Or alternatively, "then when a matter has arisen" means when a matter or task that should not be done by oneself has arisen and is at hand, one should lie like one dead; even having lain like one dead, that should indeed not be done. For a wise person does not deserve to do what is inappropriate. Thus exhorted by the elder, the king, having abandoned what ought not to be done, became properly engaged in only what ought to be done.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mahākaccāyana is concluded.
2.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sirimitta
502-509.
"Without wrath" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sirimitto.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born as the son of a householder of great wealth in Rājagaha, and received the name Sirimitto.
It is said that his mother was the sister of Sirigutta.
His story has come in the Dhammapada Commentary itself.
He, Sirimitto, the nephew of Sirigutta, having come of age, having gained confidence in the Teacher at the taming of Dhanapāla, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship.
One day, having ascended the seat to recite the Pātimokkha, having taken a decorated fan, seated, he expounded the Teaching to the monks.
And while speaking, analysing and showing the more lofty virtues -
502.
Such a monk indeed, thus after death does not grieve.
503.
A monk with guarded doors always, thus after death does not grieve.
504.
That monk of good morality, thus after death does not grieve.
505.
That monk of good friends, thus after death does not grieve.
506.
That monk of good wisdom, thus after death does not grieve.
507.
And whose morality is good, dear to the noble ones, praised.
508.
They call him 'not poor', his life is not in vain.
509.
The wise one should pursue, remembering the Buddhas' teaching." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "without wrath" means one whose nature is not to be angry. For when a sign for the arising of wrath has presented itself, standing firm in the patience of endurance, he is one who does not give rise to irritation. "Without resentment" means not bearing hostility; one whose nature is not to bind up wrath by way of "He reviled me, he struck me, he defeated me, he robbed me" and so on, dependent on an offence committed by others. "Without deceit" because of the absence of deceit, which has the characteristic of concealing one's own existing faults. "Rid of slander" because of being devoid of divisive speech. "Such a monk indeed" means he is a monk of such form, of such nature, endowed with the aforesaid qualities. "Thus" means by the aforesaid practice, after death he does not grieve in the world beyond, because of the absence of a cause for sorrow. "With guarded doors" means one whose eye-door and so on and body-door and so on are guarded, shut, and restrained - thus "with guarded doors." "Of good morality" means of beautiful morality, of well-purified morality. "Good friend" means -
A maker of profound talk, and he does not urge towards an impossibility."
One whose good friend has characteristics thus made clear - thus "good friend." "Of good wisdom" means of beautiful wisdom. Although there is no wisdom that is not beautiful, this is said by way of wisdom leading to liberation.
Thus here, having shown right practice by way of suppression and by way of eradication of wrath and so on, through the approach beginning with non-wrath, by a verse based on the standpoint of persons, now, having taken up the accomplished supramundane faith and so on, showing right practice by a verse based on the standpoint of persons itself, he said beginning with "whose faith." Its meaning is - Whatever person's faith in the Truth-finder, the Perfectly Enlightened One, proceeding in the manner beginning with "Thus indeed is the Blessed One," arrived at through the path - from that very source unshakeable, unwavering, well established. The term "there is" should be brought and connected. "Agreeable to the noble ones" means pleasant to the noble ones, held dear, because of not abandoning it even in another existence. "Praised" means extolled by the Buddha and others, described, lauded - "there is" is the explanation. But this morality is twofold: the morality of a householder and the morality of one gone forth. Therein, the morality of a householder means the morality of the five training rules, which can be kept by a householder. The morality of one gone forth means, with reference to the morality of the ten training rules, all the fourfold purification morality; all this should be understood as "good" because of being unbroken and so on and because of not being adhered to.
"One who has confidence in the Community" means confidence, faith in the noble Community by the method beginning with "The Community of the Blessed One's disciples is practising well" - for whatever person there is - "unshakeable, well established" should be brought and connected. "And whose vision is upright" means upright because of the absence of crookedness of view and the absence of crookedness of mental defilements. Not crooked, not bent - the twofold vision, namely the vision of the ownership of actions and the vision of mentality-materiality with its conditions, for whoever there is, unshakeable, well established - this is the explanation. "Not poor" - they call him thus: because of the existence of these well-purified treasures - the treasure of faith, the treasure of morality, the treasure of learning, the treasure of generosity, the treasure of wisdom - the noble ones such as the Buddha and others call such a person "not poor." "His life is not in vain" means the life of that such person, through the achievement of benefits pertaining to the present life and so on, is not in vain, not barren, but fruitful indeed - thus they say. This is the meaning.
"Therefore" means since a person endowed with the aforesaid qualities beginning with faith is called "not poor, one whose life is not futile," therefore "may I too become such." "Faith and" etc. "Teaching" means a son of good family, recollecting the teaching of the Buddhas stated by "the non-performance of all evil" and so on, should engage in and cultivate the aforementioned variety of faith and morality and confidence that has become deliverance through firm determination in the Teaching rooted in the vision of the Teaching.
Thus the elder, by way of teaching the Dhamma to the monks, making known the virtues existing in himself, declared the final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sirimitta is concluded.
3.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mahāpanthaka
510-517.
"When I first saw" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Mahāpanthaka.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been a householder accomplished in wealth in the city of Haṃsavatī, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those skilled in the transformation of perception, himself too aspiring to that position of rank, having carried on a great gift for seven days to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, "Venerable sir, that monk whom you at the summit of the seventh day from now -
'This one is the foremost in my Dispensation of those skilled in the transformation of perception' - established in the foremost position, may I too, by the power of this preparatory action, like that monk, in the future become the foremost in the Dispensation of a Buddha" - thus he made the aspiration.
Now his younger brother, having likewise performed the preparatory action towards the Blessed One, made the aspiration by way of two factors - the creation of a mind-made body and proficiency in mental transformation - in the very manner stated.
The Blessed One, having seen that the aspiration of both would succeed without obstacle, declared "In the future, at the summit of a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, your aspiration will succeed in the Dispensation of a Perfectly Enlightened One named Gotama."
Both those persons, having performed meritorious deeds there for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, were reborn in the heavenly world. Therein, the good deeds done in the interim by Mahāpanthaka are not spoken of. But Cūḷapanthaka, having gone forth in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Kassapa, having practised the white kasiṇa meditation for twenty thousand years, was reborn in the celestial city. But in the Apadāna it has come thus: "Cūḷapanthaka, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been an ascetic, dwelling in the Himalayas, having seen the Blessed One there, made an offering with a flower umbrella." For them, while wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, a hundred thousand cosmic cycles passed. Then our Teacher, having attained the highest enlightenment, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, was dwelling in the great monastery in the Bamboo Grove in dependence on Rājagaha.
And at that time, the daughter of the wealth-millionaire at Rājagaha, having made intimacy with her own slave, frightened of her relatives, having taken her most valuable possession, having fled together with him, dwelling elsewhere, having conceived an embryo dependent on him, with a fully matured embryo, going thinking "I shall go to the house of my relatives and give birth," having given birth to a son right on the road, having been turned back by her husband, dwelling in the place where she had previously lived, because the son was born on the road, she gave him the name Panthaka. While he was running about and roaming around, at the time of going about, having conceived a second embryo dependent on that very one, with a fully matured embryo, having given birth to a son on the road in the very manner stated previously, having been turned back by her husband, having given the elder son the name Mahāpanthaka and the younger the name Cūḷapanthaka, dwelling in the very place where she had been living, as the boys gradually grew up, being persistently urged by them "Mother, show us our grandfather's family," she sent the boys to the presence of her mother and father. Thenceforth the boys grew up in the house of the wealth-millionaire. Among them, Cūḷapanthaka was very young. But Mahāpanthaka, having gone together with his grandfather to the presence of the Blessed One, having seen the Teacher, having gained faith together with the seeing, having heard the Teaching, through the achievement of decisive support, having become desirous of going forth, asked his grandfather. He, having reported that matter to the Teacher, gave him the going forth. He, having gone forth, having learnt much of the word of the Buddha, having completed the rains retreat, having received full ordination, doing the work of wise attention, having become in particular an obtainer of the four immaterial-sphere meditative absorptions, having emerged from them, having aroused zeal in insight, attained arahantship. Thus he became the foremost of those skilled in the transformation of perception. He, spending his time in the happiness of meditative absorption and the happiness of fruition, one day, having reviewed his own practice, with pleasure arisen on account of the achievement attained, roaring a lion's roar -
510.
Then there was spiritual urgency for me, having seen the highest of men.
511.
Such a Teacher he, having pleased, might fail.
512.
Having cut off hair and beard, I went forth into homelessness.
513.
Paying homage to the Enlightened by himself, I dwelt unconquered.
514.
I would not sit even for a moment, while the dart of craving is not rooted out.
515.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.
516.
I am a Worthy One, worthy of offerings, free, without clinging.
517.
Having dried up all craving, he sat down cross-legged." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "when" means at whatever time. "First" means from the beginning. "I saw" means I beheld; "the Teacher" means the Blessed One. "Safe from every quarter" means fearless. For the meaning here is this: Safe from every quarter, fearless, because of the absence of fear from anywhere since all causes of fear were abandoned at the very foot of the Bodhi tree; the Teacher, the Perfectly Enlightened One, confident with the self-confidence of the four grounds of self-confidence, because of instructing those amenable to instruction as is fitting through benefits pertaining to the present life, the future life, and the highest good - having gone together with my grandfather, at whatever time I first saw him, having seen that highest of men, the foremost person in the world with its gods, then on account of that seeing, after that seeing, there arose in me spiritual urgency, thinking "For so long a time I did not obtain the opportunity to see the Teacher and to hear the Teaching" - knowledge accompanied by moral fear arose. He shows that "Having arisen spiritual urgency, I thus reflected" by the verse "fortune with hands." Its meaning is - Whatever man desirous of non-existence, saying "Having become an attendant, I shall dwell in your presence," were to strike with hands and feet and dismiss and drive out fortune that has come in bodily form and gone to his bed - such an unlucky man, having pleased such a Teacher, the Perfectly Enlightened One, having obtained this ninth moment, might fail, through not following his exhortation might miss it - but I do not act thus; this is the intention. Therefore he said "Then I, etc. homelessness." Therein, "abandoned" means I gave up. "Chaḍḍiya" is also a reading. But surely this elder went forth without having taken a wife, so why did he say "I abandoned children and wife"? Just as a man cutting down a tree that has not yet produced fruit, when it has been cut down, is said to have lost the fruits that would have been obtained from it. This should be seen as having the same accomplishment.
"Attained the training and way of life" means that which is the training in higher morality, and that, where monks live together, having one livelihood and common conduct, endowed with the way of life reckoned as the training rules laid down by that Blessed One, and possessing the state of training, fulfilling the training and not transgressing the way of life, accomplishing both of these - this is the meaning. By that, he shows the state of being established in the well-purified Pātimokkha morality. "Well-restrained in the faculties" means well restrained in the faculties with mind as the sixth. The meaning is that the doors beginning with the eye are well shut by the door panel of mindfulness, by way of preventing the occurrence of covetousness and so on that arise in the domains of visible form and so on. Thus, by showing the accomplishment of Pātimokkha restraint and sense-faculty restraint morality, the remaining morality too is shown in meaning itself. Thus the elder, having shown his own accomplishment of the fourfold purification morality, by this "paying homage to the Enlightened by himself," spoke of the pursuit of the meditation on recollection of the Buddha. "I dwelt unconquered" means having been unconquered by the defilements, Māra and so on, I dwelt; up to the attainment of arahantship, I was unvanquished by them; on the contrary, I dwelt overcoming them - this is the meaning.
"Then" means therefore; because he was of well-purified morality, devoted to the Teacher, and established in the practice of overcoming defilements, therefore. "Aspiration" means determination. Or alternatively, a resolution of the mind. "Was" means it was. "Wished for by the mind" means desired by my mind. But what kind was it? He said "I would not sit even for a moment, while the dart of craving is not rooted out." "While the dart of craving is not pulled out from my heart by the pincers of the highest path, I would not sit even for a moment, I would not undertake sitting" - thus was my resolution of mind - this is the meaning.
But thus, having determined the mind, having developed meditation, spending the night only in standing and walking, having emerged from the immaterial attainment, having established insight by means of the factors of meditative absorption, he realised arahantship. Therefore it was said "for me" and so on. "Without clinging" means without clinging, due to the absence of the clinging of defilements and so on. "At the end of the night" means at the passing away of the night-time, when the night became light. "Towards the rising of the sun" means having made the rising of the sun as the characteristic. "All craving" means having dried up and desiccated by the highest path the entire stream of craving, classified as sensual craving and so on, because of being released from the acknowledgment "I would not sit while the dart of craving is not rooted out." "Sat down cross-legged" means having folded his legs crosswise, he sat down. The remainder is of clear meaning.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mahāpanthaka is concluded.
The commentary on the Book of Eights is concluded.
9.
The Book of the Nines
1.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Bhūta
518-526.
In the Ninth Book, the verses beginning with "When suffering" are those of the Venerable Elder Bhūta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating merit as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Siddhattha, having been reborn in a brahmin family, having received the name "Sena," having attained discretion, one day, having seen the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, praised him with four verses beginning with "The bull, the excellent."
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of a millionaire of great wealth in a village outside the city-gates of the city of Sāketa. It is said that the children born one after another to that millionaire were devoured by a certain demon through a contracted killing; but because this one was a being in his last existence, spirits took up his protection. But the demon, having gone to the attendance of Vessavaṇa, did not come again. And on his naming day, they gave him the name "Bhūta," thinking "When this is done, non-human spirits, having compassion, would look after him." But he, by the power of his own merit, grew up without obstacle; all regarding him should be understood as in the description of the wealth of Yasa, the son of good family, beginning with "He had three mansions." He, having attained discretion, while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāketa, went together with lay followers to the monastery. Having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, dwelling in a rock cell on the bank of a river named Ajakaraṇī, having established insight, before long he attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
The golden-coloured Enlightened by himself, who, having seen him, is not pleased?
So too is the Buddha's meditative absorption, who, having seen it, is not pleased?
So too is the Buddha's morality, who, having seen it, is not pleased?
So too is the Buddha's knowledge, who, having seen it, is not pleased?"
Having praised the foremost Buddha, Siddhattha, the unconquered.
You experienced no small amount of the fortunate realm and the achievement of happiness.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of praise.
Accomplished with the seven treasures, wheel-turning monarchs of great power.
But having attained arahantship, at a later time, out of compassion for his relatives, having gone to Sāketa, being attended upon by them for a few days, having dwelt in the Añjana Grove, wishing to go again to the very place where he had formerly dwelt, he showed the appearance of departing. His relatives requested the elder: "Right here, venerable sir, dwell; you too will not be wearied, and we too shall grow in merit." The elder, making known his delight in seclusion and his comfortable abiding there -
518.
Having fully understood suffering, mindfully he meditates, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
519.
Having abandoned craving, mindfully he meditates, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
520.
Having seen it with wisdom, mindfully he meditates, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
521.
He develops that which cuts the bondage of fetters, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
522.
And the monk, gone to a mountain slope, meditates, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
523.
Seated, with gladdened mind he meditates, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
524.
And the monk, gone to a mountain slope, meditates, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
525.
Free from anguish, free from barrenness, he meditates, from that he finds no delight more supreme.
526.
Unobstructed, free from craving, free from the dart;
Having ended all mental corruptions, he meditates,
From that he finds no delight more supreme." He spoke these verses.
Herein, this is the explanation of the meaning of the first verse by way of the method of word-combination - The maturing of the aggregates is ageing. Their breaking up is death. And here, by the heading of ageing and death, phenomena subject to ageing and death are taken. "That this ageing and death is suffering" - the foolish worldlings, not knowing as it really is, where, in which fivefold aggregates of clinging, they are attached, bound, and clinging - having fully understood that by path wisdom together with insight wisdom as "this is suffering, this much is suffering, there is no more beyond this," here in this Dispensation, mindful and fully aware, the wise monk, when, at whatever time, he meditates by meditation on the characteristics. From that, he does not find, does not obtain, a delight more supreme, more highest, than the delight in insight and the delight in path and fruition. Therefore the Blessed One said -
One obtains joy and gladness, that is the Deathless for those who understand.
By universal power, the fruition of stream-entry is excellent."
Having thus shown the delight in seclusion by way of the full realisation of full understanding, now in order to show that also by way of the full realisation of abandoning and so on, he spoke three verses beginning with the second. Therein, "bringing suffering" means the future occurrence of suffering, the production of suffering - this is the meaning. "Attachment" means craving. For it is attachment because it is spread out, attachment because it is extensive, attachment because it is diffused, attachment because it is difficult to cross, attachment because it carries away poison, attachment because it speaks falsely, attachment because it has poison as its root, attachment because it has poison as its fruit, attachment because it has poison as its enjoyment; or that craving is extensive, spread out regarding visible form, sound, odour, flavour, tangible object, mental phenomena, family, and group - thus it is called attachment. "Conveying the suffering of the mass of obsessions" means they obsess, they expand the continuity of beings in the round of rebirths - thus they are obsessions, namely lust and so on, conceit and so on. Those very ones are a mass in the sense of being a mass of the suffering of occurrence, and because of their nature of being accompanied by disturbance and fever they are also suffering - thus the suffering of the mass of obsessions; because of conveying, because of producing that, it is the conveyor of the suffering of the mass of obsessions. "Having abandoned that craving" means having completely destroyed it by the noble path.
"Safe" means secure; the meaning is untroubled by them through the eradication of mental defilements that cause insecurity. "Leading by two and four factors" means having become of two and four factors by way of right view and so on, it leads to Nibbāna in the noble - thus leading by two and four factors; and here it should be seen that an elision of the case-ending has been made for the ease of verse composition. "The highest path" because of being the highest among all paths such as the path to rebirth in the fine-material realm and so on. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Of paths, the Eightfold is foremost" and so on. "The cleanser of all mental defilements" because of cleansing beings of all the stains of mental defilements. "Having seen with wisdom" means having fully realised by the wisdom of penetration by way of the full realisation of development.
"Sorrowless" because of the absence of causes of sorrow and because of the cause of the absence of sorrow for the person - there is no sorrow here. Likewise, "stainless" because of being free from the defilement of lust and so on. "Unconditioned" because it is not conditioned by any condition. "The peaceful state" because of the nature of appeasement of all mental defilements and of all suffering, and because it should be reached and attained by those afflicted by the suffering of the round of rebirths. "The cleanser of all mental defilements" because of being the cause of cleansing the continuity of beings of all the stains of mental defilements. "Develops" means fully realises by way of the full realisation of direct experience. For this is said by attributing to the object the distinction being obtained by one who repeatedly engages in the full realisation of direct experience with reference to Nibbāna, transferring it to the thing to be taken as object. "The cutter of the bonds of fetters" because of the cutting of the bonds reckoned as mental fetters. Here the cause is used figuratively in the sense of the agent, just as truths that produce the noble state are called noble truths. Just as in the previous verses, when he meditates, then from that he finds no delight more supreme - this is the explanation. So here too, when he develops, then from that he finds no delight more supreme - this is the explanation.
Thus the elder, without bringing himself forward by means of four verses, having declared the final liberating knowledge through the expounding of the penetration of the four truths, now showing the comfort of his dwelling place through its secluded nature, spoke the verses beginning with "When in the sky." Therein, "in the sky" (nabhe) means in space. Because of its smooth, deep resonance, the cloud itself is the drum - thus "cloud-drum." "Entangled with streams" (dhārākulā) means entangled with streams of rain flowing forth from all around. The explanation is: "in the sky" (nabhe) means on the bird-path (vihagapathe), because it is the path of travel for birds, for the winged ones. "From that" (tato) means from the delight in meditative absorption.
"Entangled with blossoms" (kusumākulānaṃ) means of those covered with flowers fallen from the trees. "With variegated forest-wreaths" (vicittavāneyyavaṭaṃsakānaṃ) means because of being born in the forest, the forest flowers are "forest-grown" (vāneyyāni); "those which have variegated forest-grown wreaths" - thus "with variegated forest-wreaths" are the rivers; the meaning is of those with wreaths of various kinds of forest flowers. "Glad-minded he meditates" (sumano jhāyati) means one whose mind is beautiful by virtue of the super-human achievement - thus "glad-minded," he meditates.
"At midnight" (nisīthe) means at night. "In the deserted" (rahitamhi) means in a secluded place free from the crowding of people. "Sky" (deve) means cloud. "While raining" (gaḷantamhi) means while the rain-streams are flowing forth, while it is raining. "The fanged beasts" (dāṭhino) means lions, tigers, and the like, hostile creatures. For they, having fangs as weapons, are called "fanged beasts" (dāṭhino); "the fanged beasts roar" - this too is taken for the very purpose of showing seclusion from people.
"Having restrained applied thoughts of oneself" (vitakke uparundhiyattano) means having suppressed by the power of the opposite one's own wrong applied thoughts such as sensual thoughts and the like, which are included in one's own continuity. Or "of oneself" (attano) should be connected with "finds" (vindati) thus: "from that he finds no delight more supreme by himself." "In the mountain interior" (nagantare) means in the interior of the mountains. "Mountain cleft" (nagavivara) means a mountain cave or a cliff overhang. "Resorted to" (samassito) means dependent upon, having gone to. "Free from anguish" (vītaddaro) means one whose disturbance of mental defilements has departed. "Free from barrenness" (vītakhilo) means one whose mental rigidities have been abandoned.
"Happy" (sukhī) means made happy by the happiness of meditative absorption and so on. "Destroyer of stain, barrenness, and sorrow" (malakhilasokanāsano) means one who abandons the stains of lust and so on, the five mental rigidities, and the sorrow caused by separation from relatives and the like. "Unbolted" (niraggaḷo) means the door-bolt (aggaḷa) is called ignorance, because it prevents entry into the city of Nibbāna; because of the absence of that, he is unbolted. "Free from craving" (nibbanatho) means one without craving. "Free from the dart" (visallo) means one from whom the darts of lust and so on have departed. "All mental corruptions" (sabbāsave) means all the mental corruptions including the mental corruption of sensuality and the like. "Having ended" (byantikato) means one who has ended, having made an end by the noble path, standing firm, when he meditates for the purpose of pleasant abiding in the present life, from that, from the delight in meditative absorption, he finds no delight more supreme - this is the explanation. But having said thus, the elder went to the very bank of the river Ajakaraṇī.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Bhūta is concluded.
The commentary on the Book of Nines is concluded.
10.
The Book of the Tens
1.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Kāḷudāyi
527-536.
"Glowing like embers" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Kāḷudāyī in the Book of Tens.
What is the origin?
This one too, in the time of the Buddha Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, while hearing the Teacher's proclamation of the Teaching, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those who inspire confidence in families, having performed the appropriate act of resolution, he aspired to that position of rank.
He, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, on the day of the taking of conception by our Bodhisatta in his mother's womb, took conception in a minister's house in Kapilavatthu itself. Because he was born on the very same day as the Bodhisatta, on that very day they laid him down on a fine cloth pad and led him to the attendance upon the Bodhisatta. For together with the Bodhisatta, the Bodhi tree, Rāhula's mother, the four treasures, the elephant fit for riding, the horse Kaṇḍaka, Channa, and Kāḷudāyī - these seven, because of being born on the very same day, were called "born simultaneously." Then on his name-giving day, because he was born on a day when the whole city was of elated mind, they gave him the name Udāyī; but because of being slightly dark in complexion, he became known as Kāḷudāyī. He grew up playing the amusements of a boy together with the Bodhisatta.
At a later time, when the Lord of the World, having gone forth in the great renunciation, having gradually attained omniscience, and having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, was dwelling in the Bamboo Grove in dependence on Rājagaha, the great King Suddhodana, having heard that news, sent one minister with a retinue of a thousand men saying "Bring my son here." He, having gone to the Teacher's presence at the time of the proclamation of the Teaching, standing at the edge of the assembly, having heard the Teaching, together with his following attained arahantship. Then the Teacher stretched out his hand to them saying "Come, monks." All of them at that very moment became like elders of sixty rains retreats, bearing bowls and robes created by supernormal power. But from the time of attaining arahantship onwards, noble ones are simply impartial; therefore he did not convey the message sent by the king to the One of Ten Powers. The king, thinking "Neither does the one who went to the fortress come back, nor is any message heard," sent yet another minister with a thousand men. When he too had practised likewise, and then another - thus he sent nine thousand men together with nine ministers; all, having attained arahantship, remained silent.
Then the king thought - "So many people, through lack of affection for me, did not say anything for the purpose of the One of Ten Powers coming here. But this Udāyī is of the same age as the One of Ten Powers, a playmate in the dust, and has affection for me; I shall send him" - having had him summoned, having said "Dear son, you, with a retinue of a thousand men, having gone to Rājagaha, bring the One of Ten Powers," he sent him. But he, while going, having said "If I, Sire, shall be permitted to go forth, then I shall bring the Blessed One here," and being told "Having done whatever it takes, show me my son," having gone to Rājagaha, standing at the edge of the assembly at the time of the Teacher's proclamation of the Teaching, having heard the Teaching, together with his retinue, having attained arahantship, became established in the state of a "come-monk." Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Proceeding on the journey, wandering on a journey then.
Having taken supreme food, I gave it to the Teacher.
And having taken that flower, he displayed it to the people.
Very difficult to do was done by him, who gave this flower to me.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
Water lily and lotus, and jasmine beyond that.
Having made a covering in space, it will hold at that very moment.
Five hundred times kingship on earth, he will inhabit the earth.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Bringing joy to the Sakyans, he will be a kinsman.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, he will attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions.
Gotama, the kinsman of the world, will establish him in the foremost position.
Udāyī by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, I dwell without mental corruptions.
And the Enlightened by himself, inspired to confidence, established me in the foremost position.
But having attained arahantship, waiting for the right time, thinking "This is not yet the time for the One of Ten Powers to go to his ancestral city, but when spring has arrived, when the jungle thickets are in bloom and the ground is covered with green grass, it will be the time for going," when spring had arrived, praising the beauty of the route for going to the Teacher's ancestral city -
527.
They shine forth as if aflame, it is the right time, O great hero, partaker of essences.
528.
Having left behind the leaves, desiring fruit, it is time to depart from here, O hero.
529.
Let the Sākiyas and Koliyas see him crossing the Rohinī facing westward.
530.
With hope merchants go to the ocean, wealth-carriers;
By which hope I stand, may that hope of mine succeed.
531.
Again and again farmers plough the field, again and again grain comes to the country.
532.
Again and again donors, having given, again and again go to the heavenly state.
533.
I imagine the god of gods is able, for born from you is the sage of true name.
534.
She who carried the Bodhisatta in her womb, upon the body's collapse, rejoices in heaven.
535.
She rejoices in the five types of sensual pleasure, surrounded by those hosts of gods.
536.
You are my father's father, O Sakyan, by the Dhamma, Gotama, you are my grandfather."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "glowing like embers" means "like embers" thus "embers," the flowers and young leaves of trees having the colour of red coral; these belong to them, thus "glowing like embers"; the meaning is as if strewn with a shower of embers by means of exceedingly red blossoms and tender shoots. "Now" means at this time. "Trees" (dumā) means trees (rukkhā). "Venerable sir" (bhadante): "auspicious is the end for this one" thus "bhadante" is said by eliding one letter "da"; one endowed with a distinction of virtue, and the Teacher who is the foremost among those endowed with a distinction of virtue. Therefore "venerable sir" is a term of address to the Teacher. And this is a reflexive form ending in "a," as in such passages as "in what is well done, in atonement, in happiness, and even in suffering." But here it should be seen in the vocative sense. Therefore it was said: "'venerable sir' is a term of address." Some say "it is a single word having the same meaning as the word 'bhadda.'" "Seeking fruits" thus "bearing fruit" (phalesino). For even regarding the non-sentient, they speak by attributing the action of the sentient, just as "the family wishes to fall"; the meaning is they have begun to take fruits, it is the time for taking the fruits that have arrived. "Having shed their foliage" means having abandoned the old leaves, fully endowed with withered leaves - this is the meaning. "They" means the trees. "They shine forth as if aflame" means they illuminate like those having lamp flames, or like a blazing fire, all directions - this is the intention. "Time" means the right time; "for assistance" is the remainder of the expression. "Great hero" means greatly valiant. "Partaker of essences" means a partaker of the essence of meaning and so on. For this was said by the General of the Teaching - "Or the Blessed One is a partaker of the essence of meaning, the essence of the Teaching" and so on. "Great hero" and "partaker" - this pair too should be seen as vocative expressions. But in the reading "of the Bhāgīrathas," Bhagīratha was the name of the first king. Because of being born in his lineage, the Sākiyans are Bhāgīrathas; the intention is for the benefit of those Bhāgīrathas.
"Trees" (dumāni) is said with a change of gender; the meaning is "trees" (dumā), that is, trees (rukkhā). "Waft fragrance all around in every direction" means in full bloom from all around, from every part, and in all directions; and because of being thus in full bloom, they waft fragrance in every direction, they emit odour. "Hoping" means wishing, desiring to take. Having thus shown the delightfulness of the travelling road through the beauty of the trees, now by "neither too cold" and so on, he shows the excellence of the season. "Pleasant" means pleasant and desirable by virtue of being neither too cold nor too hot. "Season fit for travelling" means a season suitable for journeying a long distance. "Let the Sākiyas and Koliyas see him crossing the Rohinī facing westward" - the Rohinī is a river that flows between the Sākiya and Koliya territories from the northern direction southward. Rājagaha is to its south-eastern direction. Therefore, those crossing that river to go from Rājagaha to Kapilavatthu cross it facing westward. Therefore he said "let them see him... etc... crossing." He encourages the Blessed One for the journey to Kapilavatthu, requesting thus: "May the inhabitants of the Sākiya and Koliya territories see the Blessed One crossing the river named Rohinī facing westward."
Now, making known his own aspiration by means of similes, he spoke the verse "with hope one ploughs." "With hope one ploughs the field" means a farmer, while ploughing, ploughs the field with the hope of fruit. "The seed is sown with hope" means having ploughed, by the one who sows, the seed is sown, is deposited, with the very hope of fruit. "With hope merchants go" means wealth-carrying merchants go by boat to the ocean, to cross the ocean, to reach a country, with the hope of wealth. "By which hope I stand" means thus I too, by whatever hope, by whatever aspiration - the aspiration for the Blessed One's journey to the city of Kapila for you - I stand here. "May that hope of mine succeed" - he says to them "Kapilavatthu should be gone to"; and here, because of its similarity to hope, he calls the desire to act "hope."
In order to show the reason for requesting many times through the description of the travelling road and so on, "again and again" and so on was said. Its meaning is - When the sowing does not succeed by merely being said once, farmers sow seed again and again, a second time and even a third time. Pajjunna, the king of gods too, having rained just once, rains again and again from time to time. Farmers too, not having ploughed just once, plough the field again and again in order to make the soil or mud soft for the purpose of a successful crop. Having collected grain just once, not being satisfied thinking "this much is enough," by way of storing in granaries and so on, being brought by people, again and again grain such as rice and so on comes to the country, approaches it.
Beggars too, while begging, go to and approach families again and again, not just once; and when asked, donors give to them again and again, not just once. Likewise, having given gifts again and again, donors, having accumulated merit consisting of giving, again and again, repeatedly, go to the heavenly state, approach the heavenly world by way of conception. Therefore I too request again and again - may the Blessed One bring my wish to its summit. This is the intention.
Now, in order to show the purpose for which he requests the Teacher to go to Kapilavatthu, he spoke the verse "a hero indeed." Its meaning is - A hero, one possessing energy, of great heroism, one of extensive wisdom, of great wisdom - in whatever family such a person is born, arises, there indeed, certainly, he purifies seven generations, seven generations of men, up to the seventh generation of ancestors, through right practice, he cleanses - this is the common saying, an exaggeration with regard to others. But the Blessed One, being the god of gods as the highest deity of all gods, is able, through the warding off of evil and the establishing of the good, to cleanse even beyond that - thus I think. Why? "For born from you is the sage of true name" - because by you, by the Teacher, through a noble birth, the state of being a sage has been born; or being a sage, in the sense of investigating one's own welfare and the welfare of others, and of this world and the world beyond, he is one of unerring name as "sage"; or a sage by virtue of possessing wisdom, one of unerring name as "ascetic, one gone forth, seer" - born from you. Therefore, because the Blessed One is the cause for beings' obtaining of absolute welfare, I request your going there. This is the meaning.
Now, when "seven generations" was said, in order to show the father's generation, "named Suddhodana" and so on was stated. "Pure cooked rice is the livelihood of this one" - thus "Suddhodana." For the Buddha's father is assuredly one of thoroughly purified bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and of thoroughly purified livelihood, because of being accomplished in resolution. "Named Māyā" means she obtained the name "Māyā" because of the quality of being one to whom relatives, friends, and others would say "Do not go," due to her achievement of family, beauty, morality, good conduct, and so on. "Having carried" means having borne. "Upon the collapse of the body" means after the destruction of her own body, which was like a shrine for the world with its gods. "In the celestial abode" means in the Tusita god realm.
"She" means Queen Māyā. "Gotamī" means she praises her by her clan name. "With divine sensual pleasures" means with divine sensual pleasures as objects included in the Tusita realm. "Endowed with" means possessed of. "With the types of sensual pleasure" means with the portions of sensuality; having said "with sensual pleasures," by the expression "with the types of sensual pleasure" again, it illustrates that she is attended upon with sensual pleasures as objects of many kinds. "By those" means by those Tusita god hosts, in whichever order of gods she was reborn, or by those types of sensual pleasure. The feminine gender description "endowed with, surrounded" was made with reference to the state of being a woman established in the previous existence, or with reference to the state of being a deity; but rebirth among the gods occurs only in the male state.
Thus requested by the elder, the Blessed One, seeing that many would attain specific attainment by going there, surrounded by twenty thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, set out from Rājagaha upon the road leading to Kapilavatthu by way of an unhurried journey. The elder, having gone to Kapilavatthu by supernormal power, standing in the sky before the king, when the king, seeing an appearance never seen before, asked "Who are you?" showing "If you do not know me, the minister's son sent by you to the presence of the Blessed One, then know thus" -
You are my father's father, O Sakyan, by the Dhamma, Gotama, you are my grandfather."
She spoke the concluding verse.
Therein, "I am the son of the Buddha" means I am the legitimate son of the Omniscient Buddha, because of having been born at his breast. "The endurer of the unbearable" means because, apart from the Great Bodhisatta, of the impossibility for others to endure and bear it, he endures and bears the entire accumulation of requisites for enlightenment and the undertaking of great compassion, which are unbearable, prior to the full enlightenment; furthermore, because of the impossibility for others to endure and overcome them, he endures and overcomes the five Māras, which are unbearable; through the understanding of the divisions of disposition, underlying tendency, temperament, inclination, and so on, he endures the Buddha's task, which is unbearable by others, reckoned as instruction to those amenable to instruction as is appropriate through benefits pertaining to the present life, the future life, and the highest good; or because of being one who accomplishes well therein, he is the endurer of the unbearable. "The radiant one" means one who has accepted and possesses the achievement of morality and so on. Others say "one whose radiance emanates from each and every limb." Some, however, say "Aṅgīrasa and Siddhattha are two names taken by the father himself." "The incomparable" means the one without comparison. "The such one" because of the attainment of the characteristic of such-likeness towards desirable and undesirable things. "You are my father's father" means by way of noble birth, you are the father of my father, the Perfectly Enlightened One, in popular expression. "Sakka" means he addresses the king by way of birth. "By the Dhamma" means by intrinsic nature; by the combination of the intrinsic nature of the two births - noble birth and mundane birth - "Gotama" means he addresses the king by his clan name. "You are my grandfather" means you are the grandfather. And here, in saying "I am the son of the Buddha" and so on, the elder declared the final liberating knowledge.
But thus, having revealed himself, the king, full of mirth, having caused him to sit down on a costly divan, having filled the bowl with his own prepared food of various finest flavours, when it was given, he shows the appearance of departing. And when it was said "Why do you wish to go? Eat!" he replied "Having gone to the Teacher's presence, I shall eat." "But where is the Teacher?" "With a retinue of twenty thousand monks, he has set out on the road for the purpose of seeing you." "Having consumed this almsfood, as long as my son reaches this city, carry almsfood to him from here." The elder, having done the meal duty and having spoken the Teaching to the king's assembly, even before the Teacher's arrival, making the entire king's dwelling devoted to the Triple Gem, while all were watching, having released into the sky the bowl full of food to be brought to the Teacher, himself too having risen up into the sky, having brought the almsfood, he placed it in the Teacher's hands. The Teacher consumed that almsfood. Thus, along the sixty-yojana road, for the Teacher who was travelling one yojana each day, he brought food from the king's palace itself and gave it. Then the Blessed One established him in the foremost position among those who inspire confidence in families, saying "He inspired confidence in the entire dwelling of my father, the great king."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Kāḷudāyi is concluded.
2.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Ekavihāriya
537-546.
The verses beginning with "Whether in front or behind" are those of the Venerable Elder Ekavihāriya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, having entered the forest, he dwelt in a secluded abode.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, when the Blessed One had attained final Nibbāna, was reborn as the younger brother of King Dhammāsoka. It is said that the great King Asoka, in the eighteenth year above two hundred years from the Teacher's final Nibbāna, having attained the consecration of sole sovereignty over the entire Indian subcontinent, having appointed his younger brother Prince Tissa to the viceroyalty, by a certain means made him devoted to the Dispensation. He, one day, having gone hunting, having seen in the forest the Elder Yonaka Mahādhammarakkhita seated being fanned with a Sāla branch held by a noble elephant, with confidence arisen, thought "Oh, may I too, like this great elder, having gone forth, dwell in the forest." The elder, having known the disposition of his mind, while he was watching, having risen up into space, having stood on the unbreaking water of the pond in the Asoka park, having hung his robe and upper robe in the sky, began to bathe. The prince, having seen the power of the elder, deeply devoted, having turned back from the forest, having gone to the king's palace, informed the king "I shall go forth." The king, having entreated him in many ways, was unable to make him turn back from his intention to go forth. He, having become a lay follower, aspiring for the happiness of going forth -
537.
Exceedingly comfortable it is, for one dwelling alone in the forest.
538.
Comfortable for one dwelling alone, for the resolute monk.
539.
Alone, master of the purpose, quickly I shall enter the forest.
540.
Having bathed my limbs, I shall walk up and down alone.
541.
When shall I dwell, with obligations fulfilled, without mental corruptions.
542.
I myself shall accomplish it, no other is the doer for another."
He spoke these six verses.
Therein, "whether in front or behind" means in front of oneself or behind oneself; because the word "or" has the sense of alternative, or from the side - if no other person is found, exceedingly, very much, comfortable, there is happiness of mind. By the state of dwelling alone, for one who is alone, without a companion. "Dwelling in the forest" - he, whose heart was being drawn by the disposition towards seclusion long practised, becoming disenchanted with the dwelling in company of one surrounded by a great multitude of people night and day, and esteeming highly the happiness of seclusion, speaks thus.
"Well then" (handa) is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of release; by that he states the determined nature of the going to the forest being undertaken now. "Alone I shall go" means because of the statement "Truth-finders, householder, delight in empty dwellings" and so on, I shall go alone, without a companion, to the forest praised and extolled by the Buddhas; I approach with the intention of dwelling there. Because for one dwelling alone, by the state of being without a companion in the postures of standing and so on, for one dwelling alone, for one who is resolute through having directed his mind towards Nibbāna, for a monk who trains in the three trainings beginning with the training in higher morality, the forest is comfortable, desirable, and brings happiness - this is the meaning.
"Bringing joy to the meditator" means because of the state of little noise and so on for practitioners who are properly engaged in meditation, it brings the joy of meditative absorption, insight and so on - thus it brings joy to the meditator. Charming because of the absence of dissimilar objects and the suitability for seclusion. "Frequented by intoxicated elephants" means roamed by excellent bull elephants in rut; by this too, through the state of being a great forest, it shows seclusion from people alone. "Mastering the purpose" - here "purpose" means the ascetic practice is intended. "How indeed might that be for me?" - he has come under its control.
"Covered with flowers" means well covered with flowers. "Cool grove" means in a grove that is cool through the excellence of shade and water. By both, he makes clear just its delightfulness. "Mountain grotto" means in a grotto in the interior of mountains. For "ka" means water; a low-lying place split by that is called a grotto. "Having dispelled the torment of heat in such a cool mountain grotto, having bathed my own limbs, having washed, I shall walk up and down alone" - this shows independence of conduct in any place.
"Alone" means alone, without a companion. "Without a companion" means without a companion through the absence of the companion reckoned as craving. For craving is called a person's companion in the sense of never leaving him. Therefore the Blessed One said - "A person with craving as companion, wandering for a long course."
"Of me who wishes to do thus" means of me who, having gone to the forest by the method stated beginning with "well then, alone I shall go," wishes to undertake the practice of meditation. "May the intention succeed" means may the wish that has occurred thus "when shall I dwell, with obligations fulfilled, without mental corruptions" succeed, may it reach accomplishment. And since the attainment of arahantship does not succeed by mere wishing, nor is it to be accomplished by another, therefore he said "I myself shall accomplish it, no other is the doer for another."
Thus, having known the firm determination of the viceroy for the going forth, the king, having had the road leading to the Asoka Monastery decorated, led the prince, adorned with all ornaments, to the monastery with a great army and with great royal pomp. The prince, having gone to the meditation house, went forth in the presence of the Elder Mahādhammarakkhita; many hundreds of people went forth following him. The king's nephew, the husband of Saṅghamittā, Aggibrahma too, went forth following him. He, having gone forth, full of mirth, making known what was to be done by himself -
543.
I will not depart from there, not having attained the elimination of mental corruptions.
544.
I shall break ignorance, seated on the mountain summit.
545.
Happy with the bliss of liberation, I shall delight in Giribbaja."
He spoke three verses.
Therein, "here I bind on my armour" means "here I bind on the armour termed energy; indifferent to body and life, I arm myself with the armour of energy." This is what is meant - Just as a valiant man, when enemies are present, wishing to conquer them, having abandoned other duties, arms himself for battle by putting on armour and so on, and having gone to the battlefield, does not turn back without conquering the enemies, so I too, in order to conquer the enemies that are the mental defilements, having disregarded even my head and garment being ablaze, arm myself with the armour of energy of the fourfold right striving, and without conquering the mental defilements, I do not give up the place of seclusion suitable for the conquest of the mental defilements. Therefore it was said "I shall enter the forest, I will not depart from there, not having attained the elimination of mental corruptions."
By "when the wind blows towards me" and so on, he speaks of the suitability of the forest place for the development of the meditation subject; the explanation is: "surely I shall delight in Giribbaja." He speaks envisaging the future meaning, thinking "I shall delight in the mountain enclosure." The remainder is easily understood.
Having spoken thus, the elder, having entered the forest, practising the duties of an ascetic, went together with his preceptor to the Kaliṅga country. There a skin disease arose on his feet; having seen that, a physician said "Seek ghee, venerable sir, I shall treat you, will I not?" The elder, without making a search for ghee, simply does the work of insight; the disease grows worse; the physician, having seen the elder's living at ease in that matter, himself sought ghee and made the elder healthy. He, having become healthy, before long attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Kassapa by clan, the best of speakers arose.
Abundant in emptiness, such a one, delighting in the signless, a master.
The greatly compassionate hero, skilled in the means of monastic discipline.
The path leading to Nibbāna, the destination that dries up the mire.
He, the saviour of the world, seated in the midst of the great assembly.
Lifting up from great peril, those who are lost and without a leader.
Having heard his teaching, I went forth into homelessness.
Alone in the charming forest, I dwelt, oppressed by association.
For one secluded in mind, seeing danger in association.
But having attained arahantship, while the elder was dwelling there, the king, by the bestowal of ten million in wealth, having had a monastery called Bhojakagiri built, established the elder to dwell there. He, dwelling there, at the time of final Nibbāna -
546.
With all mental corruptions eliminated, there is now no more rebirth."
She spoke the concluding verse. That is of manifest meaning. And that itself was the elder's declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Ekavihāriya is concluded.
3.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mahākappina
547-556.
"He who sees beforehand the future" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Mahākappina.
What is the origin?
It is said that this one, in the time of the Buddha Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among exhorters of monks, having performed the appropriate preparatory action, he aspired to that position of rank.
He, having done wholesome deeds there for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Perfectly Enlightened One Kassapa, having been reborn in a family home in Bārāṇasī, having attained discretion, having become the chief of a group of a thousand men, he had a great residential compound built, adorned with a thousand inner rooms. All those people too, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, having made that lay follower their chief, together with their sons and wives, having been reborn in the heavenly world, transmigrated among gods and humans for one interval between Buddhas. Among them, the chief of the group, even before the arising of our Teacher, was reborn in a king's palace in a city named Kukkuṭa in a borderland region. His name was Kappina. The remaining men were reborn in ministers' families in that very city. The prince Kappina, by the elapse of his father, having raised the parasol, became known as King Mahākappina. He, because of his desire for learning, right early sent out messengers swiftly through the four gates - "Wherever you see very learned ones, having turned back from there, inform me."
And at that time our Teacher, having arisen in the world, was dwelling in dependence on Sāvatthī. At that time, merchants dwelling in Sāvatthī, having taken their trading goods from Sāvatthī, having gone to that city, having set in order their goods, thinking "We shall see the king," with presents in hand, had it announced to the king. The king, having had them summoned, when they had presented their gifts and stood having paid homage, asked "Where have you come from?" "From Sāvatthī, Sire." "Is your country prosperous with plenty of food, and is the king righteous?" "Yes, Sire." "What kind of teaching is now current in your country?" "That, Sire, cannot be spoken of with unrinsed mouths." The king had water given with a golden water-vessel. They, having rinsed their mouths, facing the One of Ten Powers, having raised joined palms, said "Sire, in our country a jewel called the Buddha has arisen." For the king, upon merely hearing the word "Buddha," rapture arose pervading his entire body. Then he said "Do you say 'Buddha,' dear ones?" "We say 'Buddha,' Sire." Having had them say it thus three times, thinking "The term 'Buddha' is immeasurable," pleased with that very term, having given a hundred thousand, he asked "Say more." "Sire, in the world a jewel called the Dhamma has arisen." Having heard that too, likewise having given a hundred thousand, he asked "Say more." "Sire, a jewel called the Community has arisen." Having heard that too, likewise having given a hundred thousand, saying "I shall go forth in the presence of the Buddha, the Blessed One," he departed from that very place. The ministers too likewise departed. He, together with a thousand ministers, having reached the bank of the Ganges, having made a determination of truth - "If the Teacher is a Perfectly Enlightened One, may not even the hooves of these horses become wet" - crossed the full river Ganges over the surface of the water, and having likewise crossed yet another river half a yojana in breadth, having reached the third great river named Candabhāgā, he crossed that too by that very declaration of truth.
The Teacher too, on that very day, towards the break of dawn, having emerged from the attainment of great compassion, surveying the world, having seen "Today Mahākappina, having abandoned a kingdom of three hundred yojanas, surrounded by a thousand councillors, will come to go forth in my presence," thinking "It is fitting for me to go out to meet them," right early, having attended to his toilet, surrounded by the Community of monks, having walked for almsfood in Sāvatthī, after the meal, having returned from his alms round, having gone by himself through the sky, on the bank of the river Candabhāgā, at a place facing their crossing ford, seated cross-legged at the foot of a great banyan tree, he emitted the six-coloured Buddha rays. They, coming out at that ford, looking at the Buddha rays running here and there, having seen the Blessed One, thinking "The Teacher with reference to whom we have come, certainly this is he" - having reached a conclusion by the very seeing, from the place where they saw him onwards, having bowed down, making the supreme act of reverence, they approached the Blessed One. The king, having clasped the ankles of the Blessed One, having paid homage to the Teacher, sat down to one side together with the thousand councillors. The Teacher taught them the Dhamma. At the conclusion of the teaching, together with his assembly, he became established in arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Risen in the cloudless sky, like the sun in the autumn sky.
The Leader dries up the mud of mental defilements with the rays of his wisdom.
He illuminates the radiance of truth's meaning, like the sun a jewel.
Like Pajjunna upon beings, he rains with the Dhamma-cloud.
Having approached, I heard the teaching, of the one whose name is the Highest Water-born.
Of him who was proclaiming virtue, who was pleasing my mind.
Having fed him together with his disciples, I aspired for that state.
Behold this chief minister, skilled in judgment.
With the colour of a rain-cloud, with full shoulders, with serene eyes and face.
This one aspires to the state of one who has done his duty, with a heart of altruistic joy.
For a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, one is not reborn in an unfortunate realm.
With the remainder, he will attain Nibbāna.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Kappina by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
Having abandoned the human body, I went to Tusita.
Near Bārāṇasī, I was born in the weaver caste.
Attended upon five hundred Individually Enlightened Ones.
Passed away from there, we all became those who reached the realm of the deities.
We were born formerly in Kukkuṭa, in sight of the Himalayas.
Those born in the remaining ministers' families surrounded me alone.
I heard from merchants the announcement of the arising of a Buddha.
He makes known the Good Teaching, the Deathless, the highest happiness.
Having heard their good words, having honoured the merchants.
Having seen the river, great and fierce, filled to the brim.
Having remembered the virtue of the Buddha, I crossed over safely.
By this speaking of truth, may my journey succeed.
By this speaking of truth, may my journey succeed.
By this speaking of truth, may my journey succeed.
Then I crossed over with ease, to the delightful riverbank.
Blazing like a golden rock, illuminated like a lamp post.
Like Vāsava raining, amidst the clouds of the Teaching.
Then, having known our disposition, the Buddha taught the Dhamma.
'Give us the going forth, O great hero, we are wearied of existence.'
Practise the holy life,' thus said the seventh sage.
We became fully ordained, and stream-enterers in the Dispensation.
Admonished by the Conqueror, I attained arahantship.
Those who followed my instruction, they too were without mental corruptions.
Foremost among exhorters of monks, as Kappina among the great assembly."
Released like the speed of an arrow, I burnt up my defilements.
But having attained arahantship, they all requested the going forth from the Teacher. The Teacher said to them "Come, monks." That itself was their going forth and full ordination. The Teacher, having taken that thousand monks, went through space to Jeta's Grove. Then one day the Blessed One said to his pupils, the monks - "Does Kappina, monks, expound the Teaching to the monks?" "No, Blessed One, he does not teach. He dwells living at ease, devoted to pleasant abiding in the present life, and does not give even a mere exhortation." The Teacher, having had the elder summoned - "Is it true, Kappina, that you do not teach even a mere exhortation to your pupils?" "True, Blessed One." "Brahmin, do not do thus; from today onwards expound the Teaching to those who have come to you." "Good, venerable sir," the elder, having accepted the Teacher's word with bowed head, by a single exhortation alone established a thousand ascetics in arahantship. Therefore the Teacher, establishing his own disciples, the elder monks, in successive positions, established him in the foremost position among exhorters of monks. Then one day the elder, exhorting the nuns -
547.
His ill-wishers or well-wishers, looking for a fault, do not see one.
548.
Gradually practised, as taught by the Buddha;
He illuminates this world, like the moon released from a cloud.
549.
Pierced through and uplifted, it illuminates all directions.
550.
But with the loss of wisdom, even one with wealth does not live.
551.
A man endowed with wisdom here, even amidst sufferings, finds happiness.
552.
Where one is born and dies, there what is marvellous?
553.
Those born, born again, die here - for such is the nature of living beings.
554.
Weeping for the dead brings neither fame nor worldly esteem, nor is it praised by ascetics and brahmins.
555.
His enemies become joyful, those seeking his welfare do not become happy.
556.
For those by whose power of wisdom the function is done, they cross like a full river by boat."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "the future" means not come, not found, is the meaning. "Beforehand" means even earlier. "Sees" means looks at. "Welfare" means function. "That dyad" means what is beneficial and harmful. "Ill-wishers" means enemies. "Well-wishers" means friends. "Fault" means a flaw. "Looking for" means seeking. This is what is meant - Whatever person sees beforehand, even earlier, with the eye of wisdom, as I do, investigates and examines the function that brings welfare, that brings harm, and both of those, the future, the not yet arrived, his enemies with a disposition for harm or friends with a disposition for welfare, seeking a fault, do not see one; such a wise person is of flawless conduct; therefore you should be of such a nature.
Now, showing the virtue of the development of mindfulness of breathing, in order to connect those there, he spoke the second verse beginning with "whose mindfulness of breathing." Therein, "āna" means in-breath. "Apāna" means out-breath. Mindfulness having the sign of in-breath and out-breath as its object is mindfulness of breathing. And here, under the heading of mindfulness, the development of concentration associated with it is intended. "Whose" means of whichever practitioner. "Complete, well developed" means completely full through the fulfilment of the four establishments of mindfulness and the sixteen modes, well developed and increased through the fulfilment of the seven factors of enlightenment and of true knowledge and liberation. "Gradually practised, as taught by the Buddha" means as taught by the Blessed One beginning with "he, mindful, breathes in" and so on, so gradually, in due course, practised, frequented, and developed. "He illuminates this world, like the moon released from a cloud" means that practitioner, just as the moon released from impurities such as clouds illuminates this world of space with moonlight, so too, liberated from impurities such as ignorance, he illuminates and makes known with the light of knowledge the world of activities fallen within one's own continuity and fallen within others' continuity. Therefore the intention is that the development of mindfulness of breathing is to be developed by you.
Now, making himself an example, showing the fruitfulness of devotion to development, he spoke the third verse beginning with "my mind is indeed white." Its meaning is - Through the departure of the stain of the mental hindrances, my mind is indeed white, pure. Just as lust and so on, which are the makers of the measurable, have been abandoned, and the immeasurable Nibbāna has been made evident, so because of being developed, it is immeasurable, well developed; for that very reason, the four truths have been pierced through and penetrated; and having been uplifted from the entire side of defilement, it illuminates the directions such as suffering and so on, and the directions such as the past and so on, because of having crossed beyond uncertainty therein and because of being free from confusion regarding all phenomena. Therefore he shows that the mind is to be developed thus by you too.
Just as wisdom gained through meditative development is of much benefit to a person through the purification of the stain of the mind and so on, so too is the other kind - showing this, he spoke the fourth verse beginning with "the wise one lives even." Its meaning is - Even one whose wealth is exhausted, being wise by nature, contented with whatsoever contentment, lives indeed by a blameless livelihood. For that indeed is called living. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Living by wisdom they call life foremost." But an imprudent person, with the loss of wisdom, failing in the benefit pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life, even one with wealth does not live; through the occurrence of reproach and so on, though living, he is not truly living; or through not knowing the right means, destroying whatever wealth has been obtained, he is indeed unable even to sustain his life; therefore the intention is that practical wisdom too is to be accomplished by you who are diligent.
Now, to show the benefits of wisdom, he spoke the fifth verse "Wisdom is the discerner of what is learned." Therein, "wisdom is the discerner of what is learned" means this wisdom is the judge of what is learned; it is the generator of judgment regarding matters that have come within the path of the ear as they have been heard, by the method beginning with "this is unwholesome, this is wholesome, this is blameable, this is faultless." "The increaser of fame and praise" means the increaser of fame, which is praise in one's presence, and of praise, which has the nature of widespread glory; for fame and so on belong only to the wise, because of their praiseworthy nature among the intelligent. "Endowed with wisdom" means engaged in the wisdom of application and the wisdom of insight. "Even amidst sufferings, finds happiness" means in the aggregates, sense bases, and so on, which are exclusively of the nature of suffering, through right practice, through the understanding of their nature as it really is, one obtains even spiritual happiness.
Now, speaking to those nuns the Teaching connected with impermanence and conducive to the state of the wise, he spoke the remaining verses beginning with "This is not a modern phenomenon." Therein this is the meaning in brief - This nature of beings being born and dying, this phenomenon is not modern, not recently arrived; because of its constant occurrence, it is not strange; because of the absence of being unprecedented, it is not marvellous either. Therefore, where one is born and dies, in whatever world a being would be born, he would certainly die - there what is marvellous? What indeed could be marvellous? Because of the natural character of death - for there is no cause whatsoever for momentary death. Since for one who is born, immediately after life, death is certain - for one who is born, immediately following birth, death from life is absolute, because the arisen aggregates certainly break up. But the popular expression "one lives" here is not absolute, because of the dependence of that clinging upon multiple conditions. Because this is so, therefore "those born die here, for such is the nature of living beings" - this is the nature of beings, namely that death follows birth - thus he spoke of the connection of death with birth.
Now, because among those nuns there are some whose minds are also bound by sorrow, therefore, in order to dispel their sorrow, "For this is not for the benefit" and so on was said. Therein, "For this is not for the benefit of the dead" means whatever weeping of other people, of other persons, for the sake of the life of the dead, on account of the life of the dead - let alone being for the sake of the life of that dead being, this is not for anyone's benefit whatsoever. And those who weep, for them too the weeping on account of the dead person, on the occasion of the dead, brings neither fame nor worldly esteem, nor is it conducive to fame or conducive to purity. "Not praised by ascetics and brahmins" means it is not even extolled by the wise; rather, it is indeed censured by the wise - this is the meaning.
Not only are these the dangers of one who weeps, but these too - showing thus, having spoken the verse "The eye and body are injured," then further, in order to ward off the harm of sorrow and so on, urging them to the attendance upon good friends, he spoke the concluding verse beginning with "therefore." Therein, "therefore" means because weeping injures, afflicts the eye and body of the weeping person, by that weeping beauty, strength, and wisdom decline, fall away; the foes in all directions of that weeping person become joyful, delighted, and filled with rapture. Well-wishers, friends, become unhappy and afflicted. Therefore, because of being endowed with wisdom nourished by the Teaching, one should wish for, should expect, should make dependent on families, the wise and the very learned, through the fulfilment of great learning based upon benefit pertaining to the present life and so on. "For those by whose" means for those wise, very learned, and discerning persons, by whose power of wisdom, by whose power of wisdom, just as they cross a river full of a great flood by boat, so sons of good family cross over, reach the far shore of, their own beneficial function. "One should wish for those dwelling in the family" - this is the explanation.
Thus the elder, having spoken the Teaching to those nuns, dismissed them. They, having stood firm in the elder's exhortation, having dispelled their sorrow, practising wisely, fulfilled their own welfare.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mahākappina is concluded.
4.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Cūḷapanthaka
557-566.
"Slow was my progress" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Cūḷapanthaka.
What is the origin?
What should be said here by way of the occasion of its arising has been said already in the story of Mahāpanthaka in the Book of Eights.
But this is the distinction -
The Elder Mahāpanthaka, having attained arahantship, spending his time in the happiness of the highest fruition, thought -
"How indeed could Cūḷapanthaka too be established in this happiness?"
He, having approached his own grandfather, the chief millionaire, said -
"If, great millionaire, you would allow, I would give Cūḷapanthaka the going forth."
"Give him the going forth, venerable sir."
The elder gave him the going forth.
He, established in the ten precepts, in the presence of his brother -
See the Resplendent One shining, like the blazing sun in the sky."
While learning this verse, he was unable to learn it in four months; each passage that had been learnt did not remain in his heart. Then Mahāpanthaka said to him - "Panthaka, you are incapable in this Dispensation; you are not able to learn even one verse in four months. How then will you bring the task of one gone forth to its summit? Get out from here." He, having been dismissed by the elder, stood weeping near the gateway.
And at that time the Teacher was dwelling in Jīvaka's Mango Grove. Then Jīvaka sent a man, saying "Invite the Teacher together with five hundred monks." And at that time the Venerable Mahāpanthaka was the distributor of meals. He, when told "Accept almsfood for five hundred monks, venerable sir," said "Setting aside Cūḷapanthaka, I accept for the rest." Having heard that, Cūḷapanthaka became overcome with displeasure even more. The Teacher, having known his mental distress, thinking "Cūḷapanthaka will understand by a method devised by me," having shown himself at a place not far from him, asked "Why, Panthaka, are you weeping?" "My brother, venerable sir, dismisses me," he said. "Panthaka, do not worry; in my Dispensation is your going forth. Come, having taken this, attend to it thus: 'Removal of impurity, removal of impurity'" - having prepared a pure piece of cloth by supernormal power, he gave it. He sat rubbing with his hand the piece of cloth given by the Teacher, repeating "Removal of impurity, removal of impurity." As he rubbed it, it became soiled; as he rubbed it again, it became like a pot-scrubbing cloth. He, due to the maturity of his knowledge, thought thus - "This piece of cloth was pure by nature; in dependence on this clung-to body, it has become soiled, changed to something different. Therefore, just as this is impermanent, so too is the mind" - having established contemplation of destruction and passing away, having produced the meditative absorptions on that very sign, having established insight with meditative absorption as its foundation, together with the analytical knowledges he attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Withdrawn from the group, he dwelt in the Himalayas then.
The great hero who had recently arrived, the leader of the world, I approached.
As he was entering concentration, I caused an obstacle.
The Blessed One accepted, Padumuttara, the great sage.
They uttered applause, the one with vision will give thanks.
Holding in the sky the excellent lotus umbrella.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
And thirty-four times, he will be a wheel-turning monarch.
A lotus will shelter him as he stands in the open air.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
In the mind-made body, he will be the highest.
Having experienced the highest good, they will illuminate the Dispensation.
I find no distinction in the Sakyan son's Dispensation.
And my brother dismissed me, 'Go now to your own home.'
Unhappy, I stood there, expectant in the ascetic life.
Having taken me by the arm, he led me into the monastery.
'Keep this pure,' I determined it to one side.
There my mind was liberated, I attained arahantship.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, I dwell without mental corruptions.
Through the path of arahantship itself, the three Canons and the five direct knowledges came to him. The Teacher, having gone together with five hundred monks less by one, sat down on the prepared seat at Jīvaka's dwelling. But Cūḷapanthaka did not go, precisely because his almsfood had not been accepted. Jīvaka began to give rice gruel, but the Teacher covered the bowl with his hand. When it was said "Why, venerable sir, do you not accept?" - "There is one monk in the monastery, Jīvaka." He sent a man, saying "Go, my good man, having taken the noble one seated in the monastery, come." The Elder Cūḷapanthaka too, having created a thousand monks, not one alike to another in form and action, sat down. That man, having seen the abundance of monks in the monastery, having gone, told Jīvaka - "The community of monks in the monastery is greater than this community of monks; I do not know the noble one who should be summoned." Jīvaka asked the Teacher in return - "What is the name, venerable sir, of the monk seated in the monastery?" "He is named Cūḷapanthaka, Jīvaka." "Go, my good man, having asked 'Which one is the one named Cūḷapanthaka?' bring him." He, having gone to the monastery, asked "Which one is the one named Cūḷapanthaka, venerable sir?" "I am Cūḷapanthaka," "I am Cūḷapanthaka" - even the thousand monks said all at once. He, having come back again, reported that occurrence to Jīvaka. Jīvaka, because of having penetrated the truths, having known by inference "The noble one possesses supernormal power, I think," said "Go, my good man, to the very first one who speaks, having said 'The Teacher summons you,' take hold of the corner of his robe." He, having gone to the monastery, did so; at that very moment the created monks disappeared. He, having taken the elder, went.
The Teacher at that moment accepted rice gruel and various kinds of sweet-meats and so on. When the One of Ten Powers had done the meal duty and gone to the monastery, a discussion arose in the Teaching hall - "Alas, the power of the Buddhas! That one who was unable to learn a single verse in four months, they made of such great supernormal power in just a brief moment." The Teacher, having heard the friendly conversation of those monks, having come and sat down on the Buddha's seat, having asked "What are you discussing, monks?" when it was said "It is such and such, venerable sir," having said "Monks, by Cūḷapanthaka, now having stood firm in my exhortation, a supramundane inheritance has been obtained; but formerly a mundane inheritance," being requested by them, he related the Cūḷaseṭṭhi Jātaka. At a later time the Teacher, surrounded by the company of noble ones, seated on the Teaching seat, established him in the foremost position of monks who create a mind-made body and of those skilled in mental transformation. He, at a later time, being asked by monks "Being thus of slow disposition, how were the truths penetrated by you?" making known his own practice beginning from the brother's dismissal -
557.
And my brother dismissed me, 'Go now, you, to your home.'
558.
Unhappy, I stood there, expectant in the Dispensation.
559.
Having taken me by the arm, he led me into the monastery.
560.
'Keep this pure, well determined, to one side.'
561.
I brought about concentration, for the attainment of the highest goal.
562.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.
563.
Sat in the charming mango grove, until the announcement of the proper time.
564.
When the time was announced, I approached through the sky.
565.
Knowing me to be seated, then the Teacher accepted.
566.
A field of merit for human beings, he accepted the offering."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "slow" (dandhā) means dull, weak through the inability to learn a verse of four lines in four months. "Progress" (gatī) means the progress of knowledge. "Was" (āsī) means it was. "Despised" (paribhūto) means scorned for that very reason as "unmindful and not fully aware." "Before" (pure) means formerly, during the time of being a worldling. "And my brother" (bhātā cā) - the word "ca" has the meaning of conjunction; not only was I despised, but also my brother dismissed me, drove me out saying "Panthaka, you are unwise, rootless I think; therefore you are unable to bring the task of one gone forth to its summit, you are not befitting of this Dispensation; go now to your grandfather's house." "Brother" (bhātā) means by the brother.
"At the porch" (koṭṭhake) means near the gateway. "Unhappy" (dummano) means afflicted with displeasure. "Expectant in the Dispensation" (sāsanasmiṃ apekkhavā) means hopeful in the Dispensation of the Perfectly Enlightened One, not wishing to forsake the Order.
"The Blessed One came there" (bhagavā tattha āgacchī) means the Blessed One, with a mind stirred by great compassion, helping me, came there where I was standing. And having come, reassuring me saying "Panthaka, I am your Teacher, not Mahāpanthaka; your going forth is with reference to me," he fondled my head - with the palm of his hand adorned with a web-like binding, soft, tender, full, excellent, long fingers, resplendent with the beauty of an open lotus, marked with a wheel - showing "Now he shall become my son," he fondled my head. "Having taken me by the arm" (bāhāya maṃ gahetvānā) means saying "Why do you stand here?" having taken me by the arm with his own hand fragrant with the scent of sandalwood, he led me inside the monastery. "He gave a mat for the feet" (pādāsi pādapuñchani) means having made it a mat for the feet, he gave it saying "Attend to it as 'removal of impurity'" - the meaning is he gave it. Some read "adāsī" and "pādapuñchani." Some, however, say "pādapuñchani" means "he gave a piece of cloth for wiping the feet." That is inappropriate, because the piece of cloth was given having been constructed by supernormal power. "Keep this pure, well determined, to one side" (etaṃ suddhaṃ adhiṭṭhehi, ekamantaṃ svadhiṭṭhitaṃ) means having made this pure piece of cloth well determined by the attention "removal of impurity, removal of impurity," seated to one side, in a secluded spot at the entrance of the Perfumed Chamber, determine it - thus having made the mind concentrated, practise it.
"Having heard his word" (tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā) means having heard the word, the exhortation, of that Blessed One, I, having become delighted in and devoted to that Dispensation and exhortation, dwelt thus; I proceeded in accordance with the advice. And while proceeding, "I brought about concentration, for the attainment of the highest goal" (paṭipajjanto ca samādhiṃ paṭipādesiṃ, uttamatthassa pattiyā) - the highest goal is arahantship; the meaning is that for the achievement of that, having produced fine-material meditative absorptions by means of kasiṇa preliminary work, having established insight with meditative absorption as its foundation, he accomplished the concentration of the highest path in the succession of paths. For here "concentration" (samādhī) is taken by the general term of concentration from access concentration up to the concentration of the fourth path; but the concentration of the highest fruition is taken by the term "highest goal"; and this one is surpassingly skilled in concentration, therefore he said "he brought about concentration." For through skilfulness in concentration, this venerable one became known as one skilled in mental transformation, while the Elder Mahāpanthaka, through skilfulness in insight, became known as one skilled in the transformation of perception. And here one is skilled in the characteristic of concentration, one in the characteristic of insight; one is deeply absorbed in concentration, one deeply absorbed in insight; one is skilled in the summarising of factors, one in the summarising of objects; one in the determining of factors, one in the determining of objects - thus they describe. Furthermore, the Elder Cūḷapanthaka is called skilled in mental transformation because of surpassingly obtaining the four fine-material-sphere meditative absorptions; the Elder Mahāpanthaka is skilled in the transformation of perception because of surpassingly obtaining the four immaterial-sphere meditative absorptions. Or the first, having been an obtainer of fine-material-sphere meditative absorption and having emerged from the factors of meditative absorption, attained arahantship - thus he is skilled in mental transformation; the other, having been an obtainer of immaterial-sphere meditative absorption and having emerged from the factors of meditative absorption, attained arahantship - thus he is skilled in the transformation of perception. But when producing a mind-made body, others produce three or four, not many; and they produce them making them similar to one only, performing only one kind of action. But this elder, by a single adverting, created a thousand ascetics; not even two did he make similar in body, nor performing one kind of action. Therefore he became known as the foremost of those who create a mind-made body.
Now, to show the distinction he had attained, he said beginning with "I know past lives." Certainly this elder was a possessor of the six higher knowledges, but whichever direct knowledge is very helpful for the achievement of the knowledge of the elimination of mental corruptions, for the purpose of showing that, having said "I know past lives, the divine eye has been purified," "the three true knowledges have been attained" was said. For the knowledges of past lives, of rebirth according to beings' actions, and of future events are very helpful for the practiser of insight, not so the other knowledges.
"A thousand times" means a thousand. Some say "a thousand turns." But the elder created a thousand mind-made bodies by a single adverting, not by turns. And those were dissimilar to one another and performing various actions. "But does such a creation by supernormal power come to be even for disciples?" It does not come to be for all; but through the achievement of the resolution, this very elder did thus, for thus indeed he was established in the foremost position by this factor. "Panthaka sat down" - he speaks of himself as if speaking of another. "In the mango grove" means in the monastery made by Jīvaka in the mango grove. "Approached through the sky" - "through the sky" is an ablative expression used in the instrumental sense; the meaning is "by the sky"; the letter "da" serves as a word-connector. "Then" means after my sitting down. "He accepted" means he accepted the water of dedication. "A worthy recipient for the whole world" means one who has become a place to be worshipped by bringing gifts, by virtue of being the foremost worthy of offerings for the entire world together with its gods. "The receiver of oblations" means the one who receives the oblations of offerings by making them of great fruit. "Accepted the offering" means he accepted the offering consisting of various kinds of rice gruel, solid food and so on, presented by Jīvaka.
Then the Blessed One, having finished the meal, commanded the Venerable Cūḷapanthaka - "Give the thanksgiving." He, like one taking hold of Sineru and churning the great ocean, through having attained the penetration of the analytical knowledges, stirring up the three Canons of the Buddha's teaching, grasping the Teacher's disposition, gave the thanksgiving. Even though this venerable one was accomplished in decisive support, obstructed by such a rag of kamma, he was not able to learn a verse of four lines even in four months. But the Teacher, having surveyed the achievement of his decisive support, directed him to wise attention in conformity with his former conduct. For thus the Blessed One, while seated right at Jīvaka's dwelling, having known "Cūḷapanthaka's mind is concentrated, insight has entered upon the process," having shown himself just as he was seated, showing "Panthaka, even though this rag is defiled and strewn with dust, but in the Noble One's discipline the defilement and the dust are something else entirely" -
Having abandoned this impurity, monks, they dwell in the Dispensation of one free from impurity.
"Delusion is impurity, etc. in the Dispensation of one free from impurity."
He spoke these three verses of illumination. At the conclusion of the verses, Cūḷapanthaka attained arahantship accompanied by the direct knowledges and analytical knowledges.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Cūḷapanthaka is concluded.
5.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Kappa
567-576.
"Filled with various impurities of the body" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Kappa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Siddhattha, having been reborn in a family accomplished in wealth, having attained discretion after his father's passing, having adorned a wishing tree with cloths variegated with various colours of dispassion, with manifold ornaments, with various kinds of precious gems, and with many kinds of flower garlands and wreaths and so on, he venerated the Teacher's stupa with it.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a regional king's family in the country of Magadha, after his father's passing, established in the kingdom, dwells exceedingly lustful and greedy for sensual pleasures.
The Teacher, having emerged from the attainment of great compassion, surveying the world, having seen him appearing in the net of knowledge, reflecting "What indeed will happen?" having known "This one, having heard the talk on foulness in my presence, having become dispassionate in mind towards sensual pleasures, having gone forth, will attain arahantship," having gone there through the sky -
567.
Like a festering cesspool, a great boil, a great wound.
568.
The body oozing with liquid, always flows with what is rotten.
569.
Wrapped in a jacket of skin, the putrid body is useless.
570.
Through the conjunction of many elements, it performs the postures.
571.
Having abandoned right here, a man goes wherever he wishes.
572.
The body is sinking in the mental floods, spread over by the net of underlying tendencies.
573.
Followed by the root of craving, covered by the covering of delusion.
574.
And success ends in failure, separation comes to pass.
575.
They increase the terrible cemetery, they take up rebirth.
576.
Having vomited out the root of becoming, those without mental corruptions will attain final nibbāna."
With these verses he spoke to him the talk on foulness. He, having heard in the Teacher's presence the talk on foulness, an elucidation of the intrinsic nature of the body as it really is, with its various kinds of constituents, being troubled by his own body, being ashamed, being disgusted, with an agitated heart, having paid homage to the Teacher, requested the going forth: "May I, venerable sir, receive the going forth in the presence of the Blessed One." The Teacher commanded a certain monk standing nearby - "Go, monk, having given him the going forth and having given him full ordination, bring him here." He, having given him the meditation subject of the skin pentad, gave him the going forth. He attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges at the very hall of tonsure. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Having hung variegated cloth, I set up a wishing tree.
Adorning my door, a wish-fulfilling tree stands.
Having taken cloth from that, we would always dress ourselves.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the wishing tree.
Accomplished with the seven treasures, wheel-turning monarchs of great power.
But having attained arahantship, having obtained full ordination, having approached the Teacher, having paid homage, seated to one side, declaring the final liberating knowledge, he spoke those very verses. Therefore those became known as Verses of the Elder Monks.
Therein, "filled with various impurities of the body" means filled with stains of various kinds and various parts; the meaning is filled with various kinds of impure constituents such as head hairs, body hairs, and so on. "Originating from a great cesspit" - "ukkāra" is called a cesspit. For however long the mother's age is, for that period of time, because of its similarity to a cesspit heated by bodily processes, the mother's womb is here intended by "great cesspit." That womb is the origin, the place of arising of this one - thus "originating from a great cesspit." "Like a cesspool" - a cesspool is a place for discarding leftover water, womb-filth, and so on, which may be knee-deep and filled with impurity; the meaning is of such a kind. "Festering" means matured, old. By this it shows that just as at the gate of an outcaste village, in the hot season, when the sky rains with large drops, a cesspool pit filled with various kinds of corpses consisting of urine, excrement, bone, hide, sinew, pieces, spittle, mucus, and so on, carried along by water, stirred up with muddy water, after the passing of a few days, swarming with arisen crowds of worms, seething with the heat of the sun's burning, releasing foam and bubbles on the surface, of dark blue colour, supremely foul-smelling, loathsome, remains in a state unfit to approach or even to see - this body is of such a nature. Because of being always connected with the root of suffering, because of the oozing of impurity, and because of having the intrinsic nature of swelling up, decomposing, and breaking apart through arising, ageing, and death, it is like a great boil - thus "a great boil." Because of being accompanied everywhere by painful feeling, because of enduring like boils, and because of the overflowing of impurity, it is like a great wound - thus "a great wound." "Immersed in a pit of excrement" means filled with a cesspit, or indeed filled with excrement itself. "Gūthakūpanigāḷhito" is also a reading; the meaning is emerged from a cesspit. "The body oozing with liquid, always flows with what is rotten" - this body is by nature always oozing with the liquid element, and that which it flows is indeed only rotten impurity such as bile, phlegm, sweat, urine, and so on; the meaning is never anything pure.
"Connected by sixty tendons" means beginning from the uppermost part of the neck, binding the body, making five each on the front, back, right, and left sides of the body, there are twenty; binding the hands and feet, making five each on their front and back sides, there are forty - thus bound and intertwined in every respect by sixty tendons, the great sinews, is "connected by sixty tendons." "Plastered with the coating of flesh" means smeared with the coating reckoned as flesh; the meaning is plastered over with nine hundred pieces of flesh. "Fastened with the jacket of skin" means by the jacket reckoned as skin, in every respect covered up, enveloped, enclosed. "A putrid body" means a body that is in every respect foul-smelling. "Useless" means without purpose. For the body of other living beings might be of some purpose through the use of hide and so on, but not so the human body. "Constructed by a combination of bones" means constructed, connected by the combination of more than three hundred bones. "Fastened by sinew-threads" means fastened by nine hundred sinews resembling threads. "Through the conjunction of many elements" means through the combination and connection of the four primary elements, the life faculty, in-breath and out-breath, consciousness, and so on, just as a machine operates through the combination of threads and eraka grass, it performs the postures beginning with standing.
"Constantly proceeding towards death" means going exclusively for the purpose of death; from the time of being born, it proceeds towards death. For that very reason, it stands near the King of Death, near death. "Having abandoned right here" means having abandoned the body in this very world; this being goes wherever it pleases. Therefore it shows that even thus attachment should not be made, thinking "this body must be left behind and departed from."
"Hindered by ignorance" means hindered by the mental hindrance of ignorance, with its dangers concealed; the intention is: otherwise, who here would generate attachment? "By the four mental knots" means tied by the fourfold mental knot beginning with the bodily knot of covetousness, intertwined by the state of being subject to mental knots. "Sinking in the mental floods" means sinking in the four mental floods beginning with the mental flood of sensuality, by the state of being subject to mental floods. Because of the state of not being abandoned, they lie along again and again in the continuity - thus they are underlying tendencies; the underlying tendencies such as sensual lust and so on. "Spread over by the net of underlying tendencies" means spread over, overpowered by the net of those underlying tendencies. The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector; it is said by making it long for the sake of metrical ease in the verse. "Engaged in the five hindrances" means engaged in, inclined to the fivefold mental hindrance beginning with sensual desire; the locative expression is used in the instrumental sense.
"Applied to thought" means applied to, resorted to wrong thought beginning with sensual thought. "Followed by the root of craving" means pursued by the root of existence reckoned as craving. "Covered by the covering of delusion" means enveloped by the obstruction reckoned as confusion. All this is said with reference to the body born of impurity together with consciousness. For the animate individual existence is called "body" in such passages as "Monks, the body of the Truth-finder remains with the cord of existence cut off," and "this body and externally mentality-materiality" and so on. "Thus this body goes on" means thus, in the manner stated beginning with "filled with various impurities" and beginning with "hindered by ignorance," this body goes on; and going on, it is driven, joined together by the machine of action, by the machine reckoned as action, whether well-done or badly-done. Or just as it is unable to go to the secure end, so, being disturbed, it goes on and wanders about in fortunate and unfortunate worlds. "And success ends in failure" means whatever success there is here, that has failure as its end. For all youth has ageing as its end, all health has illness as its end, all life has death as its end, all meeting has separation as its end. Therefore he said "separation comes to pass." "Separation" means the state of being without, disunion; that is reached, attained in various ways - sometimes by way of the one who separates, sometimes by way of what is to be separated from.
"Those who treat this body as their own" means those blind fools, the worldlings, who thus, grasping this body which is foul, impermanent, inconstant, suffering, and without substance, thinking "this is mine," treat it as their own and give rise to desire and lust - they increase again and again through birth and death and so on the round of rebirths reckoned as a cemetery, which is terrible, frightful, because of being delighted in by the unwise, through birth and so on and through hell and so on. Therefore he said "they take up rebirth."
"Those who avoid this body, like a serpent smeared with dung" means just as a man desiring happiness, desiring to live, having seen a venomous snake in a heap of dung, avoids it due to its loathsomeness or due to its fearfulness and does not cling to it, just so those wise sons of good family avoid this body which is loathsome due to its impure nature and fearful due to its nature of impermanence and so on, and abandon it through the abandoning of desire and lust. They, having vomited out and thrown away ignorance, the root of becoming, and craving for existence, having absolutely abandoned them, precisely from that, in every respect without mental corruptions, will attain final nibbāna by the Nibbāna element with residue of clinging and by the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Kappa is concluded.
6.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Upasena, Son of Vaṅganta
577-586.
The verses beginning with "Secluded, with little noise" are the verses of the Venerable Elder Upasena.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home in the city of Haṃsavatī, having come of age, having gone to the Teacher's presence, while hearing the Teaching, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those who are all-pleasing, having performed a service for the Teacher, having aspired to that position of rank, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in the womb of the brahmin woman Rūpasārī in the village of Nālaka. His name was Upasena.
He, having come of age, having learnt the three Vedas, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, having gone forth, being one year since his full ordination, thinking "I am nurturing a noble embryo," having given full ordination to one son of good family in his own presence, went together with him to the Teacher's presence.
And having heard from the Teacher about the status of that monk without a rains residence as his co-resident pupil, he was rebuked: "Too quickly indeed, foolish man, you have reverted to luxurious living."
Thinking "Now, even though I have been rebuked by the Teacher in dependence on a following, in dependence on a following itself, however, I shall become praiseworthy to the Teacher," doing the work of insight, before long he attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Sitting on a mountain slope, I approached the highest among men.
Having adorned the umbrella, placed it upon the Buddha.
With the Buddha as the ninth there, I fed eight ascetics.
By this gift of an umbrella, by the offering of the finest food.
Thirty-six times as lord of the gods, he will exercise divine kingship.
Principality over a district, extensive, incalculable by counting.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
His heir in the teachings, legitimate, created by the Teaching.
Because of being all-pleasing, he will establish him in the highest state.
I bear my final body, having conquered Māra with his army.
But having attained arahantship, he himself lived having undertaken all the ascetic practices, and he instigated others for that purpose too; therefore the Blessed One established him in the foremost position among those who are all-pleasing. He, at a later time, when a dispute had arisen at Kosambī and the community of monks had become divided in two, being asked by a certain monk who wished to avoid that dispute "Now a dispute has arisen, the Community has become divided in two, how should I proceed?" speaking of his practice beginning with the dwelling in seclusion -
577.
A monk should resort to such lodging, for the sake of seclusion.
578.
From that having made a double robe, one should wear a coarse robe.
579.
A monk should walk for almsfood, with guarded doors, well-restrained.
580.
For one greedy for flavours, the mind does not delight in meditative absorption.
581.
Unassociated with householders, and with homeless ones, both.
582.
The wise one should not converse excessively in the midst of the Community.
583.
Restrained in the principal monastic code, and moderate in food.
584.
He should engage in serenity, and in insight at the proper time.
585.
And without reaching the end of suffering, the wise one should not come to trust.
586.
All mental corruptions are exhausted, and he attains final peace."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "secluded" means secluded from people, empty, the forest and so on. "With little noise" means without sound, devoid of the clash of sounds. "Frequented by beasts of prey" means roamed by lions, tigers, leopards, and beasts of prey. By this too, it shows seclusion from people alone, because it illustrates the state of being a remote lodging. "Lodging" means a dwelling place by virtue of its suitability for lying down and sitting; here "lodging" is what is intended. "For the sake of seclusion" means for the purpose of seclusion, having turned away from various objects, for the purpose of the mind's clinging again and again properly and completely to the meditation subject alone.
Thus, indicating a lodging suitable for meditation, having shown contentment with lodging, now in order to show that same contentment with robes and so on too, "from rubbish heaps" and so on was stated. Therein, "from rubbish heaps" means a heap of rubbish is a rubbish heap; from that, from refuse places. "Having brought" means having collected. "From that" means with pieces of cloth thus collected. For this is an ablative expression used in the instrumental sense. "Coarse" means coarse, of unattractive appearance, through being coarse by the knife, coarse by the dye, and so on. "Should wear" means should use by way of an inner robe and so on; by this he speaks of contentment with robes.
"Having made the mind humble" means having recollected the exhortation of the Fortunate One beginning with "This, monks, is the lowest of livelihoods," having made the mind with conceit and arrogance cast down. "Successively" means without interruption among the houses; the meaning is from house to house. Therefore he said "from family to family." "From family to family" means from one family to another family; the meaning is in the order of families, in the succession of houses. "For almsfood" means for mixed alms; by this he speaks of contentment with almsfood. "With guarded doors" means with the doors of the eye and so on well shut. "Well-restrained" means well restrained through the absence of restlessness of the hands and so on.
"Even with coarse food or" - the word "even" is in the sense of conjunction, the word "or" is in the sense of alternative. With both, even with what is coarse, even with what is little, with whatever is easily obtained, with whatsoever, one should be content, should be equally, rightly satisfied. Therefore he said "one should not wish for abundant flavours." "One should not wish for abundant flavours" means one should not aspire to, should not long for, flavours other than what one has obtained, such as sweet and other flavours, abundant and superior; by this, contentment even with requisites for the sick has been shown. But stating the reason for the purpose of warding off greed for flavours, he said "for one greedy for flavours, the mind does not delight in meditative absorption." The intention is: for one who does not even fulfil sense-restraint, how can there be concentration of a distracted mind?
Having thus shown the practice of detachment regarding the four requisites, now in order to show the remaining topics of discussion, "of few wishes and" and so on was stated. Therein, "of few wishes" means without wishes, devoid of desire regarding the four requisites; by that he speaks of the suppression of the arising of craving regarding the fourfold requisites. "Content" means content regarding the four requisites through contentment with whatever is obtained and so on. For whoever -
One should sustain oneself with the present, he is called 'contented.'"
"Secluded" means having abandoned the company of groups, secluded in body, withdrawn. For he will speak of seclusion of mind and so on further on. "Should dwell" should be construed everywhere. A sage through being endowed with the qualities of moral perfection. "Unassociated" means unassociated due to the absence of seeing, hearing, conversing, eating together, and physical contact; devoid of the aforesaid association. "Both" means unassociated with both - with householders and with homeless ones. For this is a nominative case used in the instrumental sense.
"So should one show oneself" means though not dull and not mute, just as if dull or mute, so should one show oneself; by this he speaks of the abandoning of forwardness. "As if dull or mute" - and the shortening was made for the sake of metrical ease in the verse, and the word "or" has the meaning of conjunction. "Should not converse excessively" means one should not speak beyond measure, exceeding the limit; the meaning is that one should be moderate in speech. "In the midst of the Community" means in the community of monks, or in a group of people.
"He should not blame anyone" means that monk practising as aforesaid should not blame by speech anyone whatsoever, whether inferior, middling, or superior. "Should avoid causing harm" means one should shun causing harm, oppression, by body. "Restrained in the principal monastic code" means one should be restrained in the Pātimokkha, in the morality of Pātimokkha restraint; the meaning is that one should have body and speech closed by Pātimokkha restraint. "And moderate in food" means one should know the measure in food with regard to seeking, accepting, consuming, and distributing.
"One whose sign is well grasped" means observing the mode thus "When I was attending in this way, my mind became concentrated," one should have the sign of concentration well grasped. "He whose sign is well grasped" is also a reading; the meaning is that practitioner. "Skilled in the arising of consciousness" means thus, for one developing, the mind becomes sluggish, "thus agitated" - one should be skilled in the cause of the arising of sluggish and agitated consciousness. For when the mind is sluggish, the enlightenment factors of investigation of phenomena, energy, and rapture should be developed; when agitated, the enlightenment factors of tranquillity, concentration, and equanimity. But the enlightenment factor of mindfulness should be desired everywhere. Therefore the Blessed One said - "But at the time, monks, when the mind is sluggish, it is the right time for the development of the enlightenment factor of investigation of phenomena" etc. "Should engage in serenity" means one should develop serenity meditation, one should produce unarisen concentration, and should increase and build up what has arisen until the attainment of mastery; this is the meaning. "And insight at the proper time" means without making the concentration obtained as it was into one conducive to relinquishment or conducive to duration through not exhausting it by attachment, but rather making it conducive to penetration, one should engage in insight at the proper time. Or alternatively, "and insight at the proper time" means while engaging in serenity, at the time when it has become firm, without falling into contraction, one should engage in insight for the achievement of the noble path. As he said -
A monk should not become complacent, not having attained the elimination of mental corruptions."
Therefore it was said - "Endowed with energy and perseverance" and so on. The state of being constant is perseverance; perseverance of energy; accomplished with that, endowed with it; one whose energy is constantly proceeding, one whose energy is perpetually upheld - this is the meaning. "One should always be engaged in exertion" means one should be devoted to meditative development at all times. "The end of suffering" means without having reached the end, the final goal, the cessation, the Nibbāna of the suffering of the round of rebirths, one should not come to trust, should not go to it. The meaning is that one should not become complacent thinking "I am one of pure morality, an obtainer of meditative absorption, an obtainer of direct knowledge, standing having brought insight to its summit."
"Thus dwelling" means of one dwelling by the method beginning with resorting to secluded lodgings and so on, ending with being engaged in exertion, by means of insight. "Desiring purity" means of one who desires purification by knowledge and vision, absolute purification, Nibbāna and arahantship. For a monk who sees fear in the round of rebirths, all mental corruptions beginning with the mental corruption of sensuality are exhausted, go to elimination, pass away; by the very going to their elimination, he attains, reaches the twofold Nibbāna classified as the Nibbāna element with residue of clinging and the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
Thus the elder, under the pretext of giving exhortation to that monk, illustrating his own state of having thus practised, declared the final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Upasena, son of Vaṅganta, is concluded.
7.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Gotama
587-596.
"One should cognise one's own welfare" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Apara Gotama.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, even before the arising of our Blessed One, having been reborn in Sāvatthī in a noble brahmin family, having come of age, having become one who had gone beyond the three Vedas, having learnt the method of debate, not finding anyone who could speak further beyond his own doctrine, he went about engaged in argumentative talk with these and those.
Then our Blessed One, having arisen in the world, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, having gradually trained those accessible to instruction such as Yasa and others, at the invitation of Anāthapiṇḍika, approached Sāvatthī.
Then, having gained faith through the Teacher's acceptance of Jeta's Grove, having approached the Teacher, having heard the Teaching, he requested the going forth.
The Teacher commanded a certain monk who walked for almsfood -
"Monk, give the going forth to this one."
He, while being given the going forth by that monk, attained arahantship at the very hall of tonsure, and having gone to the Kosala country, having dwelt there for a long time, returned again to Sāvatthī.
Many relatives, wealthy brahmins, having approached him, having attended upon him, seated, asked: "In this world there are many ascetics and brahmins who are proponents of purity in the round of rebirths; among them, whose doctrine indeed is leading to liberation, and how proceeding is one purified from the round of rebirths?"
The elder, making known that meaning to them -
587.
And whatever here would be proper for one who has entered asceticism.
588.
And the wish to hear from teachers, this is proper for an ascetic.
589.
And respect for the Community, this is proper for an ascetic.
590.
And the establishing of the mind, this is proper for an ascetic.
591.
And devotion to higher consciousness, this is proper for an ascetic.
592.
Should be resorted to by the sage, this is proper for an ascetic.
593.
Full realisation of the truths, this is proper for an ascetic.
594.
And discontent with the world, this is proper for an ascetic.
595.
The noble eightfold path, this is proper for an ascetic.
596.
He should dwell free, this is proper for an ascetic."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "one should cognise one's own welfare" means an intelligent person, having examined his own welfare as it really is, should know it. And while examining, "should examine the Scriptures" means the Scriptures, the doctrine, proclaimed in this world by the various ascetics and brahmins and by the Perfectly Enlightened One. Therein, whatever is leading to liberation, that one should look at, should see with the eye of wisdom. For these ascetics and brahmins of various sects, wrongly adhering to "permanent" in what is impermanent, "self" in what is non-self, and "the path of purification" in what is not the path of purification, and of mutually contradictory doctrines - therefore their doctrine is not leading to liberation. But the Perfectly Enlightened One, having directly known as it really is through self-born knowledge that "all activities are impermanent, all phenomena are non-self, Nibbāna is peaceful," declares it. Therefore the meaning is: one should look at the greatness of the Teacher's Dispensation, thinking "his doctrine is leading to liberation." "And whatever here would be proper for one who has entered asceticism" means for a son of good family who has entered asceticism, the state of an ascetic, the going forth - whatever here in the Dispensation or in the state of one gone forth would be proper, fitting, suitable - that too one should consider.
But what is that? He said beginning with "a good friend here." The explanation is: associating with a good friend in this Dispensation is proper for an ascetic. The same method applies to the others as well. For in dependence on a good friend, one abandons the unwholesome, develops the wholesome, and maintains oneself in purity. "Extensive undertaking of the training" means extensive undertaking of the training; the meaning is the practice of the training in higher morality and so on, which is great and conducive to Nibbāna. "And the wish to hear from teachers" means the desire to hear the exhortation of teachers such as preceptors and instructors and other good friends, and service to them. "This" means the association with good friends and so on.
"Respect for the Buddhas" means the application of respect, the honouring with high esteem towards the omniscient Buddhas, thinking "The Blessed One is the Perfectly Enlightened One." "Esteem for the Teaching as it really is" means reverence for the noble Teaching as it really is, veneration with regard. "The Community" means the noble Community. "Consideration" means honour and respect. "This" means showing reverence to the Triple Gem.
"Engaged in good conduct and resort" means having abandoned inappropriate conduct reckoned as bodily and verbal transgression, and improper resort such as prostitutes and so on which is an inappropriate place to approach for the purpose of almsfood and so on, one is engaged in and accomplished in good conduct reckoned as bodily and verbal non-transgression and in resort which is an appropriate place to approach for the purpose of almsfood and so on; the meaning is accomplished in good conduct and resort. "Livelihood purified" means having abandoned wrong ways of earning such as giving bamboo and so on, which are censured by the Buddha, for one who resorts to requisites arising blamelessly, livelihood is purified, thoroughly pure; because of being purified, it is indeed blameless in the eyes of the wise. "And the establishing of the mind" means the right establishing of the mind so that covetousness and so on do not occur through the doors of the eye and so on regarding objects such as matter and so on, in such a way that regarding the seen, it is merely by way of just the seen and so on. "This" means this triad: achievement of good conduct and resort, purification of livelihood, and guarding the doors of the sense faculties.
"Practice" means morality to be fulfilled by performing. "Avoidance" means morality to be fulfilled by non-performance through abstinence. "Deportment inspiring confidence" means full awareness dependent on the postures, on account of the achievement of deportment that brings confidence to others. "And devotion to higher consciousness" means the pursuit of meditative development in serenity and insight meditation.
"Forest" means included in the forest. "Secluded" means solitary.
"Morality" means the fourfold purification morality. For above it was stated by dividing, here he states without dividing. "Great learning" means the state of being very learned. For that is of great service for the pursuit of meditative development; for one who is abundant in right investigation regarding proficiency in the factors of enlightenment, the unsurpassed coolness, higher consciousness, and such qualities, the pursuit of serenity and insight meditation succeeds. "Investigation of phenomena as they really are" means the thorough examination of material and immaterial phenomena by their undistorted own characteristics and by their general characteristics. By this he speaks of insight into phenomena through higher wisdom. "Full realisation of the truths" means penetration of the noble truths of suffering and so on by way of full understanding, full realisation, and so on.
In order to show how this full realisation of the truths occurs, "one should develop" and so on was stated. Therein, "one should develop the perception of impermanence" means one should develop the perception of impermanence regarding all activities, either without classification by such as "all activities are impermanent" and so on, or with classification by such as "whatever materiality, past, future, or present" and so on; the meaning is one should produce and increase it. "The perception of non-self" - the explanation is: one should also develop the perception of non-self that occurs as "all phenomena are non-self." Thus also with the remaining ones. "The perception of foulness" means the perception that occurs as "foul" regarding the body born of impurity or regarding all activities of the three planes, because of the oozing of the impurity of mental defilements. For this is accompanied by the perception of suffering; by this very thing it should be understood that the perception of suffering is also included here. "And discontent with the world" means the perception of discontent regarding activities in the three planes in the whole world. By this he speaks of the observation of danger and the observation of disenchantment.
But thus, one engaged in the development of insight, arousing zeal in it, showing that one should increase these mental states, he spoke the verse "one should develop the factors of enlightenment." Its meaning is - The factors of enlightenment are factors of enlightenment - that is, the concord of the sevenfold mental states beginning with mindfulness, or the factors of the person possessed of that who is termed enlightened - thus factors of enlightenment are mental states beginning with mindfulness. Those seven factors of enlightenment beginning with mindfulness, the four bases for spiritual power beginning with desire, the five faculties beginning with faith, the five powers which are just those beginning with faith, and the noble eightfold path by way of right view and so on. By the word "and," the establishments of mindfulness and the right strivings are also included; thus one should develop all the thirty-seven varieties of qualities conducive to enlightenment - one should produce and increase them. Therein, the production of these at the moment of the first path, and the increase at the moment of the higher paths - this is proper for an ascetic, a monk.
Thus, developing the thirty-seven states belonging to enlightenment, showing that just as one fully realises the truth of the path by way of the full realisation of development, so one fully realises the truth of origin by way of the full realisation of abandoning, and the truth of cessation by way of the full realisation of direct experience, he spoke the concluding verse "A sage should abandon craving." Therein, "should abandon craving" means one should utterly destroy without remainder all craving classified as sensual craving and so on by the noble path. Wisdom is called knowledge; because of being endowed with that, he is a sage. "Should split apart the mental corruptions including the root" means one should break and utterly destroy all the mental corruptions including the mental corruption of sensuality and the like, which include the root such as the underlying tendency to sensual lust and so on. "Should dwell free" means thus, because mental defilements have been altogether abandoned, liberated everywhere, having realised the relinquishment of all clinging, cessation, Nibbāna, one should dwell. "This" means that which is this dwelling, this is proper, befitting for an ascetic, a monk in whom evil has been calmed - this is the meaning.
Thus the elder, by way of praising the practice befitting an ascetic, made clear the nature of the Dispensation as leading to liberation, and by contrast, the nature of outside doctrines as not leading to liberation. Having heard that, those wealthy brahmins, devoted to the Dispensation, became established in the refuges and so on.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Gotama is concluded.
The commentary on the Chapter of Tens is concluded.
11.
The Book of the Elevens
1.
The Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Saṃkicca
597-607.
In the Eleventh Nipāta, the verses of the Venerable Elder Saṃkicca beginning with "What is your purpose in the forest, dear son."
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, took conception in Sāvatthī in a wealthy brahmin family.
While he was still in the womb, his mother, having become ill, died.
Having taken her to the cemetery, when she was being cremated, the womb did not burn.
People, piercing the womb with stakes, struck the corner of the child's eye.
They, having pierced it, having covered it with embers, departed.
The area of the womb also burned, but on top of the embers the child, resembling a golden image, was as if lying in the interior of a lotus.
For a being in the last existence, even if being crushed by Sineru, there is no such thing as the elimination of life without attaining arahantship.
On the following day, people who had gone to the cremation ground, having seen the child lying there thus, filled with wonder and amazement, having taken the child, having entered the village, asked the interpreters of signs. The interpreters of signs said "If this child will dwell in a house, up to the seventh generation of the family, they will become destitute. If he will go forth, he will go about surrounded by five hundred ascetics." The relatives, having said "So be it; when he has grown up, we shall give him the going forth in the presence of our noble Elder Sāriputta," calling him Saṃkicca because his eye-corner had been cut by a stake, afterwards called him Saṃkicca. He, at the age of seven, having heard of the death of his mother while he was still in the womb, and of his own experience in the womb, being stirred with a sense of urgency, said "I will go forth." The relatives, saying "Good, dear son," having led him to the presence of the General of the Teaching, gave him saying "Venerable sir, give this one the going forth." The Elder, having given him the meditation subject of the skin pentad, gave him the going forth. He attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges at the very hall of tonsure, and while dwelling in the forest together with about thirty monks, having freed them from the hands of thieves, and having himself tamed those thieves and given them the going forth, while dwelling in a certain monastery together with many monks, having seen them engaged in disputes, he asked permission of the monks saying "I shall go elsewhere." This is the summary here; the detail, however, should be understood according to the method that has come in the Dhammapada Commentary. Then a certain lay follower, wishing to attend upon him, requesting him to dwell in a nearby place -
597.
The Verambha winds are delightful to you, for solitude is indeed for meditators."
Spoke the first verse. Having heard that, the elder -
598.
Perceptions draw me towards seclusion, connected with the perception of seclusion.
599.
It arouses mindfulness in me, regarding the body, based upon dispassion.
600.
That monk indeed sleeps happily, without expectation towards sensual pleasures.
601.
Covered with water moss, those rocks delight me.
602.
In remote lodgings, frequented by beasts of prey.
603.
I do not know of any thought, ignoble, connected with hate.
604.
The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.
605.
That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.
606.
And I await the time, like a hired servant earning his wages.
607.
And I await the time, fully aware, mindful." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "what is your purpose in the forest" (kiṃ tavattho vane) is said with a change of gender as "kinti." In the forest, what is your purpose, what is the use - this is the meaning. "Dear son" (tātā): because he was a young novice, having placed him in the position of his own son, he addresses him. "Like the Ujjuhāna mountain in the rainy season" (ujjuhānova pāvuse): Ujjuhāna, it is said, is the name of a certain mountain; it is covered with dense thickets, with many natural rock pools, with water flowing here and there, unsuitable in the rainy season; therefore the meaning is: what use is the Ujjuhāna mountain, or the forest, to you now in the rainy season? Some, however, here say "Ujjuhāna is the name of a certain bird that does not endure the cold; in the rainy season it remains hidden in clusters of trees." According to their view: like the bird Ujjuhāna, what is your purpose in the forest in the rainy season? "The Verambha winds are delightful to you" (verambhā ramaṇīyā te): the explanation is - are the verambha winds blowing delightful to you? Some say "Verambhā is the name of a certain mountain cave, a cliff-overhang." And that place is suitable for coming and going, free from the crowding of people, and endowed with shade and water; therefore the Verambhā is delightful, suitable for dwelling in the forest. Why? "For solitude is indeed for meditators" (paviveko hi jhāyinaṃ): because for such meditators, solitude alone should be desired wherever they may be; therefore he says "Without going to a distant forest place, dwell at the Verambhā, dear son." For this is the intention here: Because for meditators, meditative absorptions and so on succeed only when a lodging that is conducive to solitude and comfortable for dwelling is obtained, not when it is not obtained; therefore in such a cold season it is not possible to dwell anywhere in the forest, but in caves and cliff-overhangs and so on it is possible.
When this was said by the lay follower, the elder, showing "the forest and so on indeed delight me," said beginning with "just as the clouds." Its meaning is - Just as in the rainy season the high-altitude wind drives away, casts out, and removes the clouds, just so perceptions connected with the perception of seclusion draw my mind and pull it towards the place of seclusion itself.
And furthermore? "Not white" means of dark colour; "egg-born" means born from an egg, a crow; "wandering about the charnel ground as its abode" means at the cemetery site, making that very place its dwelling place and roaming about - it arouses mindfulness in me; "based upon dispassion regarding the body" means it indeed arouses in me the meditation subject of mindfulness of the body connected with dispassion regarding the body. One day, it is said, the elder, having seen a human corpse being devoured by a crow, obtained the perception of foulness; with reference to that he spoke thus. By that he shows "because of the complete absence of desire and lust towards the body, I wish to dwell indeed in the forest." "Yañca" - the word "ca" has the meaning of conjunction; by that he shows "hear yet another reason for my dwelling in the forest." That one gone forth, because of dwelling in friendliness and because of having requisites that are not enticing, due to the absence of anyone needing to be guarded, others such as servants and so on do not guard. And the one gone forth does not guard others, due to the very absence of any who constitute impediments of possessions, because there are none such. "That monk indeed sleeps happily" means that monk, because of having completely cut off defilement-sensuality, without expectation towards objects of sensual pleasure in every respect, devoid of expectation, sleeps happily wherever anywhere. The meaning is that because of the absence of anxiety and apprehension for him, the forest and the village are the same.
Now, in order to show the delightfulness of mountains, forests, and so on, and that he had formerly dwelt there, "with clear waters" and so on was stated. Therein, "I have dwelt" means formerly dwelt by me. "Frequented by beasts of prey" means in a forest frequented by beasts of prey such as lions, tigers, and so on.
"I do not know of any thought" means: "May these living beings, whatever breathing beings, be killed, be slain by weapons such as arrows and spears and so on, be slaughtered, be afflicted by blows of the fist and so on, or by any other manner whatsoever may they reach suffering, may they attain it" - thus he shows dwelling in friendliness: I do not know of having produced such an evil thought connected with hate, conjoined with aversion, therefore ignoble, of the variety of anger, cruelty, and so on; wrong thought has never arisen before.
Now, by "attended upon" and so on, he shows his own fulfilment of the task. Therein, "attended upon" means served by way of carrying out exhortation and instruction. "Laid down" means put down. "Heavy burden" means the heavier burden of the aggregates.
"I do not delight in death" means I do not wish for death thinking "How might death come to me?" "I do not delight in life" means I do not wish for life either, thinking "How might I live long?" By this he shows equanimity of mind regarding death and life. "And I await the time" means I merely wait for the time of final Nibbāna. "Earning wages" means earning wages, doing work for hire. "Like a hired servant" means just as a hired servant doing work for another, even though not delighting in the completion of the work, while still doing the work looks forward to the end of the day, just so I too, even though not delighting in life, by the sustaining of individual existence, even though not delighting in death, I await the time of conclusion. The remainder is according to the method already stated.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Saṃkicca is concluded.
The commentary on the Chapter of Elevens is concluded.
12.
The Book of the Twelves
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sīlava
608-619.
In the Book of Twelves, the verses beginning with "morality only" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sīlava.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was born as the son of King Bimbisāra in Rājagaha; his name was Sīlava.
When he had come of age, King Ajātasattu, wishing to kill him, having set a fierce rutted elephant upon him, even making efforts by various means, was not able to kill him, because for a being in the last existence there is no danger to life in between without attaining arahantship.
Having seen the news of him, the Blessed One commanded the Elder Mahāmoggallāna -
"Bring the prince Sīlava."
The elder, by the power of supernormal power, brought him together with the elephant.
The prince, having descended from the elephant, having paid respect to the Blessed One, sat down to one side.
The Blessed One expounded the Teaching suited to his disposition.
He, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long, having attained arahantship, dwelt in the Kosala country.
Then Ajātasattu commanded his men "Kill him."
They, having gone to the elder's presence, standing there, having heard the talk on the Teaching spoken by the elder, with religious emotion arisen, having become those with confident minds, went forth.
The elder, to them -
608.
For morality, when practised, brings all success.
609.
Praise and gain of joy, and after death, rejoicing in heaven.
610.
But the immoral one, practising evil, falls away from friends.
611.
Praise, fame and commendation, the moral one always obtains.
612.
The chief of all phenomena, therefore one should purify morality.
613.
And the ford of all Buddhas, therefore one should purify morality.
614.
Morality is the foremost ornament, morality is a marvellous armour.
615.
Morality is the foremost cosmetic, by which one's scent spreads in every direction.
616.
Morality is the best conveyance, by which one goes in every direction.
617.
Everywhere unhappy is the fool, unconcentrated in morality.
618.
Everywhere glad is the wise one, well concentrated in morality.
619.
Among human beings and gods, victory comes from morality and wisdom."
He expounded the Teaching with these verses.
Therein, "one should train in morality here, in this world": "here" is merely a particle; a son of good family who desires welfare in this world of beings should train from the very beginning in morality alone, which is of such divisions as observance and avoidance and so on; and in training, he should train in it as well-trained, having made it well trained, thoroughly pure and complete by establishing the state of being unbroken and so on. Or "in this world" means he should train in morality from the very beginning among the things to be trained in, in this world of activities. Because morality is the support even for the achievement of right view, he said "for morality" and so on. Therein, "hi" is a word expressing reason. Because morality, when practised, cultivated and guarded, brings near and conduces all success - namely human success, divine success and the success of Nibbāna - to the being who possesses it.
Showing in detail the meaning stated in brief as "morality brings all success," he said beginning with "one should guard morality." Therein, "should guard" means should protect. For by abstaining from killing living beings and so on, and by fulfilling all kinds of duties, one guards it through overcoming the opposing factors. "The wise one" means one endowed with wisdom; this is a showing of the means of guarding it, for by the power of knowledge there is the undertaking and the non-violation of it. "Wishing for" means desiring. "Three happinesses" means three kinds of happiness. Or the sign of happiness is intended by "happiness." "Praise" means fame, or the praising by the wise. "Gain of joy" means the gain of contentment. Some also read "vittalābha"; the meaning is gain of wealth. For one who is moral, through diligence, attains a great mass of wealth. "After death" means having died. "Rejoicing in heaven" means in the heavenly world with desirable types of sensual pleasure; and the connection is: wishing for rejoicing. The explanation is: wishing for praise and gain of joy in this world, and for rejoicing through divine success in the world beyond, one should guard morality.
"By self-control" means by the restraint of body and so on. For one who is self-controlled, not vexing anyone through bodily misconduct and so on, giving the gift of fearlessness, binds friends through being dear and agreeable. "Falls away" means departs. "Practising evil" means doing evil deeds such as killing living beings and so on. For beings who wish one's welfare do not associate with an immoral person; on the contrary, they avoid him.
"Disrepute" means lack of virtue, or blame to one's face. "Ill fame" means disgrace, absence of praise. "Praise" means virtue. "Fame" means praise, widely spread renown. "Commendation" means praise to one's face.
"Beginning" means root. For morality is the beginning of wholesome mental states. As he said - "Therefore, monk, you should purify the very beginning in wholesome mental states. And what is the beginning of wholesome mental states? Morality that is well purified." "Support" means foundation. For morality is the support of all super-human achievements. Therefore he said - "Having been established in morality" and so on. "And the mother of good qualities" means having become the mother of good qualities such as serenity meditation, insight meditation and so on; the meaning is "producer." "The chief of all phenomena" means the chief, having become the entrance, the door of occurrence, of all blameless qualities such as gladness and so on; this is the meaning. "Therefore" means because of being the beginning and so on. "Should purify" means one should accomplish by making it unbroken and so on.
"Boundary" means a boundary in the sense of not being transgressible by misconduct; the meaning is "limit." Or "velā" because it shakes immorality, agitates and destroys it; thus it is "boundary." Morality is restraint because of closing the door of arising of bodily misconduct and so on. "Gladdening" means pleasing, because of causing the mind to rejoice through being a cause of freedom from remorse. "And the ford of all Buddhas" means having become the ford for all Buddhas - enlightened as noble disciples, Individually Enlightened Ones, and Perfectly Enlightened Ones - for washing away the stain of defilements and for plunging into the great ocean of Nibbāna.
"Morality is incomparable power" means incomparable power and the strength of an army in crushing the army of Māra. "The highest weapon" means the highest instrument for cutting defiling mental states. It is an ornament in the sense of adorning the body of virtues. "Foremost" means the highest at all times and also substantial. It is a marvellous armour because of protecting one's own life. Some also read "abbhida"; the meaning is impenetrable.
It is a bridge in the sense of not sinking through mental defilements in crossing the great flood of the realms of misery and in crossing the great flood of the round of rebirths. "Influential" means of great power. "An unsurpassed fragrance" means an unsurpassed fragrance because of blowing against the wind in all directions, because of captivating all people. Therefore he said "by which one's scent spreads in every direction" - by which fragrance of morality one who is endowed with that blows forth in every direction, in all directions. "Disodisā" is also a reading; the meaning is the ten directions.
"Indeed the foremost provision" means provision is a parcel of boiled rice. Just as a man, having taken a parcel of boiled rice, going along the road, is not wearied on the way by the suffering of hunger, so too even one accomplished in morality, having taken the pure provision of morality, practising through the wilderness of the round of rebirths, is not wearied wherever he goes - thus morality is called the foremost provision. Likewise morality is the highest sustenance because of not being shared with thieves and so on, and because of accomplishing the desired success in each and every place. That which, passing beyond this and that place, conveys and causes one to reach the desired place, is a conveyance, a vehicle. Being untroubled by anyone, because of being the cause for attaining the desired place, morality is the best conveyance. "By which" means by which conveyance one goes "in every direction" - even to non-destination and destination, one goes easily to this and that direction.
"Right here he obtains blame" means even in this world, unhappy, with mind corrupted by lust and so on, he obtains blame and reproach as "immoral, of bad character." After death, even in the world beyond, in the realm of misery, he obtains blame by the men of Yama and so on by such words as "a man of misfortune, lowborn" and so on. Not only does he obtain blame, but indeed everywhere the unhappy fool, in this world with mind corrupted by the conduct of misconduct, in the world beyond through the arising of suffering by way of bodily punishment and so on - everywhere the fool is unhappy. How? "Unconcentrated in morality" means one whose mind is not rightly established in morality, whose mind is unestablished.
"Right here he obtains fame" means even in this world, glad, he obtains fame as "a good person, moral, of good character." After death, even in the world beyond, in heaven, "This good person is moral, of good character. For thus he has been reborn in the company of the gods" - by such words and so on he obtains fame. Not only does he obtain fame, but indeed the wise one, endowed with energy, well concentrated in morality, with mind applied, with mind well established, everywhere, in this world through the conduct of good conduct, in the world beyond through the acquisition of success, is glad, having attained pleasure. "Morality here is the highest" means morality is twofold: mundane and supramundane. Therein, firstly the mundane brings a distinction of rebirth among the warrior-caste millionaires and so on in the sensual world, in the heavenly world and in the Brahma world, and is the cause for the state of being an obtainer and so on. But the supramundane transcends even the entire suffering of the round of rebirths - thus morality is indeed the highest. For thus it has been said -
By the middling, to divinity, and by the highest, one becomes pure."
"If, monks, a monk should wish - 'May I be an obtainer of the requisites of robes, almsfood, lodging and medicine for the sick,' 'he should be one who fulfils morality,' 'Monks, the mental aspiration of one who is moral succeeds because of its purity.'
But regarding the supramundane morality, whose opponent has been entirely abandoned, which turns back the suffering of the round of rebirths beginning from the seventh existence, there is nothing at all to be said about its state of being the highest. "But the wise one is the best" means "the wise person is the best, the supreme, the foremost indeed" - by the standpoint of persons he declares the supremacy of wisdom itself. Now, showing the supreme state of morality and wisdom by function, he said "victory comes from morality and wisdom." In "jayanti" a change of gender should be understood, or "was" is the remainder of the expression. Therein, "paññāṇaṃ" is wisdom in the sense of understanding; victory over opponents comes from morality and from wisdom. For wisdom does not come to be without morality, and without wisdom morality is not functional; and this is mutually supportive. For it was said "wisdom is cleansed by morality, morality is cleansed by wisdom." "Among human beings and gods" - this is a showing of the distinction of their respective domains. For there those operate with distinction; concentration here, however, is on the side of morality because of being the foundation for wisdom, or on the side of wisdom because it is to be developed and because of having morality as its foundation.
Thus the elder, expounding the Teaching to those monks by means of morality, declared the final liberating knowledge through the illumination of his own well-purified morality and other such qualities.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sīlava is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sunīta
620-631.
"In a low family" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sunīta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merits in this and that existence, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in a time devoid of a Buddha, having been reborn in a family home, having come of age, having become bent on play together with foolish people, going about, having seen a certain Individually Enlightened One walking for almsfood in the village, said: "What is the use of your going about for almsfood, having covered the entire body like one whose body is completely wounded? Should not one's livelihood be earned by farming, trading, and so on?
If you are not able to do those, go from house to house removing urine, excrement, and so on, and afterwards live by cleansing sites" - thus he reviled him.
He, by that action, having been tormented in hell, by the remainder of the result of that very action, even in the human world, having been reborn in a remover of withered flowers family for many hundreds of births, he earned his livelihood in that way.
And in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a remover of withered flowers family itself, he earns his livelihood by the work of cleansing excrement, not obtaining even so much as food and clothing.
Then the Blessed One, in the last watch, having entered upon the great compassion attainment that was the Buddha's habitual practice, having emerged from it, surveying the world with the Buddha-eye, having seen the decisive support for arahantship blazing within Sunīta's heart like a lamp inside a pot, when the night became light, in the earlier period of the day, having dressed, taking his bowl and robe, surrounded by the community of monks, entered Rājagaha for almsfood. He proceeded along that street in which Sunīta was doing the work of cleansing excrement. Sunīta too, having made heaps here and there of scraps of food, excrement, refuse, and so on, having put them into baskets, carrying them on a carrying pole, having seen the Teacher surrounded by the community of monks coming, being bashful, with a heart confused by agitation, not finding a path to go or a place to hide, having placed the carrying pole beside a wall, as if entering sideways with one side, clinging to the wall, stood with joined palms. Some say "He wished to depart through a hole in the wall."
The Teacher, having reached his vicinity, thinking "This one, being bashful towards me who have come, prompted by his own wholesome roots, is ashamed even of a face-to-face meeting because of the lowness of his birth and his work; come, let me produce self-confidence in him," having addressed him "Sunīta" with a divine voice as sweet as the call of the Indian cuckoo, excellent, deep, resounding throughout the entire city, said "Will you be able to go forth from this miserable livelihood?" Sunīta, by that word of the Teacher, as if sprinkled with the Deathless, experiencing lofty joy and pleasure, said "Blessed One, if even those like me obtain the going forth here, why should I not go forth? Give me the going forth, Blessed One." The Teacher said "Come, monk." He, at that very moment, having obtained the going forth and full ordination by the "Come, monk" form, wearing bowl and robes created by supernormal power, having become like an elder of sixty rains retreats, stood in the presence of the Teacher. The Blessed One, having led him to the monastery, told him the meditation subject. He, first having produced the eight attainments and the five direct knowledges, having developed insight, became a possessor of the six higher knowledges. Him, the gods beginning with Sakka and the Brahmās, having approached, paid homage. Therefore it was said -
The thoroughbred, overcome by birth and ageing, Sunīta they pay homage to with confident minds" and so on.
The Blessed One, having seen him honoured by the host of gods, having smiled, praising him, expounded the Teaching with the verse "By austerity, by the holy life." Then several monks, wishing to make him roar a lion's roar, asked "Friend Sunīta, from what family did you go forth, how did you go forth, and how did you penetrate the truths?" He, making known all that -
620.
My work was lowly, I was a remover of withered flowers.
621.
Having made the mind humble, I paid homage to many people.
622.
The great hero entering the best city of the Magadhans.
623.
Out of compassion for me alone, the highest of men stood still.
624.
I requested the going forth from the highest of all beings.
625.
'Come, monk,' he said to me, that was my full ordination.
626.
I did the Teacher's word, as the Conqueror exhorted me.
627.
During the middle watch of the night, I purified the divine eye;
In the last watch of the night, I shattered the mass of darkness.
628.
Inda and Brahmā, having come, paid homage to me with joined palms.
629.
Whose mental corruptions are eliminated, you are worthy of offerings, dear sir.
630.
Having manifested a smile, spoke this matter.
631.
By this one is a brahmin, this is the highest brahmin quality."
With these verses he roared a lion's roar.
Therein, "low" means inferior, the lowest of all. For the state of being high and low among beings is relative; but this one, showing that he was born in the lowest of all, in a pukkusa family, said "I was born in a low family." Therefore it was said - "'Low' means inferior, the lowest of all." "Poor" means destitute; even some who are poor are sometimes obtainers of food and clothing, living without difficulty; but I, showing that at all times, through the difficulty of livelihood, I was inferior, not seeing even a drop worth seeing of a pot placed on an oven, said "with little food." Even some of low family who are poor have a livelihood with work that is not low; but showing that for me it was not so, he said "my work was lowly." Of what kind, if asked? "I was a remover of withered flowers" - just as one who is deficient in a hand is called "one with a hand," so by way of conventional usage, this one's designation was that is to say "a remover of withered flowers." Or he was so called because of the resemblance to a carpet of withered flowers on a dung-ground.
"Shunned" means despised both by birth and by work. "Of people" means by people. "Treated with contempt" means despised. "Scoffed at" means jeered at. "Having made the mind humble" means having raised up other people like Mount Sineru, having made oneself lower than even the dust of their feet, having made the mind low and humble in its occurrence. "I paid homage to many people" means I paid homage to the multitude of people whenever I saw them, making salutation with joined palms at the head, I bowed down.
"Then" is an indeclinable particle used to indicate a different subject. "I saw" means I perceived. "Of the Magadhans" - the Magadhans are princes who are provincial rulers; their abode, though a single province, is called "of the Magadhans" by conventional usage; the meaning is of the Magadhan province. "The finest city" means the highest city.
"Carrying-pole" means a pingo. "I requested the going forth" means when the Teacher had given the opportunity saying "Sunīta, will you be able to go forth?" I requested the going forth. "That was my full ordination" means by the mere utterance of the Teacher "Come, monk," there was the full ordination. "As he exhorted me" means just as he exhorted me saying "Thus develop insight meditation preceded by serenity meditation," so I did the Teacher's word, I practised. "During the night" and so on is the showing of the essence of that practice. Therein, because the knowledge of past lives and the knowledge of future events involve much work, "the first watch" and "the middle watch" are said as accusative expressions by way of absolute connection. Not so the knowledge of the elimination of mental corruptions, because it occurs by way of a single full realisation; therefore "in the last watch" should be seen as said in the locative sense. "Inda" means Sakka, the king of gods. "Brahmā" means the Great Brahmā. By the mention of Inda and Brahmā, the coming of other sensual realm gods and brahmā gods too is stated; this should be seen. For this is a superior designation, as in "the king has arrived." "They paid homage" means they made homage by body and by speech.
Therein, showing the homage done by body, having said "with joined palms," in order to show what was done by speech, "homage to you" and so on was stated. "Honoured by the host of gods" means by the mention of gods, since they are gods by way of rebirth, the Brahmā gods too are included. "Having manifested a smile" means the Teacher manifested a smile in dependence on the great fruitfulness of his own exhortation and the achievement of virtues of the gods and Brahmā gods. And when manifesting it, he does not show his teeth like others; rather, he opens his lips slightly, and to that extent, dense rays arising from his very white teeth, surpassing the rays of divine crystal and pearls, outshining the rays of stars, moon, and sun, having emerged, circumambulate the Teacher's face three times. Having seen that, even those going behind perceive that the Teacher has manifested a smile.
"By austere asceticism" means by restraint of the faculties; some say "by the undertaking of the ascetic practices." "By self-control" means by morality. "By taming" means by wisdom. "By the holy life" means by the remaining foremost conduct. "By this" means by the aforesaid austere asceticism and so on. One is a brahmin because of the state of having warded off evil. "This" means austere asceticism and so on as stated before. "The highest brahmin" means the highest brahmin, or the highest among brahmins, the best of all; "was" is the remainder of the expression. Or "brahmin" means committed to holy life; thus the highest commitment to holy life, not by birth and so on - this is the intention. For birth, family, region, clan, and achievement of these and so on are not the cause of noble status; rather, the training in higher morality and so on alone is the cause. Therefore he said -
A lotus might grow there, fragrant and delightful.
The disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One outshines them with wisdom."
Thus the elder, answering the meaning asked about by those monks with these verses, roared a lion's roar.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sunīta is concluded.
The commentary on the Chapter of Twelves is concluded.
13.
The Book of the Thirteens
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Soṇa Koḷivisa
632-644.
In the Thirteenth Chapter, the verses beginning with "He who was in the realm" are those of the Venerable Soṇa Koḷivisa.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulated merits in this and that existence.
It is said that this one, in the time of the Blessed One Anomadassī, having become a millionaire of great wealth, having gone together with lay followers to the monastery, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, with a gladdened mind, having had the preliminary work done with lime at the Teacher's walking meditation place, having spread it with flowers of various colours, having had a canopy bound above with cloths of various colours, likewise having had a Dīghasāla built for the Teacher and the community of monks, he dedicated it.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, was reborn in a millionaire's family in the city of Haṃsavatī; his name was Sirivaḍḍhatissa.
He, having come of age, having gone to the monastery, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those putting forth strenuous energy, himself too aspiring to that position of rank, having carried on a great giving for seven days, he made an aspiration.
The Teacher too, having seen that his aspiration would succeed, having declared it, departed.
He too, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, when Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, had attained final Nibbāna, when our Blessed One had not yet arisen, having been reborn in a family home in Bārāṇasī, having attained discretion, having made a hermitage on the bank of the Ganges, he attended upon one Individually Enlightened One for three months carefully with the four requisites. The Individually Enlightened One, having finished keeping the rains retreat, with complete requisites, went to Gandhamādana itself. That son of good family too, having performed meritorious deeds there for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of our Blessed One, took conception in the house of the millionaire Usabha in the city of Campā. From the time of his taking of conception, the millionaire's great mass of wealth increased. On the day of his birth, throughout the entire city he was endowed with great honour. Because of his former bestowal of a red woollen blanket worth a hundred thousand to an Individually Enlightened One, his body was golden-coloured and more delicate; on account of that they gave him the name Soṇa. He grew up with a great retinue. The palms of his hands and the soles of his feet were the colour of bandhujīvaka flowers. The touch on the soles of his feet was like cotton beaten a hundredfold, and hairs of the colour of spiralling jewelled earrings grew on the soles of his feet. When he had come of age, they had three mansions built suitable for the three seasons and provided dancers. He, experiencing great success there, dwelt like a divine prince.
Then, when our Teacher, having attained omniscience, had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching and was dwelling in dependence on Rājagaha, having been summoned by King Bimbisāra, he came to Rājagaha together with eighty thousand villagers. Having gone to the Teacher's presence, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having obtained permission from his mother and father, having gone forth in the Dispensation, having obtained full ordination, having taken a meditation subject in the presence of the Teacher, dwelling in the Cool Grove for the purpose of avoiding association with people, thinking "My body is delicate, and it is not possible to attain happiness through happiness alone; it is fitting to weary the body and practise the ascetic duty," having determined upon only standing and walking meditation, devoting himself to striving, even when blisters arose on the soles of his feet, having disregarded the feeling, making firm energy, being unable to produce a distinction through excessively strenuous energy, he thought "Even striving thus, I am unable to produce either the path or the fruit. What is the use of my going forth? Having returned to the lower life, I shall both enjoy wealth and make merit." The Teacher, having known the disposition of his mind, having gone there, having exhorted him with the exhortation of the simile of the lute, showing the method of applying evenness of energy, having purified the meditation subject, went to Vulture's Peak. The Elder Soṇa too, having received an exhortation face to face from the Teacher, having applied evenness of energy, having aroused zeal in insight, became established in arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Having made a coating with lime, I had a walking path built.
Having made a canopy in space, I fed the highest Buddha.
I dedicated the Dīghasāla to the Blessed One then.
The Blessed One accepted, the one with vision, out of compassion.
Having sat down in the community of monks, he spoke these verses.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
A chariot yoked with a thousand horses will appear at that very moment.
The gods will give thanks when one of noble birth has arrived.
Endowed with excellent pinnacle buildings, he will dwell in the divine mansion.
For twenty-five cosmic cycles, he will be a king of gods.
All of them named Yasodhara, all having the same name.
In the twenty-eighth cosmic cycle, he will be a wheel-turning monarch.
That place, secluded from the ten sounds, will dwell in the middle of the city.
Okkāka by name, will be a king in the realm.
A well-born woman of the warrior caste, she will give birth to nine sons.
And a young, dear maiden will become the chief queen.
Having obtained the boon, that maiden will cause her sons to go forth.
All, fearing the mixing of birth, will dwell with their sisters.
Lest our lineage be broken,' the warriors will bury her.
There will be a schism then, of the Okkāka clan origin.
There he will experience no small human wealth.
There too he will obtain an excellent divine mansion, delightful.
Having come to human existence, he will be named Soṇa.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, he will attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions.
The great hero, knower of distinctions, will establish him in the foremost position.
Having stood firm, for one devoted to exertion, such a one, beyond that the highest state is not found.
All my burden has been laid down, I am quenched, without mental corruptions.
Having sat down in the community of monks, established me in the foremost position.
But having attained arahantship, having reviewed his own practice, by way of an inspired utterance and by way of a declaration of final liberating knowledge -
632.
He today is superior in the teachings, Soṇa, who has gone beyond suffering.
633.
A monk who has gone beyond five attachments is called a crosser of the mental floods."
634.
Morality, concentration, and wisdom do not go to fulfilment.
635.
For the arrogant and the heedless, their mental corruptions grow.
636.
They do not pursue what is not their function, acting continuously in their function;
For the mindful, for the fully aware, mental corruptions come to an end.
637.
Urge oneself by oneself, one should bring oneself to Nibbāna.
638.
Having made the simile of the lute for me, the one with vision expounds the Teaching;
Having heard his word, I dwelt delighted in the Dispensation.
639.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.
640.
For one inclined to non-affliction, and to the elimination of clinging.
641.
Having seen the arising of the sense bases, the mind becomes rightly liberated.
642.
There is no adding to what has been done, nothing to be done is found.
643.
So forms, flavours, sounds, odours and contacts, all these.
644.
The mind is steady, detached, and he contemplates its passing away." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "he who was superior in the realm" means he who was, who existed, in the country of Aṅga, with eighty thousand village headmen, rightly, exceedingly superior, the foremost, through the achievement of wealth and the achievement of sovereignty. "A follower of the king of Aṅga" means it should be connected thus: a distinguished householder who was a retinue member of King Bimbisāra, the overlord of Aṅga, in the sense of delighting the assembly by the four ways of supporting others, a householder in his country. "He today is superior in the teachings" means that Soṇa has now at present become superior in supramundane states; having been superior to some even in the time of lay life, now in the time of one gone forth too he is indeed superior - thus he indicates himself as if speaking of another. "Who has gone beyond suffering" means gone to the far shore, the limit, of the entire suffering of the round of rebirths; by this he distinguishes the state of superiority stated without distinction as "superior in the teachings," because of the illustration of the achievement of arahantship.
Now, showing by way of an indirect reference the practice by which he became one who has gone beyond suffering, he spoke the verse "one should cut off five." Its meaning is - One should cut off the five lower mental fetters that lead to the realms of misery, sensual existence, and fortunate worlds, just as a man cuts a rope bound to his feet with a knife, by means of the lower three paths; one should give up, should cut off, the five higher mental fetters that lead to fine-material and immaterial existence, just as a man gives up a rope bound to his neck, by the highest path; and for the abandoning of those higher mental fetters, one should further develop the five faculties beginning with faith. A monk being thus, by the overcoming of the five attachments - the attachment of lust, the attachment of hate, delusion, conceit, and wrong view - having gone beyond the five attachments, because of having crossed the four mental floods - the mental flood of sensuality, the mental flood of existence, the mental flood of wrong view, and the mental flood of ignorance - he is called a crosser of the mental floods.
And this crossing of the mental floods comes about only through the fulfilment of the practice of morality and so on; and morality and so on go to fulfilment through the abandoning of conceit and so on, and not otherwise - showing this, he spoke the verse beginning with "of the arrogant." Therein, "of the arrogant" means of one with risen, hollow conceit. For conceit, because of its manner of rising up and its hollow nature, is like a reed - thus it is called "a reed." "Of the heedless" means of one who has fallen into negligence through the abandoning of mindfulness. "Of one with external longing" means of one who has longing in the external sense bases; the meaning is of one not free from lust regarding sensual pleasures. "Morality, concentration, and wisdom do not go to fulfilment" means for him who cultivates the opposites of morality and so on, even the mundane virtue of morality and so on does not go to fulfilment, how much less the supramundane.
Therein, he states the reason by the phrase beginning with "for whatever function." For a monk, from the time of going forth onwards, the guarding of the immeasurable mass of morality, dwelling in the forest, maintaining the ascetic practices, delight in meditation - such things and so on are called one's function. But by those for whom this aforesaid function of their own has been thrown away, abandoned through non-performance. "What is not one's function" means the decoration of bowls, the decoration of robes, waistbands, shoulder-bound straps, umbrellas, sandals, palm-leaf fans, and filter waterpots - such adornment of requisites and so on, abundance of requisites and so on, is called what is not a monk's function; that is done. For those who, having raised up the reed of conceit, by their conduct are arrogant, by the abandoning of mindfulness are heedless, all four mental corruptions grow.
But in order to show those for whom the virtue of wisdom and so on grows, "for those" and so on was said. Therein, "well undertaken" means thoroughly taken up. "Mindfulness of the body" means the development of observation of the body. "What is not their function" means that which is not their function beginning with the decoration of bowls. "They do not practise" means they do not do. "In their function" means in what should be done beginning with the guarding of the immeasurable mass of morality and so on, from the time of going forth onwards. "Acting continuously" means acting constantly; for them, through the continuous presence of mindfulness being mindful, being fully aware with the four kinds of full awareness - full awareness as to the goal, full awareness of what is suitable, full awareness of the meditation's object, and awareness without confusion - all four mental corruptions come to an end, go to utter elimination, go to non-existence - this is the meaning.
Now, giving exhortation to the monks standing in his presence, he spoke the verse beginning with "on the straight path." Therein, "when the straight path has been declared" means when the noble path, which is straight through the avoidance of the two extremes and through the abandoning of bodily crookedness and so on, which has become the middle practice, has been spoken by the Teacher. "Go" means proceed. "Do not turn back" means do not fall into stopping midway. "Urge oneself by oneself" means here a son of good family who desires welfare, urging himself by himself through the reviewing of the fear of the realms of misery and so on. "One should bring oneself to Nibbāna" means one should bring, should lead oneself to Nibbāna; one should proceed in such a way that one realises it - this is the meaning.
Now, "I too have practised in just this way" - in order to show his own practice, "when my energy was too strenuous" and so on was stated. "When my energy was too strenuous" means when by me, while developing insight, energy was excessively exerted without making energy balanced with concentration. And his state of excessive energy has been stated below already. "Having made the simile of the lute for me" means when for the Venerable Soṇa the thought arose: "Whatever disciples of the Blessed One dwell putting forth strenuous energy, I am one of them, and yet my mind is not liberated from the mental corruptions by non-clinging; therefore I shall leave the monastic community" - when this thought had arisen, the Teacher, by supernormal power, having shown himself before him face to face, having asked "Why, Soṇa, did you produce the thought 'I shall leave the monastic community'? Were you formerly, when living the household life, skilled in the sound of the lute strings?" and when he said "Yes, venerable sir," "What do you think, Soṇa? When the strings of your lute were overly taut, was your lute at that time tuneful or fit for playing?" "No, venerable sir!" "What do you think, Soṇa, when the strings of your lute were overly slack, was your lute at that time tuneful or fit for playing?" "No, venerable sir." "What do you think, Soṇa, but when the strings of your lute were neither overly taut nor overly slack, but established at an even pitch, was your lute at that time tuneful or fit for playing?" "Yes, venerable sir." "Just so, Soṇa, excessive energy leads to restlessness, and deficient energy leads to idleness. Therefore, Soṇa, resolve upon evenness of energy, and penetrate to evenness of the faculties" - thus, having made the lute a simile, by the exhortation through the simile of the lute thus set forth, he expounded the Teaching to me. "Having heard his word" means having heard the word, the exhortation through the simile of the lute, of that Blessed One, having abandoned the desire to leave the monastic community that had arisen in the meantime, I dwelt delighted and devoted to the Teacher's Dispensation.
And while dwelling, I brought about serenity, applying evenness of energy, producing the balanced state of concentration and energy just as of faith and wisdom, I accomplished the meditative absorption as a foundation, the insight concentration, and I aroused zeal in insight. Therein, he stated the purpose as "for the attainment of the highest goal." "For the attainment of the highest goal" means for the achievement of arahantship - this is the meaning.
Now, showing by way of an indirect reference how serenity and insight succeeded for one thus practising, he said beginning with "for one inclined to renunciation." Therein, "renunciation" means the escape from sensuality such as going forth and so on. "For one inclined" means therein, of one engaged and devoted with a disposition of slanting, sloping, and inclining towards it; the meaning is of one engaged and devoted to blameless qualities such as these and so on: first, having turned towards going forth, having abandoned sensual pleasures, and having gone forth, the purification of morality, dwelling in the forest, maintaining the ascetic practices, devotion to meditation. "And to solitude of mind" means of one inclined to solitude of mind; thus, being one inclined to renunciation, of one engaged and devoted to seclusion through the production of the fourfold and fivefold meditative absorptions. "For one inclined to non-ill-will" means of one inclined to non-ill-will, to freedom from suffering; of one engaged and devoted to the happiness of serenity, having produced the meditative absorptions and attainments. "And to the elimination of clinging" means of one inclined to arahantship, which is the end of the elimination of all four kinds of clinging. For this is the genitive case used in the locative sense. The meaning is of one who, having made the meditative absorption attained as it was the foundation, is devoting himself to insight for the achievement of arahantship.
"For one inclined to the elimination of craving" means craving is eliminated here, thus it is the elimination of craving, that is Nibbāna; of one inclined to that, by seeing clinging as peril and non-clinging as security, of one with a disposition of slanting, sloping, and inclining towards cessation. "And to non-confusion of mind" means of one inclined to the non-confused occurrence of consciousness by way of awareness without confusion, or of one inclined to the noble path, which is the non-confusion of consciousness, by the cutting off of confusion. "Having seen the arising of the sense bases" means having seen with path wisdom together with insight wisdom the arising moment by moment of the sense bases beginning with the eye through their respective conditions, and their cessation as the opposite of that; "because of that seeing, the mind becomes rightly liberated" means the mind becomes liberated from all mental corruptions rightly, by cause, by the true method, in the succession of paths.
In "for one rightly liberated" and so on, this is the meaning in brief - For that monk who has eliminated the mental corruptions, who is liberated in the manner stated from all defilement completely, whose mind is peaceful through precisely that absolute appeasement, there is no accumulation of what has been done, whether wholesome or unwholesome, because it has been uprooted by the path itself; no function to be done consisting of full understanding and so on is found, because his task is done. For one who is thus, just as a solid rocky mountain is not moved, does not shake by an ordinary wind, so desirable and undesirable object-phenomena beginning with forms do not cause to tremble, do not shake the stable, without longing, detached mind - detached because of the abandoning of all sorrow - of such a one who has attained the state of suchness. And seeing with insight the object-phenomena of this one, having from time to time attained the fruition attainment, he observes the fall, the cessation, the intrinsic nature of breaking apart moment by moment - thus he declared the final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Soṇa Koḷivisa is concluded.
The commentary on the Chapter of Thirteens is concluded.
14.
The Book of the Fourteens
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Revata of the Acacia Forest
645-658.
In the Book of Fourteens, the verses beginning with "When I" are of the Venerable Elder Revata of the Acacia Forest.
What is the origin?
Although this elder's verse has come above in the Book of Ones.
But therein, since only the extent of arousing mindfulness in his nephews was shown, the inclusion of that was made in the Book of Ones.
But these verses, which make known the practice from the time of going forth up to final Nibbāna of the elder, were placed in the classification in this Book of Fourteens.
Therein the occasion of the meaning has been stated above already.
But this is the distinction -
The elder, it is said, having attained arahantship, from time to time having gone to the attendance upon the Teacher and the great elders beginning with the General of the Teaching, having dwelt there for only a few days, having returned to the Acacia Forest itself, spent time in the happiness of fruition attainment and in the divine abidings.
Thus as time went on, he became old, aged, one who had reached advanced years.
He, one day, while going to attend upon the Buddha, on the way, dwelt in a forest not far from Sāvatthī.
And at that time thieves, having done their deed in the city, being pursued by the guard-men, fleeing, having thrown away the seized goods near the elder, fled.
The people, running after them, having seen the goods near the elder, having bound the elder, with the perception "a thief," having seized him, showed him to the king, "This, Sire, is a thief."
The king, having had the elder released, asked "Venerable sir, was this act of theft done by you, or not?"
The elder, although from birth such a thing had never been done by himself, but for the purpose of making known the state of its not having been done from the time of going forth, and the inability to do such a thing because of the complete eradication of all defilements, expounding the Teaching to the monks standing nearby and to the king -
645.
I do not know of any thought, ignoble, connected with hate.
646.
I do not know of such a thought, in this long interval.
647.
Gradually practised, as taught by the Buddha.
648.
I develop a mind of friendliness, always delighting in non-ill-will.
649.
I develop the divine abiding, not practised by wretched persons.
650.
Is endowed with noble silence at that very moment.
651.
So a monk, through the elimination of delusion, does not tremble like a mountain.
652.
Even a hair-tip of evil appears like a cloud.
653.
So guard yourselves, let not the moment pass you by.
654.
And I await the time, like a hired servant earning his wages.
655.
And I await the time, fully aware, mindful.
656.
The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.
657.
That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters.
658.
Come, I shall attain final Nibbāna, I am liberated everywhere." He spoke these verses.
Therein, this is the explanation of terms not previously encountered. "In this long interval" means: from the time when I went forth, and up to this my final time, during this long intervening period, I do not directly know of any thought, ignoble, connected with hate, whether by way of covetousness as "May this be mine," or by way of anger as "May these beings be killed" and so on - this is the explanation.
"And I directly know friendliness" means: that by which one bonds with (mijjati) and feels affection (siniyhati) is friendliness (mettā); it is non-anger. "Friendliness exists in this" is friendliness (mettā); the development of friendliness, the divine abiding of friendliness - that is friendliness. By the word "and" he includes the other divine abidings, namely compassion, altruistic joy, and equanimity. "I directly know" means I know face to face. For when one reviews the meditative absorption that has been attained, it comes face to face with the reviewing knowledge. "Of what kind?" - he said "limitless" and so on. For that, just as taught by the Buddha, the Blessed One, so by way of non-specific pervading, through having immeasurable beings as its object, it is limitless. Through bringing about the state of being well-practised and powerful, because of being well developed, it is well developed. First friendliness, then compassion, then altruistic joy, afterwards equanimity - thus gradually, in due course, practised, frequented, and cultivated, I directly know - this is the explanation.
A friend of all beings, or all of them are my friends - thus "friend of all." For one developing friendliness becomes dear to beings. "Companion of all" - here too the same method applies. "Compassionate towards all creatures" means one who supports all beings. "And I develop a mind of friendliness" means I distinctively develop, cultivate, or make known the mind together with, associated with friendliness, even without saying so, because of having reached the highest excellence through meditative development. Or the reading is "I develop friendliness and the mind." Its meaning is by the same method as stated above. "Delighting in non-affliction" means delighting in non-affliction, in bringing welfare to beings. "Always" means at all times; by that he shows perseverance therein.
"Unshakable" means not shakable, not to be dragged away by lust, which is the near enemy. "Unagitated" means not agitated, not to be disturbed by anger, which is the far enemy; having made it thus, I gladden, I greatly rejoice in my mind of friendliness, I develop the divine abiding. "Not practised by wretched persons" means not practised by wretched persons, by low people; or practised by those who are not wretched, by noble ones such as the Buddha and others - I develop, I cultivate the supreme, foremost, faultless abiding of friendliness and so on - this is the meaning.
Having thus shown his own practice by five verses by way of self-reference, now showing that by way of indirect reference, he spoke four verses beginning with "without applied thought." Therein, "having attained the state without applied thought" means having attained the second and subsequent meditative absorptions, which are devoid of applied thought; by this the elder, by way of indirect reference, spoke of his own attainment of the second and subsequent meditative absorptions through the meditative development of the divine abidings. But since this elder, having made that very meditative absorption the foundation, having developed insight, attained arahantship in a single sitting, therefore, showing that meaning by way of indirect reference itself, having said "having attained the state without applied thought," "the disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One; Is endowed with noble silence at that very moment" - thus he said. Therein, because of the absence of verbal activity, the attainment without applied and sustained thought is called "noble silence." But from the statement "When you have gathered together, monks, there are two things to be done - either a talk on the Teaching or noble silence," whatever attainment is called noble silence. But here the fruition attainment of the fourth meditative absorption is intended.
Now, making known by a simile his unshakeability by worldly adversities because of having attained that, he spoke the verse "just as a mountain." Therein, "just as a rocky mountain" means just as a mountain made of stone, a mountain of a single mass of rock, not a mountain of earth, not a mixed mountain - this is the meaning. "Immovable, firmly established" means having a firmly established base, it is immovable, unshakeable by ordinary winds; therefore "so a monk, through the elimination of delusion, does not tremble like a mountain" means through the complete abandoning of delusion, and because all unwholesome states are rooted in delusion, a monk who has abandoned all unwholesome states, just as that mountain by ordinary winds, so does not tremble, does not waver by worldly adversities. Or "elimination of delusion" - since arahantship and Nibbāna are called thus, therefore "through the elimination of delusion" means because of having attained Nibbāna and arahantship, which is the cause of the elimination of delusion, one who is firmly established in the four noble truths, even at the time of not being in attainment, like a mountain, does not tremble, how much more so at the time of being in attainment - this is the intention.
Now, showing that evil is indeed practised only by one of impure morality, and not by one of pure morality, but for one of pure morality even the slightest amount of it appears as weighty, he spoke the verse beginning with "for one without blemish." Its meaning is - For a good person without blemish, because of the absence of blemishes such as lust and so on, who at all times seeks only pure and blameless qualities, even a hair-tip's worth, a hair-point's worth of evil, even a mere trifle, having pervaded the entire world system, appears as the size of a cloud; therefore those such as myself should not be suspected in such a deed - this is the intention.
Since even towards those free from mental defilements, the blindly foolish raise such false accusations, therefore those who desire welfare should carefully guard themselves - giving this exhortation, he spoke the verse beginning with "just as a city." Its meaning is - Just as a borderland city is made guarded within and without by the people dwelling in the borderland city - making the doors, walls, and so on firm being "with the inner," and making the bastions, moats, and so on firm being "with the outer" - so you too, having established mindfulness, having closed the six internal doors, not releasing the door-guarding mindfulness, just as the six external sense bases when being grasped lead to the destruction of the internal ones, so by non-grasping, having made those too firm, not abandoning the door-guarding mindfulness for the purpose of their non-entry, wandering about, guard yourselves. Why? Let not the moment pass you by. For whoever does not guard himself thus, this moment - the moment of a Buddha's arising, the moment of human existence, the moment of birth in the Middle Country, the moment of attaining right view, the moment of non-deficiency of the six sense bases - all this moment passes by that person. Let not that moment pass you by.
Thus the elder, having exhorted the assembly including the king and the monks with this verse, again making known his own equanimity of mind regarding death and life and his having performed his obligations, said beginning with "I do not delight in death." That is just the meaning already stated below.
But having said thus, seeing that the time of his own final Nibbāna had arrived, having given them an exhortation only in brief, declaring his final Nibbāna, he spoke the concluding verse. Therein, "strive on with diligence" means accomplish with diligence what should be accomplished, namely giving, morality, and so on; be heedful in the varieties of pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life, in the householder's duties, in the protection of morality, in the pursuit of serenity meditation, and in the development of insight meditation. "This is my instruction" means do not be negligent in giving, morality, and so on; this is my admonition, my exhortation.
Thus, having explained the practice for the welfare of others as having reached its peak, and also reaching the summit of the practice for one's own welfare, he said "Come, I shall attain final Nibbāna, I am liberated everywhere." Therein, "I am liberated everywhere" means I am altogether free from mental defilements and existences; therefore I shall definitely attain final Nibbāna.
But having said thus, seated cross-legged in the sky, having attained the heat element, blazing forth, he attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Revata of the Acacia Forest is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Godatta
659-672.
The verses beginning with "Just as a good" are the verses of the Venerable Elder Godatta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a caravan leader's family at Sāvatthī.
Known by the name Godatta, having come of age, when his father had deceased, establishing the family, having taken goods with five hundred carts, having wandered here and there, he earns his livelihood by trade and also performs meritorious deeds according to his means.
One day, on the road, when an ox yoked to the shaft, being unable to pull, had fallen, and when the men were unable to raise it up, having gone himself, he pierced it strongly in the tail.
The ox, angered, thinking "This bad person, not knowing my strength and weakness, pierces me strongly," spoke in human speech: "My dear Godatta, for so long a time, not concealing my own strength, I bore your burden; but today, when I have fallen through inability, you afflict me exceedingly. So be it; having passed away from here, in whatever place I am reborn, may there be an enemy able to afflict you" - thus he reviled him with a curse in accordance with his aspiration.
Having heard that, Godatta, with a sense of urgency arisen, thinking "Having thus afflicted beings, what is the use of this livelihood?" having abandoned all his wealth, having gone forth in the presence of a certain great elder, doing the work of insight, before long, having attained arahantship, spending his time in the happiness of meditative attainment, one day, expounding the Teaching referring to worldly adversities to groups of noble ones, both householders and those gone forth, who had come to his presence -
659.
Though shaken by an excessive load, does not go beyond the yoke.
660.
They do not despise others, this is the noble teaching for living beings.
661.
Men undergo suffering, they grieve here, young men.
662.
By this dyad the foolish are destroyed, not seeing as it really is.
663.
They stand firm like a gate-post, they are neither elated nor depressed.
664.
Not in blame nor in praise, not for them in suffering nor in happiness.
665.
Everywhere happy are the wise, everywhere unconquered.
666.
Righteous loss is better, than if gain is not righteous.
667.
Disgrace among the wise is better, not fame among those of little wisdom.
668.
Reproach by the wise is better, than if there is praise by fools.
669.
The suffering of seclusion is better, than if happiness is born of sensual pleasure.
670.
Righteous death is better, than if one should live unrighteously.
671.
They wander in the world unattached, for them there is nothing dear or not dear.
672.
Having attained the supreme peace, they attain final nibbāna without mental corruptions." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "thoroughbred" means a thoroughbred bull. "Yoked to the shaft" means yoked to the shaft of a cart. "Bearing the yoke" means one who carries the yoke. And here, for the ease of verse composition, the description is made with two syllables; the meaning is able to carry a cartload. "Shaken by an excessive load" means oppressed by an excessive load, a heavy burden. "Maddito" (crushed) is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "The yoke" means the yoke placed on its own back - it does not go beyond, does not transgress; having properly lifted it up and abandoned the shaft, it does not stand still. "Thus" means just as that beast of burden, by its own nature as a good thoroughbred, by its own steadfast heroism, does not go beyond its own burden, does not abandon it, so too those who are satisfied, sustained, and fulfilled with mundane and supramundane wisdom, as the great ocean with water, do not despise others of inferior wisdom, do not treat them with contempt. Therein, he states the reason by "this is the noble teaching for living beings"; among beings, this is the teaching of the noble ones, that is to say, because of having reached the fulfilment of their wisdom, they do not exalt themselves by means of gain and so on, nor scoff at others by means of loss and so on.
Having thus shown the pleasant abiding of the noble ones through the fulfilment of wisdom, in order to show the painful abiding of the ignoble ones due to the absence of that, "at the time" and so on was stated. Therein, "at the time" means at the time endowed with material gain, loss, and so on. "Having come under the control of time" means having come under the control of the time of material gain and so on; the meaning is gladdened by material gain and so on, and saddened by loss and so on. "Having gone under the control of existence and non-existence" means having come under the control of existence and non-existence, they conforming to growth and deterioration. "Men undergo suffering, they grieve here, young men" means those men, beings who have obtained the name "young men," having fallen into compliance and opposition by way of material gain and loss and so on, by way of growth and deterioration, grieve in this world, and go to, reach the suffering of hell and so on in the world beyond. This is the meaning.
By "elated" and so on also, he shows only the attainment of harm for beings by way of worldly adversities. Therein, "elated by pleasant phenomena" means having gone to elevation by the cause of happiness, by the condition of happiness, by the achievement of wealth and so on; the meaning is intoxicated by the vanity of wealth and so on. "And dejected by painful phenomena" means having gone to a low state by the cause of suffering, by the condition of suffering, by the failure of wealth and so on; having reached wretchedness through poverty and so on. "By the dyad" means by the aforesaid dyad of elevation and dejection, or by the dyad of material gain and loss and so on, ignorant worldlings are destroyed; they are afflicted and oppressed by way of compliance and opposition. Why? "Not seeing as it really is" - because they did not understand the intrinsic nature of phenomena as it really is, and they are not ones whose aggregates have been fully understood and whose mental defilements have been abandoned; therefore. This is the meaning. Some also read "through not seeing as it really is"; the meaning is because of not seeing. "Those who in suffering and in happiness, in the middle, have gone beyond the seamstress of death" means but those noble ones who, through the achievement of the highest path, have gone beyond, have surpassed the seamstress, craving, which has become desire and lust, bound to unpleasant feeling, pleasant feeling, and neutral feeling; they stand unshakeable by the winds of worldly adversities, like a gate-post; they are neither elated nor depressed; they are never at any time elated or depressed, because of the complete absence of attachment and aversion.
Having thus shown the non-defilement of the arahant based on the foundation of feeling, now, having analysed the worldly adversities, showing his non-defilement in every respect, he said beginning with "not indeed." Therein, "in material gain" means in the obtaining of requisites such as robes and so on. "In loss" means in the non-obtaining, the disappearance of those very same. "Not in fame" means in the deterioration of retinue and in disrepute. "In renown" means in the praising in one's absence, in the state of widely spread fame. "In blame" means in reproach face to face. "In praise" means in the extolling of virtues from direct experience. "In suffering" means when suffering has arisen. "In happiness" - here too the same method applies.
"Everywhere" means in all the aforesaid eightfold worldly adversities, or everywhere in objects such as matter and so on, those who have eliminated the mental corruptions are not stained, because of having abandoned mental defilements altogether. Like what? "Like a water drop on a lotus" - just as a drop of water, even though having clung to and resting on a lotus petal, is not stained by it, nor is the lotus petal by the drop of water; on the contrary, they are simply disconnected. So too these, when material gain and so on are present, and when objects such as matter and so on have come into range, are disconnected in the same way. For that very reason, the wise, the learned, are happy everywhere among material gain and so on, because of the absence of signs of what is dear and of sorrow and so on through the means of knowledge; and because of being unconquerable by material gain and so on, they are everywhere unconquered.
Now, extracting and showing what is better among material gain and loss and so on, he said beginning with "by righteousness." Therein, "and loss by righteousness" means whatever loss, absence of material gain, deterioration of material gain that arises on account of one who guards the Teaching. And whatever gain that is not righteous, arisen by what is not the Teaching, by the wrong method, by a procedure scorned by the Buddha - of those two, righteous loss, which brings the Teaching, is better; of such a kind that for one who avoids such gain, unwholesome mental states decline and wholesome mental states increase - such loss is more praiseworthy and brings benefit. "Than if gain is not righteous" means whatever gain has arisen by what is not the Teaching, that is not better. This is the intention.
"Fame among those of little wisdom, and disgrace among the wise" means whatever fame a person obtains through the influence of those of little wisdom, those lacking wisdom, and whatever disgrace, that is, deterioration of fame, through the influence of the wise, the intelligent. Of these two, disgrace among the wise is better. For they would wish for such deterioration of fame in the way that unwholesome mental states decline and wholesome mental states increase, and likewise one of capable nature, having abandoned that lack of virtue, would become established in virtues. "Not fame among those of little wisdom" means fame through the influence of those lacking wisdom is not better, for they might produce it even by way of declaring non-existent virtues, and that would be bringing harm both here through blame by the wise and so on, and in the future state through suffering and defilement in an unfortunate realm and so on. Therefore the Blessed One said - "Material gain, praise, honour, and whatever fame wrongly obtained" and "Honour kills a contemptible person."
"By the imprudent" means by those without wisdom. "Than if praise by fools" means whatever praise by fools, by the unwise.
"Born of sensual pleasure" means consisting of objective sensual pleasure, arisen dependent on the types of sensual pleasure. "And suffering born of seclusion" means bodily pain arisen from solitude, occurring by way of bodily fatigue, rooted in the affliction of uneven food and so on; but that is praiseworthy among the wise because of being a decisive support for the spiritual end of the round of rebirths. Therefore it was said "the suffering of seclusion is better."
"And life by what is not the Teaching" means earning a livelihood by what is not the Teaching, conduct contrary to the Teaching for the sake of life. "Death by the Teaching" means when someone says "I shall kill him who does not do this evil," even when being killed, for one who does not do evil in that situation and does not violate the Teaching, death caused by the Teaching is righteous and better - such death, because of not departing from the Teaching, is righteous, and because of leading to heaven and being a decisive support for Nibbāna, is more praiseworthy among the wise. For thus it has been said -
Limb, wealth, and even all of life, a man should abandon, remembering the Teaching."
"Than if one should live unrighteously" means if a man were to live a livelihood departed from the Teaching, he should not pursue it, because of being blamed by the wise and because of leading to a realm of misery - this is the intention.
Now, showing from the standpoint of reason the non-defilement of those who have eliminated the mental corruptions as stated, he spoke the verse beginning with "those who have abandoned sensual desire and irritation."
Therein, "those who have abandoned sensual desire and irritation" means compliance and opposition altogether abandoned by the noble path. "With peaceful minds in any kind of existence" means with minds calmed in both small and great existences, because of the fever of mental defilements having been without remainder abandoned. "In the world" means in the world of aggregates and so on. "Unattached" means independent by way of the support of craving and wrong view. "There is nothing dear or not dear for them" means for those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, anywhere in material gain and so on, or in objects such as visible form and so on, there is nothing dear or not dear, because the mental defilements that are the cause of those have been altogether eradicated.
Now, having shown the meditation by which they became of such a nature, reaching the pinnacle of the teaching with the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging, he spoke the concluding verse beginning with "having developed." Therein, "having reached" means having attained. The remainder is the same as the method stated below. And these very verses were also the elder's declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Godatta is concluded.
The commentary on the Chapter of Fourteens is concluded.
15.
The Book of the Sixteens
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Aññāsi Koṇḍañña
673-688.
In the Chapter of Sixteens, the verses beginning with "I am exceedingly" are those of the Venerable Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña.
What is the origin?
This one too, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a very wealthy householder's family in the city of Haṃsavatī, having attained discretion, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those of long standing who had first penetrated the Teaching in his own Dispensation, himself too aspiring to that position of rank, having carried on a great giving for seven days to the Teacher with a retinue of a hundred thousand monks, he made an aspiration.
The Teacher too, having seen that there was no obstacle for him, declared his future success.
He, having performed meritorious deeds for as long as life lasted, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, while a shrine was being established, had a jewel house built inside the shrine, and having surrounded the shrine, had things worth a thousand jewels made as well.
He, having thus performed meritorious deeds, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Vipassī, having become a householder named Mahākāla, having split open the ripening young rice in a field measuring eight karīsas, having prepared milk-rice unmixed with the rice grains obtained, having added honey, ghee, sugar and so on therein, he gave it to the Community headed by the Buddha. Having split open the ripening young rice, whatever place was taken from was filled again; at the time of flattened rice he gave what is called the first-fruits of flattened rice. At the reaping, the first-fruits of the reaping; at the sheaf-making, the first-fruits of the sheaves; at the bundling and so on, the first-fruits of the bundles, the first-fruits of the threshing floor, the first-fruits of the produce, the first-fruits of the measuring, the first-fruits of the granary. Thus in one crop he gave the gift of the first-fruits on nine occasions. That crop too was exceedingly abundant.
Thus, having performed meritorious deeds for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the heavenly world, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, even before the arising of our Blessed One, he was reborn in a wealthy brahmin family in a brahmin village named Doṇavatthu, not far from the city of Kapilavatthu. His name was Koṇḍañña, derived from his clan. He, having come of age, having learnt the three Vedas, reached mastery in the texts on the marks. At that time our Bodhisatta, having passed away from the Tusita realm, was reborn in the house of the Great King Suddhodana in the city of Kapilavatthu. On his name-giving day, when one hundred and eight brahmins had been brought, eight brahmins were brought to the great terrace for the purpose of discerning the marks. He, being the most junior among them, having seen the accomplishment of the marks of the great man, having come to the conclusion "Definitely this one will be a Buddha," went about looking out for the Great Being's renunciation.
The Bodhisatta too, growing up with a great retinue, gradually having come of age, having reached the maturity of knowledge, in his twenty-ninth year, going forth in the great renunciation, having gone forth on the bank of the river Anomā, gradually having gone to Uruvelā, he strove in striving. Then the young man Koṇḍañña, having heard of the Great Being's state of having gone forth, as the fifth of a group together with the sons of the brahmins who had discerned the marks, beginning with the young man Vappa, having gone forth, gradually having approached the presence of the Bodhisatta, attending upon him for six years, having become disgusted with his use of gross food, having departed, he went to Isipatana. Then the Bodhisatta, having gained bodily strength through the use of gross food, on the full moon day of Vesākha, seated on the unconquered divan at the foot of the Bodhi tree, having crushed the heads of the three Māras, having fully awakened, having spent seven weeks at the seat of enlightenment itself, having known the maturity of knowledge of the group of five, having gone to Isipatana on the full moon day of Āsāḷhī, he taught them the Discourse on the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching. At the conclusion of the teaching, the Elder Koṇḍañña became established in the fruition of stream-entry together with eighteen crores of brahmā gods. Then on the fifth of the fortnight, through the teaching of the Discourse on the Characteristic of Non-self, he realised arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Who had attained Buddhahood, I first saw.
Having surrounded the Enlightened by himself, they venerate with joined palms.
This Buddha has arrived, the dispeller of blinding darkness.
'We shall burn up the defilements in the teaching of the Perfectly Enlightened One.'
Joyful, with a joyful mind, I gave the first almsfood.
Having sat down in the assembly of gods, spoke these verses.
This is my first meal, sustenance for one practising the holy life.
Him I will explain, listen to me as I speak.
Having overcome all the gods, he will inhabit the celestial abode.
A thousand times as a wheel-turning monarch, there he will exercise kingship.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
Having gone forth from home, he will dwell for six years.
Koṇḍañña by name, will first realise it.'
For the purpose of burning up the defilements, I went forth into homelessness.
At Isipatana in the Deer Park, beat the drum of the Deathless for me.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, I dwell without mental corruptions.
Then the Teacher, at a later time, seated on the excellent Buddha-seat prepared in the midst of the community of monks at the great monastery of Jetavana, explaining his state of being the first to have penetrated the Teaching, established him in the foremost position: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks of long standing, that is to say, Aññāsikoṇḍañña." He, wishing to avoid the supreme respect being shown to him by the two chief disciples, the crowded dwelling in a lodging near a village, and wishing to dwell in delight in seclusion, considering even the making of friendly welcome to householders and those gone forth who had come to his presence as an obsession, having asked permission of the Teacher, having entered the Himalayas, being attended upon by six-tusked elephants, dwelt for twelve years on the shore of the Chaddanta lake. One day, Sakka, the king of gods, having approached the elder who was dwelling there thus, having paid homage, standing, said thus - "It would be good, venerable sir, if the noble one would expound to me the Teaching." The elder expounded the Teaching to him containing the four truths, pertaining to the three characteristics, connected with emptiness, variegated with diverse methods, grounded upon the Deathless, with the grace of a Buddha. Having heard that, Sakka, declaring his own confidence -
673.
Dispassion is the Teaching taught, altogether by non-clinging." He spoke the first verse.
Therein, "I am exceedingly pleased, having heard the Teaching of great flavour" means even though having heard the Teaching on many occasions in the presence of the Teacher, he was devoted therein. But now, having heard the Teaching of great flavour spoken by you, with its diversity of various methods and its deliciousness, this I am exceedingly more pleased. "Dispassion is the Teaching taught, altogether by non-clinging" means dispassion because of becoming dispassionate towards all defilements and all activities, and because of generating dispassion. Precisely because of that, without grasping, without seizing any phenomenon among matter and so on, because it proceeds by way of being a means to liberation, it is taught altogether by non-clinging.
Thus Sakka, the king of gods, having praised the elder's teaching, having paid respect to the elder, went to his own place. Then one day the elder, having seen the mental conduct of certain worldlings who were being overcome by wrong thoughts, and having recollected the successive method that is the counterpart of those, and having adverted to his own state of mind completely turned away from that in every respect, having explained that meaning -
674.
They churn, I imagine, the thought, beautiful, connected with lust.
675.
So thoughts are appeased, when one sees with wisdom." He spoke two verses.
Therein, "many variegated things in the world" means by way of matter and so on, and therein too by way of blue, yellow and so on, and by way of women, men and so on, many variegated and diverse objects in the world. "In this circle of the earth" - he speaks with reference to the human world that is evident. "They churn, I imagine, the thought" means wrong thoughts constituted by unwise attention, like fire together with the appropriate man's effort together with the fire-drill, churn - I imagine, they stand as if churning. Of what kind? "Beautiful, connected with lust" - the meaning is sensual thought. For it is expressed as "beautiful" because of grasping the aspect of beauty.
"And as dust raised by the wind" - "and" (ca) is merely a particle. Just as a great rain cloud, raining, would appease, would calm, the dust raised and risen by the wind in the last month of summer. "So thoughts are appeased, when one sees with wisdom" means when a noble disciple sees with wisdom as it really is those variegated things of the world in terms of their origin, gratification, danger, and escape, then just as that dust raised by a rain cloud, so all wrong thoughts too are appeased by wisdom. For indeed, when right view has arisen, wrong thoughts do not obtain a support. But showing how one sees with wisdom -
676.
Then one becomes disenchanted with suffering, this is the path to purification.
677.
678.
Then one becomes disenchanted with suffering, this is the path to purification."
He spoke three verses.
Therein, "all activities" means all the five aggregates of the three planes included in the six objects. "Impermanent" means when one sees with insight wisdom that "they are not permanent because of having a beginning, middle, and end, because of not being everlasting, because of being temporary, because of breaking up here and there." "Then one becomes disenchanted with suffering" means then one becomes disenchanted with this suffering of the round of rebirths; becoming disenchanted, one penetrates the truths by the method of the full understanding of suffering and so on. "This is the path to purification" means this aforesaid method of insight is the path, the means of achievement, for purification by knowledge and vision and for absolute purification.
"Suffering" means they are suffering because of being fearful, because of the oppression of rise and fall, because of being full of suffering, and because of rejecting happiness. The remainder is according to the method already stated.
"All phenomena are non-self" means all phenomena of the four planes are non-self. But here only the phenomena of the three planes should be taken. For they should be contemplated with insight as non-self because of being without substance, because of not being subject to control, because of being empty, and because of rejecting self. The remainder is just as before.
Having thus shown the method of insight, showing himself as if another, as one who has performed his obligations by that method -
679.
Having abandoned birth and death, complete in the holy life.
680.
Having cut off the barrenness and the snare, having broken through the rock hard to break;
One who has crossed over, gone beyond, a meditator, he is freed from Māra's bondage."
He spoke a pair of verses.
Therein, "awakened following the Buddha" means awakened following the Buddhas; the meaning is that he understands the truths understood by the Perfectly Enlightened Ones, in accordance with their teaching. Because of being endowed with firm, beyond-training qualities such as the substance of morality and so on, he is an "elder." "Koṇḍañña" is the mention of his clan. "Of keen energy" means of firm energy, of steady effort. "Having abandoned birth and death" because the cause of birth and death has been abandoned. "Complete in the holy life" means completely, or one who fulfils the holy life of the path without remainder; or alternatively, "complete" means because of being unmixed with mental defilements, path knowledge and fruition knowledge - that exists in this one, thus he is "complete." But since both of those exist by means of the holy life of the path and not otherwise, therefore "complete in the holy life" is said.
"The mental flood and the snare" means the four mental floods stated thus: "the mental flood of sensuality, the mental flood of existence, the mental flood of views, the mental flood of ignorance" - and the snare of lust stated thus: "The snare that moves through the sky, that which prowls connected with the mind." "The firm barrenness" means the firm, stable, fivefold mental rigidity stated thus: "is uncertain about the Teacher, is uncertain about the Teaching, is uncertain about the Community, is uncertain about the training, is angry towards fellows in the holy life, displeased, with a struck mind, with barrenness arisen." "Hard to split" because of the impossibility of being split by many people. For that very reason, because of being similar to a mountain, it has gone to the term "mountain." And the variety of not knowing stated by the method beginning with "not knowing regarding suffering." Thus, "having cut off all this, the barrenness and the snare" means whoever, among these fourfold defiling states, has cut the barrenness and the snare with the sword of noble path knowledge. "Having broken through the rock hard to break" means having cut with diamond-like knowledge the rock of not knowing that cannot be cut by any other knowledge whatsoever, and having crossed the four mental floods too, because of standing on their far shore, in Nibbāna, he is one who has crossed over, gone beyond. "By the characteristic of meditation on a single object and by the characteristic of meditation on the three characteristics" means a meditator by both kinds; "He is freed from Māra's bondage" means he of such a nature, one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, is freed, free, unbound from all bondage of the defilement-Māra. The elder speaks with reference to himself.
Then one day the elder, having seen his own co-resident pupil, a certain monk, dwelling lazy, of inferior energy, agitated, and arrogant through association with bad friends, having gone there by supernormal power, exhorted him: "Do not, friend, act thus; abandoning bad friends, associating with good friends, practise the ascetic duty." He did not heed the elder's words. The elder, having attained spiritual urgency through his disregard, censuring wrong practice and praising right practice and dwelling in seclusion through a talk based on the standpoint of persons -
681.
Sinks down in the great flood, covered over by the wave.
682.
A good friend, wise, one may be one who makes an end of suffering.
683.
Moderate in food and drink, a man of undepressed mind.
684.
Like an elephant at the head of battle, mindful, one should endure there.
685-686.
687.
688.
That purpose has been attained by me, what need have I of a co-resident?"
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "agitated" means conjoined with restlessness, unconcentrated, with a distracted mind. "Fickle" means endowed with fickleness such as adorning bowl and robes and so on, one whose nature is greedy. "Having come to evil friends" means in dependence on bad friends, not practising the ascetic duty. "Sinks down in the great flood, covered over by the wave" means just as a man fallen into the great ocean, submerged by the ocean waves, unable to raise his head, sinks down right there, so too one wandering in the great flood of the round of rebirths, covered over and submerged by the wave of wrath and anguish, unable to raise the head of wisdom by means of insight, sinks down right there.
"Prudent" means subtle, skilled in one's own welfare and the welfare of others. "With faculties restrained" means one whose faculties are closed by the restraining of the faculties with mind as the sixth. "A good friend" means endowed with good friends. "Wise" means possessing wisdom nourished by the Teaching. "Would be one who makes an end of suffering" means such a one would be a maker of the end of the entire suffering of the round of rebirths.
"Resembling a dark joint" and so on is the praising of delight in seclusion. "I do not delight in" and so on, however, is the showing of the state of one whose task is done. All that is just the meaning already stated below. But at the conclusion, "what need have I of a co-resident" was said with reference to his own co-resident pupil. Therefore, what use to me is such a difficult to admonish, disrespectful co-resident; dwelling alone alone is pleasing to me - this is the meaning.
But having said thus, he went to the Chaddanta lake itself. Having dwelt there for twelve years, when final Nibbāna was approaching, having approached the Teacher, having obtained permission for final Nibbāna, having gone to that very place, he attained final Nibbāna.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Aññāsi Koṇḍañña is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Udāyi
689-704.
"Who has become a human being" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Udāyī.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated merit as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family at Kapilavatthu, having received the name Udāyī, having come of age, having seen the majestic power of the Buddha at the Teacher's gathering of relatives, having gained faith, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long attained arahantship.
For there are these three Elder Udāyīs: the minister's son who came formerly, Kāḷudāyī; the son of Kovariya, Lāḷudāyī; and this brahmin's son, Mahāudāyī.
He, one day, when the Teacher, having made a white elephant adorned with all ornaments being praised by the great multitude the occasion, had taught the Nāgopama Suttanta, at the conclusion of the teaching, having recollected the Teacher's virtues in accordance with the power of his own knowledge, with a mind inspired by rapture having the Buddha as its object, thinking "This great multitude praises this animal elephant, not the great Buddha-elephant.
Come, let me make well-known the virtues of the great Buddha-tusker" - praising the Teacher -
689.
Dwelling on the Brahma path, delighting in the peace of mind.
690.
Even the gods pay homage to him, thus I have heard from the Worthy One.
691.
Delighting in renunciation from sensual pleasures, freed like gold from rock.
692.
Of all those bearing the name of elephant, he of true name is unsurpassed.
693.
Meekness and non-violence, these two are the feet of the elephant.
694.
The great elephant with faith as his trunk, with equanimity as his white tusks.
695.
The Teaching is the belly's residence, seclusion is his tail.
696.
Going, the elephant is concentrated, standing, the elephant is concentrated.
697.
Everywhere restrained is the elephant, this is the accomplishment of the elephant.
698.
Having obtained food and clothing, he avoids storage.
699.
Wherever he goes, he goes without longing.
700.
It is not tainted by water, fragrant and delightful.
701.
He is not tainted by the world, as a lotus by water.
702.
And when the embers are stilled, he is called 'quenched'.
703.
The great elephants will understand, the elephant taught by an elephant.
704.
Abandoning the body, the elephant will attain final nibbāna, without mental corruptions." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "who has become a human being" means one who has come to be, has arisen among human beings; or one who has attained the state of human existence. For the Teacher, although liberated from all destinations through the achievement of the knowledge of the elimination of mental corruptions, is expressed as "a human being" by virtue of the conception taken in his final individual existence. But by virtue of his qualities, he is a super-god among gods, a super-Brahmā among Brahmās. "The Enlightened by himself" means one who possesses the awakening to what should be awakened to by himself alone. "Self-restrained" means tamed by oneself alone. For the Blessed One is tamed by the highest mastery through the noble path produced by himself alone, from the eye too, etc. through the mind too, tamed by the highest mastery. "Concentrated" means concentrated by the eightfold concentration and by the concentration of path and fruition. "Dwelling on the Brahma path" means proceeding by way of entering upon the fourfold path of the divine abidings, or upon the supreme, excellent path of fruition attainment. Although the Blessed One does not dwell on the aforesaid Brahma path at all times, yet with reference to his ability to dwell therein and his inclination towards it, "dwelling" was said. "Delighting in the peace of mind" means delighted in the stilling of all activities, which is the cause of the peace of mind, that is, in Nibbāna. "Him whom human beings pay homage to, who has gone beyond all phenomena" means that Perfectly Enlightened One who has gone beyond all phenomena such as aggregates, sense bases, and so on - gone beyond through direct knowledge, gone beyond through full understanding, gone beyond through abandoning, gone beyond through development, gone beyond through realisation, gone beyond through attainment - thus gone beyond in six ways, one who has attained the achievement of the highest excellence - him do human beings such as warriors, wise men, and others pay homage to. Venerating through the practice in accordance with the Teaching, by body, by speech, and by mind, they are inclined towards that, sloping towards that, inclining towards that. "Even the gods pay homage to him" means not only human beings alone, but also in immeasurable world systems, even the gods pay homage to him. "Thus I have heard from the Worthy One" shows that "thus it was heard by me in the presence of the Worthy One, the Blessed One, by reasons such as being far from mental defilements, and in the presence of the General of the Teaching and others who were saying 'the Teacher of gods and humans' and so on - thus it was heard."
"Gone beyond all mental fetters" means one who has surpassed all ten mental fetters, as is fitting, by the four paths together with their habitual tendencies. "Come from the forest to the forestless" means one who has reached the forestless state, free from the forest of mental defilements. "Delighting in renunciation from sensual pleasures" means one who, having entirely gone forth from sensual pleasures, delights in renunciation classified as going forth, meditative absorption, insight, and so on. "Freed like gold from rock" means similar to gold released from rock, because of its nature of having substance released from what is without substance - the explanation is: "even the gods pay homage to him."
"He, the elephant, indeed outshone" means he assuredly does not commit an offence, does not go to rebirth; powerful like an elephant. The Perfectly Enlightened One who obtained the name "Nāga" - "outshone" means having surpassed the world with its gods by the radiance of his own body and the radiance of his knowledge, he shone, was resplendent. Like what? "The Himalayas and other rocky mountains" - just as indeed the Himalayas, the king of mountains, outshines other mountains by its own virtues such as firmness, weightiness, great substance, and so on, so too he outshines - this is the meaning. "Of all those bearing the name nāga" means of serpent-nāgas, elephant-nāgas, person-nāgas, or of learner-nāgas, non-learner-nāgas, and Individually Enlightened One-nāgas. "True in name" means one whose name "nāga" is by truth itself. But that truth of name he himself will declare by the passage beginning with "for he does not commit an offence."
Now, showing the Buddha-elephant by its constituent parts and first showing it by name, he said "for he does not commit an offence." Because he does not commit offence, evil, in any way whatsoever, therefore he is called "nāga" - this is the meaning. "Meekness" means morality. "Non-violence" means compassion. Having considered that both of these are the forerunner of the entire heap of virtues, it is fitting that they are the front feet of the Buddha-elephant - thus he said "these two are the feet of the elephant."
Speaking by way of the hind feet, he said "mindfulness and full awareness, these are the other feet of the elephant." Or the reading is "tyāpare." The analysis of terms is just "te apare." Faith is the trunk of this one in the taking up of blameless qualities - thus "one with faith as his trunk." Equanimity, which is a variety of knowledge with thoroughly purified feeling, is the white tusks; those are present in this one - thus "one with equanimity as his white tusks."
Wisdom is the highest limb; mindfulness is its foundation - thus he said "mindfulness is the neck, wisdom is the head." "Investigation is reflection on the Teaching" means just as the touching and smelling with the trunk of what is to be eaten and what is not to be eaten is called the investigation of a noble elephant, so too the reflection on wholesome and other qualities is the investigation of the Buddha-elephant. "Things dwell evenly here" - thus "residence"; a vessel, the belly itself, is the residence; because of being the receptacle for direct knowledges and serenity, the quality reckoned as serenity and insight meditation is the belly's residence of this one - thus "the Teaching is the belly's residence." "Seclusion" means seclusion from clinging. "Of that" means of the Buddha-elephant. The tail, because of being the final limb.
"A meditator" means one who is disposed to meditating by meditation on a single object. "Delighting in comfort" means delighting in Nibbāna, which is the supreme comfort. "Internally well concentrated" means well concentrated in the fruition attainment within the domain of one's own internal experience. In order to show that this concentration is well established at all times, "going, the elephant is concentrated" and so on was stated. For the Blessed One is always concentrated, because of the absence of distraction, due to the abandoning of restlessness together with its habitual tendencies. Therefore, whatever posture he adopts, that he adopts while concentrated.
"Everywhere" means in every resort and in every door, with conduct completely shut off in every respect. Therefore he said - "All bodily action is preceded by knowledge, follows knowledge," and so on. "This is the accomplishment of the elephant" means this achievement of the Buddha, the fragrant elephant, as stated by the method beginning with "for he does not commit an offence," or by the method beginning with "the Perfectly Enlightened One," both as already stated and as will be stated, is complete in virtues.
"He consumes blameless things" means because of having reached the highest perfection of right livelihood, he consumes things that are not blameworthy; because wrong livelihood has been altogether abandoned together with its latent tendencies, he does not consume blameworthy, censurable things. The explanation is: while consuming blameless things, he consumes while avoiding storage.
"Mental fetter" means the tenfold mental fetter that, because of fettering the continuity together with the suffering of the round of rebirths, is capable of causing one to sink in the round of rebirths. "Subtle and gross" means both small and great. "Having cut off all bondage" means having cut by path knowledge the bondage of mental defilements without remainder. "Wherever" means in whatever direction.
Just as indeed a white lotus born in water grows in water and is not tainted by water, because of its intrinsic nature of non-defilement, just so the Buddha, born in the world, dwells in the world and is not tainted by the world, because of the absence of the defilement of craving, wrong view, and conceit - this is the explanation.
"Fire" (ginī) means fire (aggi). "Without fuel" (anāhāro) means without firewood (anindhano).
"This is a conveyer of meaning" means this simile of the elephant is a conveyer, an elucidator, of the meaning to be compared, which is reckoned as the Teacher's virtues. "By the wise" means he speaks with reference to himself, as those who fully understand the Teaching of the four truths penetrated by the Teacher. "They will understand" and so on is a statement of reason: because the great elephants, those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, standing in their own domain, will understand the elephant, the Truth-finder, the fragrant elephant, taught by me, an elephant, therefore this simile has been spoken by us for the purpose of informing other worldlings - this is the intention.
"Abandoning the body, the elephant will attain final nibbāna, without mental corruptions" means the Perfectly Enlightened One, the elephant, without mental corruptions through the Nibbāna with residue of clinging at the foot of the Bodhi tree, now abandoning the body, the individual existence, will attain final Nibbāna through the extinguishment of the aggregates.
Thus, having adorned with fourteen similes, in sixteen verses, with sixty-four lines, while praising the Teacher's virtues, he concluded the teaching with the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Udāyī is concluded.
The commentary on the Chapter of Sixteens is concluded.
16.
The Book of the Twenties
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Adhimutta
705-725.
In the Twentieth Nipāta, the verses beginning with "Whether for sacrifice" and so on are those of the Venerable Elder Apara Adhimutta.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, accumulating meritorious deeds in this and that existence, in the time of the Blessed One Atthadassī, having been reborn in a family accomplished in wealth, having attained discretion, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, attending on the Community of monks, he carried on great gifts.
He, by that meritorious action, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in the womb of the sister of the Venerable Elder Saṃkicca. His name was Adhimutta Tissa.
He, having come of age, having gone forth in the presence of the maternal uncle elder, doing the work of insight, while still established on the plane of a novice, attained arahantship.
Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
I attended on the Community of monks, with a clear mind.
Having made a pavilion of sugar-cane, I fed the highest Community.
I overcome all beings, this is the fruit of meritorious action.
I do not know of an unfortunate realm, this is the fruit of the gift of sugar-cane.
But having attained arahantship, spending his time in the happiness of meditative attainment, wishing for full ordination, thinking "I shall ask permission of my mother," while going to the presence of his mother, on the road he met with five hundred thieves who were wandering in search of meat for the purpose of making an oblation to a deity. And the thieves seized him, thinking "He will be an offering to the deity." He, even though seized by the thieves, fearless and unfrightened, stood with a clear face as before. Having seen him, the chief of the thieves, with a mind of wonder and amazement arisen, praising him -
705.
For the remainder there is fear, they tremble and they wail.
706.
Why do you not lament, in such great peril?" He spoke two verses.
Therein, "for the purpose of sacrifice" means for the purpose of sacrificing, or for the purpose of making an oblation to deities. The word "vā" has the meaning of alternative. "For the purpose of wealth" means for the purpose of seizing property. "Those whom we killed before" means those beings whom we formerly killed. For this is a present tense expression used in a past sense. "Avase" means having made them without a master, without an owner. "Ta" means of them. Some also read "avasesa." Among those seized by us, setting aside that one, for the remainder; or this itself is the reading. "There is fear" means there is fear of death. By which they tremble and wail - they tremble with terror of mind, and they wail saying such things as "Master, we will give you this and that, we will become your slaves."
"Of that you" means you who are threatened by us who desire to deprive you of life for the purpose of an oblation to a deity, with raised swords - of that you. "State of fear" means the state of being frightened; the meaning is fear. "Your beauty becomes even more clear" means even beyond your natural complexion, your facial complexion becomes bright. It is said that at that time there arose in the Elder lofty joy and pleasure, thinking "If these ones will kill me, right now I shall attain final Nibbāna by non-clinging, and the burden of suffering will depart." "In such great peril" means when such a great fear of death has arisen. Or this is a locative expression used in the sense of cause.
Now the Elder, teaching the Dhamma by way of giving a reply to the bandit chief -
707.
All fears have been surpassed, for one whose mental fetters are eliminated indeed.
708.
There is no fear in death, just as in the laying down of a burden.
709.
There is no fear for me in death, as in the elimination of diseases.
710.
Existences have been seen as without gratification, like poison drunk and then vomited out.
711.
He is satisfied at the exhaustion of life, like one released from a place of execution.
712.
Freed as from a blazing house, he does not grieve at death.
713.
All this is without a lord, thus was said by the great sage.
714.
Does not grasp any existence, like a red-hot iron ball.
715.
Activities will disappear, what lamentation is there for that?
716.
For one seeing as it really is, there is no fear, headman.
717.
He, not finding selfish attachment, does not grieve thinking 'I have not'."
718.
This body will break up, and another will not come to be.
719.
On that account, there will be no hate or affection in me."
He spoke these verses.
720.
Having put down their knives, the young men said this.
This is a verse spoken by the compilers of the recitation. Hereafter, the three verses of speech and reply between the thieves and the elder -
721.
Having come to whose teaching, is that freedom from sorrow obtained?
722.
The greatly compassionate Teacher, the physician of the whole world.
723.
Having come to his teaching, that freedom from sorrow is obtained.
724.
Some desisted from that deed, and some delighted in the going forth.
725.
With elated minds, glad, with faculties developed, they attained the unconditioned state of Nibbāna."
These too are verses spoken by the compilers of the recitation.
Therein, "there is no mental suffering, for one without expectance, headman" means: headman, for one without expectance such as me, due to the absence of longing, that is, craving, mental suffering, that is, displeasure - like pus whose intrinsic nature is blood - does not exist; by the indication of the absence of displeasure, he declares the absence of fear. Therefore he said "all fears have been surpassed." "All fears have been surpassed" means for the arahant whose mental fetters are eliminated, the twenty-five great fears and all other fears too have definitely been surpassed, passed, departed - this is the meaning.
"When phenomena have been seen as they really are" means when the phenomena of the four truths have been seen as they really are by path wisdom by way of full understanding, abandoning, realisation, and meditative development. "In death" means because of death. "Just as in the laying down of a burden" means just as some person, sinking under a great heavy burden placed on his head, does not fear its laying down, its removal - thus it is the same here - this is the meaning. For this was said by the Blessed One -
Taking up the burden is suffering in the world, laying down the burden is happiness."
"Well practised" means well conducted. "Holy life" means the holy life of the Dispensation included in the threefold training. For that very reason, "and the path too has been well developed" means the noble eightfold path too has been properly developed. "As in the elimination of diseases" means just as for one afflicted, overpowered by many diseases, at the elimination of diseases there is only joy and pleasure, so too at the elimination of the disease of the aggregates, in death, there is no fear for one such as me.
"Existences have been seen as without gratification" means overpowered by the three kinds of suffering, burning with the eleven fires, the three existences are without gratification, devoid of gratification, seen by me. "Like poison drunk and then vomited out" means just as having drunk poison through negligence, it is vomited out by such an effort - so there is no fear for me in death - this is the meaning.
"Like one released from a place of execution" means just as one led by thieves to a place of execution for the purpose of killing, released from there by some means, is full of mirth; so too, because of having gone to the far shore of the round of rebirths, to Nibbāna, he is one who has gone beyond; without clinging to any of the four kinds of clinging; because of having accomplished the sixteen functions of full understanding and so on, one whose obligations are fulfilled; without mental corruptions, free from the mental corruption of sensuality and so on; because of the exhaustion of life, because of the exhaustion of life, he is satisfied and pleased.
"Highest" means foremost. "The nature of phenomena" means the intrinsic nature of phenomena. When arahantship is accomplished, the state of such-likeness towards desirable things and so on, because of the accomplishment. "In the entire world" means even in the entire world, even in the world endowed with long life, happiness, abundance, and so on. "Without need" means without attachment. "Freed as from a blazing house" means just as some person, having escaped from a house blazing and burning on all sides, does not grieve on account of that escape; so too one who has eliminated the mental corruptions does not grieve on account of death.
"Whatever there is that has come together" means whatever in this world there is, exists, is found that has come together - a meeting, a combination with beings or with activities. "Conditioned" is also a reading; its meaning is whatever is made by conditions having come together and combined, dependently arisen. "Or existence wherever it is obtained" means in whatever order of beings whatever becoming of rebirth is obtained. "All this is without a lord" means all this is devoid of a lord; herein it is not possible for anyone to exercise sovereignty saying "May it be so." "Thus was said by the great sage" means thus was said by the great sage, the Perfectly Enlightened One: "All phenomena are non-self." Therefore, the explanation is: one who understands "this is without a lord" does not grieve at death.
"Does not grasp any existence" means whatever noble disciple, just as taught by the Buddha, the Blessed One, by the method beginning with "all activities are impermanent," so he understands that threefold existence with path wisdom accompanied by insight wisdom. Just as some person desiring happiness does not grasp with his hand an iron ball heated all day, so he does not grasp any existence whether small or great; the meaning is he does not make craving therein.
"'I was' does not occur to me" means "In the past course of time I was such" - by the power of the view of self, there is no occurrence of consciousness for me, because wrong view has been properly removed and because the intrinsic nature of phenomena has been well seen. "'I shall be' does not occur to me" means for that very reason, "In the future course of time, how indeed shall I be, how might I become" - thus too it does not occur to me. "Activities will disappear" means but rather this occurs: "There are merely activities proceeding according to conditions; herein there is no self or what belongs to a self whatsoever; and they indeed will disappear, will perish, will break up moment by moment." "What lamentation is there for that" means for one such as me seeing thus, what indeed is lamentation therein regarding what pertains to activities?
"Pure" means solely, unmixed with the substance of a self. "The arising of phenomena" means the arising of phenomena that are conditionally arisen phenomena - the mere occurrence of phenomena such as activities and so on through conditions such as ignorance and so on. "The continuity of activities" means the continuum of activities classified as mental defilements, kamma, and results. "For one seeing as it really is" means for one knowing as it really is with path wisdom together with insight.
"The world as similar to grass and wood" means just as when someone takes grass and wood that are unowned in the forest, it does not occur to another "This person is taking what belongs to me," so when he sees with wisdom the world of activities as similar to grass and wood because of being ownerless, he therein not finding selfish attachment - not finding, not obtaining, not making it. "I have not" means he does not grieve thinking "Indeed I was, that is no longer mine."
"I am dissatisfied with the body" means with this body that is coreless, that is oppressive, that is suffering, that is ungrateful, that has the intrinsic nature of being impure, foul-smelling, loathsome, and repulsive - I am dissatisfied; being disenchanted with this body, thus I stand. "I am not desirous of existence" means I am not desirous of any existence whatsoever; I do not aspire to any existence. "This body will break up" means this body of mine will now break up either by your effort or otherwise, elsewhere. "And another will not come to be" means another body will not come to be for me in the future, because of the absence of renewed existence.
"Whatever function you have with the body" means whatever use you have with this body, do that if you wish, if you wish. "Not on that account for me" means on that account, because of doing as you wish with this body, as the cause of doing. "Therein" means whether they do or do not do. "There will be no hate or affection" means in succession, aversion and attraction will not arise; the intention is because longing for one's own existence has been entirely abandoned. Even though aversion and attraction are absent on other accounts and elsewhere, the word "therein" is said by way of what has been attained on that account.
"Of that" means of the Elder Adhimutta. "That utterance" means having heard the utterance beginning with "there is no mental suffering" and so on, which illuminates the absence of fear and so on at death - for that very reason a wonderful, hair-raising utterance. "Young men" means thieves. For thieves are called "young men," as in such passages as "They encounter young men who had done their deed and those who had not done their deed" and so on.
"Having done what, venerable sir" means venerable sir, having done what ascetic practice. "Who is your teacher, and having come to whose teaching," exhortation, is this freedom from sorrow, the absence of sorrow at the time of death, obtained - they spoke this meaning, they said it by way of questioning, they uttered it.
Having heard that, the elder, giving them a reply, said beginning with "omniscient." Therein, "omniscient" means: through the achievement of the unobstructed knowledge, which is capable of awakening to all phenomena in every way without the instruction of others, whose functioning is dependent on wish - he knows all of the various kinds beginning with the past; thus, omniscient. By that very all-seeing eye, because of seeing all, he is all-seeing. That in which there is the unobstructed knowledge, that itself is the knowledge of omniscience; there is indeed no contradiction with the Pāḷi text on the knowledge not shared with others, because one and the same knowledge has been stated in two ways for the purpose of showing its nature as not shared with others by way of the arising of its domain. But what should be said here, that has been stated in detail in the Itivuttaka commentary itself; thus it should be understood by the very method stated there. The Conqueror because of victory over all five Māras; greatly compassionate because of being endowed with great compassion through the disposition of being intent upon all orders of beings divided into the classifications of low and so on; the Teacher because of instructing those amenable to instruction as is fitting through benefits pertaining to the present life, the future life, and the highest good; for that very reason the physician of the whole world because of treating the disease of mental defilements of the whole world; the Perfectly Enlightened One is my teacher - this is the explanation. "Leading to elimination" means leading to Nibbāna.
Thus, when the elder had made known the virtues of the Teacher and the Dispensation, some thieves, having gained faith, went forth, and some declared their state as lay followers. Making clear that meaning, the compilers of the Teaching spoke two verses beginning with "having heard, the thieves." Therein, "of the sage" means of the sage in the meaning of search for the training in higher morality and so on; of the Elder Adhimutta. "Having put down" means having abandoned. "Knives and weapons" means knives such as swords and so on, and weapons such as bows and quivers and so on. "And from that deed" means from that thievery.
"Having gone forth in the Fortunate One's Dispensation" means those thieves, having undertaken the going forth in the Dispensation of the Fortunate One, the Blessed One, through beautiful going and so on. "With elated minds" means through being endowed with rapture characterised by exultation, attained through the distinction of meditative development. "Glad" means having attained pleasure. "With faculties developed" means with developed faculties. "They touched" means they attained the unconditioned Nibbāna through the achievement of the highest path. It is said that Adhimutta, having made the thieves free from swerving, having left them right there, having gone to his mother's presence, having asked permission of his mother, having returned, having gone together with them to the presence of his preceptor, having given them the going forth, performed the full ordination. Then he taught them the meditation subject; they, before long, became established in arahantship. Therefore it was said "having gone forth, etc. unconditioned."
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Adhimutta is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya
726-746.
The verses beginning with "A thought arose for the ascetic" are those of the Venerable Elder Pārāpariya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of a certain wealthy brahmin in Sāvatthī.
When he had come of age, his designation by clan was indeed "Pārāpariya."
He, having learnt the three Vedas, attained accomplishment in the brahminical arts.
One day, at the time of the Teacher's proclamation of the Teaching, having gone to the Jeta's Grove monastery, he sat down at the edge of the assembly.
The Teacher, having observed his disposition, taught the Discourse on the Development of the Faculties.
He, having heard that, having gained faith, went forth.
Having learnt that discourse, he reflected upon its meaning.
But as he reflected, this meaning will become evident in the verses themselves.
He, thus reflecting, having established insight by way of the sense bases, before long attained arahantship.
Afterwards, making known the manner of his own reflection -
726.
Sitting alone, secluded, a meditator.
727.
That one doing one's own function, should not vex anyone.
728.
Unguarded they are for harm, guarded they are for welfare.
729.
That one doing one's own function, should not vex anyone.
730.
Not seeing the danger, he is indeed not freed from suffering.
731.
Not seeing the danger, he is indeed not freed from suffering.
732.
He is not freed from suffering, infatuated with odours.
733.
Bound by craving for flavour, the heart does not understand.
734.
One lustful, because of lust, finds various suffering.
735.
From that, suffering follows him, from all these five.
736.
Made lovely by a skilled craftsman, adorned like a casket.
737.
Like a razor smeared with honey, licking it one does not understand.
738.
Filled with lust for a woman's odours, one finds various suffering.
739.
He who is able to make an obstruction to them is energetic.
740.
Even while delighting, he should do his function connected with the Teaching and welfare.
741.
Having thought "that is not a function," diligent and discerning.
742.
Having accepted that, one should practise it, for that indeed is the highest delight.
743.
Having killed, having slain, and having caused sorrow, whoever forcibly seizes from others.
744.
So too the skilled one destroys the faculties with the faculties themselves.
745.
Having killed five by five, the brahmin goes without trouble.
746.
In every respect completely, that man thrives in happiness." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "of the ascetic" means of one gone forth. "Ahū" means was. "Thought" means reflection on the Dhamma, examining the Dhamma. "Of Pārāpariya" means of one belonging to the Pārāpara clan. Some also read "Pārācariyassā." "Monk" means of one who habitually sees danger in the round of rebirths. "Alone" means without a companion; by this he shows bodily seclusion. "Of one who is secluded" means of one who has undertaken seclusion through the suppression of mental defilements by means of solitude; by this he shows mental seclusion. Therefore he said "a meditator." "A meditator" means of one who habitually meditates; the meaning is of one engaged in wise attention. All this the elder says making himself as if speaking of another.
By "What is the gradual progression" and so on, he shows that reflection. Therein, in the first verse firstly, "what is the gradual progression" means the gradual progression is the order of succession; what is the order of succession among the religious duties and conduct that will be stated progressively; the meaning is by what order of succession should they be practised. "What religious duty, what conduct for a person" means a person desiring welfare, what kind of morality and conduct - called "religious duty" in the sense of what should be undertaken - while practising, would be one doing one's own function, one doing what should be done, and would not vex any being, would not oppress; this is the meaning. One's own function is namely the ascetic practice, in brief morality, concentration, and wisdom; for one who is accomplishing that, there is not even a trifle of vexing others, because when that exists, the very state of being an ascetic would be absent.
As the Blessed One said - "For one who injures others is not one who has gone forth, one who vexes others is not an ascetic." And here, by the taking up of "religious duty," the morality of avoidance is taken up; by the taking up of "conduct," together with the morality of performance, since it is to be practised, meditative absorption, insight, and so on; therefore the morality of avoidance is the principal. And therein too, since when sense restraint is accomplished, all morality is well-protected and well-guarded, therefore, wishing to show the morality of sense restraint first, making clear the danger and benefit in the non-guarding and guarding of the faculties, he said beginning with "the faculties of human beings." Therein, "the faculties" is an indication of the phenomena to be guarded; therefore what is meant is the six faculties beginning with the eye and so on. "Of human beings" is an indication of the persons capable of guarding. "For welfare" means for benefit. "For harm" means for detriment. "Are" is the remainder of the expression. But how do those very same ones serve for welfare and for harm? He said beginning with "guarded" and so on. Its meaning is - For one whose faculties beginning with the eye are not closed by the door panel of mindfulness, because of being doors for the occurrence of evil mental states beginning with covetousness regarding forms and so on, they serve for detriment; because of the absence of that, they conduce to benefit.
"Guarding the faculties well" - since sense restraint when complete fulfils the accomplishment in morality, the accomplishment in morality when complete fulfils the accomplishment in concentration, the accomplishment in concentration when complete fulfils the accomplishment in wisdom, therefore, showing that the guarding of the faculties is indeed the root of the practice for one's own welfare, he said "guarding the faculties well." Guarding well with protection preceded by mindfulness, through wise attention guarding the faculties themselves first properly, closing them so that unwholesome thieves, having entered through those various doors, do not plunder the wholesome goods in the continuity of consciousness - this is the meaning. "Sārakkha" is said by making the prefix "saṃ" into its own form, as in "sārāgo" and so on. "Saṃrakkha" is also a reading. "And protecting the faculties" is a synonym for that very same thing; the purpose of the synonym should be understood by the very method stated in the commentary on the Netti. By this "that one doing one's own function," he shows the practice for one's own welfare; by this "should not vex anyone," the practice for the welfare of others; or alternatively, by both he shows the practice for one's own welfare alone, since non-vexing of others is also of the nature of the practice for one's own welfare. Or alternatively, by both terms too he shows the practice for one's own welfare, since for a worldling and a trainee, even the practice for the welfare of others is of the nature of the practice for one's own welfare.
Thus, having shown in brief the cleansing aspect - that guarded faculties are for welfare - but analysing and showing the defilement aspect - that unguarded faculties are for harm - he said beginning with "if the eye-faculty." Therein, "if the eye-faculty going towards forms, one does not restrain." "Not seeing the danger" means whoever, not restraining the eye-faculty going towards the visible form sense bases classified as blue, yellow, and so on, desirable and undesirable, proceeding according to its preference, not restraining, not warding off, if one is not one who sees the danger in such occurrence, if one does not see the danger, the fault, pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life. "Going, one should restrain, not seeing the escape" is also a reading. Therein, whoever, by the method stated as "in the seen there will be merely the seen," standing just at the mere seen, functioning in the visible form sense base by way of mindfulness and full awareness, is therein called one who sees the escape. By the reverse of what has been stated, one who does not see the escape should be understood. "He is indeed not freed from suffering" means such a person is indeed not freed from the suffering of the round of rebirths. And here, the non-restraining of the eye-faculty means the occurrence in such a way that evil mental states beginning with covetousness would flow in through that door; but that should be seen in meaning as the non-establishing of mindfulness and full awareness. The same method applies in the remaining faculties too. "Infatuated" means one who has fallen into infatuation through resolute craving. "Sour" means sour flavour. "The sweet portion" means the portion of sweet flavour. Likewise the bitter portion. "Recollecting" means reflecting upon each and every flavour by way of gratification. "Tied" means tied, bound by craving for flavour to each and every flavour. Some also read "gadhito"; the meaning is having fallen into greed. "The heart does not understand" means one does not know, does not observe the consciousness that arose at the moment of going forth and so on, thinking "I shall make an end of suffering"; bound by craving for flavour which crushes the heart, the interior, of the Dispensation, the blameless mental states, one does not understand, does not know, does not proceed - this is the meaning.
"Beautiful" means lovely. "Non-repulsive" means delightful, desirable. "Tangible objects" means contacts of the variety that are clung-to and not clung-to. "Lustful" means lustful through lust whose intrinsic nature is defilement. "Because of lust" means on account of lust. "Finds various suffering" means one obtains suffering of many kinds, both pertaining to the present life by way of the fever of lust and so on, and pertaining to the future life by way of the torment of hell and so on.
"The mind from these" means the mind and from these visual objects and so on, and from the varieties of mind-objects. "Him" means that person. "From all" means from all five as well. This is what is meant - Whatever person, the mind, the mind-door, from these aforesaid five phenomena beginning with visual objects and from the variety of mind-objects as well. Therein, he is unable to guard, to protect by the prevention of evil actions that would occur; therefore, because of his non-guarding, suffering on that account follows that person, goes after him; and following, it follows by all five beginning with visual objects together with the sixth object, by all that have become object-conditions. Here, the eye-faculty and the ear-faculty, because of their nature of apprehending what has not arrived, were spoken of as "going, not restraining"; the others, because of their nature of apprehending what has arrived, were spoken of by means of "if one indulges in odours" and so on. Moreover, therein it should be seen that because craving for flavour and craving for tangible objects are distinctively powerful for beings, it was said "bound by craving for flavour" and "remembering tangible objects."
Thus, having shown the suffering that arises on account of non-restraint through the six doors regarding the six objects for a person with unguarded doors, since this non-restraint occurs because of not comprehending the intrinsic nature of the body, therefore, investigating the intrinsic nature of the body, he spoke a pair of verses beginning with "filled with pus and blood." Its meaning is - This body by name is full, filled with pus and blood and with much other corpse-matter such as bile, phlegm and so on; this, made by a hero among men, a skilful master craftsman, is lovely, smooth, adorned with lac cosmetics and so on; but inside, filled with faeces and other impurities, like a casket charming only in its skin, deluding foolish people, it is bitter because of its nature as suffering and because of the torment of hell-suffering and so on; sweet in taste through the mere gratification that is groundless, arising from imagination, through its sweetness; binding to the dear through the very binding of the state of being dear arising from that; suffering because of being hard to bear and displeasing. The world, not comprehending, while experiencing great suffering through greed for gratification in such a body, greedy for sweetness, should be seen as like a man licking a razor's edge.
Now, these objects of the eye and so on, namely forms and so on, have been stated; showing that they are especially desirable for a man as bound to women, and therefore restraint should be exercised therein, he said beginning with "a woman's form." Therein, "a woman's form" means the colour reckoned as the visible form sense base originating from the four causes of a woman. Furthermore, whatever colour connected to the body of a woman's worn garment, or of ornaments, or of dyes and cosmetics and so on, or of worn garlands and so on, that serves as an object for a man's eye-consciousness - all this should be understood as "a woman's form" indeed. "A woman's voice" means the sounds of a woman's singing, talking, laughing, and weeping. Furthermore, even the sounds of a woman's worn garments, even of her worn ornaments, and also the sounds of bamboo flutes, lutes, conch shells, small drums and so on produced through a woman's effort - these should be understood as included here by the taking of "a woman's voice." All of this pulls a man's mind. "A woman's flavour" however is stated in the Pāḷi text by way of the flavour sense base originating from the four causes. Some say that by way of a woman's obedient service and so on, the flavour of her presence and the flavour of her enjoyment constitute "a woman's flavour." But whatever flavour of a woman's lips, flesh, saliva smeared with spittle and so on, and whatever flavour of rice gruel, food and so on given by her to a man - all this should be understood as "a woman's flavour" indeed. And regarding tangible objects too, a woman's bodily contact, and the contact of garments, ornaments, garlands and so on mounted on a woman's body, should be understood as "a woman's tangible object" indeed. And here, for those whose reading is "a woman's form, a woman's voice," the inclusion of a woman's flavour should be seen by the word "also." "In a woman's odours" means in the odour sense bases originating from the four causes of a woman. A woman's bodily odour is indeed a foul smell. For some women smell like horses, some smell like rams, some smell of sweat, some smell of blood; yet even so, the blindly foolish one finds pleasure in them. But from the body of a universal monarch's woman treasure the fragrance of sandalwood wafts, and from her mouth the fragrance of waterlilies; this does not belong to all women. Therefore, the adventitious odour of anointing and so on that has mounted on a woman's body should be understood as "a woman's odour." "Filled with lust" means thoroughly lustful, bound, infatuated; and this term should be connected with "a woman's form" and so on as well. "Finds various suffering" means on account of lust for a woman's form and so on, one obtains suffering of many kinds, pertaining to the present life by way of murder, imprisonment and so on, and pertaining to the future life by way of the fivefold bondage and so on.
"All the streams of a woman" means all the objects such as visible form and so on of a woman, all without remainder, the five streams of craving flow. "In the five" means in the five doors of a man. "Of them" means of those five streams. "Obstruction" means restriction; whoever is able, having established mindfulness and full awareness so that non-restraint does not arise, to set restraint going, he is energetic, putting forth strenuous energy for the abandoning of unwholesome mental states and for the acquisition of wholesome mental states - this is the meaning.
Having thus shown the practice of one gone forth regarding the resort of visible form and so on, now in order to show that of the householder, "he is beneficial" and so on was stated. Therein, "he is beneficial, he is righteous, he is skilled, he is discerning" means that person in this world is beneficial, wise, established in the Teaching, skilled in the Teaching, adept in the Teaching, or not lazy, discerning - thus he is called one who is skilled in what should be done. "Even while delighting, he should do his function connected with the Teaching and welfare" means even while delighting in the delight of the household, that which is connected with the Teaching and welfare, not departing from the Teaching and from welfare, each and every thing that should be done. He should do the production of unarisen wealth, the preservation of arisen wealth, and the enjoyment thereof, mutually without opposition, mutually without obstruction; he should engage in the threefold group of welfare - this is the intention. And this method is stated by way of those for whom it operates by way of the threefold group of welfare without opposition to right practice, like the great King Bimbisāra and so on, by way of them. It should be seen as not by way of just anyone whatsoever.
"And then he sinks what is connected" means if, having grasped the welfare pertaining to the present life that is well established in this world, one is established therein. "He should avoid the function that is useless" means a function devoid of welfare pertaining to the future life and connected with harm, even if one should give up, should abandon. "Having thought 'that is not a function,' diligent and discerning" means diligent through the continuous presence of mindfulness, discerning through the arising of the wisdom of examination, having thought "that function connected with harm should not be done by me," one should avoid it.
But having avoided, whatever is connected with benefit, and whatever delight is directed to the Teaching. "Having accepted that, one should practise it" means whatever is connected with benefit and welfare by way of the distinction of pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life, bringing welfare to both, and whatever delight directed to highly wholesome mental states, accompanied by serenity and insight meditation, having rightly taken up both of those, having made them one's possession, one should practise. Because of the statement "Delight in the Teaching conquers all delights," for that is assuredly called the highest delight because of leading to the highest goal.
But that which was said to be a useless function connected with sensual delight, in order to show its nature of being connected with harm, "by high and low" and so on was stated. Therein, "by high and low" means by both great and small. "By means" means by methods. "Wishes to overcome others" means he wishes to take away what belongs to others, or he in every way diminishes others, defeats them; having killed, having slain, and having caused sorrow, whoever forcibly seizes from others. This is what is meant - Whatever person, on account of sensual pleasures, killing others, slaying, causing sorrow, striving to carry away what belongs to others by various methods such as housebreaking, scaling walls, and forcible seizure and so on, commits an act of violence, seizes, wishes to conquer, diminishes others by way of their property - his function, dependent on sensual delight, connected with harm, is absolutely base. By this, from its opposite, he makes clear the absolutely highest nature of the delight directed to the Teaching.
Now, that which was stated as the obstruction of the faculties, "he who is able to make an obstruction to them," explaining that together with the method, he said "just as a powerful man, while planing, knocks out a peg with a peg." Just as a powerful carpenter, endowed with bodily strength and the power of knowledge, wishing to remove a peg lodged in a piece of timber, striking it with a stronger peg, removes it from there, so a skilful monk, wishing to strike down the faculties beginning with the eye by the power of insight, strikes them down by means of the faculties themselves.
"But by which ones?" - he said "faith" and so on. Its meaning is - Developing and increasing faith having the characteristic of decision, energy having the characteristic of exertion, concentration having the characteristic of non-distraction, mindfulness having the characteristic of establishing, and wisdom having the characteristic of seeing - these five faculties too which ripen liberation - by these five faculties, having struck down the five faculties beginning with the eye by the destruction of their being doors for the arising of mental defilements such as attraction, aversion, and so on, having completely cut off by the noble path the mental defilements that are their decisive supports, for that very reason, free from trouble, free from suffering, the brahmin goes to, approaches, nothing other than the final Nibbāna without residue of clinging.
"He is beneficial" means that aforesaid brahmin is beneficial because of being endowed with the highest goal, righteous because of being established in the teachings that lead to that attainment. In every way completely, by a method without remainder, having carried out without remainder the instruction that constitutes the word of the Buddha, the Blessed One, having proceeded in accordance with the advice, he is established. For that very reason, that man, the highest person, thrives in, develops, and increases the happiness of Nibbāna.
Thus, because the elder made known his practice by means of elucidating the manner of his own reflection, this itself should be seen as his declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Pārāpariya is concluded.
3.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Telakāni
747-768.
"For a long time indeed, ardent" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Telakāni.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, even before the Teacher's birth, having been reborn in a certain brahmin family in Sāvatthī, having received the name Telakāni, having come of age, because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, being disgusted with sensual pleasures, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth into the going forth of a wandering ascetic, with a disposition towards the end of the round of rebirths, pursuing the quest for deliverance by such means as "Who has gone beyond in the world," having approached those various ascetics and brahmins, he asks a question; they are not able to answer.
He, with his mind unsatisfied by that, wanders about.
Then, when our Blessed One had arisen in the world and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while he was working for the welfare of the world, one day, having approached the Teacher, having heard the Teaching, having gained faith, having gone forth, doing the work of insight, before long he became established in arahantship.
He, one day, seated together with monks, having reviewed the distinction he had attained, following that accordingly, having recollected his own practice, relating all of that to the monks -
747.
I did not obtain tranquillity of mind, asking ascetics and brahmins.
748.
Whose teaching shall I accept, the cognition of ultimate reality?
749.
Bound by Mahinda's snare, just as the titan Vepacitti.
750.
Who in the world, releasing my bond, will make known the highest enlightenment?
751.
Whose teaching shall I accept, the sweeping away of ageing and death?
752.
With a mind obstinate through wrath, torn apart by craving.
753.
See the strong one in the breast, if it remains having pierced through.
754.
Pierced by that I tremble, like a leaf stirred by the wind.
755.
The body with six sense bases of contact, where it always moves.
756.
Not with a different probe or knife, nor treated by another.
757.
Without harming all my limbs, will pull out the dart for me?
758.
To me who has fallen into the deep, may he show dry land and a hand.
759.
Spread with deceit, envy, vehemence, sloth and torpor.
760.
Thoughts dependent on lust carry along one of wrong view like great torrents.
761.
Who could restrain those streams, who indeed will cut that creeper?
762.
Let not the mind-made stream suddenly cut you down like a tree.
763.
The Teacher, a shelter, with wisdom as his weapon, attended by the community of sages.
764.
He gave to me who was being swept away, and said to me "Do not fear."
765.
That generation taking delight in identity, which formerly I had imagined.
766.
Not having fixed upon a self, I saw the highest ford.
767.
For the non-occurrence of these, he taught the highest path.
768.
The Buddha dispelled my mental knot, the one who washes away the poison of defilement." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "for a long time indeed" means for a long time indeed. "Ardent" means possessing energy, putting forth strenuous energy in the quest for the teaching of deliverance. "Reflecting on the Teaching" means pondering over and seeking the teaching of liberation, thinking "What kind indeed is the teaching of deliverance, and how is it to be attained?" "I did not obtain tranquillity of mind, asking ascetics and brahmins" means asking those various ascetics and brahmins of different sects about the teaching of liberation, he did not obtain, did not attain the noble teaching that is tranquillity, that has become appeasement, that is the release from the suffering of the round of rebirths, for the mind whose intrinsic nature is unpeaceful - this is the meaning.
"Who has gone beyond" and so on is the showing of the manner of questioning. Therein, "who has gone beyond in the world" means among the ascetics and brahmins in this world who profess to be founders of sects, who indeed has gone to the beyond of the round of rebirths, to Nibbāna. "Who has attained what is grounded upon the Deathless" means who has attained, obtained the path of deliverance having Nibbāna as its support - this is the meaning. "Whose teaching shall I accept" means whose teaching of exhortation, whether of an ascetic or a brahmin, shall I receive and proceed upon. "The cognition of ultimate reality" means the cognition of ultimate reality, declaring the non-reversed occurrence and cessation - this is the meaning.
"I was caught inside by the hook" means "hook" is called wrong view because of the crookedness of mind, or all mental defilements; "inside" however means inside the hook of the heart, or there was the crookedness of mental defilements gone inside the heart - this is the meaning. "Like a fish swallowing bait" means like a fish eating, consuming bait; the intention is like a fish that has swallowed the hook. "Bound by Mahinda's snare, just as the titan Vepacitti" means just as Vepacitti, the lord of titans, bound by the snare of Mahinda, that is Sakka, dwelling without freedom, having reached great suffering, so I formerly was bound by the snare of mental defilements, dwelling without freedom, having reached great suffering - this is the intention.
"I pull" means I drag. "It" means the snare of mental defilements. "I do not release" means I do not set free. "From this sorrow and lamentation" means from this round of sorrow and lamentation. This is what is meant - Just as a deer or a pig bound by a snare, not knowing the means of release, struggling and pulling at it, makes the bondage firm, so I formerly, caught by the snare of mental defilements, not knowing the means of release, struggling by way of bodily volition and so on, did not release it; on the contrary, making it firm, through sorrow and so on I only reached further mental defilement. "Who in the world, releasing my bond, will make known the highest enlightenment" means who will make known to me, will declare the path of deliverance that has obtained the name "highest enlightenment" because "one fully awakens by means of this," releasing this bond bound by the bondage of mental defilements in this world - this is the meaning. Some also read "bandhamuñca"; the explanation is: the highest enlightenment that releases from bondage, or that is the releaser of bondage.
"Pointing out" means teaching. "The perishable" means the destruction, the demolition of defilements; or teaching, speaking of the perishable nature of phenomena, the washing away of ageing and death - whose teaching shall I accept? "I shall proceed" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Bound by sceptical doubt and uncertainty" means bound by sceptical doubt that occurs by the method beginning with "Did I exist in the past period of time?" and by uncertainty which has the mode of conduct of wavering and trembling. "Endowed with the power of vehemence" means joined with vehemence that has reached power, having the characteristic of doing what surpasses what should be done. "With a mind seized by wrath, obstinate" means gone to a state of obstinacy with a mind everywhere joined with wrath - the splitting open by covetous desire. For craving proceeds as if splitting the consciousness of beings by way of not obtaining what is desired and so on. Because of the capacity to pierce even one standing far away, craving itself as a bow stands near, arises from this - thus "arising from the bow of craving" means the dart of wrong view. But since that has a thirty-fold classification, namely identity view with twenty bases and wrong view with ten bases, therefore it was said "joined with two times fifteen," meaning having fifteen-fold classification twice - this is the meaning. "See the strong one in the breast, if it remains having pierced through" means that which, because of being connected with the breast, is in the breast, strong, more powerful, having pierced through, having penetrated the heart, remains in that very heart - "see that" - he addresses himself.
"The non-abandoning of speculative views" means the cause of the non-abandoning of the remaining views that have become speculative views. For as long as identity view does not disappear from the continuity, so long there is indeed non-abandoning of eternalist view and so on. "Sharpened by wrong thoughts" means sharpened, incited by thought, by wrong applied thought, having the characteristic of dependence, having fallen upon others, upon other people. "Pierced by that I tremble" means pierced by that dart of wrong view just as it stands having struck the heart, thus pierced I tremble, I think, I revolve here and there by way of eternalism, annihilationism and so on. "Like a leaf stirred by the wind" means like a tree-leaf released from its stalk, set in motion by the wind, by the breeze.
"Having arisen internally in me" means just as in the world a dart, having arisen from outside, having crushed internally, afflicts - this is not like that. But this, having arisen internally in me, in my own individual existence, that body of the six sense bases of contact designated as individual existence, is quickly, swiftly cooked, burnt. Like what? Like a fire that burns together with its support, burning that very same, my own, my personal individual existence, wherever it has arisen, right there it moves along, proceeds.
"I do not see a physician" means I do not see that physician, that surgeon, that doctor who is engaged in such medical treatment. "Who could extract this dart from me" means whatever physician could extract this dart of wrong view and the dart of defilements, and in extracting it, having inserted a probe-rod reckoned as similar to a rope of various threads, having cut with a knife - it should be brought and connected thus: it is not possible to treat the dart by another means, by the application of spells and medicines. "Treated" - and this is merely an illustration. The meaning should be understood by way of the dart of all defilements.
"Without a knife" means devoid of a knife. "Without a wound" means without a wound. "Resting within" means established in dependence on the heart, which is termed the interior. "Without harming" means without afflicting. "Ahiṃsā" is also a reading; the meaning is by non-harming, by non-afflicting. Here this is the meaning in brief - who indeed, without taking up any knife, and without making a wound, thereby without afflicting all the limbs, will extract the dart of defilements that has gone into the interior of my heart, which in the ultimate sense has become a dart because of generating affliction, because of piercing within, and because of obstructing within?
Having thus shown by ten verses the manner of what was formerly thought by himself, in order to show that again by another method, he said beginning with "For he is the best, the lord of the Dhamma." Therein, "lord of the Dhamma" means the sign of the Dhamma, the cause of the Dhamma. "Hi" is merely a particle. "He is the best" means that person is the highest. "The one who carries away the poison of defilements" means he who is the carrier away, the destroyer of my defilements such as lust and so on. "To me who has fallen into the deep, may he show dry land and a hand" means who indeed, consoling me who has fallen into the exceedingly deep great flood of the round of rebirths, saying "Do not fear," would show the dry ground of Nibbāna and the hand of the noble path leading to it.
"I have plunged into a lake" means in the great lake of the round of rebirths, I have descended, entered into, by way of plunging in up to the head. "With clay of impurity that cannot be removed" means the impurity of lust and so on, the clay, the mud of which cannot be taken away, is unable to be removed - thus "with clay of impurity that cannot be removed"; the lake. In that lake. "Ahāriyarajamantike" is also a reading; the meaning is the impurity of lust and so on that is difficult to remove, among the lust and so on standing nearby. Deceit has the characteristic of concealing one's own faults; envy has the characteristic of not enduring the success of others; impetuosity has the characteristic of doing what surpasses what should be done; sloth has the characteristic of laziness of consciousness; torpor has the characteristic of laziness of the body - these evil qualities are spread over whatever lake; in that "spread with deceit, envy, impetuosity, sloth and torpor," and here the syllable "ma" is said to serve as a word-connector. The meaning is spread with these evil qualities as aforesaid.
"With restlessness as cloud-thunder, with mental fetters as rain clouds" is said by an interchange of words; restlessness, which is of confused nature, is the cloud-thunder, the cloud-roaring of these - thus "having restlessness as cloud-thunder." The tenfold mental fetters themselves are the rain clouds of these - thus "having mental fetters as rain clouds." The meaning is that the torrents, similar to great water-torrents, are wrong thoughts dependent on lust, established in foulness and so on, and they carry me, one of wrong view, dragging me towards the ocean of misery.
"Streams flow everywhere" means the stream of craving, the stream of wrong view, the stream of conceit, the stream of ignorance, the stream of mental defilements - these five streams flow everywhere because they flow through all objects such as forms and so on by way of the eye-door and so on; "craving for visible form, etc. craving for mental objects" and so on - or because they flow in all parts, they flow everywhere. "A creeper" means it is called a creeper because it is like a creeper in the sense of entwining and in the sense of interweaving; that is, craving. "Having sprung up, it stands" means having sprung up through the six doors, it stands in objects such as forms and so on. "Those streams" means what distinguished person could restrain by the bridge-building of the path the streams beginning with craving flowing in my own continuity; "that creeper" means the creeper of craving; who will cut, will sever it with the knife of the path.
"Make a boundary" means make a boundary, a bridge, a warding off of those streams. "Venerable one" is a showing of the manner of address. "Let not the mind-made stream" means a water-stream is gross; even by the ignorant multitude, having made a bridge, it is possible to ward it off. But this mind-made stream is subtle and difficult to ward off. The meaning is: just as a water-stream, swelling, having felled a tree standing on the bank, destroys it, so may it not, having suddenly felled you standing on the shore of misery, casting you into the ocean of misery, cut you down, may it not destroy you, may it not bring you to calamity and disaster.
Thus this elder, because of having crushed the activities in former existences, because of having reached the maturity of knowledge, while reflecting upon the suffering of continued existence, comprehended the defiling qualities beginning with sceptical doubt; having shown that manner, now, with a sense of urgency arisen, seeking what is wholesome, having gone to the Teacher's presence, showing the distinction to which he resolved, he said beginning with "Thus for me in whom fear had arisen." Therein, "thus for me in whom fear had arisen" means for one in whom fear had arisen in the round of rebirths in the way above explained, from the near shore, from the hither bank that is fraught with danger, from the round of rebirths, seeking, searching for the far shore, Nibbāna, thinking "How indeed might one be freed?"; "a shelter" means one who has become a shelter for the world with its gods; "with wisdom as his weapon" means wisdom that eradicates mental defilements is the weapon of this one - thus "with wisdom as his weapon." The Teacher because of instructing beings as is fitting through benefits pertaining to the present life and so on; attended upon by the community of sages, by the assembly of noble persons beginning with the chief disciples, waited upon - thus "attended by the community of sages"; "a stairway" means well-made because of being well constructed by the knowledge of teaching, because of being prepared - thus well-made; pure because of being free from mental impurities; composed of the essence of the Dhamma because of being constituted of the essence of faith, wisdom, and so on; firm because of being unshakeable by opposites; the stairway termed insight - the Teacher gave to me who was being swept away by the great flood; and while giving, reassuring me saying "By this there will be well-being for you," he said, he spoke "Do not fear."
"The mansion of the establishments of mindfulness" means having ascended, by means of that stairway of insight, through the observation of the body and so on, the mansion of the establishments of mindfulness endowed with four storeys by the distinction of the fourfold fruit of asceticism to be obtained, I reviewed; I reviewed the Teaching of the four truths by path knowledge, I penetrated it. "That generation taking delight in identity, which formerly I had imagined" means thus, having penetrated the truths, that generation delighting in identity with "I" and "mine," the sectarian folk, and the self imagined by them - formerly I had imagined them as having substance. "And when I saw the path, the embarking upon the boat" means when I saw as it really is the path of insight, which is the means for embarking upon the boat of the noble path. Thenceforth, not fixing upon that sectarian folk and upon a self, having placed them in the mind and not grasping them, I saw the ford - the seeing of the noble path that is the ford to the great far shore of the Deathless termed Nibbāna, superior to all paths, superior to all wholesome qualities - I saw it as it really is. This is the meaning.
Having thus made known his own unsurpassed attainment of the path, now praising the Perfectly Enlightened One who taught it, he said beginning with "the dart of self-origination." Therein, "dart" means the dart of mental defilements such as wrong view, conceit, and so on. "Of self-origination" means arisen in the individual existence which has received the name "self" because of being the basis for conceit as "I." "Produced by the lead of existence" means originated from craving for existence, having craving for existence as its support. For that is the origination of wrong view, conceit, and so on. "For the non-occurrence of these" means for the non-continuance, for the non-arising, of the aforesaid evil phenomena. "He taught the highest path" means he expounded the highest, foremost, noble eightfold path, and the path of insight as the means to that.
"Lain dormant for a long time" means having lain along again and again in the continuity for a long time in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning, having reached strength through the obtaining of conditions and the state of being capable of arising, and from that, having been determined for a long time, having climbed upon and remained in the continuity. "Knot" means the Buddha, the Blessed One, the dispeller of the poison of defilement which had become a knot in my continuity, beginning with the bodily knot of covetousness and so on, by the power of his own teaching, dispelled and caused to be abandoned; for when the knots have been abandoned without remainder, there is no mental defilement whatsoever that remains unabandoned.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Telakāni is concluded.
4.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla
769-793.
The verses of the Venerable Elder Raṭṭhapāla beginning with "See this adorned" and so on.
What is the origin?
This one, it is said, even before the arising of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a very wealthy householder's family in the city of Haṃsavatī, having come of age, after his father's passing, having been established in the household life, having seen the immeasurable wealth handed down through the family lineage shown by the treasurer of the jewel storehouse, having thought "This much heap of wealth my father, grandfather, great-grandfather and others were not able to take with them when they went, but it is fitting for me to take it and go," he gave a great gift to the destitute, travellers and others.
He, while attending upon a certain ascetic who was an obtainer of direct knowledge, was engaged by him in the lordship of the heavenly world, and having performed meritorious deeds for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the heavenly world, experiencing divine success, having remained there as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, was reborn in the human world as the only son of a family able to hold together a broken country.
Now at that time the Blessed One Padumuttara, having arisen in the world, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, brought beings amenable to instruction to the place of security reckoned as the great city of Nibbāna. Then that son of good family, having gradually attained discretion, one day, having gone together with lay followers to the monastery, having seen the Teacher expounding the Teaching, with a gladdened mind, sat down at the edge of the assembly. Now at that time the Teacher established a certain monk in the foremost position among those who had gone forth through faith. Having seen that, he, with a gladdened mind, having directed his mind to that purpose, having carried on a great giving for seven days with great honour to the Blessed One surrounded by a hundred thousand monks, made an aspiration. The Teacher, having seen that it would succeed without obstacle, declared: "In the future he will be the foremost among those who have gone forth through faith in the Dispensation of a Perfectly Enlightened One named Gotama." He, having paid homage to the Teacher and the community of monks, rose from his seat and departed. He, having performed meritorious deeds there as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, ninety-two cosmic cycles ago from now, in the time of the Blessed One Phussa, when three princes who were half-brothers of the Teacher were attending upon the Teacher, he assisted in their meritorious activity.
Thus, having accumulated much wholesome action of this and that kind in this and that existence, wandering only in fortunate destinations, in this arising of a Buddha, he was reborn in the house of the millionaire Raṭṭhapāla in the market town of Thullakoṭṭhika in the Kuru country. Because of his being reborn in a family able to hold together a broken country, his name was Raṭṭhapāla, being a name handed down through the lineage. He, growing up with a great retinue, having gradually reached youth, was united by his mother and father with a suitable wife, and established in great fame, he experienced success similar to divine success. Then the Blessed One, while wandering on a journey through the countryside in the Kuru country, arrived at Thullakoṭṭhika. Having heard that, the son of good family Raṭṭhapāla, having approached the Teacher, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having gained faith, being desirous of going forth, having made a break in meals for seven days, with difficulty and trouble having obtained permission from his mother and father, having approached the Teacher, having requested the going forth, by the Teacher's command, having gone forth in the presence of a certain elder, doing the work through wise attention, having developed insight, attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
A noble elephant was given by me, with tusks as long as a plough-pole, fully grown.
Having valued all that, I had a monastery built for the Community.
Having made a great flood of giving, I dedicated them to the great sage.
Gladdening all people, he taught the Deathless state.
Having sat down in the community of monks, he spoke these verses.
I will explain the result, listen to me as I speak.
Arisen in the highest Brahmā realm, and entirely made of gold are they.
And fifty-eight times he will be a wheel-turning monarch.
Gotama by name, by clan, the Teacher in the world will be.
He will be reborn at that very moment in a wealthy family of great possessions.
Raṭṭhapāla by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.
Having fully understood all mental corruptions, he will attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions.
Like a lump of spittle, love for wealth does not exist in me.
I bear my final body in the teaching of the Perfectly Enlightened One.
The six higher knowledges have been realised, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
But having attained arahantship, having obtained permission from the Teacher, having gone to Thullakoṭṭhika to see his mother and father, there walking for almsfood successively, having received food made with flour from the previous evening at his father's dwelling, consuming it as if it were the Deathless, having been invited by his father, having consented for the morrow, on the second day having consumed almsfood at his father's dwelling, having approached the women of the women's quarters who were adorned and prepared, having said "What are they like, master's son, those nymphs for whose sake you live the holy life?" and so on, when they had begun to perform the act of enticement, having turned around his intention, speaking the Teaching connected with impermanence and so on -
769.
Afflicted, the object of many thoughts, for which there is no stable duration.
770.
Bones wrapped in skin, together with clothes it looks beautiful.
771.
Enough to delude a fool, but not one seeking the far shore.
772.
Enough to delude a fool, but not one seeking the far shore.
773.
Enough to delude a fool, but not one seeking the far shore.
774.
Having eaten the fodder, we go, while the deer trappers lament.
775.
Having eaten the fodder, we go, while the deer hunters grieve." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "adorned" means made beautiful, adorned - made variegated with garments, ornaments, garlands, and so on - this is the meaning. "Image" means the individual existence adorned with major and minor limbs such as long and so on in places requiring long and so on. "Heap of sores" means the body with impurity flowing out by way of the nine wound-openings and the pores of the skin, and in every respect a body that has become a sore, that has become a wound, or that is sore-like. "Raised up" means raised up by three hundred bones. "Afflicted" means constantly sick, because of having to be maintained at all times by changes of posture and so on. "The object of many thoughts" means that which, having attributed what is unreal, is to be thought about in many ways by foolish people. "For which there is no stable duration" means for which body there is neither a state of permanence nor an intrinsic nature of duration; it is absolutely subject only to the nature of breaking apart, scattering, and destruction. "See that" - he speaks addressing the people standing nearby, or with reference to himself.
"Form" means the body. For the body too is called "form" in such passages as "dependent on bones and dependent on sinews and dependent on flesh and dependent on skin, space being enclosed, it goes by the term 'materiality'" and so on. "With jewels and earrings" means adorned with jewels and earrings belonging to ornaments such as those worn on the head and so on. "Bones wrapped in skin" - the construction is: see the bones of more than three hundred varieties, enveloped by moist hide. "And earrings" - by the word "and" he includes the remaining ornamental decorations. "Together with clothes it looks beautiful" means this form, even though adorned with jewels, looks beautiful only when covered with clothes, not when uncovered - this is the meaning. But those who read "aṭṭhitacenā," for them the meaning is: wrapped in bone and skin it looks beautiful; it is "bone and skin" because of being wrapped.
"Lacquered with lac" means the dyeing done with lac, coloured with lac-dye. "Feet" means the feet. "Face smeared with powder" means the face smeared with scented powder; this is said with reference to what those devoted to adornment do - having removed facial blemishes and so on with mustard paste, having removed bad blood with salt clay, they apply facial powder ointment. "Enough" means sufficient for the delusion, for the bewilderment, of a fool, a blind worldling, not one seeking the far shore, one delighting in the round of rebirths - capable of deluding his mind; but for one seeking the far shore, one delighting in the end of the round of rebirths, it is not enough, not capable.
"Arranged in eightfold braids" means the hair arrangement made and accumulated in the form of an eightfold pattern, having trimmed the hair at the front part, made by way of concealing the forehead, is called "eightfold braid," which is also called "alaka." "Eyes smeared with eye ointment" means both eyes anointed with eye ointment inside and at both corners in such a way that the shadow of the eye ointment is visible.
"Like a newly painted eye ointment container, the putrid body adorned" means just as an eye ointment container, a tube for eye ointment, new, fresh, painted with garland work, makara-tooth designs and so on, is polished on the outside, bright, beautiful to behold, but inside is not beautiful to behold, just so their body, adorned with bathing, anointing, garments and ornaments, is bright on the outside, but inside it remains putrid, filled with various kinds of impurities - this is the meaning.
"Laid" means set out. "Hunter" means a deer-hunter. "Snare" means a stick-net. "Did not touch" means did not strike against. "Net" means a snare. "Fodder" means grass and other food thrown for the purpose of the deer eating. This simile was made by the elder for the purpose of conveying the meaning. For the meaning here is this: Just as, having set out a stick-net for the purpose of killing deer and having scattered fodder there, while the deer-hunter lay hidden, therein one deer, endowed with speed and exertion, clever, without even touching the snare, having eaten the fodder comfortably, goes away while the deer-hunter cries out "The deer has indeed deceived us." Another deer, strong, clever, endowed with speed, having gone there, having eaten the fodder, having cut the snare here and there, goes away while the deer-hunter grieves "The deer has indeed deceived us, the snare is cut" - just so we too, formerly in the time of being worldlings, having enjoyed the possessions given over by our mother and father for the purpose of attachment, without clinging here and there, went forth. But now, having completely cut off the mental defilements, having become free from snares, having eaten the food given by them, while they grieve, we go.
Thus the elder shows the mother and father as like deer-hunters, the gold and silver and the women's quarters as like a net for catching deer, the possessions formerly enjoyed by himself and the food now eaten as like fodder-grass, and himself as like a great deer. Having spoken these verses, having risen up into the sky, he sat down on the auspicious stone slab in King Korabya's deer-hide park. It is said that the elder's father, having had the door-bolts fastened at the seven gateways, commanded the wrestlers: "Do not allow him to go out; having removed the ochre robes, dress him in white garments." Therefore the elder went through space. Then King Korabya, having heard of the elder's being seated there, having approached him, having concluded the pleasant and memorable talk, said: "Here, my dear Raṭṭhapāla, one who goes forth does so having reached loss through illness, or loss through ageing, wealth, or relatives. But you, without having reached any loss at all, why have you gone forth?" - thus he asked. Then the elder, having explained to him his own secluded state regarding these four synopses of the Teaching: "The world is being carried away, unstable; the world is without shelter, without a lord; the world is without ownership, one must go having abandoned all; the world is deficient, unsatisfied, a slave of craving" - and speaking the recapitulation of that teaching -
776.
Greedy, they make accumulation of wealth, and desire even more sensual pleasures.
777.
Unsatisfied with this side of the ocean, he would desire even the far side of the ocean.
778.
Being still deficient, they give up the body, there is no satisfaction with sensual pleasures in the world.
779.
Having wrapped him in cloth and carried him out, having prepared the pyre, they then burn him.
780.
For one who is dying there are no shelters, neither relatives nor friends nor companions.
781.
No wealth follows one who is dying, neither sons, nor wife, nor wealth, nor kingdom.
782.
The wise have said this life is short, non-eternal, subject to change.
783.
But the fool, struck down by folly, lies, while the wise one does not tremble when touched by contact.
784.
For through not having concluded, in existence after existence, one does evil deeds through delusion.
785.
Another of little wisdom, believing in him, goes to the womb and to the other world.
786.
Thus people, after death, in the other world, of bad character, are destroyed by their own action.
787.
Having seen the danger in the types of sensual pleasure, therefore I have gone forth, O king.
788.
Having seen this too, I have gone forth, O king, unmistakable indeed is asceticism - it is better."
789.
My going forth is not in vain, I eat food free of debt.
790.
Suffering from conception in the womb, great fear in the hells.
791.
I, being pierced then, peaceful, have attained the elimination of mental corruptions.
792.
The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.
793.
That purpose has been attained by me, the destruction of all mental fetters." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "I see in the world" means I, great king, see in this world wealthy people, rich, possessed of riches. They, however, having obtained riches, having gained wealth, established in the achievement of possessions, do not give anything whatsoever to anyone among ascetics, brahmins and others. Why? Because of delusion, because of the absence of wisdom regarding the ownership of one's actions. Greedy, overcome by greed, they make whatever wealth is obtained into an accumulation, to be altogether hoarded and deposited. And even more, beyond the sensual pleasures already attained, they desire and long for further sensual pleasures, the types of sensual pleasure, thinking "May I obtain such possessions," and they make the corresponding effort.
Showing an example of further longing for sensual pleasures, he said beginning with "A king." Therein, "having conquered the earth by force" means having conquered by force the earth handed down through one's own lineage. "Dwelling" means ruling. "This side of the ocean" means even having obtained without remainder the near side of the ocean, being unsatisfied with that, he would desire even the far side of the ocean, even another island.
"Not free from craving" means with craving not departed. "Deficient" means with wishes unfulfilled. "There is no satisfaction with sensual pleasures in the world" means for those who have failed through craving, there is no satisfaction with sensual pleasures as objects in this world.
"They weep for him" means with reference to the dead person, praising his virtues, they make lamentation. "Alas, would that they were immortal, they say" means "Alas, indeed, may our relatives be immortal," and they say thus. Here "vatā" is said by making it long for the sake of metrical ease in the verse.
"He is burnt, being pierced by stakes" means that dead being, being pierced by stakes by the corpse-burners in order to burn him properly. "Shelters" means those who provide protection.
"By whatever action" means according to one's actions. "Wealth" means whatever thing is to be treasured. Again, "wealth" - he speaks with reference to gold and silver.
Having stated by "not long life" and so on the absence of a remedy for the types of sensual pleasure and for ageing, again, in order to show the absolute nature of that, "little indeed" and so on was said. "Experience" means they experience, they reach undesirable contact; therein it shows that being rich or poor is not a cause. "The fool and the wise are likewise touched by contact" means just as the fool is touched by desirable and undesirable contact, likewise the wise one is touched by desirable and undesirable contact; here there is no distinction between the fool and the wise person. But this is the distinction: "the fool, struck down by folly, lies" means a foolish person, touched by some painful phenomenon, grieving, becoming weary, beating his breast and wailing, struck down, oppressed as it were by his foolishness, lies down, sleeps. "Turning this way and that, revolving, opposing, trembles when touched by contact" means but the wise one, the wise person, touched by unpleasant contact, does not tremble; not even the slightest trembling exists for him.
"Therefore" means because such is the occurrence for the fool and the wise person regarding worldly adversities, "therefore wisdom is indeed better than wealth, by which one attains the conclusion here" means wisdom is indeed more praiseworthy than wealth; by which wisdom one attains the conclusion, Nibbāna which is the final goal of existence. "Through not having concluded indeed" means through not having attained the goal. "In existence after existence" means in great and small existences.
"One goes to the womb and to the other world, having entered the wandering in the round of rebirths in succession" means whoever, having done evil deeds, having entered upon wandering again and again, goes to the womb and to the other world, is not freed from conception in a womb and rebirth in the world beyond. Another too, of little wisdom, a fool, believing in the action of that person who does evil deeds, being convinced "there is a self for me," having proceeded in the same way, goes to the womb and to the other world, and is not released from that.
"Just as a thief" means just as a thief of bad character, breaking into a house, caught at the opening of the break-in by the guard men, is destroyed by his own action, by that very action of breaking in which is the cause, by way of beating with whips and so on, is afflicted by the king's men, and is bound. "Thus people" means thus this world of beings, having done evil deeds here, after death, having arrived, by that action is destroyed in the hells and so on in the other world, is afflicted by way of the fivefold bondage and bodily punishment and so on.
Thus, having made known the four synopses of the Teaching as is fitting by these eleven verses, now making clear his own state of having gone forth through faith, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures and in the round of rebirths, and the attainment of the summit of the task of one gone forth, he said beginning with "sensual pleasures indeed." Therein, "sensual pleasures" means objective sensual pleasures are agreeable phenomena such as forms and so on; defilement sensual pleasures are all varieties of lust. But here objective sensual pleasures should be understood. For they are variegated by way of forms and so on, through being of manifold kinds. Sweet through being of a desirable nature by way of worldly gratification. "Delightful" because they delight the minds of ignorant worldlings. "In various forms" means in manifold forms; of manifold intrinsic natures - this is the meaning. For they are variegated by way of forms and so on, of diverse appearance by way of blue and so on. Thus, by that various form, having shown gratification in such and such ways, they churn the mind, not allowing one to delight in the going forth. Having seen by this the danger in the types of sensual pleasure through having little gratification and much suffering and so on, therefore, for that reason, I have gone forth. Tree fruits fall anywhere, whether at the time of ripening or at the time of not being fully ripe, through the attack of others or of their own accord; just so beings, both the young and the old, at the breaking up of the body, simply fall. "Having seen this too" means having thus seen impermanence too with the eye of wisdom; the intention is not merely the danger through having little gratification and so on. "Unmistakable" means unfailing; asceticism itself, the state of an ascetic itself, is better, more superior.
"Through faith" means having believed in action, the fruit of action, the excellent enlightenment of the Buddha, the excellent nature of the Teaching as Teaching, and the excellent practice of the Community. "Endowed with the Conqueror's teaching" means having attained right practice in the Teacher's Dispensation. My going forth is not barren, because of having attained arahantship. For that very reason I eat food free of debt, because of being an owner by way of being free from mental defilements, consuming by the use of an owner.
"Having seen sensual pleasures as burning" means having seen both objective sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures as being in a state of burning with the eleven fires. "Gold as a knife" means all gold articles, whether wrought or unwrought, as a sharpened knife, because of bringing harm. "Suffering from conception in the womb" means the suffering of the entire continuation of the round of rebirths beginning from conception in the womb. "Great fear in the hells" means the great fear obtained in the eight great hells with their adjuncts, and having seen everywhere - this is the explanation.
"Having known this danger" means having known this danger, the fault, of sensual pleasures - their being ablaze and so on - in the round of rebirths. "I gained anxiety then" means at that time of hearing the Teaching in the Teacher's presence, I gained anxiety regarding existence and so on. "Being pierced then, peaceful" means being pierced by the dart of lust and so on during the time as a householder, now having come to the Teacher's Dispensation, he has attained the elimination of mental corruptions; or "pierced" means the four truths have been penetrated - this is the meaning. The remainder is easily understood since it has been stated here and there and so on.
Thus the elder, having expounded the Teaching to King Korabya, went to the very presence of the Teacher. And the Teacher, at a later time, seated in the midst of the noble company, established the elder in the foremost position among those gone forth through faith.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla is concluded.
5.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta
794-817.
The verses beginning with "Having seen a form, mindfulness forgotten" are of the Venerable Mālukyaputta.
The story of this venerable one has been stated below in the Book of Sixes.
Those verses, however, were spoken by the elder who was established in arahantship, by way of expounding the Teaching to his relatives.
But here, during the time of being a worldling, when he had requested "It would be good, venerable sir, if the Blessed One would expound to me the Teaching in brief," the Teacher said "What do you think, Mālukyaputta, those forms cognisable by eye that are unseen, never seen before, that you do not see, and it does not occur to you 'I might see' - is there desire or lust or affection in you there?"
"No, Venerable Sir."
"Those sounds cognisable by ear" etc.
"nose... tongue... body... mental phenomena cognisable by mind that are uncognised, never cognised before, that you do not cognise, and it does not occur to you 'I might cognise' - is there desire or lust or affection in you there?"
"No, Venerable Sir."
"Here, Mālukyaputta, regarding phenomena to be seen, heard, sensed, and cognised: in the seen there will be merely the seen, in the heard merely the heard, in the sensed merely the sensed, in the cognised there will be merely the cognised.
When, Mālukyaputta, regarding phenomena to be seen, heard, sensed, and cognised: in the seen merely the seen, in the heard merely the heard, in the sensed merely the sensed, in the cognised there will be merely the cognised, then you, Mālukyaputta, will not be by that.
When you, Mālukyaputta, are not by that, then you, Mālukyaputta, are not therein.
When you, Mālukyaputta, are not therein, then you, Mālukyaputta, will be neither here nor beyond nor in between the two. This itself is the end of suffering."
By one making known the state of having well grasped that Teaching when the Teaching was taught in brief -
794.
With a mind filled with lust one feels, and remains grasping it.
795.
Covetousness and harming, his mind is injured;
Thus for one accumulating suffering, Nibbāna is said to be far away.
796.
With a mind filled with lust one feels, and remains grasping it.
797.
Covetousness and harming, his mind is injured;
Thus for one accumulating suffering, Nibbāna is said to be far away.
798.
With a mind filled with lust one feels, and remains grasping it.
799.
Covetousness and harming, his mind is injured;
Thus for one accumulating suffering, Nibbāna is said to be far away.
800.
With a mind filled with lust one feels, and remains grasping it.
801.
Covetousness and harming, his mind is injured;
Thus for one accumulating suffering, Nibbāna is said to be far away.
802.
With a mind filled with lust one feels, and remains grasping it.
803.
Covetousness and harming, his mind is injured;
Thus for one accumulating suffering, Nibbāna is said to be far away.
804.
With a mind filled with lust one feels, and remains grasping it.
805.
Covetousness and harming, his mind is injured;
Thus for one accumulating suffering, Nibbāna is said to be far away.
806.
With dispassionate mind he feels, and does not remain holding to that.
807.
It is exhausted, not accumulated, thus he lives mindful;
Thus for one diminishing suffering, Nibbāna is said to be near.
808.
With dispassionate mind he feels, and does not remain holding to that.
809.
It is exhausted, not accumulated, thus he lives mindful;
Thus for one diminishing suffering, Nibbāna is said to be near.
810.
With dispassionate mind he feels, and does not remain holding to that.
811.
It is exhausted, not accumulated, thus he lives mindful;
Thus for one diminishing suffering, Nibbāna is said to be near.
812.
With dispassionate mind he feels, and does not remain holding to that.
813.
It is exhausted, not accumulated, thus he lives mindful;
Thus for one diminishing suffering, Nibbāna is said to be near.
814.
With dispassionate mind he feels, and does not remain holding to that.
815.
It is exhausted, not accumulated, thus he lives mindful;
Thus for one diminishing suffering, Nibbāna is said to be near.
816.
With dispassionate mind he feels, and does not remain holding to that.
817.
It is exhausted, not accumulated, thus he lives mindful;
Thus for one diminishing suffering, Nibbāna is said to be near."
He spoke these verses.
Therein, "having seen a form" means having apprehended a form cognisable by the eye through the eye-door. "Mindfulness forgotten, for one attending to the dear sign" means not stopping at the mere seen regarding that form, for one attending to the sign of the beautiful, for one unwisely attending by way of grasping the aspect of beauty, mindfulness is forgotten. And that being so, "with a mind filled with lust one feels" means having become lustful, greedy, and bound regarding that visual object, one experiences it, enjoys it, delights in it. And "being of such a nature, one remains grasping it" means grasping that visual object, clinging to it as "happiness, happiness," having swallowed it and brought it to completion, one remains.
"For him feelings grow, many originating from form" means for that such person, many feelings originating from form, having a visual object, classified as happiness and so on, which have become the cause for the arising of mental defilements, grow. "Covetousness and harming, his mind is injured" means through covetousness arising by way of attachment to a pleasant form, and through harming characterised by sorrow and so on arising by way of being afflicted towards an unpleasant form or by way of the change and alteration of a pleasant form itself, the mind of that person is injured, is afflicted. "Thus for one accumulating suffering" means by the manner stated, for one accumulating volitional activity for existence by way of relishing this and that feeling, the suffering of the round of rebirths proceeds. Therefore the Blessed One said - "With feeling as condition, craving... etc... there is the origin of the mass of suffering." For one of such a nature, Nibbāna is said to be far away, at a distance, remote; the meaning is that it is difficult to obtain for him. In the verses beginning with "having heard a sound" too, the meaning should be understood by the very method already stated. Therein, "having smelled" means having smelled. "Having tasted" means having tasted. "Having touched" means having touched. "Having known a mental phenomenon" means having cognised a mind-object.
Having thus shown the round of rebirths for one who is attached in the domain of the six doors, now showing the end of the round of rebirths for one who becomes dispassionate therein, he said beginning with "he does not find pleasure in forms." Therein, "he does not find pleasure in forms, having seen a form, mindful" means whatever person, having seen a form, having grasped the visual object that has come into range through the continuity of consciousness pertaining to the eye-door, is mindful through the act of being fully aware by way of the four kinds of full awareness, he does not find pleasure in visual objects, does not generate lust; on the contrary, with dispassionate mind he feels - understanding as it really is beginning from the origin regarding the visual object, he becomes disenchanted; becoming disenchanted, he feels that and the feeling arisen therein too with a dispassionate mind. And "being of such a nature, he does not remain holding to that" means he does not remain grasping that visual object, precisely because of the state of having a dispassionate mind; he does not cling by way of craving, conceit, and wrong view as "this is mine, this I am, this is my self."
"As he sees a form" means for that practitioner, as covetousness and so on do not occur therein, thus for one seeing form beginning from impermanence. "And also cultivates feeling" means and also for one cultivating the feeling arisen referring to that, and the mental states associated with it, by way of cultivating the resort. "It is exhausted" means the entire round of mental defilements goes to utter elimination and exhaustion. "Not accumulated" means it is not accumulated, it does not go to accumulation. "Thus he lives mindful" means thus, by the practice of removing mental defilements, being mindful and fully aware, he lives, he dwells. "Thus for one diminishing suffering" means for one diminishing the entire suffering of the round of rebirths by path wisdom leading to non-accumulation, by the method stated. "Nibbāna is said to be near" means it is said to be near the Nibbāna element with residue of clinging and the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging, because of having realised the unconditioned element. In "he does not find pleasure in sounds" and so on too, the meaning should be understood by this very method.
Thus the elder, having declared with these verses the fact that the Teacher's exhortation had been reflected upon by himself, having risen from his seat, having paid homage to the Teacher, departed, and before long, having developed insight, attained arahantship.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta is concluded.
6.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sela
818-841.
"With perfect body" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sela.
What is the origin?
It is said that this one, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family home, having attained discretion, having become the leader of a group, having instigated three hundred men, together with them having had a perfumed chamber built for the Teacher, when the perfumed chamber was completed, having carried on a great giving to the Blessed One together with the community of monks, he clothed the Teacher and the monks with the three robes.
He, by that meritorious action, having dwelt in the heavenly world alone for one interval between Buddhas, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, having been reborn in a brahmin family in a brahmin village named Āpaṇa among the Aṅguttarāpans, he received the name Sela.
He, having come of age, having attained accomplishment in the three Vedas and in the brahminical arts, teaching the sacred verses to three hundred young men, dwelt at Āpaṇa.
And at that time the Teacher, having departed from Sāvatthī, wandering on a journey among the Aṅguttarāpans together with one thousand two hundred and fifty monks, having seen the maturity of knowledge of Sela and his pupils, was dwelling in a certain jungle thicket.
Then a matted-hair ascetic named Keṇiya, having heard of the Teacher's arrival, having gone there, having invited the Teacher for the morrow together with the community of monks, prepares abundant solid and soft food at his own hermitage.
And at that time the brahmin Sela, wandering about for leg exercise together with three hundred young men, having entered the hermitage of Keṇiya, having seen the matted-hair ascetics preparing the requisites for giving by splitting firewood, preparing ovens and so on, having asked beginning with "Has a great sacrifice been prepared for you, Keṇiya?" when it was said by him "The Buddha, the Blessed One, has been invited by me for the morrow," having merely heard the word "Buddha," joyful and elated, filled with joy and happiness, at that very moment together with the young men having approached the Teacher, having been received with friendly welcome, seated to one side, having seen the thirty-two marks of a great man on the Blessed One's body, thinking "One endowed with these marks is either a king, a universal monarch, or a Buddha, one who removes the veil in the world. This one, however, has gone forth, but I do not know whether he is a Buddha or not. I have heard this from brahmins who are senior, elderly, teachers and teachers' teachers, when they speak: 'Those who are Worthy Ones, Perfectly Enlightened Ones, they reveal themselves when their own praise is being spoken.' For one who is not a Perfectly Enlightened One, standing face to face and being praised with the virtues of a Buddha, becomes attached, falls into a state of being downcast, because of not having attained self-confidence, because of not being able to bear scrutiny. What if I were to praise the ascetic Gotama face to face with fitting verses" - having thus thought -
818.
You are golden-coloured, Blessed One, with very white teeth, energetic.
819.
All those marks of a great man are in your body.
820.
In the midst of the Community of ascetics, you shine like the sun.
821.
What is the use of the ascetic life for you, of such excellent beauty?
822.
Ruler of the four quarters, victorious, lord of the rose-apple grove.
823.
As king of kings, lord of men, exercise kingship, Gotama."
He praised the Blessed One with six verses.
Therein, "with perfect body" means one whose body is complete by the completeness of the thirty-two marks of a great man that are of manifest form, and by the non-deficiency of major and minor limbs. "Radiant" means one having beautiful bodily lustre. "Well-born" means well-formed through the achievement of height and girth, and through the achievement of proportions. "Lovely to behold" means one who has an appearance that is charming indeed, delightful, non-repulsive, generating non-satisfaction even in those who look for a long time - thus "lovely to behold." Some, however, say: "'Lovely to behold' means one with beautiful eyes." "Golden-coloured" means one whose colour is similar to gold. "Are" means "you are"; this term should be connected with all the terms beginning with "you are one with perfect body." "Having very white canine teeth" means one having well white canine teeth. For from the Blessed One's canine teeth, white rays emanate, like moonbeams. "Energetic" means one exceedingly endowed through the fulfilment of the perfection of energy, through the determination of energy endowed with four factors, and through the achievement of the fourfold right striving.
"Of a well-born man" means of a man who is well, completely born through the fulfilment of the thirty perfections, or of the noble wheel-turning monarch's duty - of a great man, this is the meaning. "All those" means the physical qualities which indicate the state of a great man, the state of the foremost person in the world - thus "characteristics" - reckoned as the thirty-two marks of a great man such as well-established feet and so on, which have received their designation, and reckoned as the eighty minor features such as copper-coloured nails, prominent nails and so on; those, without remainder, are present in your body - this is the remainder of the expression.
"Marks of a great man" - he said this concluding with an alternative expression the very same characteristics stated formerly.
Now, praising the Blessed One with characteristics pleasing to himself from among those characteristics, he said beginning with "with clear eyes." For the Blessed One has clear eyes through the achievement of the beauty of the five colours. He is fair-faced through having a face resembling the disc of the full moon. He is lofty through the achievement of height and girth. He is upright through the straightness of a Brahmā-like body. He is majestic through brilliance.
Now, making clear that very majesty by the simile of the sun, he said beginning with "in the midst of the Community of ascetics." Therein, "you shine like the sun" means just as the sun, rising up, having scattered all the darkness, making light, shines, so you too, having destroyed all the darkness of ignorance both inside and outside, making the light of knowledge, shine.
"Handsome to behold" - because of bringing about the achievements of appearance that are accepted through the beauty of visible form, and because of being endowed with the five marks of beauty. "Of excellent beauty" means of one endowed with the highest beauty.
"A universal monarch" means he turns the wheel treasure, he operates by the four wheels of success, and by those he makes others operate. For the welfare of others the turning of the wheels of deportment exists in him - thus he is a wheel-turning monarch. Or alternatively, through being endowed with the four marvellous qualities and the ways of supporting others, the turning of the wheel of command that is unconquerable by others exists in him - thus too he is a wheel-turning monarch. "Bull among charioteers" means a thoroughbred bull-like man among charioteers; the meaning is a great charioteer. "Ruler of the four quarters" means lord of the earth bounded by the four oceans. "Victorious" means one whose victory is won. "Of the Rose-Apple Grove" means of the Indian subcontinent; for he said thus showing sovereignty by what is well-known. But a universal monarch is indeed the lord of the four great continents together with their surrounding islands.
"Warriors" means warriors by birth. "Wealthy" means the wealthy ones. "Kings" means any who exercise kingship. "Followers" means attendants who follow along. "King of kings" means having become a king worthy of veneration by kings; the intention is a universal monarch. "Lord of men" means the overlord of humans; the meaning is the supreme lord of human beings.
When this was said by Sela, the Blessed One, fulfilling this wish of Sela that "those who are Worthy Ones, Perfectly Enlightened Ones, they reveal themselves when their own praise is being spoken" -
824.
"By righteousness I turn the wheel, the wheel that cannot be turned back." He spoke this verse.
Therein this is the intention - That which you, Sela, request of me saying "You deserve to be a king, a universal monarch," regarding this be unconcerned - I am a king; and as regards kingship, just as another king, even being such, governs a hundred yojanas, or two or three or four or five hundred yojanas, or a thousand yojanas, or even as a universal monarch only the extent bounded by the four continents, I am not thus of limited domain. For I, the unsurpassed king of righteousness, from the highest point of existence, making Avīci as the limit, and across, instruct immeasurable world systems. For as far as there are beings classified as footless and so on, I am their foremost. For indeed no one equals me in morality or etc. Or in knowledge and vision of liberation there is none equal, whence one greater? And I, thus the unsurpassed king of righteousness, turn the wheel with the unsurpassed Teaching reckoned as the factors pertaining to enlightenment classified as the four establishments of mindfulness and so on - the wheel of command, by such as "Abandon this, enter upon and dwell in this" and so on. Or the wheel of the Teaching itself, by the scriptural Teaching beginning with "But this, monks, is the noble truth of suffering." "The wheel that cannot be turned back" means that wheel which cannot be turned back by an ascetic or etc. Or by anyone in the world.
Having seen the Blessed One thus revealing himself, Sela, filled with joy and happiness, for the purpose of strengthening -
825.
'By righteousness I turn the wheel,' thus you speak, Gotama.
826.
Who continues to turn for you the wheel of the Teaching that has been set in motion?" Spoke a pair of verses.
Therein, "who then is the general" - he asked: "Who indeed is the general who continues to turn the wheel set in motion by the Teaching by the Blessed One, the king of righteousness?"
Now at that time the Venerable Sāriputta was seated on the right side of the Blessed One, shining with splendour like a heap of gold. Showing him, the Blessed One -
827.
Sāriputta continues to turn it, born after the Truth-finder." He spoke a verse.
Therein, "born after the Truth-finder" means born after the Truth-finder; born with a noble birth by the cause that has thus gone - this is the meaning.
Having thus answered the question spoken by Sela "who then is the general of the Blessed One," and regarding what Sela said "you claim to be fully enlightened," wishing to make him free from doubt, in order to inform him "I do not claim merely by assertion; but I am the Buddha by this reason" -
828.
What should be abandoned has been abandoned by me, therefore I am the Buddha, brahmins." He spoke a verse.
Therein, "what should be directly known" means the four truths, the four noble truths. For this is a collective term for the four truths and the noble truths, that is to say, "what should be directly known." Therein, among the noble truths, what should be developed is the truth of the path, and what should be abandoned is the truth of origin; by the inclusion of both of those, their fruits - the truth of cessation and the truth of suffering - are also already included, since through the inclusion of the cause the fruit is accomplished. Therefore, therein, "what should be realised has been realised, what should be fully understood has been fully understood" - this too is included in what has been said. Or, by this "what should be directly known has been directly known," having made known by way of synopsis the state of being a directly-knowing Perfectly Enlightened One regarding all that is to be known, and showing a portion of that by way of detailed exposition, he said beginning with "what should be developed has been developed." Or alternatively, by this "what should be developed has been developed, what should be abandoned has been abandoned," through the means of proclaiming one's own accomplishment of knowledge and abandoning, since all the virtues of the Buddha are rooted in that, all the virtues of the Buddha are also proclaimed - thus he said "therefore I am the Buddha, brahmins." For by the inclusion of "what should be directly known has been directly known," since true knowledge and liberation are included in every respect, showing the fruitful state of the four truths together with the accomplishment of the cause, he makes clear his own Buddhahood by a fitting reason: "Having awakened to all that should be awakened to, I have become the Buddha."
Having thus revealed himself without qualification, and encouraging the brahmin for the purpose of overcoming doubt about himself -
829.
Rare is the seeing of Perfectly Enlightened Ones repeatedly.
830.
I am that one, brahmin, the Buddha, the unsurpassed surgeon.
831.
Having brought all enemies under control, I rejoice, free from fear from any quarter." He spoke three verses.
Therein, "remove" means dispel, cut off. "Doubt" means sceptical doubt. "Have confidence" means make a decision, have faith that "he is the Perfectly Enlightened One." "Rare is the seeing of Perfectly Enlightened Ones" - because even for an incalculable number of cosmic cycles the world is devoid of a Buddha. "Surgeon" means one who removes the darts of lust and so on. "Become supreme" means become the most excellent. "Beyond compare" means gone beyond comparison; incomparable - this is the meaning. "Crusher of Māra's army" means the crusher of Māra's army that has come thus: "Sensual pleasures are your first army." "All enemies" means all adversaries reckoned as the aggregates, mental defilements, volitional activities, death, and the son-of-a-god Māra. "Having brought under control" means having brought under one's own control. "I rejoice, free from fear from any quarter" means fearless from anywhere, I rejoice with the happiness of concentration and with the happiness of fruition and Nibbāna.
When this was said, the brahmin Sela, at that very moment having gained confidence in the Blessed One, being a candidate for going forth -
832.
The surgeon, the great hero, roars like a lion in the forest.
833.
Who, having seen him, would not be pleased, even one of dark birth?
834.
Here I shall go forth, in the presence of the one of excellent wisdom."
He spoke three verses. As is natural when being urged by the achievement of decisive support that has reached maturity.
Therein, "of dark birth" means of low birth, established in a state heading for darkness upon darkness.
Then those young men too, because of being accomplished in the supporting conditions, right there being candidates for going forth -
835.
We too shall go forth, in the presence of the one of excellent wisdom."
They spoke a verse, as is natural for sons of good family who had made aspirations together with him.
Then Sela, with a gladdened mind towards those young men, showing them and requesting the going forth -
836.
We shall live the holy life, Blessed One, in your presence." He spoke a verse.
Then the Blessed One, because Sela, by the method stated below, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been the elder of the group of those very three hundred men, had planted wholesome roots, and now in the final existence too was reborn as the teacher of those very ones, and his knowledge and theirs had ripened, and there was the decisive support for the come-monk status, therefore giving the going forth to all of them by the come-monk form -
837.
Wherein the going forth is not fruitless, for the diligent one who trains." He spoke a verse.
Therein, "visible here and now" means evident. "Immediately effective" means through the arising of fruition immediately after the path, the fruit is not to be attained after an interval of time. "Wherein" means on account of which reason. For the going forth, which has the path-holy life as its reason, is not fruitless, not without fruit; or "wherein" means in whichever Dispensation, for the diligent one, free from separation from mindfulness, who trains in the three trainings.
And having said thus, the Blessed One said "Come, monks." At that very moment they all, bearing bowls and robes created by supernormal power, having paid respect to the Blessed One like elder monks of sixty years' standing, surrounded him. He, having thus gone forth, doing the work of insight, on the seventh day together with his following attained arahantship. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Having brought together my relatives, I spoke these words.
He was the receiver of oblations for the whole world.
With confident minds and glad, they made offerings to the guild.
With confident minds and glad, they made offerings to the guild.
With confident minds and glad, they made offerings to the guild.
With confident minds and glad, they made offerings to the guild.
With confident minds and glad, they made offerings to the guild.
With confident minds and glad, they made offerings to the guild.
With confident minds and glad, they made offerings to the guild.
Each with his own strength, they made offerings to the guild.
Each with his own strength, they made offerings to the guild.
Each with his own strength, they made offerings to the guild.
Each with his own strength, they made offerings to the guild.
We shall make an aspiration, in the unsurpassed field of merit.
They had a well-made assembly hall built for the Community of monks.
Surrounded by all of them, I approached the Enlightened by himself.
Having paid homage at the Teacher's feet, I spoke these words.
They hand over to you, O sage, the well-made assembly hall.
In front of three hundred, spoke these verses.
Having achieved success, you will all experience it.
The ageless, the Deathless, the peaceful, Nibbāna you will touch.
Having heard the Buddha's word, I declared my pleasure.
Five hundred times as lord of the gods, I exercised divine kingship.
While exercising divine kingship, the great gods paid homage.
When the final existence was attained, a brahmin named Vāseṭṭha.
Sela was my name, having reached perfection in the six factors.
The ascetic named Keṇiya, laden with a burden of matted hair.
Is there a marriage arrangement from the bride's side or a marriage arrangement from the groom's side, or has a king been invited by you?
I do not invite the king, no oblation is found in me.
Bringing joy to the Sakyans, foremost in the world with its gods.
He has been invited by me today, this is the preparation for him.
The Buddha, unequalled in form, has been invited for the morrow.
Like lightning, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Resembling the colour of a reed fire, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like a lion, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like an elephant, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like a leading bull, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like Sakka, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like Brahmā, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like the earth, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like the ocean, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like Neru, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like the sky, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
The comforter, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
The jewel-mine, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like a cloud, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like the sun, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like the moon, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Immeasurable, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Whose liberation is matchless, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Whose effort is supreme, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like medicine, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Like a physician, the great hero, that Buddha has been invited by me.
Having heard 'Buddha, Buddha,' rapture arose in me.
Being joyful in mind, I spoke these words.
Having gone there I will venerate him, the giver of the fruit of asceticism.'
Tell me of the King of the Teaching, the remover of the dart of sorrow.
Appearing like the ocean, behold this great forest.
Training those accessible to instruction, awakening those belonging to enlightenment.
As a cow longing for her calf, thus I searched for the Victor.
I train my own pupils, going to the presence of the Conqueror.
Placing foot after foot, you should come, young men.
Like an intoxicated tusked elephant, thus the Buddhas are difficult to approach.
Placing foot after foot, go to the presence of the Buddha.
Difficult to access, the Buddhas are venerable in the world with its gods.
Be then of little sound, remain as if become sages.
Listen to that very meaning, hearing the Good Teaching is happiness.'
Having concluded that talk, I reflected upon the characteristics.
The sage showed by supernormal power his private parts concealed in a sheath.
He stroked the end of the forehead, the Conqueror covered it entirely.
Having come to the conclusion 'He is a Buddha', I went forth together with my pupils.
Before a fortnight had passed, we all attained the final bliss.
Having transmigrated together, together they turned back.
By that well-done action, I obtain eight causes.
I am the support of all, no fear is found in me.
I have subtle skin, I dwell in a desired residence.
And analytical knowledge and arahantship, this is my eighth.
Named Aṭṭha Gopānasī, your son, O great sage.
By that well-done action, I obtain five causes.
I am one whose words are acceptable, I do not disparage just as I am.
By that well-done action, I am spotless in the Dispensation.
Your disciple, O Great Hero, the monk, the sage, pays homage to you.
By that well-done action, I obtain five causes.
I have every success, stinginess is not found in me.
Together with the excellent divan, I go to what I wished for.
Having attained the power of all direct knowledge, the elder pays homage to that sage.
By that well-done action, I entered the city of fearlessness.
By that well-done action, I arrived at the foremost state.
Having applied various tortures, they tame them with harshness.
Without rod, without sword, you tame in the highest taming.
By speaking just one question, the sage awakened three hundred.
Having attained the power of all direct knowledges, quenched in the elimination of clinging.
All fears have been surpassed, this is the fruit of giving a Sal tree.
But having attained arahantship, having approached the Teacher, declaring the final liberating knowledge -
838.
In seven nights, Blessed One, we have been tamed in your teaching."
He spoke a verse. Its meaning is - The Blessed One is one with vision through five eyes; since we went to that refuge on the eighth day in the past from now. Therefore in a week we have been tamed in your teaching by the tamer - oh, the power of that going for refuge! From there onwards -
839.
Having cut off the underlying tendencies, you who have crossed over help this generation to cross.
840.
Like a lion without clinging, fear and dread have been abandoned."
Having praised with these two verses, he requests homage to the Teacher with the concluding verse -
841.
Stretch out your feet, O hero, let the serpents pay homage to the Teacher."
Therein, "you are the Buddha" means you alone are the omniscient Buddha in this world. Because of instructing beings through benefits pertaining to the present life and so on, you alone are the Teacher. Because of overcoming all the Māras, the conqueror of Māra. Because of the state of being a sage, a sage. "Having cut off the underlying tendencies" means having cut with the knife of the noble path the underlying tendencies beginning with sensual lust. "One who has crossed over" means having himself crossed over the great flood of the round of rebirths, by the hand of teaching he helps this generation, the orders of beings, to cross over. "Clingings" means all clingings beginning with the clinging to the aggregates. "Without clinging" means one in whom clinging to sensual pleasures and so on has been altogether abandoned. Having spoken thus, the elder together with his following pays homage to the Teacher.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Sela is concluded.
7.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Bhaddiya, Son of Kāḷigodhā
842-865.
"I travelled on an elephant's neck" and so on are the verses of the Venerable Elder Bhaddiya.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, having been reborn in a family of great wealth, having attained discretion, one day, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those from high families, himself too having aspired to that position of rank, having given a great gift to the community of monks headed by the Buddha for seven days, he made an aspiration.
The Teacher too, having seen that it would succeed for him without obstacle, declared it.
He too, having heard that declaration, having asked about the action conducive to being from high families - the causing of hearing the Teaching, the giving of seats in the Teaching pavilion, the giving of fans, the making of veneration and honour to speakers of the Teaching, the giving of shelter in the Observance hall - and so on, having performed abundant merit for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, after the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, before the arising of our Blessed One, having been reborn in a householder's home in Bārāṇasī, having seen many Individually Enlightened Ones who had walked for almsfood, having come together in one and the same place, making participation in a meal, having spread stone slabs there, providing water for washing the feet and so on, he attended upon them for as long as life lasted.
He, having transmigrated among gods and humans for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in a Sakyan royal family in the city of Kapilavatthu; his name was Bhaddiya Tissa. He, having come of age, together with five warriors beginning with Anuruddha, while the Teacher was dwelling in the Anupiya mango grove, having gone forth in the presence of the Teacher, attained arahantship. The Teacher, at a later time, seated in the midst of the noble company at Jeta's Grove, established him in the foremost position among monks from high families. He, spending his time in the happiness of fruition and the happiness of Nibbāna, whether gone to the forest or gone to the root of a tree or gone to an empty house, constantly uttered this inspired utterance: "Oh, what happiness! Oh, what happiness!" Having heard that, the monks reported to the Teacher - "The Venerable Bhaddiya, the son of Kāḷigodhā, constantly says 'Oh, what happiness! Oh, what happiness!' He is, it seems, discontented while living the holy life." The Teacher, having had him summoned, asked "Is it true, Bhaddiya, that you constantly say 'Oh, what happiness! Oh, what happiness!'?" He, having acknowledged "True, Blessed One," said "Formerly, venerable sir, when I was exercising kingship, protection was well arranged for me; even so, I dwelt frightened, agitated, and distrustful. But now, having gone forth, I dwell fearless, unagitated, and without distrust" - having said this -
842.
Cooked rice of fine rice was eaten, with pure meat as sauce.
843.
He meditates without clinging, Bhaddiya, the son of Godhā.
844.
He meditates without clinging, Bhaddiya, the son of Godhā.
845.
846.
847.
848.
849.
850.
851.
852.
853.
854.
855.
856.
857.
858.
859.
860.
861.
862.
I took up a clay bowl - this is my second consecration.
863.
Protected by sword-bearing guards, I dwelt in supreme splendour formerly.
864.
He meditates having entered the forest, Bhaddiya, the son of Godhā.
865.
I reached gradually the elimination of all fetters."
With these verses he roared a lion's roar before the Teacher.
Therein, "I travelled on an elephant's neck" means, venerable sir, formerly even when I was going about, having sat down on the elephant's neck, on the elephant's back, I travelled and moved about. Even when wearing garments, fine, pleasant to the touch, special Kāsi cloths were worn. Even when eating cooked rice, cooked rice of three-year-old aged fragrant rice, because of being sprinkled with pure meat such as partridge and francolin and so on, was eaten with pure meat as sauce; yet even so, that happiness did not produce satisfaction in my mind, as does the happiness of seclusion at present - showing this, he said "Today he is good" and so on. And here it should be understood that by the mention of the elephant alone, horses, chariots, and vehicles are included; by the mention of garments, all royal ornaments are included; by the mention of cooked rice, all kinds of food are included. "Sojja" means he today, at present, established in the going forth. "Bhaddo" means good because of being endowed with virtues such as morality and so on. "Sātatiko" means devoted to perseverance in the ascetic's duty, in the pleasant abiding in the present life. "Delighting in what comes into the bowl through gleaning" means delighted in what has come into the bowl through the practice of gleaning, that is, included in the bowl; the intention is that he is thereby content. "He meditates" means he meditates through the meditative absorption of fruition attainment. "The son of Godhā" means the son of the noble lady named Kāḷigodhā. "Bhaddiya" - the elder, being so named, speaks of himself as if speaking of another.
Having rejected a robe given by a householder, he is a wearer of rag-robes by the undertaking of the rag-robe wearer's practice. Having rejected a meal for the Community, he is an almsfood eater by the undertaking of the almsfood eater's practice. Having rejected an extra robe, he is a three-robe wearer by the undertaking of the three-robe wearer's practice. Having rejected greedy wandering, he is a successive house-to-house alms goer by the undertaking of the successive house-to-house alms goer's practice. Having rejected eating at various seats, he is a one-session eater by the undertaking of the one-session eater's practice. Having rejected a second vessel, he is one who eats from one bowl only by the undertaking of the bowl-food eater's practice. Having rejected leftover food, he is one who refuses food offered later by the undertaking of the practice of refusing food offered later. Having rejected a village-border lodging, he is a forest-dweller by the undertaking of the forest-dweller's practice. Having rejected a covered dwelling, he is a tree-root dweller by the undertaking of the tree-root dweller's practice. Having rejected covered tree-roots, he is an open-air dweller by the undertaking of the open-air dweller's practice. Having rejected what is not a cemetery, he is a cemetery dweller by the undertaking of the cemetery dweller's practice. Having rejected greed for lodgings, he is one who accepts whatever seat is offered by the undertaking of the practice of accepting whatever seat is offered. Having rejected lying down, he is one who remains sitting by the undertaking of the practice of remaining sitting. This is the summary here. But in detail, the discussion of the ascetic practices should be taken in the manner stated in the Visuddhimagga.
"High" means in a high and so on place, or high by virtue of being an upper storey of a palace. "With circular wall" means fenced by a wall in a circular shape. "With firm watchtowers and gatehouses" means endowed with firm watchtowers and gate-porches; the meaning is in a city.
"Mindfulness and wisdom" - here, under the heading of mindfulness, he speaks of concentration. It is said "develop mindfulness and wisdom" with reference to fruition attainment and the attainment of cessation. The remainder is clear in itself, since the method has been stated in the respective places.
Thus the elder roared a lion's roar in the presence of the Teacher. Having heard that, the monks were devoted.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Bhaddiya, son of Kāḷigodhā, is concluded.
8.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Aṅgulimāla
866-891.
"While going you say" and so on is the verse of the Venerable Elder Aṅgulimāla.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn in Sāvatthī as the son of a brahmin named Bhaggava, the chaplain of the king of Kosala.
On the day of his birth, weapons blazed forth throughout the entire city, and the king's ceremonial weapon placed on the sleeping couch blazed forth. Having seen that, the king, frightened and agitated, could not obtain sleep.
The chaplain, at that time, looking up at the conjunction of the planets, made the conclusion "He is born under the thief's constellation."
He, when the night became light, having gone to the presence of the king, asked about sleeping happily.
The king said: "How could there be comfortable sleep, teacher? During the night my ceremonial weapon blazed forth. What indeed will be the result of that?"
"Do not fear, great king, a boy has been born in my house.
By his power, weapons blazed forth throughout the entire city too."
"What will happen, teacher?"
"The boy will become a thief."
"Will he be a thief who acts alone, or a chief of a group?"
"One who acts alone, Sire."
"Shall we kill him?"
"If he acts alone, look after him for now," he said.
Those giving him a name, since being born he was born vexing the king's mind, therefore having made it "Hiṃsaka," afterwards, as if calling what was seen unseen, they called him "Ahiṃsaka."
He, having come of age, by the power of former action, bore the strength of seven elephants. This was his former action - Having been reborn as a farmer in a world devoid of a Buddha, having seen a certain Individually Enlightened One, drenched by rain-water, with a wet robe, afflicted by cold, who had approached his own field, with pleasure arisen thinking "A field of merit has presented itself to me," having made a fire, he gave it. He, by the power of that action, having been accomplished in strength, speed, and power in whatever place he was reborn, in this last individual existence bore the strength of seven elephants. He, having gone to Takkasilā, having become a resident pupil in the presence of a world-renowned teacher, while learning the craft, carefully looked after the teacher brahmin and his wife. On account of that, that brahmin woman showed him kindness with food and so on available in the house. Not enduring that, the other young men created a rift with the teacher. The brahmin, not believing their words on two or three occasions, afterwards having believed, having thought "The young man is of great power; it is not possible for anyone to have him killed; I shall kill him by a stratagem," said to the young man who, having completed his craft, was asking permission to go to his own city - "Dear Ahiṃsaka, a pupil who has completed his craft should give a weighty offering to the teacher; give that to me." "Very well, teacher, what shall I give?" "Bring me a thousand right-hand fingers of human beings." It is said that this was the brahmin's intention - While many were being killed, certainly one of them would kill him. Having heard that, Ahiṃsaka, putting forward his long-practised mercilessness, armed with five weapons, having entered the Jālina forest in the realm of the king of Kosala, dwelling among the mountains near the highway, standing on the mountain peak, having looked at people going along the road, having gone swiftly, having taken the fingers, he hung them on the tree-tops. Vultures and crows ate them; those placed on the ground went to a state of rottenness. Thus, as the count was not being fulfilled, having tied the fingers obtained again and again with a thread, having made a garland, he hung it on his shoulder like one heaped up with sacrificial offerings. From that time onwards, his designation was indeed "Aṅgulimāla."
Thus, while he was killing people, the road became untrodden. He, not finding people on the road, having gone to the precincts of the village, having hidden, having killed people who came and went, having taken their fingers, goes on. Having known that, people departed from the village; villages became empty, likewise market towns and countryside. Thus that region was depopulated by him. And Aṅgulimāla's collection of a thousand fingers was short by one. Then people reported that danger from the thief to the king of Kosala. The king right early had a drum beaten in the city: "Let us quickly seize the thief Aṅgulimāla; let the army come!" Having heard that, Aṅgulimāla's mother, a brahmin woman named Mantāṇī, said to his father - "Your son, it is said, having become a thief, is doing this and that; having convinced him saying 'Do not do such a thing,' bring him back; otherwise the king would have him killed." The brahmin said: "I have no need of such sons; let the king do whatever he will." Then the brahmin woman, through affection for her son, having taken provisions, set out on the road thinking "Having convinced my son, I shall bring him back."
The Blessed One thought: "This one goes thinking 'I shall bring back Aṅgulimāla'; if she goes, Aṅgulimāla, thinking 'I shall complete the thousand fingers,' will kill even his mother. And he is a being in his last existence; if I do not go, it would be a great loss." Having known this, after the meal, having returned from his alms round, having taken the bowl and robes by himself, setting out on foot on the thirty-yojana road with reference to Aṅgulimāla, even though being restrained on the way by cowherds and others, he approached the Jālini forest. And at that moment his mother was seen by him; he, having seen his mother from afar, having raised his sword, ran up thinking "Having killed even my mother, today I shall complete the deficient finger." Between those two the Blessed One showed himself. Aṅgulimāla, having seen the Blessed One, thought: "What is the use of my having killed my mother and taken a finger? Let my mother live; what if I were to deprive this ascetic of life and take a finger?" With drawn sword he followed closely behind the Blessed One. Then the Blessed One performed such a feat of supernormal power that Aṅgulimāla, even running with all his strength, was not able to catch up with him who was going at his normal pace. He, with diminished speed, breathing heavily, releasing sweat from his armpits, unable even to lift a foot, standing like a stump, said to the Blessed One: "Stop, stop, ascetic!" The Blessed One, while still going, said: "I have stopped, Aṅgulimāla, you too stop." He thought: "These ascetics, disciples of the Sakyan, are speakers of truth; this ascetic, while still going, said 'I have stopped, Aṅgulimāla, you too stop,' and I have stopped; what indeed is his intention? Having asked him, I shall know" - and addressed the Blessed One in verse -
866.
I ask you, ascetic, about this matter, 'How have you stopped while I have not stopped?'"
Therein, "ascetic" - he addresses the Blessed One. "Mamaṃ" means me. "Kathaṃ" means in what manner. For the meaning here is this: Ascetic, you, while still going, say "I have stopped." And me, who have indeed stopped, you tell, you say "not stopped." There must be a reason here; therefore I ask you, the ascetic, about this matter. In what manner have you stopped, and I have not stopped? When this was said, the Blessed One -
867.
But you are unrestrained towards living beings, therefore I have stopped while you have not stopped."
He addressed him in verse.
Therein, "I have stopped, Aṅgulimāla, always, having laid aside the rod towards all beings" means: Aṅgulimāla, I always, at all times, at the beginning, middle, and end, having laid aside the rod towards all beings of the various kinds of the trembling and the firm, am one with rod laid down, with knife laid down, conscientious, compassionate; because of not acting otherwise than that, I have stopped in just such a manner. "But you are unrestrained towards living beings" means you, however, are devoid of restraint towards beings, cruel, with bloody hands, devoted to striking and killing, without compassion; therefore, unrestrained, you have not stopped by way of abstinence. For that very reason, even though wandering about in those various destinations, you, even though now standing in bodily posture, have not stopped; but I have stopped in the way above explained. Then Aṅgulimāla, because he had previously heard the reputation of the Blessed One which, like oil on the surface of water, had pervaded and remained throughout the entire world, permeated by qualities conforming with the truth, and because of the success of conditions and the maturity of his knowledge, with joy and pleasure arisen thinking "This is that Blessed One," having thought "This is a great lion's roar, a great thundering; this will not be of another; methinks this thundering is of the ascetic Gotama; I have surely been seen by the great sage, the Perfectly Enlightened One; the Blessed One has come here for the purpose of taking me in hand" -
868.
I shall abandon a thousand evils, having heard your verse connected with the Teaching."
spoke this verse.
Therein, "at long last indeed" means after a long time, indeed. "Me" means for the purpose of helping me. "Honoured" means venerated by the world with its gods with great veneration. "Great sage" means one who seeks, searches for great virtues such as the aggregate of morality and so on. "The ascetic has approached the great forest" means the Blessed One, in whom all evil is calmed, proceeded to this great forest. "I shall abandon a thousand evils, having heard your verse connected with the Teaching" means I have heard your verse connected with the Teaching, connected with the Dhamma. Having heard that, I, having thought "I shall abandon the thousand evils accumulated and practised even over a very long time, even over a long period," shall now surely relinquish them - this is the meaning. But having spoken thus, to show how he proceeded and how he was helped by the Blessed One -
869.
The thief paid homage at the feet of the Fortunate One, and right there requested the going forth from the Buddha.
870.
Then said 'Come, monk,' that itself was his state of monkhood."
The compilers of the recitation placed these two verses.
Therein, "thus" means thus, having spoken thus, immediately after. "Thief" means Aṅgulimāla. "Sword" means a sword. "Weapons" means the remaining weapons. "Pit" means a place with banks cut on all sides. "Precipice" means a place with a bank cut on one side. "Chasm" means a split opening in the ground. But here, by all three terms, he speaks of just such a mountain gorge where what has fallen cannot be retrieved by another. "Threw" means he did after, he threw and cast away all five kinds of his own weapons one after another; having cast them away, having fallen at the Blessed One's feet with his head, he said "Give me the going forth, venerable sir." Therefore it was said "The thief paid homage at the feet of the Fortunate One, and right there requested the going forth from the Buddha." Thus, when the going forth was requested by him, the Teacher, looking at his former action, having seen the success of conditions for the come-monk status, having stretched out his right hand - He said: "Come, monk, well proclaimed is the Teaching, live the holy life for the rightly making an end of suffering." And that itself was his going forth and full ordination. Therefore he said "Then said 'Come, monk,' that itself was his state of monkhood."
Thus the elder, having obtained the going forth and full ordination by the "Come, monk" form in the presence of the Teacher, doing the work of insight, having attained arahantship, experiencing the bliss of liberation, filled with joy and happiness, by way of an inspired utterance -
871.
He illuminates this world, like the moon released from a cloud.
872.
He illuminates this world, like the moon released from a cloud.
873.
He illuminates this world, like the moon released from a cloud." He spoke a triad of verses.
Its meaning is - Whatever person, whether a householder or one gone forth, through association with a good friend, having formerly been negligent through association with an evil friend or through the absence of one's own reflection, having fallen into negligence regarding right practice, afterwards, through association with a good friend, wisely emerging, is not negligent, proceeds rightly, devoting himself to serenity and insight meditation, attains the three true knowledges and the six direct knowledges - he, like the moon released from clouds and so on, illuminates the world of space; by the true knowledges and direct knowledges attained by himself, he illuminates this world of aggregates and so on.
For whatever person, the evil deed done and accumulated is covered over and blocked by the supramundane wholesome that brings about the elimination of action, through the closing of the door to the arising of results, because of having brought about the state of being unworthy of producing results. The remainder is according to the method already stated.
"Young" means of tender age; by that he shows his having a body capable of exertion. For he is able to overcome the arisen danger of wind and heat and to make exertion. "Engages in the Buddha's teaching" means he is properly engaged in the threefold training, he accomplishes it carefully - this is the meaning.
Thus, filled with joy and happiness, dwelling in the bliss of liberation, whenever he enters the city for almsfood, then a clod of earth thrown by someone falls on the elder's body, a stick thrown by someone also falls on his very body. He, with his bowl broken, having entered the monastery, goes to the Teacher's presence. The Teacher exhorts him: "Endure it, brahmin, endure it, brahmin. That action, brahmin, by the result of which you would have been tormented in hell for many thousands of years, the result of that action, brahmin, you are experiencing in this very life." Then the elder, having established a mind of friendliness without limitation towards all beings -
874.
Let my enemies associate with those people, who, being peaceful, cause others to accept the Teaching.
875.
Hear the Teaching in due time, and act in accordance with it.
876.
Having attained the supreme peace, he would protect the timid and the firm.
877.
Carpenters tame wood, the wise tame themselves.
878.
Without stick, without sword, I have been tamed by such a one.
879.
Today I am true to my name, I do not harm anyone whatsoever.
880.
Floating along in the great flood, I came for refuge to the Buddha.
881.
See my going for refuge, the conduit to existence has been uprooted.
882.
Touched by the result of action, I eat food free of debt.
883.
But the wise one guards diligence as the foremost wealth.
884.
For the diligent one, meditating, attains the highest happiness.
885.
Among the well-analysed teachings, I have approached that which is foremost.
886.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.
887.
There and there I stood, with an agitated mind then.
888.
Beyond Māra's reach, oh, compassionated by the Teacher.
889.
Today I am a son of the Fortunate One, the King of the Dhamma, the Teacher.
890.
Having killed the root of misery, the elimination of mental corruptions has been attained by me.
891.
The heavy burden has been laid down, the conduit to existence has been uprooted." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "my enemies too" means my enemies too, foes and opponents, who blame me thus: "Just as we, afflicted by the suffering of separation from relatives on account of Aṅgulimāla, experience suffering, so may Aṅgulimāla too experience suffering." "Let them hear my talk on the Teaching" means let them hear the talk connected with the Teaching of the four truths, heard by me in the Teacher's presence. "Let them engage" means having heard, let them proceed for that purpose. "Let them associate with those people" means let them associate with, let them attend upon such good persons, good friends. "Who, being peaceful, cause others to accept the Teaching" means those good persons who cause others to accept, who instigate, who make others grasp wholesome teachings, super-human achievements, and the produced supramundane teachings.
"Of those who advocate patience" means of those who speak of endurance and patience itself; "who praise non-opposition" means for that very reason, of those who are habitually given to praising friendliness alone, which is non-opposition towards anyone. "Let them hear the Teaching in due time" means let them hear the Teaching in the presence of those at the proper and appropriate time. "And let them act in accordance with it" means and having properly learnt that Teaching as it was heard, let them follow it, let them proceed in accordance with the Teaching. This is the meaning.
"For surely he would not harm me" means that enemy, that opponent of mine, would surely, definitively, not harm me, would not oppress me. "Nor anyone else whatsoever" means not only me, but he would not harm any other being whatsoever. "Having attained the supreme peace" means he would attain the supreme, highest peace, Nibbāna; and having attained it, "he would protect the timid and the firm" means he would protect all beings with the highest protection, he would look after them as a pupil, like a son. This is the meaning.
Thus the elder, freeing others from evil with these verses, having performed what is called a protective act, and making known his own practice, spoke the verse "Water indeed." Therein, those who, having dug up dry ground on the earth, having filled the low-lying place, or having made a watercourse, or having set up a wooden trough, lead water to whatever place they wish - these are irrigators, water-carriers. "Arrow" means a shaft. This is what is meant - Irrigators lead water according to their own preference; fletchers too, having heated and removing the crookedness, tame the arrow, the shaft, making it straight; carpenters too, planing wood for the purpose of rims and so on, tame it, making it straight or curved according to their own preference. Thus, having taken just this much as their object, the wise, those endowed with wisdom, producing the noble path, tame themselves; but those who have attained arahantship are called completely tamed.
Now, making known the manner in which he was tamed by the Teacher, the guide of men to be tamed, and his gratitude, he spoke five verses beginning with "Some tame with a stick." Therein, "some tame with a stick" means kings, viceroys, chief ministers and so on tame enemies and so on with a stick and with an army consisting of elephants, horses and so on; and cowherds and so on tame cattle and so on with a stick, with a staff. Elephant trainers tame elephants with goads, and horse trainers tame horses with whips. "Without stick, without sword, I have been tamed by such a one" means but I have been tamed, trained, brought to the state of being free from agitation by the Perfectly Enlightened One who has attained the state of such-likeness towards the desirable and so on, without a stick, without a sword, through the state of having laid down the stick and having laid down the sword.
"'Harmless' is my name, who was formerly harmful" means before the meeting with the Teacher, when I was harmful, "Harmless" was merely a name for me. "Today I" means but now I am one of true name, of unerring name as "Harmless." Therefore "I do not harm him" means I do not harm, I do not afflict any being whatsoever; "naṃ" is merely a particle.
"Renowned" means known by such descriptions as "one who kills living beings, cruel, bloody-handed" and so on. "By the great flood" means by the great flood beginning with the flood of sensuality; I went for refuge, I approached the Buddha as refuge, the refuge reckoned as the Buddha, who is the one who cuts off that flood.
"Bloody-handed" means one whose hands are smeared with the blood, the gore of others through the killing of living beings. "See my going for refuge" means he addresses himself alone, saying "see my going for refuge which is of great fruit."
"Such action" means cruel evil action of such a kind, the slaughter of many hundreds of men. "Touched by the result of action" means touched by the result of evil action done before, one whose action has been altogether abandoned, experiencing only the result. Or alternatively, "touched by the result of action" means touched by the supramundane path which is the fruit of the wholesome action that constitutes a decisive support, or touched by the bliss of liberation which is the fruit of the supramundane action itself. Because of the altogether elimination of mental defilements, "free of debt I eat food"; by the term "food" he refers to all four requisites.
Now, by way of censuring his own former dwelling in negligence and praising the subsequent practice of diligence, and generating enthusiasm in others for that, he spoke the verse beginning with "The foolish engage in negligence." Therein, "foolish" means possessed of folly, not knowing the welfare of this world and the world beyond. "Imprudent" means without wisdom; they, not seeing the danger in negligence, engage in negligence, carry it on, spend their time in negligence only. "The wise one" means the wise person, however, endowed with wisdom nourished by the Teaching, guards diligence as one would guard the foremost, highest wealth of the seven treasures handed down through the family lineage. For just as those who, seeing the benefit in wealth thus: "In dependence on the highest wealth we shall attain the achievement of possessions, we shall support our children and wife, we shall clear the path to a fortunate world," guard their wealth; so too the wise person, seeing the benefit in diligence thus: "In dependence on diligence I shall obtain the first meditative absorption and so on, I shall attain the paths and fruits, I shall accomplish the three true knowledges and the six direct knowledges," guards diligence as the foremost wealth. This is the meaning.
"Do not be negligent" means do not engage in negligence, do not spend your time in negligence. "Intimacy with delight in sensual pleasures" means do not engage in, do not find, do not obtain the intimacy of craving, which is reckoned as delight in sensual pleasures as objects and sensual pleasures as defilements. "For the diligent one" means indeed the diligent person, through the establishment of mindfulness, meditating, devoted to meditation, attains the supreme, highest happiness of Nibbāna.
"Welcome, not departed" means that which was my coming, my arrival at the Teacher's presence at that time, or the Teacher's coming to that great forest, that is welcome, a welcome coming, not departed; in meaning it is not gone away, not disappeared. "This was not ill-counselled by me" means that which was counselled by me at that time as "I shall go forth in the Teacher's presence," this too is not ill-counselled by me, but well-counselled indeed. Why? "Among the well-analysed teachings" means among the teachings analysed according to their mode by way of the blameworthy, the blameless and so on, that which is foremost, highest, excellent - Nibbāna. "I have approached that" means I approach that very thing. This is the meaning.
Showing both the state of pleasant abiding thus: "Then, during the time of being a worldling, through the failure of practice and intention, I dwelt in suffering in the forest and so on; now, through the accomplishment of practice and intention, I dwell happily there," and the state of being a brahmin in the ultimate sense thus: "Formerly a brahmin merely by birth, now a brahmin through being a legitimate son of the Teacher," he said beginning with "in the forest." Therein, "I lie down happily" means even when lying down, I lie down happily, with happiness, without suffering, free from mental suffering due to the absence of mental terror and so on. "I stand" means I stand. "Beyond Māra's reach" means beyond the resort of the Māra of mental defilements and so on. "Oh, compassionated by the Teacher" means oh, compassionated by the Teacher.
"Of brahmin birth" means belonging to the brahmin caste. "Noble on both sides" means risen on both sides, from the mother's side and from the father's side, of pure descent. The remainder is by the same method as stated in the respective places.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Aṅgulimāla is concluded.
9.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Anuruddha
892-919.
The verses beginning with "Having abandoned mother and father" are those of the Venerable Elder Anuruddha.
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, was reborn as a householder accomplished in wealth.
One day, having gone to the monastery, while hearing the Teaching in the presence of the Teacher, having seen the Teacher establishing a certain monk in the foremost position among those with the divine eye, himself too having aspired to that position of rank, having carried on a great giving for seven days to the Blessed One with a retinue of a hundred thousand monks, on the seventh day, having given the finest garments to the Blessed One and the community of monks, he made an aspiration.
The Teacher too, having seen that it would succeed for him without obstacle, declared: "In the future he will be the foremost among those with the divine eye in the Dispensation of a Perfectly Enlightened One named Gotama."
He too, performing meritorious deeds there, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, at the completed golden shrine seven yojanas high, with many thousands of lamp-trees and lamp-bowls, made a lofty offering of lamps, thinking "May this be a decisive support condition for the knowledge of the divine eye."
Thus, having performed meritorious deeds for as long as life lasted, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, having been reborn in a householder's home in Bārāṇasī, having attained discretion, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, at the completed golden stupa one yojana high, having had many bronze bowls made, having filled them with the cream of ghee, having placed a lump of molasses in the middle of each, having had them encircle the shrine with rim touching rim, having himself had one large bronze bowl made, having filled it with the cream of ghee, having had a thousand wicks lit, having placed it on his head, he went round about the shrine the whole night.
Thus, having done wholesome deeds for as long as life lasted in that individual existence too, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the heavenly world, having remained there as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, when a Buddha had not arisen, he was reborn in a poor family in Bārāṇasī itself. His name was Annabhāra. He lived doing work in the house of a millionaire named Sumana. One day, having seen an Individually Enlightened One named Upariṭṭha, who had emerged from the attainment of cessation, having come through the sky from Mount Gandhamādana, having descended at the gate of the city of Bārāṇasī, having put on his robe, entering the city for almsfood, with a gladdened mind, having taken his bowl, having put into the bowl one share of food that had been set aside for his own use, he began wishing to give it to the Individually Enlightened One. His wife too put her own share of food into that very same bowl. He, having taken that, placed it in the hands of the Individually Enlightened One. The Individually Enlightened One, having accepted that and having given thanksgiving, departed. Having seen that, at night, a deity dwelling in the umbrella of the millionaire Sumana gave thanks in a loud voice: "Oh, the gift! The supreme gift, well established in Upariṭṭha!" Having heard that, the millionaire Sumana, having thought "Thus appreciated by the deity, this itself is the highest gift," requested a share of the merit therein. But Annabhāra gave him the share of merit. Thereupon, the millionaire Sumana, with a gladdened mind, having given him a thousand, said: "From now on there is no task of doing work with your own hands for you; having built a suitable house, dwell there permanently."
Since the almsfood given to an Individually Enlightened One who has emerged from cessation has a more lofty result on that very day, therefore on that day the millionaire Sumana, while going to the presence of the king, took him along. But the king looked at him with regard. The millionaire, having said "Great king, this one is indeed worthy of being looked at," then told of the meritorious deed done by him and the fact that he himself too had given him a thousand. Having heard that, the king, being pleased, having given a thousand, commanded a site for a house for him, saying "Build a house at such and such a place and dwell there." As he was having that site cleared, great treasure-pots arose. Having seen them, he reported it to the king. The king, having had all the wealth extracted and having seen it heaped up, asked: "So much wealth - in whose house in this city is there this much?" "In no one's, Sire." "If so, let this Annabhāra be known as the Mahādhana Millionaire in this city" - and on that very day he raised the umbrella of a millionaire over him.
He, from then on, having performed wholesome action for as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, having wandered in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, took conception in the house of the Sakyan Sukkodana in the city of Kapilavatthu. His name was Anuruddha. He was the younger brother of Mahānāma the Sakyan, a son of the Teacher's younger uncle, supremely delicate, of great merit, surrounded by adorned dancing women in three mansions suitable for the three seasons, experiencing success like a god, together with Prince Bhaddiya and others - Sakyan princes who had been encouraged by King Suddhodana and sent for the purpose of the Teacher's retinue - having approached the Teacher dwelling in the Anupiya mango grove, having gone forth in the presence of the Teacher, having produced the divine eye during the rainy season itself, then having taken a meditation subject in the presence of the General of the Teaching, having gone to the Pācīnavaṃsa park in the Cetiya country, practising the ascetic duty, having reflected on the seven thoughts of a great man, he was unable to know the eighth. The Teacher, having known that circumstance of his, having spoken the eighth thought of a great man, teaches the great noble lineage practice adorned with contentment with the four requisites and delight in meditation. He, in accordance with the teaching, having developed insight, realised arahantship accompanied by the direct knowledges and analytical knowledges. Therefore it was said in the Apadāna -
Dwelling withdrawn, the leader of the world.
Having raised my joined palms, I requested the foremost Buddha.
I shall show you a lamp, as you meditate at the root of a tree.
Having pierced through the trees, I then prepared the machine.
Having blazed for seven days, the lamps were extinguished for me.
Having abandoned the human body, I was reborn in a mansion.
It blazes all around, this is the fruit of giving a lamp.
I outshine all the gods, this is the fruit of giving a lamp.
No one looks down upon me, this is the fruit of giving a lamp.
By day and by night I see all around for a yojana then.
Having attained the divine eye, this is the fruit of giving a lamp.
To him a lamp was given by me, with a clear mind.
"The four analytical knowledges, etc. the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled."
Then the Teacher, at a later time, seated in the midst of the noble company at the great monastery of Jetavana, established him in the foremost position among those possessing the divine eye: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks possessing the divine eye, that is to say, Anuruddha."
He, dwelling experiencing the bliss of liberation, one day, having reviewed his own practice, filled with joy and happiness, by way of an inspired utterance spoke the verses beginning with "Having abandoned mother and father." Some, however, say: "The first four verses were spoken by the compilers of the recitation, making known the elder's going forth and attainment of arahantship. Those after that were spoken by the Blessed One whose mind was pleased by the elder's practice of the noble lineage. The rest were all spoken by the elder himself for this and that reason." Thus, in every way, whether these verses were spoken by the elder, or spoken with reference to the elder, they should be understood as the elder's verses. That is:
892.
Having given up the five types of sensual pleasure, Anuruddha meditates.
893.
By that I did not attain purity, delighting in Māra's domain.
894.
Having transcended all floods, Anuruddha meditates.
895.
Having transcended these, Anuruddha meditates.
896.
He seeks rag-robes, Anuruddha, without mental corruptions.
897.
Rag-robes, the wise one, Anuruddha, without mental corruptions.
898.
For him these mental states are evil, subject to defilement.
899.
Devoted to solitude, delighted, constantly putting forth strenuous energy.
900.
And he is without mental corruptions, thus was said by the great sage.
901.
With a mind-made body, approached by supernormal power.
902.
The Buddha, delighting in the absence of obsession, taught the absence of obsession.
903.
The three true knowledges have been attained, the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.
904.
Twenty-five years, since torpor was uprooted.
905.
Without longing, referring to peace, the one with vision has attained final Nibbāna.
906.
Like the extinguishing of a lamp, there was deliverance of the mind.
907.
No other mental states will arise, when the Perfectly Enlightened One has attained final Nibbāna.
908.
The cycle of birth and wandering is eliminated, there is now no more rebirth."
909.
A master in the power of supernormal abilities and in passing away and rebirth, that monk sees the deities at the proper time.
910.
I served the ascetic Upariṭṭha, the famous one.
911.
Endowed with dancing and singing, to be awakened by the sound of cymbals.
912.
Having gladdened my mind in him, I went forth into homelessness.
913.
Among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, I stood, born as Sakka.
914.
Ruler of the four quarters, victorious, lord of the rose-apple grove;
Without rod, without sword, by righteousness I instructed.
915.
I directly knew my former abode, while standing in the heavenly world then.
916.
Attained through the cessation of defilements, my divine eye became pure.
917.
The state here and the state elsewhere, established in the fivefold meditative absorption.
918.
919.
From below, at the bamboo thicket, I shall attain nibbāna, without mental corruptions."
Therein, "having abandoned" means having given up. "Mother and father" means mother and father. For this is the intention here: just as some others, overpowered by loss of relatives or by loss of wealth, go forth, and having gone forth, dwell engaged in other tasks, we are not thus. But we, having abandoned a great circle of relatives and a great mass of wealth, indifferent to sensual pleasures, have gone forth. "He meditates" means meditation on a single object and meditation on the three characteristics - he dwells devoted to both twofold meditative absorption.
"Endowed with dancing and singing" means possessed of dancing and singing, seeing dances and hearing songs; this is the meaning. Some also read "sammato"; the meaning is venerated with dancing and singing. "To be awakened by the sound of cymbals" means to be awakened at the time towards the break of dawn by the sounds of cymbals. "I did not attain purity by that" means by that enjoyment of sensual pleasures I did not attain purification from the round of rebirths. "Delighting in Māra's domain" means delighting in the types of sensual pleasure that are the domain of the Māra of mental defilements. The meaning is without having been one who held the view that "purification from the round of rebirths comes about through the enjoyment of the types of sensual pleasure that are the domain of the Māra of mental defilements." Therefore he said "but having transcended this" and so on. Therein, "this" means this fivefold types of sensual pleasure. "Having transcended" means having passed over; the meaning is having discarded them without attachment. "All the floods" means all the floods beginning with the flood of sensuality.
In order to show the five types of sensual pleasure in their own form, "forms, sounds" and so on was stated. Therein, "delightful" means they delight the mind in the sense of being desirable, thus they are delightful; what is meant is "agreeable." As it was said: "Which are the five? Agreeable forms, agreeable sounds" and so on.
"Having gone beyond almsfood" means having gone beyond the collecting of almsfood; the meaning is returning from the collecting of almsfood. "Alone" means solitary, without an attendant monk. "Without a companion" means free from craving. For craving is called a person's companion. As it was said: "A person with craving as companion." "Seeks" means searches for.
"Selected" means while seeking, he selected here and there in places where rag-robes arise, such as rubbish heaps and so on. "Took" means having selected, he took them without feeling disgust even though smeared with impurities. "Washed" means he rinsed them. "Dyed" means having washed and taken them, having sewn them, he dyed them with an allowable dye. "Wore" means having dyed them, having applied the mark of allowability, he wore them, both putting them on as a lower garment and wearing them as an upper robe.
Now, explaining the exhortation given by the Teacher at the Eastern Bamboo Grove and his own attainment of the summit of that, he spoke the verse beginning with "whoever is greedy and discontented." Therein, "greedy" means endowed with great desire for requisites; the meaning is desiring increasingly excellent and many requisites. "Discontented" means not content; devoid of contentment such as contentment with whatever is obtained and so on. "In company" means in company with householders and those gone forth through not becoming association. "Agitated" means unsettled. "Of that one" means of the person described by "greedy" and so on. "Qualities" means such things as great desire, discontent, being in company, and distraction. They are evil in the sense of being inferior. "Subject to defilement" means they are qualities subject to defilement because they cause the state of impurity of that consciousness.
"And he is mindful, of few wishes" means but when this person, serving, associating with, and attending upon good friends, hearing the Good Teaching, attending wisely, and being mindful, having abandoned great desire, is of few wishes. Having abandoned discontent, he is content; having abandoned distraction which causes vexation to the mind, he is without vexation, undistracted, concentrated; having abandoned the desire to be in a crowd, he delights in solitude; delighted, glad, with a gladdened mind through delight in seclusion, through disenchantment, through joy in the Teaching; putting forth strenuous energy through the abandoning of idleness in every respect.
For one thus endowed with qualities such as fewness of wishes and so on, these qualities conducive to enlightenment, included in the path, of thirty-seven divisions beginning with the establishments of mindfulness, included in the threefold classification of insight, wholesome in the meaning of being born of proficiency, come to be. He, endowed with those, through the exhaustion of mental corruptions in every respect, from the moment of the highest path onwards, is also without mental corruptions. Thus was said by the great sage, the Perfectly Enlightened One, by way of bringing the thoughts of a great man to their summit in the Eastern Bamboo Grove - this is the intention.
"Having understood my thought" means having known my thought, which had been begun by way of the thoughts of a great man beginning with "This Teaching, monks, is for one of few wishes, this Teaching is not for one who is greedy," and which remained unable to bring them to their summit. "With a mind-made body" means as if mind-made, with one transformed to be similar to one created by the mind - this is the meaning. "By supernormal power" means by the supernormal power of determination occurring thus: "Let this body be like this mind."
"When there was thought for me" means at whatever time there was for me the reflection "What kind indeed is the eighth thought of a great man?" Then, having understood my thought, he approached by supernormal power - this is the explanation. "He taught beyond that" means fulfilling this eighth thought of a great man - "This Teaching, monks, is for one who delights in the absence of obsession, who takes pleasure in the absence of obsession, this Teaching is not for one who delights in obsession, who takes pleasure in obsession" - he taught further above. But describing that taught Teaching, he said "The Buddha, delighting in the absence of obsession, taught the absence of obsession." Obsessions are the mental defilements beginning with lust; because of their appeasement, and because of their absence, the supramundane states are called without obsession. The Perfectly Enlightened One, delighted and devoted to that which is without obsession, expounded such a Teaching so that I might attain it; the meaning is he made known a progressive proclamation of the Teaching of the four truths, discovered by himself.
"Having understood his Teaching" means having known the Teaching through that teaching of the Teacher, proceeding in accordance with the advice, I dwelt delighted and devoted to the Dispensation included in the threefold training - this is the meaning.
Having shown his meeting with the Teacher and the purpose accomplished by that, now showing his putting forth of strenuous energy from the time of going forth, the relinquishment of the pleasure of lying down and the pleasure of reclining through disregard for the body, and his putting forth of strenuous energy from the time of little torpor, he spoke the verse "Fifty-five years." Therein, "since I have been one who remains sitting" means from the time onwards when, having seen such qualities as "suitability for exertion, the conduct of a good person devoted to the meditation subject, the practice of detachment" and so on, I became one who remains sitting - those fifty-five years. "Since torpor was uprooted" means from the time onwards when sleep was given up by me - those twenty-five years. They say: "Of the elder's fifty-five years of remaining sitting, being mindful, from the beginning for twenty-five years there was no sleep; thereafter, due to bodily fatigue, in the last watch there was sleep."
The three verses beginning with "There was no in-breath and out-breath" were spoken when, asked by the monks at the time of the Teacher's final Nibbāna "Has the Blessed One attained final Nibbāna?" he declared the state of final Nibbāna. Therein, "There was no in-breath and out-breath, for such a one whose mind was stable" means having attained all the attainments in forward and reverse order, of many kinds and modes, and having emerged, last of all, for the Buddha, the Blessed One, such a one whose mind was stable in the fourth meditative absorption, there was no in-breath and out-breath, there were none - this is the meaning. By this, because for one who has attained the fourth meditative absorption, bodily activities cease. And bodily activities are called in-breath and out-breath; therefore it shows that from the moment of the fourth meditative absorption onwards, there were no in-breath and out-breath. Without longing due to the absence of longing, which is a term for craving; or without longing because of being established in concentration. "Referring to peace" means referring to, dependent on, with reference to Nibbāna without residue of clinging. "The one with vision" means one with vision through five eyes. "Attained final Nibbāna" means he attained final Nibbāna. For the meaning here is this: Having attained the fruition attainment of the fourth meditative absorption with Nibbāna as object, immediately after that he attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
"With a mind that was not withdrawn" means with a mind that was not sluggish, not shrunken, but well expanded. "He endured the feeling" means being mindful and fully aware, he endured the feeling bordering on death; he did not become one who followed feeling and roll about here and there. "Like the extinguishing of a lamp, there was deliverance of the mind" means just as a lamp, a light, burning dependent on oil and dependent on a wick, is extinguished upon their exhaustion. And once extinguished, it does not go anywhere and remain; on the contrary, it disappears, it simply goes out of sight. Thus it shows that the continuity of aggregates, occurring in dependence on the volitional activities of mental defilements, is extinguished upon their exhaustion; and once extinguished, it does not go anywhere and remain; on the contrary, it disappears, it simply goes out of sight. Therefore it was said "The wise are extinguished like this lamp," and "Just as a flame thrown by the force of the wind" and so on.
"These" is said because of the mental states occurring in the Teacher's continuity at the moment of final Nibbāna being directly evident to himself. "Last" because beyond that there is no arising of consciousness. "Now" means at present. "With contact as the fifth" is said because of the obviousness of the mental states having contact as the fifth. For indeed, even in the treatise on the arising of consciousness, those having contact as the fifth were stated from the beginning. "Other mental states" means other consciousness and mental factors together with their support, not the consciousness and mental factors of the final Nibbāna. Surely those too will not arise? True, they will not arise; but since there is no doubt regarding them, with reference to them it should not be said "they will not arise." There might be the doubt "But will the others arise like those of learners and worldlings?" To dispel that doubt, "no other mental states will arise" was said.
"There is now no further residence in the company of gods, Jālinī" - here, by "Jālinī" he addresses a deity; the meaning is: O deity, there is now no further residence for me, no dwelling by way of being reborn in the company of gods, in the assembly of gods. Therein, he states the reason by the phrase beginning with "eliminated." It is said that that deity was the elder's wife in a previous existence; therefore, now having seen the elder old and aged, having come out of former affection, she requested rebirth among the gods, saying "Direct your mind there, where you dwelt before." Then the elder gave her a reply by the phrase beginning with "now there is not." Having heard that, the deity, with her hope destroyed, disappeared right there.
Then the elder, having risen up into the sky, making known his own power to his fellows in the holy life, spoke the verse beginning with "whose in a moment." Its meaning is - That monk who has eliminated the mental corruptions, by whom in merely a moment the world of a thousandfold variety, of a thousand kinds, distinguished as the three-thousandfold great thousandfold world system, together with the Brahmā realm, together with the Brahmā world, is known, properly known, understood, made directly evident - thus having attained mastery in the power of supernormal abilities and in passing away and rebirth through the accomplishment of supernormal power, that monk sees the deities at the proper time; there is no decline for him in the seeing of deities. It is said that when the elder had spoken the verse "there is now not" by way of giving a reply to the deity Jālinī, the monks, not seeing Jālinī, thought "Is the elder perhaps addressing something by way of addressing the Teaching?" Having known the disposition of their minds, the elder spoke this verse beginning with "whose in a moment."
"Annabhāra formerly" means one so named in a previous existence. "One who fetches food" means one who lives by doing service for the purpose of obtaining merely enough food. "Ascetic" means one in whom evil has been calmed. "I offered" means having become face to face, I gave; the intention is: having become face to face with confidence, I gave the gift of food. "Upariṭṭha" means an Individually Enlightened One so named. "Glorious" means famous, one whose fame has spread. By this verse he shows his own former deed which was the cause of lofty success up to his final existence. Therefore he said "I was born in the Sakyan clan" and so on.
"Seven from here" means seven, having passed away from here, from the human world, with divine lordship in the heavenly world. "Seven from there" means seven, having passed away from there, from the heavenly world, as a universal monarch in the human world. "Fourteen wanderings in the round of rebirths" means fourteen wanderings between existences. "I directly knew my past lives" means I knew my past lives. "Standing in the heavenly world then" - and that indeed not in this very individual existence, but rather when, in the immediately preceding past individual existence from here, standing in the heavenly world, then I knew - this is the meaning.
Now, showing the manner in which the divine eye knowledge and the knowledge of the passing away and rebirth were attained by himself, he spoke two verses beginning with "in the fivefold." Therein, "in the fivefold concentration" means in the concentration of the fourth meditative absorption that serves as the basis for direct knowledge. For that is called "fivefold concentration" because it is endowed with these five factors: pervading with rapture, pervading with happiness, pervading with mind, pervading with light, and the sign of reviewing. "Peaceful" means peaceful through the appeasement of the opposing states and through the tranquillity of its factors. "Developed to unification" means having reached unification, well practised and having attained mastery; this is the meaning. "Obtained through tranquillising" means obtained through the tranquillising of defilements. "The divine eye became pure in me" means when such concentration had been accomplished, my divine eye knowledge became pure; it became purified through liberation from the eleven impurities.
"I know the passing away and rebirth" means I know the passing away and rebirth of beings; and knowing thus, "these beings, having come from that world, have been reborn here, and from this world, having gone, they will be reborn in that world" - thus I know the coming and going of beings; and knowing thus, I know even before their rebirth their state here, their human state, their becoming otherwise from that, and their becoming otherwise as animals. Showing that all this is only when the fivefold concentration has been accomplished, he said "established in the fivefold meditative absorption." Therein, the meaning is: having become established in the fivefold meditative absorption, thus I know.
Having thus shown the threefold true knowledge, and in connection with that, showing the third true knowledge that was shown earlier together with the accomplishment of the task, he spoke a pair of verses beginning with "The Teacher has been attended upon by me." Therein, "in the Vajjis' Veḷuva village" means in the Veḷuva village of the Vajji country, in the Veḷuva village in the Vajji country where he entered the last rains retreat. "Beneath the bamboo thicket" means beneath a certain bamboo thicket there. "I shall be extinguished" means I shall be extinguished, I shall attain final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging; this is the meaning.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Anuruddha is concluded.
10.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya
920-948.
The verses beginning with "A thought arose for the ascetic" are those of the Venerable Elder Pārāpariya.
The story of this one has come below already.
And those verses were spoken by way of making known the thought of restraining the faculties with mind as the sixth during his own time as a worldling, while the Teacher was still living.
But these were spoken at a later time, when the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna and his own final Nibbāna was at hand, by way of making known the practice contrary to the Teaching of the monks both then and in the future.
Therein -
920.
Sitting fully focused, secluded, a meditator."
This verse was placed by the compilers of the recitation. Its meaning is by the same method as stated above. But this is the connection - When the Teacher, the chief disciples, and certain great elders had attained final Nibbāna, when in the Scriptures bereft of the Teacher, monks who were compliant and eager to train had become rare, and monks who were difficult to admonish and abundant in wrong practice had arisen, for the ascetic who had calmed evil, the Elder Pārāpariya, sitting in the great Sāla grove covered with flowers, secluded, fully focused, of a meditative disposition, a thought, an investigation arose in dependence on practice - thus the remaining verses -
921.
Was the conduct of the monks, in another way it now appears.
922.
They consumed just enough for that purpose, content with whatever they received.
923.
They consumed for the purpose of sustenance, without greed, not infatuated.
924.
They were not excessively zealous, as they were for the elimination of mental corruptions.
925.
Developing seclusion, they dwelt, devoted to that as their ultimate goal.
926.
Without defilement, not garrulous, following the authority of reflecting on welfare.
927.
Like a smooth stream of oil, was their deportment.
928.
Those elder monks are now quenched, few now are such ones.
929.
The Conqueror's Dispensation, endowed with all excellent aspects, falls apart.
930.
Those established for seclusion, and those who preserve the Good Teaching.
931.
They sport, I imagine, with fools, like demons with the mad.
932.
Men, when battle was proclaimed in the bases of mental defilements.
933.
Following wrong views, they think 'this is better'.
934.
Yet even for a ladle of almsfood, they indulge in improper conduct.
935.
When awake they increase talk, talk that is censured by the Teacher.
936.
Not appeased internally, the purpose of asceticism sits apart.
937.
They offer to householders, desiring more in return.
938.
And accomplished almsfood, mangoes and emblic myrobalans.
939.
Like a courtesan in adornment, like warriors in lordship.
940.
Through many schemes, they consume material gains.
941.
For the sake of livelihood, by means, they collect much wealth.
942.
They expound the Teaching to others, for material gain and not for benefit.
943.
Living off others' gains, shameless, they are not ashamed.
944.
They only wish for esteem, infatuated with material gain and honour.
945.
Either to touch what is untouched, or to protect what has been touched.
946.
Having established mindfulness, so should a sage wander in the village.
947.
Even though it is the latter time, one might experience the Deathless state.
948.
The brahmin attained final nibbāna, the sage with rebirth eliminated."
These verses were spoken by the elder himself.
Therein, "the conduct was of the monks" means when the Highest of Men, the Lord of the World, the Perfectly Enlightened One, was standing, was living, at that time, because of the nature of the practice. "In another way" means in a different manner the conduct of the monks was practised in accordance with the advice, because of the nature of the practice. "In another way it now appears" means but now, differently from that, the conduct of the monks appears, because of the nature of improper practice - this is the intention.
Now, in order to show first in what manner the practice of the monks was while the Teacher was living, "protection from cold and wind" and so on was said. Therein, "just enough for that purpose" means that much use. Only for protection from cold and wind, only for the covering of the parts arousing shame, having done so, they used the robe. How? "Content with whatever they received" means having arrived at contentment with whatever requisite obtained, whether inferior or superior.
"Superior" means lofty, conjoined with ghee and so on; "rough" means through the absence of that. "Little" means even just the amount of four or five morsels. "Much, for the purpose of sustenance, they consumed" means even though consuming superior and abundant food, they consumed only enough food for sustenance. For that very reason, "without greed" means not having fallen into greed. "Not infatuated, not attached" means they consumed like carters applying axle-grease, like merchants applying wound-ointment.
"Regarding the requisites for life, medicine and also requisites" means the requisite reckoned as medicine, which has become a requisite for the continuation of life - the requisite for the sick. "As they were" means just as those former monks were zealous and engaged in the elimination of mental corruptions, so they, even though overcome by illness, were not excessively zealous regarding the requisite for the sick. This is the meaning.
"Heading for that" means heading for seclusion, sloping towards seclusion. Thus, by the one showing contentment with the four requisites and delight in meditation development through four verses, their practice of the noble lineage was shown.
"Humble" means without extolling oneself and scoffing at others saying "We are rag-robe wearers, almsfood eaters," of humble conduct, of modest conduct. This is the meaning. "Established" means with faith established in the Dispensation. "Easy to support" means easy to maintain because of the state of fewness of wishes and so on. "Gentle" means gentle in the practice of duties and in the entire holy life, like well-refined gold, suitable for application. Or "gentle" means not frowning, open-faced, of hospitable conduct with a beaming face, like a good landing place, bringing happiness - this is what is meant. "Of unstubbornly minded" means of non-rigid consciousness; by that he stated the quality of being easy to admonish. "Unsprinkled" means free from the sprinkling of mental defilements because of the absence of separation from mindfulness; not interspersed now and then with craving, wrong view, conceit, and so on. This is the meaning. "Not garrulous" means not talkative, not harsh with the mouth, or free from verbal forwardness. This is the meaning. "Following the influence of reflecting on welfare" means following the influence of reflecting on welfare, subject to reflecting on welfare, constantly revolving around reflecting on the welfare of oneself and others alone.
"Then" means therefore, because of humble conduct and so on. "Pleasing" means generating confidence, bringing about confidence for those seeing and hearing the practice. "Going" means the movement of going forward, going back, turning around, and so on. Or "going" means the conduct of body and speech. "Eaten" means the use of the four requisites. "Frequented" means the resorting to one's food resort. "Smooth like a stream of oil" means just as an uninterrupted stream of oil, poured by skilled people, flowing, unbroken, smooth, polished, beautiful to behold, and pleasing, so the deportment of those accomplished in deportment was unbroken, smooth, polished, beautiful to behold, and pleasing.
"Great meditators" means those habitually meditating with great meditative absorptions, or those who meditate upon the great Nibbāna - thus "great meditators." For that very reason "of great welfare" - the meaning is endowed with great welfare. "Those elder monks" means those elder monks of the aforesaid kind, devoted to practice, have now attained final Nibbāna - this is the meaning. "Few now are such ones" means now in the latter time, such elder monks of that kind are few, small in number, only several - this is what is said.
"And of wholesome states" means of blameless states that are the requisite ingredients of deliverance, being the decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths. "And of wisdom" means and of such wisdom. "With the utter elimination" means because of the absence, because of the non-attainment. Certainly, here wisdom too may be a blameless quality, but its separate taking up is for the purpose of showing its great usefulness, just as "the accumulations of merit and knowledge." "Endowed with all excellent aspects" means endowed with, furnished with all excellent aspects, special modes, such as being beautiful in the beginning and so on - the meaning is that the Dispensation of the Conqueror, the Blessed One, falls apart and perishes.
"And of evil states and mental defilements, whatever is the season" means whatever is the season, whatever is the time for evil states such as bodily misconduct and so on, and for mental defilements such as greed and so on - "this one prevails" is the remainder of the expression. "Those established for seclusion, and those who preserve the Good Teaching" means those who, however, at such a time are established, putting forth strenuous energy, for the purpose of seclusion of body, mind, and clinging, they are ones who have the remaining practice of the Good Teaching. For this is the intention here: Even though being of well-purified morality and conduct, nowadays certain monks, having accomplished the preliminary duties such as the establishing of the deportment, the arrangement of the meditative development of serenity and insight, the arrest of the great impediments, the arrest of the minor impediments, and so on, engage in meditative development. They are ones who have the remaining practice of the Good Teaching, unable to bring the practice to its culmination.
"Those mental defilements growing" means those mental defilements that were at that time brought to utter elimination and exhaustion by the Blessed One's own true sons, those now, having found opportunity, are attaining growth, increase, and expansion among monks. "Possess many people" means having overpowered the blindly foolish people who are devoid of good friends and abundant in unwise attention, making them powerless, they possess them, they enter into their continuity. And being such, "they sport, I imagine, with fools, like demons with the mad" - just as playful demons, having possessed the mad who are devoid of a physician, bringing them to calamity and disaster, sport with them, so those mental defilements, having possessed the blindly foolish monks who are devoid of the physician that is the Perfectly Enlightened One, producing harm of the kind pertaining to the present life and so on for them, sport with them, I imagine - the meaning is they are as if sporting.
"Here and there" means by this and that portion of the object. "Ran about" means ran in a deformed manner, proceeding in an unsuitable way. "In the bases of mental defilements" means the mental defilements that arose first are themselves the bases of mental defilements because of being the cause for those arising later; when those bases of mental defilements are accumulated. "As if battle were proclaimed" means having scattered wealth such as gold, silver, gems, pearls, and so on, the proclamation "whatever gold, silver, and so on has come into the possession of whomever, let that be that person's own" - thus the proclamation of desire is called the proclamation of battle. Herein this is the meaning: As if in the bases of mental defilements, battle were proclaimed by Māra, the general of the mental defilements, saying "whatever mental defilement seizes and overcomes whatever being, let that be that one's own." Overpowered by those various mental defilements, those ignorant worldlings were driven about by this and that portion of the object, and were finished.
He said "Having abandoned the Good Teaching, they quarrel with one another" to show what they do when thus driven about. Its meaning is - having abandoned the Good Teaching of practice, they quarrel with one another, making disputes for the sake of material gains and trifles. "Wrong views" means following and pursuing wrong views such as "There is only mere consciousness, material phenomena do not exist at all," and "Just as a person does not exist in the ultimate sense, so too phenomena of intrinsic nature do not exist in the ultimate sense, they are merely conventional expressions" and so on - such wrong grasping - they think "this is better, this alone is foremost, anything else is wrong."
"Gone forth" means departed from the house. "Even for the sake of a ladle of almsfood" means even for the purpose of merely a ladleful of almsfood. Through improper association with the householder who gives that, they indulge in and perform deeds that are improper, that should not be done by one gone forth.
"Having eaten to fill the belly" means without considering the stated saying "with belly unfilled, with measured food," having eaten to fill the belly. "They lie down sleeping on their backs" means without recollecting the stated procedure "he lies down in the lion's posture on the right side, overlapping foot upon foot, mindful and fully aware," they sleep lying on their backs. "Talk that is censured by the Teacher" - he speaks with reference to pointless talk beginning with talk about kings.
"All craftsmen's skills" means manual crafts such as making food-fans and so on, to be done by all craftsmen such as merchants and so on. "Having paid attention" means having done so carefully and with regard. "Not appeased internally" means internally not appeased because of the non-appeasement of mental defilements and because of the absence of concentration even for as long as the milking of a cow; the meaning is with unquiet minds. "The purpose of asceticism" means the ascetic practice. "Sits apart" means because of their preoccupation with livelihood activities, not touching even a portion of it, it sits separately; the meaning is it does not cling to them. This is what is meant.
"Clay" means natural or five-coloured clay suitable for use by householders. "Oil and bath powder" means natural or prepared oil and bath powder. "Water, seats, and food" means water and seats and food. "Desiring more in return" means desiring much, progressively more almsfood and so on, with the intention "When we have given clay and so on, people, becoming firm supporters, will give much, progressively more of the four kinds of requisites" - they offer to householders. This is the meaning.
"They clean the teeth by means of this" - thus a tooth-cleaner, a wooden toothbrush. "Wood-apple" means wood-apple fruit. "Flowers" means flowers such as jasmine, champaka, and so on. "Solid foods" means the eighteen kinds of sweet-meats. "And accomplished almsfood" means special kinds of cooked rice endowed with colour and so on. By the word "and" in "mangoes and emblic myrobalans," he includes unmentioned fruits such as citrons, palmyra fruits, coconuts, and so on. The explanation is: in all cases, they offer to householders, desiring more in return.
"Like physicians in medicines" - the intention is that just as physicians in the application of medicines to householders, so monks conduct themselves. "Like householders in duties and non-duties" means like a layman in both small and great duties to be done for householders. "Like a courtesan in adornment" means like women who live by their beauty in the adornment of their own bodies. "Like warriors in lordship" means just as warriors in lordship, in the exercise of sovereignty, so they conduct themselves having become heads of families. This is the meaning.
"Fraudulent" means engaged in fraud, delighting in the practice of deception by making what is not a gem appear as a gem, and what is not gold appear as gold. "Deceivers" means those who cheat by false measures and so on. "False witnesses" means those who bear untrue witness. "Unscrupulous" means perverse; the meaning is of unrestrained conduct. "By many schemes" means by the aforesaid and by many other modes of wrong livelihood.
"By a semblance of allowability" means by a semblance of what is allowable, by a counterfeit of what is proper. "By indirect means" means in the application of indirect methods regarding requisites. "By scheming" means in the arrangement of interest and so on; the locative case applies to all domains. "Driven along" means driven along and consumed by evil qualities such as great desire and so on. "For the sake of livelihood" means for the purpose of livelihood, having livelihood as the cause. "By means" means by means such as persuasive talk and so on, by the method of producing requisites. "They drag together" means they collect.
"They set up an assembly" means they set themselves up before the assembly; the meaning is that just as the assembly attends upon them, so they win over the assembly. "By work" means because of work. For they set up the assembly on the pretext of service to be done by themselves. "But not by the Teaching" means they do not set up the assembly on the pretext of the Teaching. The meaning is that the winning over of the assembly that was permitted by the Teacher for an assembly established in the nature of being uplifted - by that they do not win them over. "For the sake of gain" means because of gain; standing established in conduct according to desire, thinking "The great multitude, esteeming me thus: 'The noble one is very learned, a reciter, a speaker of the Teaching,' will bring material gain and honour to me," they expound the Teaching to others for the sake of gain. "But not for the sake of the good" means the good that should be attained by one who teaches the Good Teaching standing at the head of the bases of liberation - they do not expound the Teaching for the sake of welfare distinguished as pertaining to the present life and so on; this is the meaning.
"They quarrel over the Community's gains" means they quarrel because of the Community's gains; they make disputes saying "It reaches me, not you" and so on. "Outsiders to the Community" means outside the noble Community, because of the absence of that in the noble Community. "Living off the gains of others" means since in the Dispensation, material gain has arisen with reference to others who are endowed with virtues such as morality and so on, trainees, designated by blind, foolish worldlings, they live off that gain of others; or living off gain that should be received from donors, from others - monks who are makers of quarrels, being shameless because of the absence of disgust towards evil, and not being ashamed, not feeling shame even at the thought "We consume the gains of others, our livelihood depends on others."
"Not devoted" means not devoted to qualities that make one an ascetic. "Likewise" means just as those previously mentioned, the makers of quarrels and so on, likewise. "Some" means certain ones. "Shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe" means shaven-headed merely because of having shaved hair, with bodies wrapped in the robe that has obtained the name "double robe" because of being joined together from pieces of rags. "They desire only esteem, infatuated with material gain and honour" means having become infatuated and attached through the hope for material gain and honour, engaged in sweet words such as "well-behaved, an advocate of austere practices, very learned," or "a noble one" - they desire and seek only esteem and respect, but not the virtues that are the cause thereof; this is the meaning.
"Thus" means by the method stated as "with the utter elimination of wholesome states and of wisdom." "When things have gone in various ways" means when perishable qualities of various kinds have gone forth and been accomplished, or when defiling qualities have begun to go forth and occur in various ways. "It is not easy now likewise" means now, at this time when good friends are rare and the hearing of the suitable Good Teaching is rare, just as when the Teacher was living, to touch, to attain meditative absorption and insight not yet touched, not yet reached, not yet attained; or what has been touched, so as to guard and protect it in such a way that it becomes conducive to distinction rather than being conducive to relinquishment or merely conducive to duration - it is easy in that way, it is not easy in that way, it is not possible to accomplish it in that way; this is the meaning.
Now, because the time of his own final Nibbāna was near, exhorting his fellow in the holy life with a brief exhortation, he said beginning with "Just as in a thorny place." Its meaning is - Just as a man, going about without sandals in a place strewn with thorns for some purpose, having established mindfulness thinking "May a thorn not pierce me," goes about, so a sage, walking in the village as food resort strewn with the thorns of defilements for a purpose, having established mindfulness, endowed with mindfulness and full awareness, should walk about diligently, not abandoning the meditation subject - this is what is meant.
"Having remembered the former meditators, recollecting their practice" means having remembered the former ones engaged in exertion, meditators by way of being engaged in meditation, those who had begun insight meditation, recollecting their duty, following the method of right practice and meditation in accordance with the scriptures, without giving up the responsibility, practising accordingly. "Even though it is the latter time" means even though this is the last time when the Teacher has passed away, still, practising in accordance with the Teaching, arousing zeal in insight meditation, one might experience the Deathless state, one might attain Nibbāna.
"Having said this" means having spoken this method of practice regarding defilement and cleansing as shown. And this concluding verse should be understood as spoken by the compilers of the recitation to make known the elder's final Nibbāna.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Pārāpariya is concluded.
The commentary on the Chapter of Twenties is concluded.
17.
The Book of the Thirties
1.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Phussa
949-980.
In the Chapter of Thirties, the verses of the Venerable Elder Phussa beginning with "Having seen many pleasing ones."
What is the origin?
This one too, having formed aspirations under former Buddhas, having accumulated wholesome action as a decisive support for the end of the round of rebirths in this and that existence, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as the son of a certain provincial king. His name was Phussa.
He, having attained discretion, reached accomplishment in the crafts to be learnt by princes of the warrior caste.
Because of being endowed with decisive support, with consciousness not attached to sensual pleasures, having heard the Teaching in the presence of a certain great elder, having gained faith, having gone forth, having taken a meditation subject suitable to his temperament, devoting himself to meditation, having produced the meditative absorptions, having established insight with meditative absorption as its foundation, before long became a possessor of the six higher knowledges.
Then one day, a certain ascetic named Paṇḍaragotta, seated having heard the Teaching in his presence, having seen many monks accomplished in morality and good conduct, with well-restrained faculties, with developed bodies and developed minds, with a gladdened mind, having thought "It would be good indeed if this practice were to remain long in the world," asked the elder: "How, venerable sir, will the practice of monks be in the future course of time?"
Showing that meaning, the compilers of the recitation -
949.
The sage of the Paṇḍara clan asked the one named Phussa." placed this verse at the beginning.
Therein, "pleasing" means worthy of confidence through their own practice. "Many" means several. "Self-developed" means with minds developed through the meditative development of serenity and insight. "Well-restrained" means with well-restrained faculties. "Sage" means a hermit. "Of the Paṇḍara clan" means of the same clan as him, because of being born in the lineage of a sage named Paṇḍara. "Named Phussa" means to be called by the word Phussa; the meaning is one named Phussa.
950.
In the future time, tell me this when asked."
This is the verse of questioning by that sage.
Therein, "what desires" means in this Dispensation in the future, what kind of desires will monks have, what kind of disposition - whether of inferior disposition or of superior disposition; this is the meaning. "What intentions" means of what kind of intentions, of what kind of disposition - whether of a disposition towards defilement or of a disposition towards cleansing; this is the meaning. Or alternatively, "desires" means the wish to do; therefore the meaning is what kind of wish to do will they have. "Intention" is just disposition itself. "What deportment" means of what kind of deportment. "Deportment" means one possessing avoidance and performance duties such as the wearing of robes and so on; this is the meaning. "Will they have" means they will be. "That to me" means he entreats the elder thus: "That distinction of desires, intentions, and deportment of monks in the future, being asked, tell me, declare it to me." The elder, in order to declare that meaning, first to urge attentive listening -
951.
Consider it attentively, I shall tell you of the future." He spoke a verse.
Its meaning is - O sage named Paṇḍara, what you ask me, that future I shall tell you; but while I am telling, hear my word and, since it illustrates the meaning of the future and brings a sense of urgency, consider it attentively.
Then the elder, having seen as it really is the future course of events for monks and nuns through knowledge of future events, telling him -
952.
Envious and having different views, they will be in the future.
953.
Light-minded, without respect for the Teaching, disrespectful towards one another.
954.
This well-taught Teaching, the foolish will defile.
955.
They will become powerful, garrulous, without learning.
956.
They will be weak, those with shame, disregarded.
957.
Female and male slaves, the imprudent will consent to in the future.
958.
Arrogant they will wander about, delighting in disputes, like quadrupeds.
959.
Deceitful, obstinate, prattlers, crafty, they will walk about as if noble ones.
960.
They will go about the streets, wrapped in ivory-coloured robes.
961.
They will loathe the ochre robe, being attached to white garments.
962.
Wearied by the deep forests, they will dwell near villages.
963.
Following their example, the unrestrained will associate with them.
964.
Even those wise ones who are well-behaved, they will not associate with them then.
965.
Some will wear the white emblem of the sectarians.
966.
And reflection on the orange robe, will not be among the monks.
967.
The reflection was greatly terrible, inconceivable for the elephant.
968.
At that very moment the elephant spoke verses connected with meaning.
969.
Devoid of self-control and truth, he does not deserve the ochre robe.
970.
Endowed with self-control and truth, he indeed deserves the ochre robe.
971.
With a wandering mind, devoid of virtue, he does not deserve the ochre robe.
972.
With pure mental thought, he indeed deserves the ochre robe.
973.
He deserves white garments, what will the ochre robe do for him?
974.
Will restrain those of such quality, with minds of friendliness, in the future.
975.
The imprudent will not listen, uncontrolled, acting as they please.
976.
Will not heed their preceptors, like an inferior horse the charioteer.
977.
For monks and nuns, when the last time has arrived.
978.
Be obedient, be kindly in speech, respectful towards one another.
979.
Putting forth strenuous energy, resolute, always of firm effort.
980.
Develop the eightfold path, touching the Deathless state." He spoke these verses.
Therein, "prone to wrath" means of a nature to be angry. "They will be in the future" is the connection. Were there not such ones in the elder's time? There were indeed. But at that time, due to the abundance of good friends, due to the many exhorters and instructors among the fellow monks in the holy life, and due to the abundance of reflection even when mental defilements were powerful, monks were for the most part without wrath; in the future, in the reverse of that, they will be excessively prone to wrath; therefore "in the future" was said. The same method applies to the remaining terms as well. "Bearing hostility" means those of a nature to bind up resentment regarding the grounds of resentment, or bearing hostility because of the arising of hostility. Therein, anger belonging to the earlier time is wrath; that belonging to the later time is hostility. Or, hate that has occurred once is wrath; that which has occurred many times is hostility. They disparage and heap scorn upon the existing virtues of others; or, just as with a water-wiping cloth that wipes away water, the contempt, the disparaging, the heaping of scorn belongs to them - thus they are "contemptuous." Obstinacy having the characteristic of arrogance belongs to them - thus they are "obstinate." "Fraudulent" means possessed of fraudulence having the characteristic of making known non-existent virtues. "Envious" means possessed of envy having the characteristic of being vexed at others' success. "Of different views" means of mutually contradictory doctrines, of opposing views, and makers of disputes - this is the meaning.
"Conceited about the Teaching as if they knew it, though profound, they range only on the near shore" means regarding the profound, hard to fathom Good Teaching, though it is not known, they are conceited thus: "It is known, it is seen"; precisely because of that, since it operates in the near portion of that, they range only on the near shore. "Light" means of light nature, fickle. "Without respect for the Teaching" means devoid of respect for the Good Teaching. "Disrespectful towards one another" means not deferential towards one another, devoid of weighty respect among the Community and fellow monks in the holy life. "Many dangers" means of the aforementioned kind, and those to be stated - many, of numerous faults, obstacles. "In the world" means in the world of beings. "Will arise in the future" means will become manifest in the future. "This well-expounded Teaching" means this scriptural Good Teaching expounded well, without distortion, by the Perfectly Enlightened One in the manner of being beautiful in the beginning and so on. "Will defile" means they will make it soiled, corrupted by mental defilements; by the defilement of misconduct, by the false teaching of calling "an offence 'no offence,' a heavy offence 'a light offence'" and so on, they will reject the smooth and subtle material and immaterial teaching; by the defilement of wrong views in both cases and by the defilement of craving, they will corrupt it, will make it impure. "The foolish" means those without wisdom. For this was said by the Blessed One - "There will be, monks, monks in the future period of time... etc. While discussing the higher teaching and analytical discussion, falling into dark mental states, they will not understand."
"Devoid of virtue" means devoid of virtues beginning with morality, immoral, and shameless ones. Or alternatively, "devoid of virtue" means inferior in virtues beginning with the observances of the monastic discipline, not knowing what has been laid down in the Teaching and discipline. "In the Community" means in the midst of the Community. "Speaking" means talking; saying whatever they please while a discussion for judgment is taking place in the Community. "Confident" means fearless and bold. "Powerful" means powerful through the strength of their faction. "Garrulous" means harsh of mouth, speakers of harsh words. "Without learning" means not learned; merely by relying on material gain, honour, and fame, having become bearers of virtues, establishing whatever purpose they wish in the midst of the Community thus: "what is the Teaching is 'not the Teaching,' and what is not the Teaching is 'the Teaching,' what is monastic discipline is 'not monastic discipline,' and what is not monastic discipline is 'monastic discipline'" - they will become powerful.
"Virtuous" means accomplished in virtues beginning with morality. "Speaking according to the meaning" means in conformity with the meaning, with unerring meaning, explaining thus: "what is the Teaching is 'the Teaching,' what is not the Teaching is 'not the Teaching,' what is monastic discipline is 'monastic discipline,' what is not monastic discipline is 'not monastic discipline.'" "They will be weak" means they will be devoid of power in the assembly due to the majority of shameless ones; their word will not stand. "Those with shame, disregarded" means those possessing shame, disregarded by anyone. For they, though capable of speaking according to the Teaching, through abhorrence of evil and through having few duties, not creating opposition with anyone, not striving to establish their own doctrine, without performing the act of manifest disapproval or making a determination, remain silent.
"Silver" means money; by that, the inclusion of coins, copper small coins, and so on should also be seen. "Gold" means gold; by that, the inclusion of gems, pearls, and so on should also be seen. The word "or" has the meaning of conjunction, as in such passages as "whether footless or" and so on. Or the reading is "rajatajātarūpañcā." "Field" means where early crops and late crops grow, that is a field. A piece of land not prepared for that purpose is a site. "Goats and sheep" means sheep are indeed just goats; setting those aside, the remaining kinds of livestock are called goats. By the term "goats and sheep" itself, the inclusion of cattle, buffaloes, and so on is also made here. "Female slaves and male slaves" means female slaves and male slaves. "Imprudent" means fools; not knowing what is allowable and what is not allowable, what is suitable and what is not suitable, they will consent to and accept for their own benefit.
"Intending on finding fault" means having a mind of looking down upon others, making them inferior; or habitually finding fault even in places where fault should not be found. "Foolish" means possessed of the characteristic of foolishness through wrongly considered thinking and so on; for that very reason, "unconcentrated in morality" means not of concentrated mind in the fourfold purification of morality. "Arrogant" means with arisen hollow conceit. "They will wander about" means they will wander about having raised the banner of conceit. "Delighting in disputes, like quadrupeds" means through the abundance of vehemence, engaged in the superiority of action, delighting only in disputes, like quadrupeds, like beasts looking only to their own welfare, delighting in the search for food, intent on harming the weak. This is the meaning.
"Agitated" means possessed of restlessness, devoid of unified focus of mind. "Wrapped in blue robes" means wrapped in a robe of blue colour dyed with an unallowable dye; those who wander about having both worn as a lower garment and put on as an upper garment such a robe. "Deceitful" means fraudulent through the basis of scheming such as hinting to those nearby and so on; those who, having practised hypocrisy through the desire for esteem for virtues they do not possess, astonish others. "Obstinate" means those with minds hardened by wrath and by conceit, with hard hearts. "Prattlers" means talkers, of scheming conduct; those who cause people with gladdened minds to say to the donors of requisites "What does the noble one need, venerable sir?"; or the meaning is prattlers by means of speech employed for the sake of requisites and by means of belittling. "Crafty" means "therein, what is the horn? Whatever horn, the state of being adorned, shrewdness, skill, deceptiveness, the state of deceptiveness" - endowed with unconcealed mental defilements similar to the horn as stated thus; the meaning is of adorned conduct. "Like noble ones" - this is the showing of the meaning of that very word "deceitful." For showing the state of standing as if they were noble ones, the deceitful ones wander about like noble ones - thus he said.
"With oil-smoothed" means smoothed with beeswax oil or sesame oil. "Fickle" means endowed with fickleness such as adorning the body, adorning requisites, and so on. "With collyrium-painted eyes" means with eyes anointed with decorative collyrium. "They will go along the road" means on the pretext of going about for alms and visiting families, they will wander here and there along the main street. "Wrapped in ivory-coloured robes" means with bodies wrapped in robes dyed an ivory colour.
"Not loathsome" means not to be loathed. "By the liberated" means by the noble ones. "Well-dyed" means well dyed with an allowable dye; because it was practised by the Worthy Ones, the Buddhas and so on, they will loathe the ochre robe, the banner of the worthy. Why? Because they are attached to white garments, having fallen into greed. For this is a statement of reason for wearing ivory-coloured robes. For they, considering white garments, thinking "If white is taken entirely, it would be an abandonment of the outward sign of a monk," wear ivory-coloured robes.
"Desirous of gain" means greedy for gain. Lazy even in going about for alms, due to being given to idleness. Of inferior energy due to the absence of enthusiasm of mind to practise the ascetic duty. "Wearied" means becoming fatigued; the meaning is wearied in mind, being troubled to dwell in the deep forests. "Near villages" means in lodgings near villages, in lodgings close to villages, or in lodgings at village gates. "They will dwell" means they will dwell.
"Following their example" means whoever has obtained gain through the practice of wrong livelihood, they will wander about following the example of those very persons. "They will wander about" means they themselves too, like them, frequenting royal families and so on in order to produce gain through wrong livelihood, will roam about. Or the reading is "bhajissanti"; the meaning is they will associate with. "Unrestrained" means devoid of the restraint of morality.
"Whoever does not obtain gain" means whatever monks, through avoidance of wrong livelihood and through lack of merit, are not obtainers of gain, of requisites, they will not be honourable, worthy of veneration, or praiseworthy at that future time. "Even those wise ones who are well-behaved" means those monks who are wise through being endowed with resolution, who are well-behaved, they will not associate with them; the meaning is that at that future time, those monks who are obtainers of gain will be only those desirous of gain.
"Dyed with barbarian dye" means dyed with the dye of the dark kacchaka tree. This is a compound term; the description is with the nasal for the sake of metrical ease in the verse. "Censuring their own emblem" means loathing the ochre robe which is their own emblem. For the ochre robe is called the emblem of those gone forth in the Dispensation. "Some will wear the emblem of the sectarians" means some, while still claiming the status of sons of the Sākyan, will wear the white garment, the white cloth which is the emblem of the sectarians who wear white garments.
"And disrespect for the orange robe" means disrespect, lack of esteem for the orange robe which is the banner of the worthy, will then in the future be among them. "And reflection on the orange robe" means even so much as reviewing in the use of the orange robe by the method beginning with "Having reflected wisely, I use the robe" will not exist.
Illustrating the state of the ochre robe being worthy of esteem by one wearing the ochre robe, with the esteem that "one should refrain from misconduct," citing the Chaddanta Jātaka, he said beginning with "of one overpowered by suffering." Therein, "pierced by a dart" means of one pierced by a broad poisoned dart, and for that very reason overpowered by great suffering. "Is transformed" means committing bodily change. "Greatly terrible" means the reflection of the great Chaddanta elephant was dreadful through disregard for body and life, weightier, inconceivable by others, unable to be set going by mere thought. For during the time of the elephant king Chaddanta, the Bodhisatta, pierced by a poisoned arrow by a hunter named Soṇuttara standing in a concealed place, overpowered by great suffering, having seen the ochre robe that he had taken and put on, thinking "This one is covered by the banner of the noble ones, he should not be harmed by me," having established a mind of friendliness right there, he expounded the Teaching further. As he said -
With uncorrupted mind addressed the hunter:
'For what purpose, or for what reason, my dear,
Did you kill me, or whose is this undertaking?'" and so on.
Showing this meaning, the elder said beginning with "Chaddanta indeed." Therein, "well-dyed, the banner of the worthy" he said with reference to the ochre robe put on by Soṇuttara. "Spoke" means said. "Verse" means verses. "The elephant" means Chaddanta, the king of elephants. "Connected with benefit" means based on benefit, beneficial; the meaning is connected with welfare.
In the verses spoken by the elephant king Chaddanta, "not free from corruption" means corrupt through the corruptions of lust and so on; "will put on" means will use by way of an inner robe, an outer robe, and a bed-sheet. Or the reading is "paridhassati." "Devoid of self-control and truth" means devoid of, separated from, abandoned - this is the meaning - sense-faculty control and verbal truth that accords with ultimate truth. "He does not" means such a person does not deserve to put on the ochre robe.
"Of one who has left behind corruption" means one whose corruption has been left behind, cast off, abandoned by the four paths - this is the meaning. "In morality" means in the fourfold purification of morality. "Well concentrated" means well concentrated. "Endowed" means approached with, possessed of, sense-faculty control and truth of the kind above explained. "He indeed" means such a person certainly deserves that scented ochre robe - this is the meaning.
"Gone wrong in morals" means one whose morality is broken. "Imprudent" means devoid of wisdom, without the wisdom for purifying morality. "Unconcealed" means well-known, manifest as "this one is immoral"; or unconcealed through having distracted faculties, meaning one of unconcealed faculties - this is the meaning. "Acting as he pleases" means one who does as he wishes through broken restraint; or one subject to be done with as wished by sensual pleasure or by Māra. "With a wandering mind" means with a mind distracted among objects such as matter and so on. "Without zeal" means without brightness, devoid of bright qualities, bereft of shame and moral fear; or devoid of zeal for the accomplishment of wholesome qualities.
"Without lust" means one whose desire and lust have disappeared. "Of pure mental thought" means one whose mental applied thought is well purified, or one whose thought is undisturbed.
"What will the ochre robe do for him" means for one who has no morality, what purpose indeed will the ochre robe accomplish? The meaning is that his sign of one gone forth is like a mere adornment.
"Of corrupt mind" means those whose minds are corrupted by the faults of lust and so on. "Disrespectful" means devoid of regard and disrespectful towards the Teacher, the Teaching, and one another. "Of those of such quality, with minds of friendliness" means those whose hearts are associated with the development of friendliness, who by that very achievement of arahantship have attained the state of such-likeness towards desirable things and so on, of lofty virtues. For this is the genitive case used in the accusative sense. "Will restrain" means the meaning is that, out of fear of disrespect towards themselves, thinking "Having seen those accomplished in morality and so on, and esteeming them, they will not think much of us who have failed in morality," they will obstruct them in such a way that those, being troubled, will depart.
"Even being trained" means even being made to train. For this is the description of the agent used in the sense of the object. "By the elders" means by one's own teachers and preceptors. "The wearing of the robe" is merely an example of the ascetic's practice; therefore the meaning is even being trained in the manner beginning with "Thus should you step forward, thus should you step back" and so on. "Will not listen" means they will not accept the exhortation.
"Those fools thus trained" means those blind fools, even being trained by their teachers and preceptors, are as if untrained due to their disrespect. "Will not heed their preceptors" means they do not show regard towards their preceptors and teachers, they do not abide by their instruction. Like what? "Like an inferior horse the charioteer" - just as an inferior horse, a wicked horse, does not heed the horse-trainer and does not abide by his instruction, so too they do not fear and are not abashed before their preceptors and teachers - this is the meaning.
"Thus" and so on is the conclusion of the very meaning that was stated. Therein, "thus" means in the way above explained. "In the future course of time" means the future course of time; the meaning is in the future time. Showing that very thing in its own form, he said "when the last time has arrived." Therein, which is the last time? "The last time beginning from the third council" say some; others do not allow that. For the Dispensation has five ages: the age of liberation, the age of concentration, the age of morality, the age of learning, and the age of giving. Among these, first is the age of liberation; when that has disappeared, the age of concentration prevails; when that too has disappeared, the age of morality prevails; when that too has disappeared, the age of learning prevails as well. For one of impure morality upholds the great learning of the Scriptures in part, out of desire for material gain and so on. But when, with the ending of the matrices, the Scriptures disappear altogether, from that point onwards only the mere outward sign remains; then, having collected wealth in whatever way, they distribute it by the avenue of giving - that, it is said, is their final right practice. Therein, the last time begins from the age of learning; "beginning from the age of morality" say others.
Thus the elder, having shown the great fear that will arise in the last time, again giving exhortation to the monks assembled there, spoke three verses beginning with "Before this arrives." Therein, "before this arrives" means this future great fear that obstructs the practice, which was spoken of by me to you, arrives - before it arrives, just until it comes - this is the meaning. "Easy to admonish" means patient of speech, endowed with qualities that make for being easy to admonish; the meaning is be those who respectfully receive the instructions of elders. "Gentle" means soft-hearted.
"With a mind of friendliness" means with minds associated with friendliness, which has the characteristic of bringing welfare to all beings. "Compassionate" means engaged in compassion, endowed with compassion through conduct of the nature of removing the suffering of others. "Putting forth strenuous energy" means those whose energy is exerted for the abandoning of unwholesome states and for the acquisition of wholesome states. "Resolute" means those whose minds are directed towards Nibbāna. "Constantly" means at all times. "Of firm effort" means of steady energy.
"Negligence" means being negligent, the non-practice of wholesome mental states, and the release of consciousness in unwholesome mental states. For it is said -
"Therein, what is negligence? The release of consciousness in bodily misconduct or verbal misconduct or mental misconduct or in the five types of sensual pleasure, the non-arising of release, inattentive practice in the development of wholesome mental states" and so on.
"Diligence" means non-negligence; it should be understood as the opposite of negligence. For in meaning, diligence is the continuous presence of mindfulness; this is the name for established mindfulness itself. For the meaning here is this: Since all harm is rooted in negligence, and all benefit is rooted in diligence, therefore, having seen negligence as peril, as danger, and having seen diligence as security, as free from danger, develop the noble eightfold path - which includes the three aggregates beginning with morality, being the summit of the practice of diligence - by way of the eight factors beginning with right view; touching the Deathless, Nibbāna, realising it, arouse it in your own continuity; not stopping at merely the path of seeing, cultivate it by way of producing the upper three paths; thus your development of diligence will have reached its summit.
Thus the elder exhorts the assembly that has arrived. These indeed were this elder's verses of declaration of final liberating knowledge.
The commentary on the verses of the Elder Phussa is concluded.
2.
Commentary on the Verses of the Elder Sāriputta
981-1016.
The verses beginning with "One who conducts himself properly, mindful as he should be" are the verses of the Venerable Elder Sāriputta.
The story of him and of the Venerable Elder Mahāmoggallāna should be understood thus -
In the past, at the summit of an incalculable period plus a hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, the Venerable Sāriputta was reborn in a wealthy brahmin family; by name he was the young man Sarada.
Mahāmoggallāna was reborn in a very wealthy householder family; by name he was the householder Sirivaḍḍha.
Both of them were friends who had played together in the dust as children.
Among them, the young man Sarada, after his father's passing, having come into possession of the wealth belonging to the family, one day, having gone to a private place, thought -
"Death is indeed certain for these beings; therefore I should undertake a going forth and seek the path of liberation" - having approached his friend, he said "My dear, I wish to go forth; will you be able to go forth?" When he said "I shall not be able to," thinking "So be it, I myself shall go forth," having had the jewel storehouses opened, having given a great gift to the destitute, travellers and others, having gone to the foot of a mountain, he went forth in the going forth of sages.
Those who went forth following his going forth were sons of brahmins numbering about seventy-four thousand.
He, having produced the five direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments, taught those matted-hair ascetics too the preliminary work on the circular meditation object.
They too all produced the five direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments.
At that time, a Perfectly Enlightened One named Anomadassī, having arisen in the world, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, having helped beings cross over from the great flood of saṃsāra, one day, thinking "I shall look after the ascetic Sarada and his pupils," alone, without a companion, having taken his bowl and robes, having gone through the sky, thinking "Let him know my state of Buddhahood," while the ascetic was watching, having descended from the sky, he stood firm on the earth. The ascetic Sarada, having reflected upon the marks of a great man on the Teacher's body, having come to the conclusion "This is indeed an omniscient Buddha," having gone out to meet him, having prepared a seat, gave it. The Blessed One sat down on the prepared seat. The ascetic Sarada sat down to one side near the Teacher.
At that time, his pupils, matted-hair ascetics numbering about seventy-four thousand, having taken increasingly superior and nourishing various fruits, having come, having seen the Teacher, with confidence arisen, having looked at the manner of sitting of their own teacher and of the Teacher, said "Teacher, we formerly went about thinking 'There is no one greater than you,' but this person is greater than you, I think." "What are you saying, dear ones? Do you wish to make Mount Sineru, sixty-eight hundred thousand yojanas in height, equal to a mustard seed? Do not make me equal to an omniscient Buddha." Then those hermits, having heard their teacher's words, thinking "How great indeed is this highest of men!" all fell at his feet and paid homage to the Teacher.
Then their teacher said - "Dear ones, we have no gift befitting the Teacher, and the Teacher has come here at the time for the alms round; come, let us give a gift according to our strength. Whatever superior various fruits have been brought by you, bring them" - having had them brought, having washed his hands, he himself placed them in the Truth-finder's bowl. As soon as the Teacher had accepted the various fruits, deities infused divine nutriment. The hermit himself filtered even the water and gave it. Then, having completed the meal duty, when the Teacher was seated, having summoned all the pupils, he sat speaking memorable talk in the Teacher's presence. The Teacher thought "Let the two chief disciples come together with the Community of monks." They, having known the Teacher's mind, the chief disciples attended by a retinue of a hundred thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, having come and having paid homage to the Teacher, stood to one side.
Then the ascetic Sarada addressed his pupils - "Dear ones, veneration should be made to the Teacher and the Community of monks with flower seats; therefore bring flowers." They, at that very instant, by supernormal power, having brought flowers endowed with beauty and fragrance, prepared a flower seat measuring one yojana for the Buddha, three leagues for the two chief disciples, of various sizes beginning with half a yojana for the remaining monks, and one usabha in extent for the most junior of the Community. When the seats had been thus prepared for them, the ascetic Sarada, standing before the Truth-finder with joined palms raised - said "Venerable sir, for the purpose of helping me, please ascend this flower seat." The Blessed One sat down on the flower seat. When the Teacher was seated, the two chief disciples and the remaining monks sat down on their own respective bowl-seats. The Teacher, thinking "May it be of great fruit for them," entered upon the cessation attainment. Having known the state of the Teacher having entered upon the attainment, the two chief disciples too and the remaining monks too entered upon the cessation attainment. The hermit stood holding a flower umbrella continuously for seven days. The others, however, having consumed forest roots, fruits and berries, at the remaining time stood with joined palms raised.
The Teacher, after the elapse of a week, having emerged from cessation, addressed the Elder Nisabha, the chief disciple - "Give the thanksgiving for the flower seat on behalf of the ascetics." The Elder, standing in the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple, gave the thanksgiving for the flower seat on their behalf. At the conclusion of his teaching, the Teacher addressed the Elder Anoma, the second chief disciple - "You too expound the Teaching to these ones." He too, having contemplated the three Canons of the Buddha's teaching, expounded the Teaching to them. Even through the teaching of both, there was no full realisation of the teaching for even one. Then the Teacher, standing in the domain of a Buddha, began the proclamation of the Teaching. At the conclusion of the teaching, setting aside the ascetic Sarada, all the remaining approximately seventy-four thousand matted-hair ascetics attained arahantship. The Teacher stretched out his hand saying "Come, monks." They at that very instant, with the ascetic's appearance having vanished, bearing the excellent eight requisites, were like elder monks of sixty years' standing.
But the ascetic Sarada, because of the reflection that had arisen "Oh, may I too, like this Elder Nisabha, in the future become a chief disciple of a Buddha," being distracted by thinking about something else at the time of the Teacher's teaching, was not able to penetrate the paths and fruits. Then, having paid homage to the Truth-finder, he made that very aspiration. The Teacher too, having seen that it would succeed for him without obstacle - Having declared "From now, having passed beyond one incalculable period exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, you will be a chief disciple named Sāriputta of a Perfectly Enlightened One named Gotama," having spoken a talk on the Teaching, surrounded by the community of monks, he plunged into the sky.
The ascetic Sarada too, having gone to the presence of his friend Sirivaḍḍha, said: "My dear, by me, at the feet of the Blessed One Anomadassī, the position of chief disciple of a Perfectly Enlightened One named Gotama who will arise in the future has been aspired to. You too should aspire to the position of his second disciple."
Sirivaḍḍha, having heard that instruction, having had a place measuring eight karīsas at the door of his own dwelling made level, having scattered flowers with parched grain as the fifth, having had a pavilion built with a roof of blue water-lilies, having prepared a seat for the Buddha, having prepared seats for the monks as well, having arranged a great honour and respect, having had the Teacher invited by the ascetic Sarada, having carried on a great giving for seven days, having covered the community of monks headed by the Buddha with very precious cloths, made an aspiration for the state of second disciple. The Teacher too, having seen that it would succeed for him without obstacle, having declared it in the manner stated, having given the thanksgiving for the meal, departed. Sirivaḍḍha, joyful and delighted, having performed wholesome action for as long as life lasted, was reborn in the sensual-sphere heavenly world at the second mind-moment. The ascetic Sarada, having developed the four divine abidings, was reborn in the Brahma world.
Thenceforth the intervening actions of both of them have not been told. But even before the arising of our Blessed One, the ascetic Sarada took conception in the womb of the brahmin woman Rūpasārī in Upatissa Village, not far from Rājagaha. On that very same day, his friend too took conception in the womb of the brahmin woman Moggalī in Kolita Village, not far from Rājagaha. It is said that both those families, up to the seventh generation, were bound and connected as friends. They gave pregnancy care to both of those two on the very same day. After the elapse of ten months, even for those who were born, they appointed sixty-six nurses for them; on the name-giving day, because the son of the brahmin woman Rūpasārī was the son of the foremost family in Upatissa Village, they gave him the name Upatissa. Because the other was the son of the foremost family in Kolita Village, they gave him the name Kolita. Both of them, growing up with a great retinue, following the course of growth, went to the far shore of all crafts.
Then one day, while watching the mountain-top festival at Rājagaha, having seen the great multitude assembled, because of the maturity of their knowledge, wisely emerging, having gained a sense of urgency thinking "All these people will fall into the mouth of death within a hundred years," having made the determination "The teaching of liberation should be sought by us, and for those seeking it, it is fitting to obtain a going forth," they went forth together with five hundred young men in the presence of the wandering ascetic Sañcaya. From the time of their going forth, Sañcaya attained the highest gain and the highest fame. They, within just a few days, having mastered the entire doctrine of Sañcaya, not seeing any substance therein, having departed from there, here and there they ask questions of those various ascetics and brahmins reputed to be wise; those others, when asked by them, are not able to answer; on the contrary, they themselves answer the questions of those others. Thus, while seeking liberation, they made an agreement - "Whichever of us first attains the Deathless, let him inform the other."
And at that time, when our Teacher, having attained the first highest enlightenment and having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, having gradually tamed the thousand matted-hair ascetics beginning with Uruvelakassapa, was dwelling at Rājagaha, one day the wandering ascetic Upatissa, while going to the wandering ascetics' park, having seen the Venerable Elder Assaji walking for almsfood in Rājagaha, thinking "Never before have I seen a one gone forth of such good deportment; one should indeed dwell here with a peaceful state," with confidence arisen, looking out for the Venerable One in order to ask a question, followed closely behind him. The Elder too, having received almsfood, went to a suitable place to consume it. The wandering ascetic, having prepared his own wandering ascetic's chair, gave it. And at the conclusion of the meal, he gave him water from his own water jug.
Thus he, having performed the duties to a teacher, having exchanged friendly welcome with the Elder who had finished his meal, asked "Who is your Teacher, or whose Teaching do you approve of?" The Elder cited the Perfectly Enlightened One. Again, when asked by him "What does the venerable one's Teacher assert?" thinking "I shall show the profundity of this Dispensation," having declared his own junior status, and speaking of the Teaching of the Dispensation to him in brief, he spoke the verse "Whatever phenomena arise from a cause." The wandering ascetic, having heard just the first pair of terms, became established in the fruition of stream-entry accomplished with a thousand methods; the other pair of terms was concluded at the time of becoming a stream-enterer. At the conclusion of the verse, however, having become a stream-enterer, when the higher distinctions did not occur, having considered "There will be a reason for this," he said to the Elder - "Venerable sir, do not extend the proclamation of the Teaching further; let it be just this much. Where does our Teacher dwell?" "At the Bamboo Grove." "Venerable sir, you go ahead; I, having fulfilled the promise made to my friend, shall take him and come" - having paid homage with the fivefold prostration, having circumambulated three times, having seen the Elder off, he went to the wandering ascetics' park.
The wandering ascetic Kolita, having seen him coming from afar, thinking "His features are not as on other days; surely the Deathless must have been attained by him," having thus esteemed his specific attainment, asked about the attainment of the Deathless. He, having acknowledged to him "Yes, friend, the Deathless has been attained," spoke that very same verse.